Graf - Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits - Vol 1

1938
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF
ELECTRO IC
CIRCUITS
VOLUME 1
RUDOLF F. GRAF
l"'
I ...
,..
:'
....
~I j..li ~~~I - ~J
4;.J-lj.l
f .t
-.,;JJS:h ...,. ~JiJ _r.; - -.,;Jy.S:l1' ..:..1~1 J &il' t '.fi a\S" ~jiJ ~'Jl"-'1'
1,1.\all ..:,\S"_r.ll j..Ati 4.Y' t. lj~ I ~_r. i i _,..:.y ~ J.r-J ~
2239468..,-s'li 2221161- 2451161 ~"'\.lo -"'~))~.,~, ~ u-~- '.)~- ~~

E .mail:nazir@matni.com
www.matni.com
NAZIR MATNI ELECTRONICS

HALBOUNI, MOSALAM BAROUDI STR , DIAB BLDG. FU l,P.O.BOX J2011
DAMASCUS - SYRIA
TEL:+963-11 -22211 61
E-Mail: nazir@matni.com
FAX :+963 -11-2239468
www .matni.com
Importers I Exporters I Distributors I Retailers I Mail orders :

All kinds Electronic Components , Pruts , Devices, .... ...... .. .. .... .
Contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Common Schematic Symbols
Alarms
Amateur Radio
Amplifiers
Analog-to-Digital Converters
Attenuators
Audio Mixers
Audio Oscillators
Audio Power Amplifiers
Audio Signal Amplifiers
Automotive
Battery Chargers
Battery Monitors
Buffers
Capacitance (Touch) Operated Circuits
Carrier Current Circuits
Comparators
Converters
Crossover Networks
Crystal Oscillators
Current Measuring Circuits
Current Sources and Sinks
vi
vii
viii
1
14
26
43
51
54
61
71
83
93
110
119
125
129
139
147
158
171
174
200
204
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
De/de and dc/ac Converters

Decoders
Delay Circuits
Detectors
Digitalto-Analog Converters
Dip Meters
Displays
Dividers
Drivers
Fiber Optic Circuits
Field Strength Meters
Filters
Flashers and Blinkers
Frequency Measuring Circuits
Frequency Multlpiiers
Frequency-to-Voltage Converters
Fuzz Circuits
Games
Gas/Vapor Detectors
Indicators
Infrared Circuits
Instrumentation Amplifiers
Light Activated Circuits
Light Controls
Light Measuring Circuits
liquid Level Detectors
Logic Circuits
Measuring Circuits
Metal Detectors
Metronomes
Miscellaneous Circuits
Mixers and Multiplexers
Modulation Monitors
Modulators
Moisture and Rain Detectors
Motor Controls
Multivibrators
Noise Generators
oO Oscilloscope Circuits
61 Phase Sequence and Phase Shift Circuits
207
212
216
221
236
245
249
256
260
267
272
277
298
309
312
315
319
323
331
334
3ll0
345
356
368
381
385
392
396
407
410
414
424
429
432
441
444
459
466
470
475
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
~8
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
Photograpby Related Circuits

Power Measuring Circuits
Power Supplies (Fixed)
Power Supplies (Variable)
Power Supply Protection Circuits
Probes
Pulse Generators
Radiation Detectors
Ramp Generators
Receivers
Resistance and Continuity Measuring Circuits
RF Amplifiers
RF Oscillators
Remote Control Circuits
Safety and Security Circuits
Sample and Hold Circuits
Schmitt Triggers
Smoke and Flame Detectors
Sound Effect Circuits
Sound (Audio) Operated Circuits
Square Wave Oscillators
Stereo Balance Circuits
Switches
Telephone Related Circuits
Temperature Controls
Temperature Sensors
Timers
Tone Control Circuits
Transmitters
Ultrasonic Circuits
Video Amplifiers
Voltage and Current Sources and Reference
Circuits
Voltage-Controlled Oscillators
Voltage-to-Frequency Converters
Voltmeters
Waveform and Function Generators
Zero Crossing Detectors
Sources
Index
478
486
490
504
514
519
528
533
538
541
548
553
569
573
578
584
591
594
597
607
611
617
620
624
637
645
659
669
678
682
686
693
700
705
709
717
727
730
749
Introduction
This volume of timely and practical circuits highlights the creative work of many people.
Featured here are many circuits that appeared only briefly in some of our finer periodicals or limited-circulation publications. Also included are other useful and unique circuits
from more readily available sources.
The source for each circuit is given in the sources section at the back of the book.
The bold figure number that appears inside the box oi each circuit is the key to the
source. For example, the High Stability Voltage Reference circuit shown below is Fig.
93-10. If you tum to the Sources section and look for Fig. 93-10 you will find that
.Precision Monolithics supplied this circuit from p. 6-142 of their Full Line Catalog.
HIGH STABILITY
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
t
oo
..
~~,
..
v .,
..... ~ c
~. i:~
~'- ,-'~-;ov_)
RJ
----'!.L_
1 ... '
Ave "
Fig. 93-10
_r
Fig. 93-9: Reprinted with the pennission of National Semiconductor Corp.

Transistorl>atQ:book, 1982, p. 11-25.
Fig. 93-10: Precision Monoiithics Incorporated, -1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
6142.
Fig. 93-11: Precision MoPWlithicsJncorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog,p.
1018.
Many circuits are accompanied by a brief explanatory text. Those that do not have
textcan be readily understood from similar circuits in that chapter, or else they may be
too complex to be explained briefly. The sparseness oftext is deliberate so as to allow for
more circuits which, after all, is what this book is all about.
The Index and Contents will be a time saver for the reader who knows exactly what
he is looking for. The first page of each chapter lists the circuits in the order that they
appear. The browser will surely discover many ideas and circuits that may well tum out
to be most rewarding and great fun to put together.
The Common Schematic Symbols chart will help you identify circuit components.
vii
Common Schematic Symbols
+ +
NO tONNECTHIN
TO VOLTAGE
SOURCE OR SIGNAL
FUSE
SOURCE
4>-MALE FEMAlE
-.__,
_r-
BOARD
CONNECTORS
PfiONE
PLUG
JACK
.,.
BIPOLAR
INDUCTOR
!AIR COREl
SOCKET
"PLUG
SHIELDED
CABU
-.
"
Q:
__.::,____
~'
-@I
"
PliO NO
o-
JACK
BANANA
JACK
:=Jl
PHONE
r- r-
l'tiONO
PLUG
...
N-CHMIINEL
I
N-CHANNEL
E-%82"
P-CHANNH
P-CHANNEL
UNIJUNCTION
'
~I
INDUCTOR
""
TRIAC
TRANSFORMER
SOURCE
N CHANNEl ENHANCEMENT/
DEPlETION MQSFET
P-CHAN~~\::rHANCEMENT
~SUB
---'.!..9'1;
P-CiiANNEL EJrlliANCEMENT/
DEPLETION MOSFET
CAPACITOR
---<1'---
--ll'--
CAPACITOR
(ElECTROLYTIC)
BATTERY
(SINGLE CElli
--JE-
POHNTiaMETER
(TRIMMER)
--'*'-
0
0
SPOT
SWITCH
BATTERY
(MULTI CELL)
LIGiiTOEPENOENT
RESISTOR
CAPACITOR
ITRIMMERI
-[>-
...
INVERTING
AMPLI~IEAIBUFFEA
SPOT
SliDE
SWITCH
~.
GATE
1
G
IIDT.t.AY
SWITCH
..J:..
0 0
PUSHBUTTON
SWITCH
~011""
GATE
""NOA''
GATE
1C PACKAGl
vii
VARISTOR
--tl----1!
CAPACITOR
(VARIABLEI
-[>SWITCH
THERMISTOR
CAPACITOR
INON-POLARIZEOI
AMPLIFIEAIBUFFEA
''"
PHOT:OTf'IANSISTDA
-*-
RESISTOR
::s
""'
fi1r-.lO SUB
G~
~SUB
RELAY
./~
NEON
INCANDESCENT
lAMP
POTENTIOMETER
CONSTANT
CURRENT
___.l:_
]~[
--{][>-
HEADPHONES
1/ARACTOR
~ SUB
60
MHER
~~ I ------.L
'"""'"'' I
INDUCTOR
URON COREl
AliTENNA
r#
-'
PHOTO DIODE
SPEAKER
17
PIN DIODE
"'
-:
o-@:: E--@=82"
JUNCTIIJN FET
ZENER
MICROPHONE
@-
DIODE
N CHANNEL fNHANCEMEIH
MDSfET
oo@:'s
~
--4
CRYSTAL
QJ
VOLTAGE OR
SIGNAL IN
GROUND
-iOf-
VOLTAGE
OM SIGNAL
CONNECTION
"EXCLUSIVE~A"
GATE
1
Alarms
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Computalarm
Automotive Burglar Alarm
Security Alarm
Vehicle Security ~system
Home Security Monitor System
Antitheft Device
Auto Burglar Alarm
Tamper-Proof Burglar Alarm
Latching Burglar Alarm
Motion-Activated Motorcycle or Car Alarm
Boat Alarm
Blown Fuse Alarm

Auto Burglar Alarm
Continuous-Tone 2kHz Buzzer with Bridge
Drive, Gated on by a Logic 0
Pulsed-Tone Alarm, Gated by a High Input,
with Direct-Drive Output
~Piezoelectric Alarm
Gated 2 kHz Buzzer
Burglar Alarm
Latching Burglar Alarm
Sun -Powered Alarm
Freezer Meltdown Alarm
COMPUTALARM
"'
~~~~~----77-------.
18~~:~-1
I"""
SWITCH
TO SENSING
SWITCHtS - ~UNK
USE AS MANY ~SWITCH
AS REQUIRED
HOOO
'iWITCH
'.
"
TO +12 V
AT BATTER 'I'
"
Cl
C1
,,,
,,,
110
1W
SCR I
..
"
"
"'
"
HK
01
I
01
01
R4
-}_ 91(
. 1K
3.6V
ZHR 010[1{
10-V
ZUER 0100(
RS
. 7l
Fig. 1-1
R9
1 11(
Rl
'"
. . . __j
SWITCH.,
...",
C3
50pF
Circuit Notes
The circuit has a built-in, self-arming feature. The driver turns off the ignition, presses
the arm button on the.Computalarm, and leaves
the car. Within 20 seconds, the a>arm arms
itself-all automatically! The circuit will then
detect the opening of any monitored door, the
trunk lid, or the hood on the car. Once activated, the circuit remains dormant for 10 seconds. When the 10-second time delay has run
out, the circuit will close the car's hom relay
and sound the horn in periodic blasts (approxi-
mately 1 to 2 seconds apart) for a period of one

minute. Then the Computalarm automatically
shuts itself off (to csave your battery) and rearms. If a door, the trunk lid, or the hood remains ajar, the alarm circuit retriggers and
another period of horn blasts occurs. The Computalarm has a "key" switch by which the
driver can disarm the alarm circuit within a
10-second period after he enters the door. The
key switch consists of a closed circuit jack, ]l,
and a mating miniature plug.
AUTOMOTIVE BURGLAR ALARM

TO 51
TO DOME LIGHT
SWITCH
tBk
Rl
680
02
ro
TO 51
10k
Q.\
'"
'!'RIG.
TIMER
51
Q2
"'
CON-T.
VOLT.
-GNO
+12V~~
ON
,lc'
C2
EXCEPT AS INDICATED, OEC1MAL

VALUES OF CAPACITANCE ARE
IN MICROFARADS I JlF I ; OTHERS
ARC: IN PICOFARADS (pF OR JlJlFl;
RESISTANCES ARE IN OHMS;
k 1000, Ml 000 000
2t..l2222
47k
TtiFISI"ID.
DISCH
51
Ul
550
OISCH
TRIG.
THRSHO.
"'TIMER
U2
5Mi
Ul AND U2,
R2
VIEWED FROM
TO 51
4
OUT Vee
THE TOP
--~
3
R3
01
tN4003
[)
8.
r.:-,8
cl._/
(BOTTOM VIEW)
02, 03, 04, DEPENDING ON

CASE
STYLE
Fig. 1-2
Circuit Notes
Alarm triggers on after a 13 second delay and stays on for 1111! minutes. Then it
resets automatically. It can also be turned off and reset by opening and reclosing SL
...
SECURITY ALARM
CLOSEb-LOOP
INPUT !FROM
TERp,o\INAl)
"'If
R2
470n
"'
D4
...J:_
o
10K
IN914
CLOSED-LOOP
Sl
'N.
--1+-
S26oN
,---
0.,.
')
1
TEST
R7
1 MEG
is-SECOND
GUlCH DELAY
ARMED LATCH
R13
R15
lK
4./K
R17
lK
Cl
.Dl
R18
02
01
IN914
47Q
R8
--
lOOK
R29
410!l
+..Lc3
IN914
:J;lDO"F
f-:-~
y,f."
uI ,:~
:
R12 C10 ':"
lOOK 100~Jf
12_
03
ZN5060
11
R24
470n
lQ'
lOOK
ARMED
GATE
Fig. 1-3
12
_Cll
15-SECONO
TRIGGER
DELAY
OPfN-LOOP
INPUT
iTO TERMINAL4)
OPEi\1-LOOP INPUT
CONDITIONER &
SCR DRIVER
- -
ALARM-ON
SWITCH
...
R28!
2H!
1-15 MINUTE
TURN-OFF
I+
C1J
33}-IF
ICl, 2, 3- CD4011 UUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATES
Circuit Notes
This alarrll features open- and closed-loop detector and automatic alarm shutoff.
Offers 15 second exit/entrance delay. Alarm on time can be adjusted from 1 to 15
minutes.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
"'
'"
"
2N2222A
DOME
LIGHT
Fig. 1-4
Circuit Notes
This alarm gives a 15-20 second exit and entrance delay. After being triggered. the
alarm sounds for five minutes and then shuts off. Once triggered, the sequence 1s
automatic and is not affected by subsequent opening or closing of doors.
HOME SECURITY MONITOR SYSTEM
3M
N/0 DELAY
100K
100K
+
+
100K
.01p,F
02
100K
1M
+
N/C
S4
1M
10K
All diodes =-1N9148
+o--.-l
Alarm
relay
06
For siren, horn, etc.
Fig. 1-5
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides normally open (NO) and normally closed (NC) contacts Sl, S2,
and S3 to tum on the alarm after a 30 second delay. S4 and S5 operate instantly. The
CANCEL switch resets the alarm.
ANTITHEFT DEVICE
.,
cz.. ~+
6..
']
VIBRATION
SEN$0!=1
IC1a
-~
'
'
.,
'""
~
(",,
Do
ci+
~~
"";;J;,
ICtc.}ro
-------,
'"'
o1 ~
~
~-ICtb).
COD<'
------'
,J;;'v
"
11
IICtdy
13-,-
~~
10M
'""
R6
'" Y
IC2b
--2201o;
-=-= v
"
------''
.'
AELAY :
:------'
+15V
'
'
'
-BUZZER
Oo
NOTE:
IC1,2 ARE 4011
C3
470n
01 IS 11\14148
D21S 1N4001
CONNECT UNUSED INPUTS

-TO OV OR +15V
Fig. 1-6
"
Circuit Notes
Any momentary break in the protective loop or tripping of the normally closed
vibration sensor, causes alarm to sound for 20 seconds. If the circuit is open all the time,
the alarm will sound continuously.
AUTO BURGLAR ALARM

3.3kl1
1W
1000!-<F
35V
DPDT key switch

\
+
+
To door
switch
r- -,
Auto
dome
light
I
Reed
switch
I
I
I
L..
1Shaker
1 switch
~I
To horn wire in
steering wheel
'--------1+
III----.
9V battery
About 50 turns of No. 26 wire

wrapped around reed switch
Fig. 1-7
Hidden
reset switch
,~-----,
611
1W
To auto ground
Circuit Notes
Dome light current.through L1 closes reed switch and sounds alarm. Shaker switch
also activates alarm.
TAMPER-PROOF BURGLAR ALARM
---,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EXISTING BURGLAR ALARM
OPTOOUPLER _.,..
R2
10k
RELAY
CONTACTS
+12V
ALARM
BELL
ETC.
"' 10k
10k
N.C.
Fig. 1-8
Q1
10k
RS
N.O.
I
I
I
I
I
__ _j
01
'""
R3
Bk2
10k
ov
NOTE:
IC1,2 ARE 741
01 IS TIP122
01,2 ARE GENERAL PURPOSE DIODES
Circuit Notes
If R2 is opened or shorted, the alarm sounds.
LATCHING BURGLAR ALARM
-6V
--l-,
R2J
Ct
b
01
N.C. Door
SWITCHES
TO PROTECTIVE
CIRCUIT
Fig. 1-9
At
WINDOW FOIL
Circuit Notes
When the protective circuit is interrupted (opened), the alarm sounds. To set the
circuit, adjust R2 (with protective circuit open) for 1 V across Rl.
MOTION-ACTIVATED MOTORCYCLE OR CAR ALARM

01
01
..,
R1
"""'
IC1~to7400
01 i!o BCY71
Rtolay to suit
...
I
Fig. 1-10
C1
:I'"'
Circuit Notes
Trembler (motion activated) switch sounds the alarm for 5 seconds. Then it goes
off. Circuit is timed out for 10 seconds to allow the trembler switch to settle.
BOAT ALARM
2M
3+
+12V
+12V
14
2 324
100K
150K
10K
-1N4148-
Horn
33K
R1'
1N4148
+12V
Fig. l-11
1N4148
R2'
10K
100K
100K
33K
Notes:
See text for details
Alarm
-relay
+12Vdc to Pin 4 of 324

12V ground to Pin 11 of 324
Circuit Notes
Removing Rl or R2 from the circuit (i.e., the potential thief breaks a hidden wire
that connects Rl to + 12 V and R2 to ground) activates the alarm for about five minutes.
BWWN-FUSE ALARM
+l~v.o---------~----------------------.-----------------~
NPN
lOOK
PNP
lOK
NPN
2.5M
FLASH
RATE
Rl
s-1m
lK
lK
'::1 LED
-lV.v.o---------~-----------4----------------~-------J
Fig. 1-12
Circuit Notes
If the fuse blows, the LED indicator starts to blink.
AUTO BURGLAR ALARM

SHORT DURATION TIMERS ARE NEEDED
TO ALLOW ENTRY AND EXIT
lmegn
lmegil
300
9
2
6
112 NE556
5 L__fYYY"L_....J
HORN
RELAY
Fig. 1-13
10
112 NE556
OOOR
SWITCHES
CONTINUOUS-TONE 2 kHzJlUZZER
WITH BRIDGE DRIVE, GATED ON BY A LOGIC 0
,----.-----o +3V TO 18V

I
.----;0 t - - - - ,
C1
4n7
PB1
(PRESS Jcr
FOR ON) 1
I
IC1a
GATE
Tx
PB-2720
fC1b
R1
100k
NOTE:
IC1 is4011 B
-Fig. 1-14
PULSED-TONE ALARM,
-GATED BY A HIGH INPUT,
WITH DIRECT-DRIVE OUTPUT
+3V TO 18V
,----~'-o
'I
C1
100n
C2
4n7
PB1
:
(PRESSio
FOR
o
ON)
:
I
I
IC1c
IC1a
GAT~E~rt_.....,,..._.
R1
100k_
NOTE:
IC1 IS4011B
Fig. 1-15
11
BURGLAR ALARM
PIEZOELECTRIC ALARM
IV
""
IV
'"
XTA!..
FREQ
4.7K
...
ov=k,
Lo~----__.
(""
IV
Fig. 1-18
Fig. 1-16
LATCHING BURGLAR ALARM
GATED 2kHz BUZZER
r----.---o +3V TO 18V

PB1
'I
---/o--...--.----,
+6V
S1
C1
(PRESS~
R2
68k
FOR ON)1
-SV
4n7
-:J_
AI
Cl
I
I
IC1a
GATf'EE:fi__-r_./
R1
100k
Tx
PB-2720
NOTE:
IC11S4011B
({
ToN.O.
PROTECTIVE
CIRCUIT
Fig. 1-19
Fig. 1-17
12
Circuit Notes
Closing the protective circuit (i.e., Rl to
R2) applies positive voltage to the gate of
SCRl and sounds the alann. It can only be
turned off with Sl.
SUN-POWERED ALARM
+
2N3906
Tube (pamted black InSide)
Fig. l-20
1J=:
Photocell
PNP
Photocell
Circuit -Notes
Circuit turns on when light (sunlight) strikes photocell. PotentiometeLR sets light
level at which the alarm sounds. Painted tube (black on inside) may be used on photocell
to aim at the sun.
FREEZER MELTDOWN ALARM
+9V
c
2N2222~
Spo""rrJ
33KH
" "
+Supply
J.at<n
''
!Oh9
12~~1
Fig. l-21
4011
'
,r<----',
,fi.-J
'"'
Aatum
7
3.5MO
+9V
.....
Reed SWitch
3.3MO
;I?
Circuit Notes
The meltdown is a magnet held to a small stand by ice. A reed switch is below the
magnet. When the ice melts, the magnet falls on the switch, closing it, and completing the
alarm circuit.
13
2
Amateur Radio
The
Code Practice Oscillator Produces Automatic
Dits and Dahs
Rf Power Meter
In-Line Wattmeter
CW Signal Processor
Two-Meter Preamplifier for Handitalkies
Repeater Beeper
Electronic Keyer
Code Practice Oscillator
Automatic Tape Recording
14
Self-Powered CW Monitor
Remote Rf Current Readout
Code Practice Oscillator
SWR Waming Indicator
Subaudible Tone Encoder
Audio Mixers
Rf Powered Sidetone Oscillator
Harmonic Generator
Automatic TTL Morse-Code Keyer
Remote Rf Current Readout
CODEPRACTICE OSCILLATOR
PRODUCES AUTOMATIC DITS AND DAHS
SpraJ
.,
J.JK.n
1000.{'1;
IODK.n
100KS1
,---'<Nv-----,r----r--'VV'.-'---- <=f'="""
o+9v.
Straight hand key
10KH
IN4148
1N414B
'"'
IOOO.n
'"'
3.3Kf2
l,uf
.ot,uf
Fig. 2-1
4.7Krt
500KS1
SOOK.n
4.7KS1
1N4148
1N4148
,'
1o Pin
14 nf
+gv, o---7 4011 Jlld 40fl1
ToPin7of
4Dt1 and 4081
------""'1I
I
I
"OAH"
""
I
I
"DIT'
I
I
L _!A~~!!:::_J
Circuit Notes
The circuit consists of a basic oscillator (above dashed line) and an automatic keyer
(below dashed line). The unit can be used with a straight hand key or a paddle key for
automatic operation.
15
RF POWER METER
IN
--~!"!~5_!E.El~~o~~H_!~o~-
>-"""1~---t-l~------------------------------_-_-++-......,,__-.
OUT
~T1
.,. RS
1k
SKT1
R2
C1
10p
SKT2
'13
150R
150R
03
OA95
RFC 1
r40r,:
C2
....
C3
02
OA95
01
OA95
R4
10k
10k
R7
lOOk
POWER
04& 05
'1N914
+ SO,. A F.S
2k
Circuit Notes
Reflectometer (SWR Power Meter) covers three decades-from 100 kHz to 100
MHz. It can be constructed for rf powers as low as 500 mW or up to 500 watts.
16
IN-LINE WATTMETER
r; ;,Qie7a;;:-- -------1
c,
II
R,
56f!
CR,
1N34A/
1N60 or
similar
Fo'o~"'
I
I
FOR
REF
p~--+
I
I
I
I
1N34A/
1N60 or
~--<
II
I
I
L--------------J
similar
,,-.~~~V~'--o~--()()_'1____-+---~
390pf
lSM
...
l1 = 2 turn link
L:;> T-502 toroid,
wound full core
1K
with No. 28 WJre.
Rs
5K ~-----<:"'
windings to allow
IOK
for L, space.
c, - c2
I
I
-a space between
Po
See
text.
Fig. 2-3
Circuit Notes
The circuit is not frequency sensitive. Its

calibration will be accurate over a wide frequency spectrum, such as the entire amateur hf
spectrum, if the values of L2, the voltage divider capacitors Cl-2 and C3, and the resistances of Rl-2 are chosen properly. Rl-2 and
CRl-2 should be matched for best results.
Generally, Rl-2 must be small compared to the
reactance of L2 so as to avoid any significant

effect orr the L2 current which is induced by the
transmission line current flowing through Ll.
The lower frequency limit of the bridge is set
by the Rl-R2/Ls ratio, and the cutoff is at the
point where the value of Rl-R2.becomes significant with reference to the reactance of L2 at
that frequency point.
17
--------------------
CW SIGNAL PROCESSOR
z.;u
"
'"
J.U
"
//;' 14/J
" I" I'
'
~
'"
'
;:i.::::
~
It
'f'
~'
"
o.oz
~0\f---+-_j
0
L,-,__;,;,_.,:"~I
-ri--o"'
'
r-------tc )
Fig. 2-4
I.
ZN2!il06
'
Cucu1t Notes
This circuit provides interferenced rejection for the CW operator. The 567 phaselocked loop is configured to respond to tones
from 500 to 1100 Hz. The Schmitt trigger reduces the weighting effect caused by the output
of the PLL remaining low after removal of the
audio-signal. Ten to 15 millivolts of audio acti-
18
vate the circuit. For periods of loss of signal,

circuit B will automatically switch back to live
receiver audio after a suitable delay. (If a relay
with a 5-volt coil is not available, the circuit can
also be powered from + 12 volts.) When circuit
B is used, the contacts on relay K1 replace Sl.
TWO-METER PREAMPLIFIER FOR HANDITALKIES

Preamplifier
R5
Transceiver
-..,
+ 15V 4>---_,-'\f\7110,.....,~
10 mA.
cs
- -
:io
Too1
rt7
-Circuit Notes
II
fl}:~
I~
This simple, inexpensive, wideband rf

ampiifier provides 14 dB gain on two meters
without the use of tuned circuits.
R4
OUT'
tNPU~ H.....,'IIV'...-1H ~P_,u,_T~""'"-+-Ic~

.001
R1
C2
II R3
II
.oo1
4.7k
II
II
II
Fig. 2-5
REPEATER BEEPER
+:1-I~V
BEEP
DELII.Y
"
IN914
'"
FROt.l
'"'
J,
~~OOK
oo
"''"
xro
'f"'
...
~001(
'"
'"
" "
"~ j;ro
"'
,__!.
-J
BEEP
LENGTH
'
'
""
"'
"
"
"
II.UOIO
INPUT
IN914
!01( 1
"'
l~ER
' o
.o,
TRII.NSMITTE-R
"'
IN914
>--;),
!OK
RESET
~
BEEP
DEVIATION
'"
Fig. 2-6
5-ISV
BEEP
FREOUEtlrCY ?.2K
'"'
1001(
1..
---'-
"'
-~
'
"'"'
"
"'
fg:
"'
'"
Circuit Notes
OELII.Y RII.NGE
0 I~ tO 5 SECO'NOS
BuRST Rll. !<~GE
0 IS TO~ SECONDS
TONE RII.NGE
500 TO 1400-Hl
The signal from COR triggers U1 which

produces a beep-gate pulse that enables the
analog gate consisting of D2 and D3 to pass the
beep tone generated by U2.
19
ELECTRONIC KEYER
Kl
Cl
DDT
Dl
PADDLE
R2
DASH
01
HEP-253
R3
12VOC
C2
Fig. 2-7
01-HEP-253 pnp transistor

R1-10,000-ohm linear
potentiometer
R2-50,000-ohm potentiometer
R3-1200-0tlm, 1-watt resistor
R4-560-ohm, \.'.!watt resistor
R5-5000-ohm potentiometer
PARTS LIST FOR HAM'S KEVER

C1-3-uF, 6-VDC electrolytic
capacitor
C2-10-uF, 6-VDC electrolytic
capacitor
D1-1N60 diode
K1-12-VDC relay
Circuit Notes
This circuit automatically produces Morse code dots and dashes set by time
constants involving Cl and C2. Rl sets dot/dash ratio and R2 sets the speed. R5 sets the
relay drop-out point.
CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR
Fig. 2-8
VOLTAGE DIVIDER
lOll
(PIN 14)
= ~v
T
son
(P-IN
Circuit Notes
7lf--4_______j
Vee
7.404
GND
20
This simple cpo uses the 7404 low-power

Schottky hex inverter. C is a 5- to 30-!LF electrolytic selected for the desired pitch. The
speaker is a 2-inch, 8-ohm unit.
AUTOMATIC TAPE RECORDING
MICROPHONE
lNPUT
TO
~CASSETTE
RECOROER
"'
300K!l
"
ICI SK3688 OR LM3900 OP AMP
IC2 SK4049 INVERTING- HEX SUFFER
RELAY OPOT Rn73-213
Fig. 2-9
Circuit Notes
Amateurs don't have to miss the action while away from the rig. This circuit turns on
a tape recorder whenever the receiver's squelch is broken. After signal loss, the
recorder will shut off following a slight delay.
SELF-POWERED CW MONITOR
a
iiO
Magnetic
headphones
Fig. 2-10
Circuit Notes
Position L near the transmitter output tank to hear the key-down tone. Then tape
the coil in place. C = .047 /'-F. R = 8.2 K, Q = HEP 253 (or equal), T = 500: 500 ohm
center tapped transformer. L = 2 to 6 turns on W' coil form.
21
REMOTE RF CURRENT READOUT

Circuit-Notes
E",
.. ~
CELl
L---vyv--.-'
200 OHM
SHUNT
A suitable piloUamp is illuminated by a

small sample of rf and energizes an inexpensive
solar cell; the de current generated by the cell
is a measure of relative rf power, and may be
routed to a low-current meter located at any
convenient point. A sensitive, low-current
pilot lamp is desirable to cause minimum disturbance to normal rf circuit conditions. The
number 48 or 49, 60 rnA lamp is suitable for use
with transmitters above 1-watt output.
Fig. 2-11
CODE PRACTICE OSCILLATOR
Cl
Circuit Notes
Oscillator, works with2 to 12-vdc (but 9 to

12 volts gives best volume and clean keying).
R1 can be replaced with a 500 K pot and the
circuit will sweep the entire audio frequency
Rl
range.
Fig. 2-12
SWR WARNING INDICATOR
LED
+6
3900
TO ANTENNA
Circuit Notes
FROM
TRANSMITIER
Op amp with de input from SWR meter can

be adjusted to preset the SWR reading at which
the LED lights.
2MO
10KO
Fig. 2-13
22
SUBAUDIBLE TONE ENCODER

SWI
~
!LC I
Rl
6 .,
T\~<rF
:t
+8 TO l5VDC
C2
02~<F
L - - - - 1 - - - - - - GND
RZ
lOOK
QI
C3
.Q!)p.F
~4~1~~--~~----r-------~r---
"',.,
.00!5
o ~ -c P.S. OUTPUT TO INSERTION

-
POINT ON TRANSMITTER
AUDIO BOARD. INSERTION
POINT WILL REQUIRE A LOADING RESISTOR. {VALUE DEPENDING ON RIG USED. IOK TO
.5 MEG FOUND EXPERIMEN-
TALLY)
R5
lOOK 1%
C6
'T'.047
C7
ffl MYLAR CS
022 MYLAR
.022 MYLAR
Fig. 2-14
SW2
TONE SEL SWITCH
Circuit Notes
This twin-T oscillator produces six preset subaudible tones from 93 to 170Hz in
three ranges.
AUDIO MIXER
AI
~)
IN I
~)
IN 2
R2
~)
IN 3
R3
~)
IN 4
R4
~)
IN 5
R5
IO~ STATION
>-<'--~~TRANS
+
MITTER
12K
+12-ISV
12K
Fig. 2-15
Circuit Notes
The 741 op amp is used as a summing amplifier to combine several audio inputs.
Overall gain is set by Rt.
23
RF-POWERED SIDETONE OSCILLATOR

+9 Vdc
C1
.05
SHOAT TELESCOPING
WHIP*
ANTENNA
R2
SOK
R1
3.9K
~~~~
J1
C4
001
01
1N60
2
4
t-t>\--<r-~-''-i
RST
IC1
555
----~
R3
1DK
R4
15K
Fig. 2-16
VOL.
-PORTABLE RADIO REPLACEMENT TYPE
Circuit Notes
A sidetone oscillator is a special audio astable multivibrator. Keying is accompl>shed
oscillator that is turned on and off with the by applying a positive de potentia!, developed
transmitter. The oscillator is rf-driven and bat- from the rf signal, to the reset terminal of the
tery operated. It uses a 555 IC timer ~as an 555.
HARMONIC GENERATOR
r------------1,....-----.....- - - - < l
TD251
10k
INPUT FROM
XTALOSC
-1.5V
470
~01
50JJ-V HARMONIC
OUTPUT
1k
Fig. 2-17
Circuit Notes
This circuit will produce 50 JL V harmonics through 1296 MHz with an input of0.15-1
V from a 100 or 1000kHz crystal oscillator. With a germanium diode insteadnf a tunnel
diode, harmonics can be heard up to about 147 MHz.
24
AUTOMATIC TTL MORSE-CODE KEYER
?;;;--r---;:::J:r:;TO
IC2-6
PIN14
MECCANO
BRACKETS
SW2
ov
"'"
1\otiCROSWITCHES
RULERS
l6il15)
..,
-DOT
IC2.6-AAE 7471
IC3, f> ARE 7400
IC4 IS 7402"
DASH
DASH
-~~~======t:==~[c~~~---1-------
ov
Fig. 2-18
Circuit Notes
Automatically generated dits and dabs are produced over a speed range of 11 to 39
wpm. The upper limit can be raised by decreasing R2. SWl and SW2 can be a "homebrew" paddle operated key.
25
3
Amplifiers
The
High Impedance Differential Amplifier
Unity Gain Follower
Voltage Controlled Variable Gain Amplifier
Power Booster
Logarithmic Amplifier
Voltage Controlled Variable Gain Amplifier
Discrete Current Booster
Precision Process Control Interface
Voltage Controlled Amplifier
Absolute Value Amplifier
Programmable Gain NoninvertingAmplifier
with Selectable Inputs
x 1000 Amplifier Circuit
Inverting Amplifier with Balancing Circuit
Switching Power Amplifier
Precision Power Booster
Noninverting Voltage Follower
Color Video Amplifier
Fast Voltage Follower
Isolation Amplifier for Capacitive Loads
Cable Bootstrapping
Current Booster
Wideband Unity Gain Inverting Amplifier
in a 75 Ohm System
High-Speed Current to Voltage Output
Amplifier
Logarithmic
26
Gated Amplifier
Reference Voltage Amplifier
Fast Summing Amplifier
Adjustment-Free Precision Summing Amplifier
Summing Amplifier with Low Input Current
x 10 Operational Amplifier Using Ll61
x 100 Operational Amplifier Using Ll61
Precision Absolute Value Circuit
Ultra-Low-Leakage Preamp
De to Video Log Amplifier
100 V Common Mode Range Differential
Amplifier
Wide Bandwidth, Low Noise, Low Drift
Amplifier
Signal Distribution Amplifier
Audio Distribution Amplifier
High Input Impedance, High Output Current
Voltage Follower
Precision Amplifier
Preamplifier and High-to-Low Impedance
Converter
Noninverting Amplifier
High Impedance, High Gain, High Frequency Inverting Amp
Log-Ratio Amplifier
Inverting Amplifier
Amplifier
HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER

R6
R2
R1
R3
R4
Vour = c (1 +a +b)(V2 -v1)

AS
R2
AS
R7
R6
= R7 tor best CMRR
R1 = R4
R2 =AS
R6
Gan =
R2 ( 1 +
2R1
RJ ) = C ( 1 + a + b)
Fig. 3-l
UNITY GAIN FOLLOWER
+15V
O.Ot.uF
+------.----r-'lf--J_
Fig. 3-2
27
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED VARIABLE GAIN AMPLIFIER

U1897E
or
U1897E
2N4091
Of
2N4091
VIDEO
INPUT
U1897E or
-lovo-....---,
Fig. 3-3
2N.t091
'I
I
1IM~.,..---..J
I
I
-.l-o
Circuit Notes
The tee attenuator provides for optimum dynamic linear range attenuation up to 100
dB, even at f = 10.7 MHz with proper layout.
POWER BOOSTER
r------------1~------ov
Rl
+-----------lr"
2N3638
109K
lOK
.1
Circuit Notes
Power booster is capable of driving moderate loads. The circuit as shown uses a
NE5535 device. Other amplifiers may be substituted only if Rl values are changed because
of the Icc current required by the amplifier. Rl
should be calculated from the following expression:
Rl
lOK
,.
5.1K
2N697
Rl
L-~----~~-o-v
All resistor values are in ohms.
Fig. 3-4
28
600 mW
Icc
LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER
"
411 pF
-uv
"
.,.....
"'
s_n
'"
"
'"
.,,.
-
s.m
""
"
i-+--"tt'v'.,._.._...,,.,.,_
;~n
UIM
"'
""
"
."
-'"
Fig. 3-5
.,.
1Ut
11,A-1 .. A
....
...,.
a. set R11 tor Your .. o-al ltN .. 100 ~A.

b. Set A81or Vour3V at ltN= tOO ,.A
c. Set R3- for Your* -.tv at 11N = lO_pA
t 330CLppMIc. Type 0209 available

from Tel Labe, Inc., Manchester, N.H.
Circuit Notes
Unusual frequency compensation gives this logarithmic converter a 100 /-LS~time

constant froml rnA down to 100 !LA. increasing from 200 !LS to 200 ms from 10 nAto 10
pA. Optional bias current compensation can give 10 pA resolution from- 55 C to 100 C.
Scale factor is 1 ~VIdecade and temperature compensated.
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED VARIABLE GAIN AMPLIFIER

A2
>--+-.()OUTPUT
"
Circuit Notes
The 2N5457 acts as a voltage variable
resistor with an Rls<on) of 800 ohms max. Since
the differential voltage on the LMlOl is in the
low mV range, the 2N5457 JFET will have
linear resistance over several decades of resistance providing an excellent electronic gain
control.
Fig. 3-6
29
DISCRETE CURRENT BOOSTER
130 k
C3
~ .....r-----~-----..-o~vs = 24V
.J,.. 01
Cz
VtN
R7
10k
R6
o--j t--'W.,...,.----<~---1
4
10k
R11
Rg
15 k
R5
33
15k
t------+-ovour
R10
33
0103 MPS6560
02
MPS6562
Rs
10 k
Fig. 3-7
PRECISION PROCESS CONTROL INTERFACE
IFIQ',O]o\ll{f
40 100
!Ro\'t.~','I!IH~
"'v
SI','IAFIIQ.1t>~OG4~
o 1 Ir
'
t
HOOJO
.,....
......1... 0 01
4 20 ,,A
11\iPUT
"
~
1000
Lz
90
249k
24 H
2 RO
'
' '
~~
g~
VouT
'IV
r"'
'"
--:
50~
SPA N
"'
Fig. 3-8
30
""""
lOV fOR 20 mA
0VfOR4mA
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED AMPLIFIER
,"'
v;nc
Ql
2N3905
-OV TO .. SV
VinC
-12V
vou
NOTE: NO OUTPUT WHEN Vin C IS NEGATIVE
Fig. 3-9
Circuit Notes
This circuit is basically an op amp with an

extra input at pin 5. A current lAse is injected
into this input and this controls the gain ofthe
device linerly. Thus by inserting an audio sig-
~nal
(10 mV) between pin 2 and 3 and by

controlling the current on pin 5, the level of the
signal output (pin 6) is controlled.
ABSOLUTE VALUE AMPLIFIER
o,
o,
10K
10K
lOK
101(
llC
Fig. 3-10
Circuit Notes
The circuit generates a postttve output

voltage for either polarity of input. For positive
signals, it acts as a noninverting amplifier and
for negative signals, as an inverting amplifier.
The accuracy is poor for input voltages under 1

V, but for less stringent applications, it can he
effective.
31
PROGRAMMABLE GAINNONINVERTING
AMPLIFIER WITH SELECT ABLE INPUTS
+16\1 -16V
Vour
+ISV
+TSV
"
Vo
.... ,~ 1
SW-201
'"
v,N 2
"
'" "
v,N l
,., "
18Ku
..
"
GAIN2
8.9K!!
TOOK!!
'"
"
"
v,~
"
GAINt
"
""
GAIN 3
4
-1000)(
'"
GAtN 4
""
2Kn
~
Fig. 3-11
x 1000 AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT
01
+1SV IN757A
+15V
"'
500
:>:-...--'>~>IV-""1-- """
A7
75k0
A4
son
C1
R8
5tlF
1.5k0
A6
50k0
All. RESISTORS 1%
Fig. 3-12
32
""
~
PRECISION POWER BOOSTER
INVERTING AMPLIFIER
WITH BALANCING CIRCUIT
+15V
240[1
INPUT
Rz
0---'\N'v--.--'V\/'r--,
lOki!
15kfl
10kfl
6 100fl
20kfl
IC
L.M101
c,
30pF
2400
Fig. 3-13
Fig. 3-15
Circuit Notes
-15V
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE:
&, may be zero or equal to the parallel

combination of Rl and R2 for minimum offset.
SLEW
AATE--------""1SV/~EC
0.1% SETIUNG-------4J..tSEC
(f\ = 500)
QUIESCENT SUPPLY CURRENT ---1.5mA
NONINVERTING
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
SWITCHING POWER AMPLIFIER

INPUT
,,
L
,,
-~
0. lllf
Ch1rMIIli$1it1
IV -V, 1 11}2-L.,----+--.;_c_~
I. %Error -~- ... 1)_()01'!1,
C1
O.i p
Fig. 3-14
u.zo" m-41!,1<20H'
Ill lpiO J0 Mlfohrn~. f < 20 H1
IV. lOS~ 200 mAIIt
'"
Fig. 3-16
33
ISOLATION AMPLIFIER
FOR CAPACITIVE LOADS
COLOR VIDEO AMPLIFIER

7!10U
75~!
R2
15d-k
Vout
---LOS8-1
CL
Zo"' 15\l
75!!
I0.5$<1F
tO~ott
t1
Whln drlvlnglr- CL, the Vout tlew

and lout(mll:
1
AVout_. out
At
CL-
IC: NE55S9
Fig. 3-17
Vee
Ovrshoot -&"
!i!
~
0.5
t it determinld by CL
V/11-s. 0.04 V/IJ.t (with CL thown)
Fig. 3-19
FAST VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
CABLE BOOTSTRAPPING
......
6
>--+-VouT
-C2
300 pF
Fig. 3-18
R1
10K
Power Bandwidth: 15 kHz

Slew Rate: 1VI !LS
34
Fig. 3'20
Circuit Notes
Bootstrapping input shield for a follower
reduces cable capacitance, leakage, and spurious voltages from cable flexing. Instability can
be avoided with small capacitor on input.
HIGH-SPEED CURRENT TO
VOLTAGE OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
CURRENT BOOSTER
"
INPUTS
''"
''"'
"
l.~fl
OIGITI!.l
~"
"''"
"'
""
lOV
~n
RREF
,,
"'
,,
.. 20QI;
1REF
" " " "

" VREFI+I
" ,,
B5 _ 96
""
'o
DAC-OBE
VRHI-1
"'""
GAIN~ 1~
MAXIMUM L-oAD CUAIII!NT riOrloA UOV-;. 200111
~
-15V
Fig. 3-23
Fig. 3-21
WIDEBAND UNITY GAIN INVERTING

AMPLIFIER IN A 75 OHM SYSTEM
LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER
Al = 1K!!
... ---1:------
cO;ST
100 k
--L-
71511
IC = NE/SE5539
zo "'751l
>--o--_...-.. VQ
""
OfFSET
ADlUST
Fig. 3-22
Fig. 3-24
35
FAST SUMMING AMPLIFIER
t;A TED AMPLIFIER
C2
>--o_.._.
INPUT
.----:--~:~
OUTPUT
30K
-----<o-<>---1
-15 v
'"
'"
5.6k
C1
150 pF
Power Bandwidth: 250 kHz
Smali Signal Bandwidth: 3.5 MHz
Slew Rate: 10V/JA-S
Fig. 3-25
REFERENCE VOLTAGE AMPLIFIER
Fig. 3-27
ADJUSTMENT-FREE
PRECISION SUMMING AMPLIFIER
10.ll
RS
FEATURES
MINIMUM BIAS CURRENT IN REFERENCE CELL
:2 SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION
IC = HA-OP07
Fig. 3-26
36
2.5kn
-15V
Fig. 3-28
-Circuit Notes
This circuit produces continuous outputs that

are a function of multiple input variables.
x 100 OPERATIONAL
AMPLIFIER USING L16l
SUMMING AMPLIFIER
WITH LOW INPUT CURRENT
+15 v
C5(2)
Rs
INPUT
"~
Rl
150 k
LM108,A
Series
'"'
R3
1.2MEG
v,.
R2
FisET
16
150
pF
0.002 ,uF
16Kn
13
OUT
OUTPUT
Fig. 3-3I
LM101A(3)
or equiv
1M
"'
"'
(31 In addition to increasing speed,

( 1 l Power Bandwidth:
250kHz
the LM101A raises high and
Sm~ll Signal Bandwidth:
low frequency gain, increases
3.5 MHZ
output drive capability and elim
Slew Rate:
10V/~s
220Kn
IccOMP
0.001
2.2Kn
inates tkermal feedback,
Circuit Notes
(2)CS=6X 10-8
"'
Amplifier has gain-bandwidth product of

20 MHz with slew rate of 0.3VI I" sec.
Fig. 3-29
x 10 OPERATIONAL
PRECISION ABSOLUTE
VALUE CIRCUIT
AMPLIFIER USING Ll6l

3
v
I SUPPl-Y= 120 uA
16
Rsn
..
"'
"'""
'"'"
.,,.,
"'
1.2M !I
......
lOOK !I
IN
13
>--1>--0vour
@OI!TtVIIIII'UT
1.
Y,t,O,D20PP.010N
.... (='Y) (=.a')ml

l
Fig. 3-30
.,
f..
910K !l
100K !I
-"'TM 111 fll:l fl4111:
Y(lllfl..,.. tHCI.UOiiO,
lo ltN 4 IVoa
CCQMP
0.003
fO
EtN
.1.
Eov(~+~)
f..
WITHA:IR4A5: EoUVA
&. -Eo
I.
NIQATIVil! IWI,IT
1,
D10f,,DION
~~-a~
1.
CII21~~~;2 ~4~~~~~~~:N
WITHA1R2R~R4.
t.
EO-En'l
V(lll ERRQJI INCLUD0
lo -EIN
+ I.IY0$2 - 0.5YOS1
FQA lOTH IN'IJTI. Eo EtN
Circuit Notes
Amplifier is 3 dB down at 100kHz and has
a slew rate of 0.02VI I" sec.
Fig. 3-32
37
IOOV COMMON MODE

RANGE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER
ULTRA-LOW-LEAKAGE PREAMP
UOil
r---,-------------,-.Y~--o"'
__ R1
R3
so kn
5k0
OUTPUT h1001
39
lOOK
5k0
;ro.,
n
R4
5 kO
INPUTS
RS
50 kO
OUTPUT
39
Fig. 3-33
Circuit Notes
Pin numbers are_shown for metal package only.
Input leakage-2 pA at 75 C.
Fig. 3-35
WIDE BANDWIDTH, LOW

NOISE, LOW DRIFT AMPLIFIER
DC TO VIDEO LOG AMPLIFIER
C2
A2
'm ~-240 kHt

1ov
c
0
"'
:;
-10 v
s,
Power BW: fmex'" :2'11'Vp ;:. 24.0 kHI

P1rnitlc input CII)Kotii\CI (Cla 3 pF for LF155, LF156, 1nd
Lf157 ph>l any
~otoOnll
fMdb.ck ellmll'ltl 1nd c . .
IIVOU! CIPICIII,.,CI) onteracll Wolh
und11ireb11 high friQulncy pOll
To comp1n1111 1dd C2-such thet. A2C-2 01 A lC 1.
Fig. 3-34
38
cFig. 3-36
SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER
Fig. 3-37
"
,,
Q.l ... f
I. Po- supplu pro"r:ttd

lrOm-lht OIIIPUI ftull; lOS 200 lilA
II. The ""'II "'Pill curr1111 wlltn CASE

111 oulplll eurr11n1 limi! (0.5 mA)
will ilolltti V:. VQ l1nd Vo2

lromtht 1111111" Vol.
O.I11F
AUDIO DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER
1Mn
Vee+
100 len
100kn
100kn
t--+--'11\f---ovcc+
100k0
Fig. 3-38
39
HIGH INPUT IMPEDANCE, HIGH

OUTPUT CURRENT VOLTAGE FOLLOWER
r---------------~---------,~vcc
v,
v,
1,
~250M~!
:::r: 470 pF
OFFSET
ADJUST
z0 - 100 .. ~2
IQ = 100 rnA (rna)
~~~------------~------~--.VEE
Fig. 3-39
PRECISION AMPLIFIER
10 kn
SO M!!
oo kn
500 kJI
ON
500 k!l
50 M!!
r'
470 "
Pin numbers are shown for metal package only.
Fig. 3-40
40
eour
Characteristics
Av = 1000 = 60 dB
DC Gain Error = 0.05%
Bandwidth = 1 kHz for -0.05% error
Dill. Input Res. = 1 M!l
Typical amplifying capability
e1N = 10 ,.von VCMI = LO V

Caution: Minimize Stray Capacitance
AvcL = 1000
PREAMPLIFIER AND HIGH-TO-LOW IMPEDANCE CONVERTER

+12V
gf2 d 2N5459
\t::;,
~;---o
TO
CERAMIC
CARTRIDGE
INPUTS
Fig. 3-41
2M2
lk
OUTPUT
ov
Circuit
This circuit matches the very high impedance of ceramic cartridges, unity gain, and low
impedance output. By "loading'' the cartridge
with a 2M2 input resistance, the cartridge
Notes
characteristics are such as to quite closely

compensate for the RIAA recording curve. The
output from this. preamp may be fed to a level
pot for mixing.
NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER
Fig. 3-42
".
~L
"'
Rl
*"
HIGH IMPEDANCE, HIGH GAIN, HIGH FREQUENCY INVERTING AMP

lOOK
G~,
-Em
BW= 100KHz
Av = too
?1;--vw-+''-1~ 12
lK
V'
f-"1!--
8~
>'0--oEo
14
O.lJ.I.F
Fig. 3-43
~1
-l!iV
Zi 0 =2x109n
+15V
IC = HA2650/2655
41
LOG-RATIO AMPLIFIER
+15V
GAIN
'(
Vour-
1VL0Gto It lz
OR -lV LOG10 Vt 1 V 2
1k
R1
r----------------------_.154k
Fig. 3-44
15 4k
"""
"
Arc
TELLABS
35<J9ppm
081
15V
NOTES
CIRCUIT SHOWN FOR NEGATIVE V OR I1N
fOR POSJTIVE INPUTS-01 PNP AND VA
INVERTING AMPLIFIER
C2
D . . . . . . . .
Vcr:
12
R2
C1
cr-1~JVR~~~~----~~RV2~--~
Fig. 3-45
42
R1
15V
4
Analog-to-Digital Converters
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
8-Bit MD Converter
Successive Approximation AID Converter
8-Bit AID Converter
8-Bit Tracking AID Converter
8"Bit Successive Approximation AID Converter
Four Channel Digitally Multiplexed Ramp
AID Converter
Three Decade Logarithmic AID Converter
Tracking (Servo Type) AID Converter
!3'12 Digit AID Converter with LCD Display
Fast Precision AID Converter
High Speed 3-Bit AID Converter
Three IC Low Cost AID Converter
43
8-BIT AID CONVERTER

PE
-- cCET......,.Po
9316 IP
r- J
TC
CP Oo .01 02 03
COUN fER
1/2 9024
P1 P2 P3
BINAR y
'--
.._
JR
1/2 9024
Of--
CP
CP
K AQ
K B Q
DA,A.,A,
9334
.
8-BIT'ADDRESSABLE LATC
C01234567
Hh
1
114 9002
I
FULL SCALE ADJ
PARALLEL
DATA
.} OUTPUT
'7
MSB
I ,.A7281
312.
+5
v8
+
!""->
~~F
L
-
F
-==-
'- LSB
10V
8k
I'A77?.
VREF
5k
SERIAL DATA
OUTPUT
I>
w
) (9002
4
"'l ~
,.---,
DC
1~4:9002
1/4 l002
/
SERIAL DATA
CLOCK OUTPUT
CONVERSION
COMPLETE
r-
"""""
101
I"F
-15
~~
""
10
-15\t-'-
,.A734
OOk
1000
220 k
OUAD2DIV1n
'.~
_;_
+];- v
1~~
2 . 1
4
3
16
,A9650
6
3C
7
10 I-'12
5
15 14 13 11
"' "'
""0 ~"'
~~ >~ :5
"'
"' ..."'>"'
d
0
0
00
10 K;.
11
4
3 2
16
6
,A9650
~
3C
7
101-- - ,.--. 12
9
5
81514 13 11
'-
~FD777
'-
!15. k
5k
ANALOG
INPUT
2k
1k
__:~..._
-L-
-15
Fig. 4-1
SUCCESSIVE APPROXIMATION AiD CONVERTER

+ 15V
~>
/f ~ 5 v
22
18
~2
CS OGND V~l
>T,
>-"-
Ao
'2i
lm
.,
<>.-
,f -.:r.;r
20
19
PROG
VRM AGNOs
R1NV
v,.
WR
Loo1 HP2800
....
.,...-, HP2800
23
251
21
V ._ AGNDF RFa
r
~
LSB
5 4 3
~
'
louT
ICL7134B
MSB
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
;.::,
-15V
LSBL -
-~
+5V
5v
6600
OUT_ -+ LM311
1N 827A
-15V
t-
r'
~
1MO
I
I
>-----
1300
f- ---<>~
>-O.MSB
-15V
+5V~
15 13 12 11
2k0
-~-
tOOOpF
_..
.!:':'.
- HP2800
6 4
07 a,
AM25L03
CP
s
10
cc
.....
~+SV
SHORT
I CYCLE
LINE
1~1~8
.....
H;.'oo
~"
r~
22fXi .1_ 100pF
-;;;
71
I...J
D CP
10
B(N+1)
14 13 12 11
AM25L03
r;; 74LS132111
HOLDIAU'N
07 Oe Oocc
"""
5 4
STATUS
Fig. 4-2
Circuit Notes
A bipolar input, high speed AID converter uses two AM25L03s to form a 14-bit
successive approximation register. The comparator -is a two-stage circuit with an
HA2605 front -end amplifier used to reduce settling time problems at the summing nude.
Careful offset-nulling of this amplifier is needed.
45
8-BIT AID CONVERTER

+5 v
47k1l
1k0
Analog
Input
kll
"
0-~~F
1 8
16-
~.
15f-
14
13
12
F.S.A.
SetiZern
.
3~6
!
1N914
15~ -SV
11
101--
....-
e
33
15kO
7
ZN7400E
f-
8
ZN425E
8 Bit Digital
47pF
I
Output
ov
14
13
:1
\J l
11
12
4765/4
Fig. 4-3
'Statu
'
---u-
Convert
Command
Clock
8-BIT TRACKING AID CONVERTER

15V
,1,
.-----2H
t!?1 "" '. I'lo
7
127474
0
2
FLIPfLOP
wol
6
9 " r
..
~
,
UPIDOWN
COUNTER
100
~ -15V
"
us
IN
&
2
OUT
CARRY 3
8284
UP/QQW!Ij
COUNTER
10 9
fDor:
T
t-
48k::
MAXIMUM FULL SCAlE
Fig. 4-4
46
SINE WAVE INPUT

IS 400DH1
t!-N41~
..
"'
9 9 7 6 5
OAC lOOCCOJ
10-BIT f) A CONVERTER
"'
"
rf7
FULL SCALE AOJ
r
J0.02
I"
J002
POWER
~~--
-~'
0.02
_,
.l
':- GROUND
"'ly..N4148
-f-
488k"
1+15
r
1007
lAC
/MSB
3
V1N 0 TO lOV
5 4
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
1312
'"
+SV TRACK
HOLD
., '4 1400
240:/
4NALOG I-NPUT
CLOCK IN
= l.OMHz
MAXIMUM CLOCK RA TE
- 15V
ANALOG
GROUND
8-BIT SUCCESSIVE APPROXIMATION AID CONVERTER

BIPOLAR REFERENCE
INPUT
+ "V
ANALOG
INIPUT
... .''".,
"''
..."''"' '
-11lV
-ISV
.
..., .I""
.-
"'.:--.-...
! I --1~.:
~
I I
""
+ ISV
. .lilT I
-iiiiil"'lin
1l 12 11
'
..
AM2Sem'C IIIT SAil
--1~.-.--.-:t;~.-.~
-ISV
OOipf
'"'
IOV
]5\1
+ I!V
ANALOG
-GROUND
-15\1
Fig. 4-5
FOUR CHANNEL DIGITALLY MULTIPLEXED RAMP AID CONVERTER
OAC-01
""AD
LATCH
:..
D.
-
~tp_.,
~
~
..... H1CLOCX~C
IIIIULT!"-IXIfl
A
--
::n"'--
~
...,,
......
""""''" '
....
'
f-
IINAIIIV
COUNTE:II
} ~"'
OUT~U'!'
I
I
"
I
I
........
L.
.....'
.......
....,..
r=~.
~""
DliNTIFIIIII
fliRT
WOftiT CAll CON1t'III&IOIII TIMI

1a..c "'ll CNANML
Fig. 4-6
47
THREE-DECADE LOGARITHMIC AID CONVERTER

A, B, C, D = LM3-24A
...
f-U mV TO -~:~~C>--'\M.-<0-j
....
..
;v
Fig. 4-'7
;:-~o-.-v'~',..,_i
'"
':'
TRACKING (SERVO TYPE) AID CONVERTER
,.
".""
,
OUTPUT
1'01'1 CLOCIC AAT!. - UMH1 C 47Gpf
v..
01'0 +10V
""""' 4 .. 0
+11V
..,
+tSV
+11V
1
1
1
1
Io.OJ,.F
lD.O:lpF _J, 0.02 "F J,0.02j!F
"
Fig. 4-8
48
-15V
.......
GROUND
.J,
'""'""
GROUND
3Y, DIGIT AID CONVERTER WITH LCD DISPLAY
C/
C/
_7
_7
.:..J
,.,
ll "10
'"
TELEDYNE B750CMOS
l17201GIT A/0 CONVERTER
Fig. 4-9
FAST PRECISION A/D CONVERTER
Fig. 4-I{}
.... .
!Hf'VT RANGE$
~
Bopoloo
Con-t
INPUTTOA
~q"" OAC l.ouT

2361o{l
'"
"'
INPUl'TOA
1-{l
OT0+\0
oro+~
0 TO
zo
INP\Il TO II
:t.lllll<il
II TOD ... COUT
49
HIGH SPEED 3-BIT AID CONVERTER
...
2
,.,~.,.'----""c''-'-1
1"-. 1 o" 1
s:~!
IP-2 3
R2
0.2511
~~2
80P2
~"
t----f'0'"'"l'"'~''so~c-ctt---'r-"").--~'nf!'!'""::
,LJ
I lo>-'io
l ! '""L
_I
L
..
1 2 3
USY
liD
IOP21
l5CHII_j
~-""".~.""""'
"
IP1 2
1/4 I 9002
.
.
us y ,'-'-'-', _,-;_[ :
100
1.75
I )>--
IP1 2
lfl'2 3
7 OP1
"""11!1>
114 I 1002
112 "101M
1!!-.f.
0''1
: I,.../ aau
100 !l
IP1 2
....
Fig. 4-11
-~
,.
"'''
114. 9002
l)o-
-::-
+5 ..
Input voltage range: 3.5 V

Typ1cal conversion speed: 30 ns
THREE IC LOW COST AID CONVERTER

ANALOG
Fig. 4-12
CO~NECT "STA~T" TO "COIOVEASWN

COMPLEH" FOA CONTI'IVOIJS
CCNVERSONS
STAAT
CONII.A'I'ON
COMPLETE
Q----
~Jiv~LO<:K ~-----'
~1$MH1
50
=AM 2502
Attenuators
The
Digitally Selectable Precision Attenuator
Variable Attenuator
Digitally Controlled Amplifier/Attenuator

Programmable Attenuator (1 to D.OOOl)
51
DIGITALLY SELECTABLE PRECISION ATTENUATOR
I .
"
'"
_,,
...."
...."
14lk
...
I
II
AI
.A2
Al
0
0
0
0
0
0
vo
ATTENUATION
'
-1 dB
-2 dB
-3 dB
0
0
"
"
'
"
ll.!k
..
':"
'
_,,
All resistors 1% tolerance
Fig. 5-l
sv-n- Off
- - ov-J L-o111
ATTENUATION SEltT ll'f,UT5
Accuracy of better than 0.4% with standard 1% value resistors

No offset adjustment necessary
-4 dB
Expandable to any number of stages
-5 dB
Very high input -impedance
-6 dB
I
I
-7 dB
VARIABLE ATTENUATOR
I
_.__
Circuit Notes
-1ovo-~-,
':'
'\
JO.OOlpF
\ 1M,~t,----.J
I.... _
\
-.l.....o
The PN4391 provides a low &,,,,,, (less

than 30 ohms). The tee attenuator provides for
optimum dynamic linear range for attenuation
and if complete tum-off is desired, attenuation
of greater than 100 dB can be obtained at 10
MHz providing proper rf construction
techniques are employed.
Fig. 5-2
52
DIGITALLY CONTROLLED AMPLIFIERIATTENUATOR

MSI
lSI
AI A2 113 A4
A~
Ill 111 AI
~~~
A1D
'"
:>'-1 ....~OIIouT
Al
A2
-+- +
'
4
A10
+ 1024
.--m
1023-N)
or VQUT" VREF ( - - N - -
1024wbere
0 5. N ~ 1023
N 0 for AN -. all zeros
N1 forA10 .. 1,A1-A9=0
N -1023 for AN- ail 1'$
Fig. 5-3
PROGRAMMABLE ATTENUATOR (1 TO 0.0001)

YQUT
1.11M
'
101k
"
. ...
,
n
~+
2,7,10.11
M-&1FQ
~-
'
\7
r... ... \'
l ,,.
10
SlUCT SlLECT SlU:CT SELECT
(+1 ATTENUATION WHEN ALL SWITCHES.OFFl
Fig. 54
53
Audio Mixers
Four Input Stereo Mixer
High-Level Four-Channel Mixer
Two Channel Panning Circuit
CMOS Mixer
Mixer Pfeamplifier with Tone Control
54
Passive Mixer
One Transistor Audio Mixer
Silent Audio Switching/Mixing
Hybrid Mixer
Four Channel Mixer
FOUR-INPUT STEREO MIXER

INI'ul 1
UNITY
GAIN
'
~yoo.
-.~-~....
lEVHl
''""
rul
INPUT 2
100~
E~
..
..,
..,
~I
''""
- ,...
,.,.
,.,.
I ,.. --o
LEFT
OUTPUT
"'
~
,.,.
..,
LEVEl 2
ALL Qp.,o,-s, POWERED FIIOM t 12V
"'
"
"~
n.'n
GAIN ;\f-1APf>ROXI
,.,.
:' RX
~
~
""
..., [
n '
,,.,
,.,.
"
,.,.
,.,.
.. I
,.,.
RIGHT
OUTPUT.
"" --o
,. . c -
ADD MORE INI"UTS

~,S REQUIRED
""
"
"
,,.
,.
....
+
"
+12V
'"
... ...'"
Fig. 6-1
,,..
...'""'
"
--12V
Circuit Notes
Four (or more) inputs can be mixed and
produce stereo output. Gain of each stage can
be boosted by adding RX, but it should be kept
below 50 (RX above 2.2 K) to avoid poor frequency, response. If more than four stages are
used, decrease RX to 6.8 K for six inputs, or 4. 7

K for eight inputs. The op amps are 741 or
other lower noise types. The power supply
-circuit is also given.
55
HIGH-LEVEL FOUR-CHANNEL MIXER

Cl
INPUT
C2
200~F
R3 ~-'V'VIr----1~-o
IOK
R4
OUTPUT
IOK
Rl
100
NOTCH
~16
15 14 13
12 II
10 9
I ~:::::::1
2345678
ICI
TOP VIEW
+ 12VDC
PARTS LIST FOR HI-LEVEL MIXER

Cl-0.1-uF, 3 VDC capacitor
C2-200-uF, 3 VDC capacitor
C3-0.05-uF, 75 VOC disc capacitor
C4-1-uF, 15 VDC capacitor
C5-0.1-uF, 15 VDCcapacllor
ICI-RCA CA 3052
Rl-100-ohms, ~-watt resistor
R2-47-ohms, ~-watt resistor
R3-Potentiometer, 10,000-ohms
audio taper
R4-10,000-ohms, ~-watt resistor
Fig. 6-2
Circuit Notes
To provide good signal-to-noise ratio, this

four channel mixer amplifier controls the signal
levels after the amplifiers, and then mixes
them to offer a combined output. The circuit
works with any 50 ohm to 50 K dynamic mi-
56
c rophone but not with crystal or ceramic mikes

because the JC input impedance is low. Note
that all four circuits are identical but that only
one is shown complete.
TWO CHANNEL PANNING CIRCUIT
...
,,
'"
... "'
INPUT
,, ,,
...
'"
CHANNEll OUTPUT
,,
,,,,
0.7D7Rt
Fig. 6-3
,,
...
,,
,, ,,
...
'"
CHANNEl 2 OUTPUT
J.41Rt
...
Circuit Notes
soles. Panning is how recording engineers
This panning circuit (short for panoramic
manage
to pick up your favorite pianist and
control circuit) provides the ability to move the
"float"
the
sound over to the other side of the
apparent position of one microphone's input
stage
and
back
again.
between two output channels. This effect is
often required in recording studio mixing conCMOS MIXER
----c
0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - . - -......
""""
.....""',
Fig. 6-4
f.
..
,'
"'"'
in 2
,..,
"''
+4-l!iV
"
""'"
!l.l
i""
,,..
"
"
'"'
.
"'
OUTPUT
NOTES:
IC1 IS 4011
01
1$ BC14!l
02 IS BC147
~
L-----~----~---------4---J-------------------------------L--o.,
Circuit Notes
Four inputs can be mixed by duplicating

the circuit to the left of C3 and using the fourth
gate of !Cl. Two gates are used in a touchoperated switching circuit that controls the
voltage on the base of switching transistor Q2.

Touching TPl and TP2 alternately turns the
circuit on ana off.
57
MIXER PREAMPLIFIER WITH TONE CONTROL
""
'~'
...
410!1
>.-,--"AfV'---<>
~t
..
.w
~
~
T11f1U
t~
"'
'"
O.OZZ)<f
"'
"'
,0,
~
~
MU
on~F
"''"
.. r
~
VOU.IIIiE-
l.lK
r
~
"
o.ou~'T
"
OUTI'UT
CH
Fig. 6-5
Circuit Notes
General purpose preamplifier/mixer accepts up to four inputs, has a gain of 1600,
and provides bass and treble controls that can be varied 10 dB at 100Hz and 10kHz
respectively. !Cl and IC2
LM301A.
PASSIVE MIXER
+ H output
Fig. 6-6
Circuit Notes
This simple circuit can be used to combine stereo signals to produce a monaural
output. Rl and R2 isolate both circuits and R3 controls the level of the combined output
signal.
58
ONE TRANSISTOR AUDIO MIXER
P_.1r~kV\.fVV""'I
10
INPUT 1
9V
~22k
1!1
1M
.
'""' 'I}IO-kV\/Iul\r-t-lif--+-ta-1-L.
OUTPUT
Fig. 6-7
BC 109
Circuit Notes
Three or more inputs with individual level controls feed into the base of Ql that
provides a voltage gain of 20.
SILENT AUDIO SWITCHING/MIXING
47k
47k
01
V IN 1
VOUT
1M
47k
V IN 2
1M
SWITCH TIME CONSTANT 47mS
ON =OV
OFF= -15V
;;J;j7n
Fig. 6-8
Circuit Notes
Two or more signals can be switched and/or mixed without annoying clicks by using
FETs and a low input'impedance op amp circuit.
59
HYBRID MIXER
A9
A7
,'
AS
2201<
+6-15 v
2201<
HlOk~
1711
(6)2
t"
13(9)
2
....- 12(10)
4
Fig. 6-9
NOTE:
IC1 IS 4011A
IG2 IS 747
AO
100k
.1T;s
47u
OV
A6
220k
17.
71
Circuit Notes
!Cla and b are biased into the linear regions by R3 and R4. (!Cl must be 4011A).
Outputs from gates are combined by op amp IC2, which provides low impedance output.
FOUR CHANNEL MIXER

+9V to +24V
Output
0
nl~-~,..------'-'-'_,
Ao-!.j f--1,_..::;~~>.:.:1
1~1
so-!.j
5001<0
co-!.j
1~1
o-!.j
Fig. 6-10
8200
1~1
~J
500KO
1~1
Circuit Notes
High gain op amp combines up to four individually controlled input signals. The de
power source should be well filtered (battery is ideal), and the circuit should be well
shielded to prevent hum pickup.
60
7
Audio Oscillators
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlate;;~to the source entry in the Sources section.
Wien Bridge Oscillator
Very Low Frequency Generator
Audio Oscillator
Sine Wave Oscillator
Easily Tuned Sine/Square Wave Oscillators
Wien Bridge Sine Wave Oscillator
Phase Shift Oscillator
Tone Encoder
Feedback Oscillator
Phase Shift Oscillator
800 Hz Oscillator
Tunable Single Comparator Oscillator
Wide Range Oscillator (Frequency Range
of 500 to 1)
Wien Bridge Sine Wave Oscillator
61
WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR

1
+15
R
470 kn
330p~l
1%
f=URC
f=1.0kHz
1%
470 k{l
R2
1%
47 kQ
1%
15 v
-=-
R4
22 kO
R5
lM\1
1%
R3
R1
Fig. 7-l
01
1 kU
F0600
Circuit Notes
Field effect transistor, Ql, operates in the

linear resistive region to provide automatic
gain control. Because the attenuation of the RC
network is one-third at the zero phase-shift
oscillation frequency, the amplifier gain determined by resistor R2 and equivalent resistor Rl must be just equal to three to make up
the unity gain positive feedback requirement
needed for stable oscillation. Resistors R3 and
R4 are set to approximately 1000 ohm less than
62
the required Rl resistance. The FET dynami

cally provides the trimming resistance needed
to make Rl one-half of the ~resistance of R2.
The circuit composed of R5, Dl, and Cl isolates, rectifies, and filters the output sine
wave, converting it into-a de potential to control the gate of the FET. For the low drain-tosource voltages used, the FET provides a
symmetrical linear resistance for a given gateto-source voltage.
rI
1211
"''
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
""
I
-..
,
1.2M
+12V
Ct
Fig. 7-2
fZk
-!IV
......
"
FENWAL
RANGE
SWfrt:H
OUTPUT
"
oo
OHMS
Circuit Notes
Wien bridge sine-wave oscillator using two RCA CA3140 op amps covers 30Hz to
100kHz with less than 0.5 percent total harmonic distortion. The IOk pot-is adjusted for
the best waveform. Capacitor Cl and C2 are a two-gang, 450-pF variable with its frame
isolated from ground. Maximum output into a 600-ohm load is about 1 volt rms.
;oo
.,
Fig. 7-3
100.
c,
0 OOl&,..F
C:"'-Ktlt'lltiCI
fo - --
2 oCo
!rom
0 01 Hi tO l!J kHI
ll. IQS 200 mA
63
VERY LOW FREQUENCY GENERATOR

A1
"'
-~
AS
m4
A3
SK
OUTPUT
o--+
3V
!'
.,_
1
53
.01
MULT
001
3 '
A10
lOOK
1MEG
All
"".:_: A12 -_1._0MEG

0001
S2B
A13
1K
VAA
-R99100
10 11
12
clcJcJ~4 J.llclclGlJ
( b
~~.GlfT
Tl!t TT
4 '
111 111111}"
~fffTOTTT
TTT
-t
A6
1MEG
~ 'S2
S2A 1
lOOK
FREQ
10
11 12
117
4
5
6
CR2
1N914
8
9
10
lOOK
11
Fig. 7-4
Circuit Notes
Wien bridge oscillator generates frequencies of 1 Hz _and 2 to 20 Hz in 2 Hz steps.

Maximum output amplitude is 3 volts rms of 8.5
volts peak-to-peak. A pot-and-switch at-
~
S2
POS
1
2
3
-..-..-..-..-NNN
CA1
IN914
12
J1
OUTPUT
FRED
Hz
CAPACITOR
1
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
-
C1-C12-
C2-C13C3-C14=
C4-C15cs=C16=
C6-C17-
C7-C 18-
VALUE
"F
+1
.15 + J5
.5
.15
1
.066 + 0068
.05 + 01
.05
cs....:c19-
033 +.01
C9-C20-
0.33 +.0047
C10-C21C11::o-C22-
.033
.015+.015
tenuator allows the output level to be set with a

fair degree of precision to any value within a
range of 5 decades.
AUDIO OSCILLATOR
AI
5K-150K
02
2N3638
Circuit Notes
Almost any transistor will work.

Rl and Cl wili vary the tone.
=.9V
4-811
Fig. 7-5
64
SINE WAVE OSCILLATOR
"
0 01 J'f
"
"
""
"
Fig. 7-6
"
JOpf
,..,
'""
"
"
'"
6.311
"
-Circuit Notes
The oscillator delivers a high-purity sinusoid with a stable frequency and amplitude.
EASILY TUNED SINE/SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATORS
R2
59K
R1
330K
C2~
Clt
+ 15>-<t-~---, R8"
1K
R7
1K
R9
200K
LM1 01 A
SQUAAE
>--~-OUTPUT
Fig. 7-7
:>''-t-j f--~--'-\
6
C3
150pF
02
1N914
SINE
OUTPUT
-15
AS
+C1""C2
10M
~Frequency Adjust
* Amplitude AdJUSt
Fo =
1
21rC 1 ~
Circuit Notes
This circuit will provide both a sine and square wave output for frequencies from
below 20Hz to above 20kHz. The frequency of oscillation is easily tuned by varying a
single resistor.
65
WIEN BRIDGE SINE WAVE OSCILLATOR

2.2 i-!F
JOOk
10k
0.0&1 JJF
>4-ovou.rt..-IOHz
Circuit Notes
Using the 2N5457 JFET as a voltage variable resistor in the amplifier feedback loop,
produces a low distortion, constant amplitude
sine wave getting the amplifier loop gain just
right. The LM103 zener diode provides the
voltage reference for the peak sine wave
amplitude.
LMIOJ
500k
1M
Peak output voltage

Vp~Vz+1V
Fig. 7-8
PHASE-SHIFT OSCILLATOR
.1
Vs
TK
.~o~F
hTK
TK
rt
rl
rt
- -
Fig. 7-9
66
--
f, 4kHz
Circuit Notes
CircuiLuses a simple RC network to produce an exceptionally shrill tone from a miniature speaker. With the parts values shown, the
circuit oscillates at a frequency of 3.6 kHz and
drives a miniature 2'h'' speaker with earpiercing volume. The output waveform is a
square wave with a width of 150 p.s, sloping
rise and fall times, and a peak-to-peak
amplitude of 4.2 volts (when powered by 9
volts). Current drain of the oscillator is 90 rnA
at 9 volts, and total power dissipation at this
voltage is 0.81 watt, which is well below the
1.25 watts the 14-pin version will absorb (at
room temperature) before shutting down.
TONE ENCODER
POWEA
SWITCH
18K
9V6ATTEAV
~~~~
IOK
.005~J.f
,.---~-----1---J f-(---<(
IOK
IOK
~n-,~::-~K...----t-1
~~~~214
AUDIO
OUTPUT
lOOK
IN9t4010DE
I
\
MOMENTAAYSPSTSWITCHES
(
Fig. 7-10
Circuit Notes
A basic twin-T circuit uses resistors for accurately setting the frequency of the
output tones, selected by pushbutton. Momentary switches produce a tone only when the
button is depressed.
FEEDBACK OSCILLATOR
c
r---11 OUT~UT
_1_
C2
C3
C1
Circuit Notes
Circuit oscillates because the transistor
shifts the phase of the signall80 from the base
to the collector. Each of the RC networks in the
circuit is designed to shift the phase 60 at the
frequency of oscillation for a total of 180. The
appropriate values of R and C for each network
is found from f = ll2v'31TRC); that equation
allows for the 60 phase shift required by the
design.
Fig. 7-11
67
PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR

+9V
Rl
3.3k
OUTPUT
H1
II
R2
470k
47n
f?
01~
2N2925
>
c2
47n
R3
> 4.7k
Jt>
Fig. 7-12
47n
~R4
. -4.7k
NV
250Hz
Circuit Notes
A single transistor makes a simple phase

shift oscillator. The output is a sine wave with
distortion of about 104. The sine wave purity
can be increased by putting a variable resistor
(25 ohms) in the emitter lead of Q1 (x). The
Tesistor is adjusted so the circuit is only just
oscill~ting, then the sine wave is relatively
pure. :operating frequency may be varied by
putting a 10 K variable resistor in series with

R3, or by changing C1, C2, and C3. Making C1,
2, 3 equal to 100 nF will halve the operating
frequency. Operating frequency can also be
voltage controlled by a FET in series with R3,
or optically controlled by an LDR in series with
R3.
800Hz OSCILLATOR
HEP
.::;;:4.L----<~l-4_:_"F---r
r
OUTPUT
Fig. 7-13
01 .uF
\L
/I
471(
~6A
IO.n.
IO.n.
IO.n.
Circuit-Notes
The following transistors may be used: HEP-254, O.C-2, SK-3004, AT30H. To

increase the frequency, decrease the value of the capacitors in the ladder network.
68
TUNABLE SINGLE COMPARATOR OSCILLATOR
v,
v,
R,
10kn
R,
R,
2Dkn
1ookn
Circuit Notes
Varying the amount of this comparator

circuit's hysteresis makes it possible to vary
output frequencies in the 740-Hz to 2.7-kHz
range smoothly. The amount of hysteresis together with time constant R6C1 determines
how much time it takes for C1 to charge or
discharge to the new threshold after the output
voltage switches.
R,
10 kU
..,.
c,I
Fig- 7-14
WIDE RANGE OSCILLATOR (FREQUENCY RANGE OF 5000 TO 1)
..
- -lOV
02
BC108
El
Circuit Notes
Timing resistor R may be adjusted to any
value between 10 K and 50 M to obtain a frequency range from 400kHz to 100Hz. Returning the timing resistor to the collector of Q1
ensures that Q1 draws its base current only
from the timing capacitor Ct. The timing
capacitor recharges when the transistors are
off, to a voltage.equal to the base emitter voltage of Q2 plus the base emitter drops of Q1 and
Q2:The transistors then start into conduction.
Capacitor Cs is used to speed up the transition.
A suitable value would be in the region of 100
pF.
Fig. 7-15
69
W!EN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR
50k
10 k
v,
vo
1
I0 -2 1f AC
-v,.f 2 Vee
Fo
f 0 1 kHz
R 1e kn
C 0.01 ~F
Fig. 7-16
WIEN BRIDGE SINE WAVE OSCILLATOR
""
~-.....-OUTPUT
...
Cl
1100 pF
"""'
1%
u- 10V -14mA bulb ELDEMA 1869

Rl R2
Cl C2
f-'2rr R2 C1
Fig. 7-17
70
Audio Power Amplifiers

The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning onpage 730. The
Low Cost 20 W Audio Amplifier
75 Watt Audio Amplifier with Load Line
Protection
Bridge Amplifier
Noninverting Amplifier Using Single Supply
Noninverting Amplifier Using Split Supply
6 W, 8 Ohm Output Transformerless Amplifier
12 W Low-Distortion Power Amplifier
10 W Power Amplifier
Stereo Amplifier with Av = 200
AM Radio Power Amplifier
470 mW Complementary-Symmetry
Audio Amplifier
Novel Loudspeaker Coupling Circuit

Noninverting Ac Power Amplifier
Inverting Power Amplifier
Noninverting Power Amplifier
4 W Bridge Amplifier
Phono Amplifier with a "Common Mode"
Volume and Tone with Control
Phono Amplifier
Phonograph Amplifier (Ceramic Cartridge)
Inverting Unity Gain Amplifier
Bridge Audio Power Amplifier
Phono Amplifier
High Slew Rate Power Op Amp/Audio Amp
16 W Bridge Amplifier
71
LOW COST 20 W AUDIO AMPLIFIER

R8
1K
R7
4.7K
40V
-------------
I
I
.-----------~_.
-,I
I
I
01
I
I
02
I
I
I
I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SE9301
+-----.---_,________________________________
+iR4
"" cs
_.~ 1500~F
150K
03
R6
47
R3
120K
R1
INPU~
Q1
2N5961
10K
G1
10~F'25V
SE9401
R2
15K
RS
150
+G4
200~F .SV
01-03=1N4148
Fig. 8-1
Circuit
This simple inexpensive audio amplifier
can be constructed using a couple of T0-220
monolithic Darlington transistors for the
push-pull output stage. Frequency response is
flat within 1 dB from 30Hz to 200kHz with
typical harmonic distortion below 0.2%. The
amplifier requires only 1.2 Vrm, for a full 20W
output into an 8 ohm load. Only one other
transistor is needed, the T0-92 low-noise
high-gain 2N5961 (Ql), to provide voltage gain
for driving the output Darlingtons. Its base
72
Notes
(point B) is the tie point for ac and de feedback

as well as for the signal input. Input resistance
is 10 K. The center voltage at point A is set by
adjusting resistor R4. A bootstrap circuit
booststhecollectorsupplyvoltageofQl (point
C) to ensure sufficient drive voltage for Q2.
This also provides constant voltage across R7,
which therefore acts as a current source and,
together with diodes Dl-D3, reduces lowsignal crossover distortion.
73
BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
'
"'
'"
lls6V llc4!!
V$1lll Acll!
Fig. 8-3
P0 1.DW
P,UW
Circuit Notes
This circuit is for low voltage applications de levels will. be within a few tenths of a volt of
requiring high power outputs. Output power each other. Where critical matching is required
levels of 1.0 W into 4 ohm from 6 V and 3.5 V the 500 K potentiometer is added and adjusted
into 8 ohm from 12 V are typical. Coupling for zero de current flow through the load.
capacitors are not necessary since the output
NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER USING SINGLE SUPPLY
"
'
VL
o--j
..
'f''
2.7
''"'v,
~-
r--.J.--~
.. '
'
on
Vol D.1
~
""'
1---l'
v,
...,..+.....,
..J
0.1
1.1
o--j
.
'
(LM1117 ONLY)
Fig.
74
8~4
~'
.,.
'
L------.J
,...
I- REStSTORS
I- CAf'ACITORJ
2.7
~-
TYPICAL SINGLE SUI'I'l-Y
NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER USING SPLIT SUPPLY
"
2.7"
lOOk
O.I,.F"
r--.J---.
~'"
14
-=-
VOL
'
'1
I
'..J
VTYPICAL SPLIT SUPf'L Y
D. I
L ______ ...J
"
:.1.
2.7"
lOOk
JlM1817 ONLY)
0.1JJF"
b..
4-=RESISTDRS
4- CAPACITORS
"::"
Fig. 8-5
6 W,8'0HMOUTPUT TRANSFORMERLESS AMPLIFIER

vee~
180K
I fi'~
180
47K
62
120K
'--,
L--1~=--'~"If-'
~..
~-
rgur
""''
'':'
~OJ
24V
'"'
...
-
01
lt)()(k.F
lti-~---.J.--l:~lo'Qv;-'~>-'M"I-"-'1>--t--t-i--::":'i_,.~ 21~v~---.
"
0'1
,..._ 01
.
: ~ ,..,
,.
II
3~
-..
l20
02
0.5
...
~Lt.j~02~~.,__._____._~as
470
'
2.2
TO.l
Ql
Q2
.,~;.;
~(1
QJ
Q4
as
NB021EY
N8211YY
NfiOOIE
NA41U
tjA42U
-~
Fig. 8-6
75
12 W LOW-DISTORTION POWER AMPLIFIER
N.C.
+13V
"
"
"
"' "
'"' "
"
~
.
~'f
<
0
:i,
FREQUENCY li4z)
"
,h
C3
FRQUEN&V IKI
ResponM tor Amplifi.,
Ditortlon for Amplifier
~UV UJ~F
MYLAR
Fig. 8-7
10 W POWER AMPLIFIER
JOOiJF
~~---,
0.471-Jf
+26\i
35
MYLAR
lOOk
1000pf
~:
13
lOOk
"T''
Fig. 8-8
76
10
2l
;;
"'c>
H
15
II
I
" '"'
" FREOUENCY1Hl)
Frequoncy R -
STEREO AMPLIFIER WITH Av = 200
vso-.t--.
T~_,.,F
""
+1
"'''
2.1n
"'
In
T '''' ':"
1...... -
INPUT Z
-~
o---i 1--+"T-'i
0.1 uf
_J;ABGNO
IOO"F
+~
f'
\
TI.II'F2.1n '
Fig. 8-9
"'
""
AM RADIO POWER AMPLIFIER
,,,
FERRlTE
BEAD
4.1
+)
Z50"'F
*0.1f.'F
Note 1: Twist supply lead and supply ground very tightly.
Note 2: Twist speaker lead and ground very tightly.

Note3: Ferrite bead is
turns of wire.
In
SPEAKER
":"
Nott; 4: R1C1 band limits input sigRals.

Note 5: All components must be spaced very close to IC.
Ferroxcube K5-001-Q01/3B with 3
Fig. 8-10
77
470 mW COMPLEMENTARY-SYMMETRY AUDIO AMPLIFIER

?-12V
16 OR 32
OHMS
820
02
01 2N2429
02- 2N2706
03- 2N2430
39
250
~-tF
Fig. 8-11
Circuit Notes
This circuit has less than 2%~distortion and isJlat within 3 dB from 15Hz to 130kHz.
NOVEL LOUDSPEAKER COUPLING CIRCUIT

Circuit Notes
+
IC1 IS LM 380
+18V
C2
10001'
C1
10001'
OV
Fig. 8-12
78
The ground side of the speaker is connected to the junction of two equal high value
capacitors (1000 J.tF is typical) across the supply. The amplifier output voltage will be V,/2,
and so will the voltage across C1 (if C1 andC2
are equal); so as the supply voltage builds up,
the de voltage across the speaker will remain
zero, eliminating the switch-on surge. C1 and
C2 will also provide supply smoothing. The
circuit is shown with the LM380, but could be
applied to any amplifier circuit, providing that
the de voltage at the output is half the supply
voltage.
NONINVERTING AC POWER AMPLIFIE
NONINVERTING POWER AMPLIFIER
vee 3D v
0.'
lo'F
r-~--~--~-------,
..
-=-
'-'
2rt3904
or tquio.
2 j.lf+
V;n
l.Ok
111 '' :. 3G megollm to I , 20
RA + Re
II ',
I.Av~~2o
~'
IV lOS 200 mA
It _IQS 200 mA
Fig. 8-13
Fig. 8-15
INVERTING POWER AMPLIFIER
4 W BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
,.
...
II. lo"
_,n
RA+Ra,
0 "
--RA
Fig. 8-14
"
IV. IDS" 200 mA
Fig. 8-16
79
PHONO AMPLIFIER
WITH "COMMON MODE"
VOLUME AND TONE CONTROL
PHONOGRAPH AMPLIFIER
(CERAMIC CARTRIDGE)
,2 v
1.0 k
f--~
a.on
100 pF
Toni Control
1.0 Megfl
"'~-_ 1.0 Megn

= ;ot+:-,~
,,.,.,.,,.,.~..,"~~
Volume
fOR ST AlllliTY WITH

HIGH CURRENT LOADS
.. AUDIO TAPE PQTNTIOMETER
!10"' Of R, AT
~0'11
Control
ROT AT ION)
Fig. 8-19
Fig. B-17
INVERTING UNITY GAIN AMPLIFIER

PHONO AMPLIFIER
v,
~
CRYSTAL
CAATAIOGl
O.IJ,If
o-1
""
"'
luFT
.:!:L
Fig. 8-18
Fig. 8-20
80
BRIDGE AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER

R5
1.0
~
"'
+11V
--0.1
i5
u
R1
C>
0.01
CAS
C>
~
6
FREOUENCY (Hz)
Total Harmonic Distortion vs.

Frequency of Bridge Power
Ampiifier
RB
OUTPUT
INPUT
R9
CAS
5
R1-R. CURRENT LIMIT ~ESISTOR

R5
FEEDBACK RESISTOR
FEEDBACK RESISTOR
R6
R7-R10 INPUT RESISTORS
C1-C4
BYPASS CAPACITORS
C5-CB iYPASS CAPACITORS
C9-C12 BYPASS CAPACITORS
0.15Q 2W
5kQ
15kQ
10kQ
41 .,f 25 HLECTROLYTIC
10-F 25V TANTALUM
0.1 ~F 25V CERAMIC
RIO
L...-+-+1BV
R6
Fig. 8-2.1
PHONO AMPLIFIER
I IV
Circuit Notes
Used when maximum input impedance is

required or the signal attenuation ofthe voltage
divider volume control is undesirable.
'fOR STABiliTY WITH
HIGH CURRENT LOADS
Fig. 8-22
81
HIGH SLEW RATE POWER OP AMP/AUDIO AMP
30 I!
-t-18
0.47 ~J.F
+------i:-2N379010 pf
VouT
5.1 k
"n(MAX)(O !l) - 11 W
5.1 k
+------'["
2N3055
30 H
-13
Fig. 8-23
~0.47 JJ.F
Features
High Slew Rate 9 V lp.s
~High 3 dB Power Bandwidth 85 kHz
18 Watts Output Power Into an 8 !l Load.
~ Low Distortion - .. 2%, 10 VRMS, 1 kHz Into 8 !l
16 W BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
thf
SIGNAL .........
1M
INPUT ........
2ZO
I aGio
C70~>~f
Fig. 8-24
82
2..Z
9
Audio Signal Amplifiers
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section he ginning on page 730. The
General Purpose Preamplifier
Basic Transistor Amplifier Circuits
Microphone Amplifier
Transducer Amplifier
Ultra-High Gain Audio Amplifier
Transformerless Microphone Preamp (Balanced Inputs)
Transformerless Microphone Preamp (Unbalanced Inputs)
Magnetic Pickup Phone Preamplifier
Disc/Tape Phase Modulated Readback Systems
Two-Pole Fast Turn-On NAB Tape Preamplifier

Tape Preamplifier (NAB Equation)
LM382 Phono Preamplifier
~Tape Recording Amplifier
Magnetic Phono Preamplifier
Phono Preamp
Remote Amplifier
Adjustable Gain Noninverting Amplifier
High Gain Inverting AC Amplifier
Flat Response Amplifier
Preamplifier with RIAA/N AB Compensation
Tape Playback Amplifier
83
GENERAL PURPOSE PREAMPLIFIER
POWER SL'Pf'L V
~10V TO 40V de:
C2
"'"
~IGHT It---;
""'"
Cl2'
~~----;
Cll
INPUT
LEFT
.'"rOUTPUT
.,
_ lOOk
FUNCTION
Phono preamp
(RIAA)
Tape preamp
.,
C3 4
330n
C5 6
I011F
C7 8
1011F
C9,10
1n5
R1 2
1k
68n
1011F
1011F
1011F
10jlF
I011F
10jtF
~{NAB)
Flat 40dB gain

Flat 55dB gain
Flat 80dB gain
Fig. 9-1
Circuit Notes
Not much can be said about how the LM382 works as most of the circuitry is
contained within the !C. Most of the frequency-determining components are on the
chip-only the capacitors are mounted externally. The LM382 has the convenient
characteristic of rejecting ripple on the supply line by about 100 dB. thus greatly reducing
the quality requirment for the power supply.
84
RIGHT
~.'""Toun>uT
INPUT
lOOk
BASIC TRANSISTOR AMPLIFIER CIRCUITS
Circuit Notes
""'F-+-+---+-+-1
o-)
Typical component values are given for

use at audio frequencies, where these circuits
are used most often. The input and output
phase relationShips are shown.
~
+9V
COMMON EMITTER
""'
o-) r:-....----.-+-{
-4700
INPUT
OUTPUT
,..+::;'>
COMMON
~COLLECTOR +gv
Fig. 9-2
ELECTRONIC BALANCED INPUT MICROPHONE AMPLIFIER
Vcr
Circuit Notes
It is possible to simulate the balanced performance of a transformer electronically with a
different amplifier. By adjusting the presets,
the resistor ratio can be balanced so that the
best CMRR is obtained. It is possible to get a
better CMRR than from a transformer. Use~a
RC4136 which is a quad low noise op amp.
"
8ALA.NCl
C'-4RR
Fig. 9-3
TRANSDUCER AMPLIFIER
XI
c::::J
Rl
11M
C1
0.1
R5
~
11M
Fig. 9-4
R2
RJ
R4
510
182k
,.,,
,.,,
19.6k
AIN-= R1
1 ..-
R2) A 11 ::: R2 RJ
RJ
R4
R2 R3
Circuit Notes
This circUit IS high-input-impedance ac

amplifier for a piezoelectric transducer. Input
86
resistance is 880 M, and a gain of 10 is obtained.
ULTRA-HIGH GAIN AUDIO AMPLIFIER
.------1>----ov
10M
Circuit Notes
10M
0.1
Sometimes called the JFET !L-amp, this

circuit provides a very low power, high gain
amplifying function. Since IL of a JFET increases as -drain current decreases, the lower
drain current is, the more gain you get. Input
dynamic range is sacrificed with increasing
gain, however.
~F
500 typical
Fig. 9-5
MICROPHONE AMPLIFIER
r---------~~~-~v
,."
,."'
R1
UM
"
0.02 ~F
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates from a 1.5 Vdc

-source.
,."
,.
RO
GAIN
............ triln
..
UM
Fig. 9-6
87
TRANSFORMERLESS (BALANCE INPUTS) MICROPHONE PREAMP

+1511
,, .
+1511
...,,.
Fig. 9-7
...
0.1~
'"
:~J,
,,
-n_u
-1&11
Ay' 0 !;4dB
*''
"- MTAl FILM

AtiJ. RrFOR II our Olloc
ADJ. R!tFDR MAX CMRR
NOISE. -&JdBBELOW
2m \I INPUT
THO >;; 0.1%
TRANSFORMERLESS MICROPHONE PREAMPS

(UNBALANCED INPUTS)
+24V
,,
"
+24V
,,
,,.
220k
560
,,
2fk
I'"
Av 52d8
- METAl FilM
NOISE -69d8 BELOW
2mV
lHO
11.1''
Fig. 9-8
88
(a) LM381 AS. E. Bias
--Av o 52dB
- METAL FILM
NOISE -67d8 BELOW
2mV
THO
01%
(b) LM387A
MAGNETIC PICKUP PHONO PREAMPLIFIER
..
r--'lliVv--o '"
..
l~llh
t"'
0.01 ~F
,..
~'"'"
0.1104 !'F
':'
2N54SI !P55l
,.
""'liT
.,.
.,.
..
.,.
.,.
Fig. 9-9
+
"'
mT
I"'
JZOh
SO,.,F
lJOh
"
-av
Circuit -Notes
This preamplifier provides proper loading

to a reluctance phono cartridge. It provides
approximately 35 dB of gain at 1 kHz (2.2 mV
input for 100mV output). It features (S + N)!N
ratio of hetter than - 70 dB (referenced to 10

mV input at 1kHz) and has a dynamic range of
84 dB (referenced to 1 kHz). The feedback
provides for RIAA equalization.
DISC/TAPE PHASE MODULATED READBACK SYSTEMS
Fig. 9-10
AMPLITUDE
FREQUENCY:
47 pFd
READ HEAD
DIFFERENTIA TOR/AMPLIFIER
ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR
89
TWO-POLE FAST TURN-ON NAB TAPE

PREAMPLIFIER
LM382 PHONO PREAMPLIFIER (RIAA)
+12V
24V
(4, 51
120pF
II
680k
2201<
2k
220k
2k
-24k
IM
0.0015"F
1k
Fig. 9-13
F.ig. 9-ll
TAPE PREAMPLIFIER
(NAB EQUALIZATION)
TAPE RECORDING AMPLIFIER
Vee
I I
I
3,
~~ 11Md
12
_1_
Jo
n"F
"
nopFJ
TO BIAS
OSCillATOR
Fig. 9-12
90
Fig. 9-14
MAGNETIC PHONO PREAMPLIFIER
REMOTE AMPLIFIER
30V
(4. 5)
"
""
lOOk
0.001JJF
lOOk
I20pF
Fig. 9-15
Fig. 9-17
PHONO PREAMP (RIAA

EQUALIZATION)
ADJUSTABLE GAIN NONINVERTING

AMPLIFIER
vs
Vee
6,9
2. 13
7,8
o--1co 11. 14)

0 1"f
R1
e1
PINS 3. 5. 6. 9, 10. 12
All NO CONNECTION
lO"F
...L
I eAPAeiT_O_R-+-G_A_I_N--1
Cl Only
nly
e2
GAIN ~ 1 + 267 k
R1
40dB
SSdB
80dB
--'----'
Fig. 9-16
Ic1
10
LOW FREQUENCY -JdB CORNER
Fig. 9-18
91
HIGH GAIN INVERTING

AC AMPLIFIER
PREAMPLIFIER WITH RIAA/NAB

COMPENSATION
vs
>------.,--oour~ur
-1SV
r~~
I
....L
l8K
GAIN ~ ~ 5.1 x 106
,,
Co~
0.003
S&Ject to provid& spectfied tr1nldu..er loadinv.

Output Noi.. "' 0.-8mV rmslwtth input Ulorted)
1
- 2duR1
All resistor values are in Ohms.
In = LOW FREQUENCY -JdB CORNER ICc Rl
>> CG R1l
Fig. 9-21
INPUT IMPEDANCE = Rt
PINS 3. 5_ 16,.12 NOT USED
Fig. 9-19
FLAT RESPONSE AMPLIFIER (FIXED

GAIN CONFIGURATION)
TAPE PLAYBACK AMPLIFIER
Vee
24V
.lpFo
0.1"F ( 1 8 )
7, 8
(4, 5)
(2, 7)
II
47k
2.2M
800"V
AT
1kHz
62k
180
Fig. 9-20
92
Fig. 9-22
1500pF
0.5Vrms
10
Automotive Circuits
The
Gasoline Engine Tachometer
Speed Alarm
Speed Warning Device
Universal Wiper Delay
Courtesy Light Extender
Bargraph Car Voltmeter
Tachometer
High Speed Warning Device
Breaker Point Dwell Meter
Tachometer
Capacitor Discharge Ignition System
Windshield Wiper Control
Auto Battery Current Analyzer

Speed Switch
Windshield Wiper Controlier
Windshield Wiper Hesitation Control Unit
Ice Waming and Lights Reminder
Car Battery Monitor
Headlight Delay Unit
Windshield Washer Fluid Watcher
Car Battery ~Condition Checker
Overspeed Indicator
Sequential Flasher for Auto Tum Signals
Auto Lights-On Reminder
93
GASOLINE ENGINE TACHOMETER
11-NV
PROlE en ON
...
"
470
. ~"\~
lo:f~ETEP.
FSDIICIIIRI'IIII
"'I' -f---+--j
.... 1--t-+-+--i-+--+----j
1.010
..---,--,.---,--,~~~~
fREQUENCY = ZDD
uos
1.004
1.002
t -* t~r~T..
r-~~~t--+
~C1
!:--,_._._____...., ..
":"
..... 1-+-j,.""'t~~f.-..:.:b:l
.... 1---++!----+--lr-..~~~o;o~"!!i'
1/
!'..
..... 1----E.:;:~=+-+~--i
..... 1--+'="="i""c:'
'
=
i"",='
+
--+-+"--"'
I
.... f--+-1-,+-++-+--1
0.110
L--...L-L---'-L.L-L_J
-35 -15
IPAIIII:COU
DIST. TEIIItllfAL
1--t-+-+--i-+--+----j
f---i""'+...d-+-+-+--1
~~4 CY(L
LINK TO
SlLECT
NO. OF
CYLIMDEM
I CVl
I CVL
25
15
15
15
TEMPERATURE ('C)
Fig. 10-l
Circuit Notes
This tachometer can be set up for any

number of cylinders by linking the appropriate
timing resistor as illustrated. A 500 ohm trim
resistor can be used to set up final calibration.
94
A protection circuit composed of a 10 ohm

resistor and a zener- diode is also shown as a
safety precaution against the transients which

are to be found in automobiles.
SPEED ALARM
+12V
.,
"
"'
2N390j.;,
o;c
02
c.a.
POINTS
01 ~
tV ~
ov
.,
,.,
.....
I
03
~~
06
.,
l()h!
"
08
~"
IN91lo
.. !
I
07~
INI14
_ R,V;:u---v
09
INti
,..
RVI
......
.,.
"
lOOn
CD4011AE
""~
.,
UOR
LSI
22K
r.-
.'f
TIP3055
C4
10"
Fig. 102
Circuit Notes
Pulses from the distributor points are passed through a current limiting resistor, rectified, and clipped at 4. 7 volts. Via Ql and the
diode pump, a de voltage proportional to engine
rpm is presented to RVl; the sharp transfer
characteristic of a CMOS gate, assisted by
feedback, is used to enable the oscillator

fanned by the remaininghalfofthe 4011. At the
pre-set speed, a nonignorable tone emits from
the speaker, and disappears as soon as the
speed drops by three or four mph.
95
SPEED WARNING DEVICE
A15-
J
-
,,_
tJ
-::.;"
'"
I
'
L,
v'"
Rbufflll"
.......
'
/I
'
"
'h~SS6
'
'
-.....
'
OM+
01uf :
10K
/I
"'' ;~
"
"
'
"
"
v~,
%-
'
556
"
OM+
OPERATINGWAVEFORMS
OPERATING WAVEFORMS
V,N
PIN6
evPIN lllo 2
PIN 5
---7l1T!T!T!l?1t7L-
PIN B
~-
Pllllll & 13
-nr
;--
----J
2'1----- / /_/I
ou
PIN 9
I
I
I
:
Fig. 10-3
96
UNIVERSAL WIPER DELAY
VA
2501<
POSITIVE
T1
~;;.
:>
VA 2
25
'
~J
R1
1ki
R2
4. 7k12
C3
O.l.uF
.?
'~
<;.
':>
8
01
NE555
2
L..ol
IC1
5
::;,03
1
I
C1
::;~
~ ~021N4003
l RLAj
1110jtF
150!1
v7J
tt
TO WIPER
CIRCUITRY
SW1
OVERRIDE
.lC2
-~0.1"F
T2
NEGATIVE
Fig. 10-4
Circuit Notes
!Cl is connected in the astable mode,

driving RLA. C3, D1, and D2 prevent spikes
from the relay coil and the wiper motor from
triggering !Cl. VR2 is adjusted to give the
minimum delay time required. VR1 is the main
delay control and provides a range of from
about 1 second to 20 seconds. SW1 is an override switch to hold RLA permanently on (for
normal wiper operation). The relay should
have a resistance of at least 150 ohms and have
heavy duty contacts. The suppression circuit
may be needed for the protection of ICl.
97
COURTESY LIGHT EXTENDER
+VE
R1
15k
01
1N4001
02
2N3065
C1
47 J.LF
16V
-VE
Fig. 105
Circuit Notes
Most car door switches are simply

single-pole switches, with one side grounded.
When the door is opened the switch grounds
.the other line thus completing the light circuit.
In a car where the negative terminal of the
battery is connected to the chassis, the negative wire of the unit (emitter of Q2) is connected to chassis the positive wire (case of
2N3055) is connected to the wire going to the
switch. In a car having a positive ground system this connection sequence is reversed.
When the switch closes (door open), Cl is
discharged via Dl to zero volts, and when the
switch opens, Cl charges up via Rl and R2.
98
Transistors Ql and Q2 are connected as an

emitter follower (Q2 just buffers Q1) therefore
the voltage across Q2 increases slowly as Cl
charges. Hence Q2 acts like a low resistance in
parallel with the switch and keeps the lights on.
The value of Cl is chosen such that a useful
light level is obtained for about four seconds;
therefore the light decreases until in about 10
seconds it is out completely. With different
transistor gains and with variation in current
drain due to a particular type of car, the timing
may vary hut may be simply adjusted by
selecting Cl.
BARGRAPH CAR VOLTMETER
R0 LE05
GREEN LEOs
REO tEDS
TfO'''I--o-~-0-___,1~
10V5
11V
12V
13V
,
-
14V
15V
TO BATTERY +Ve
VIA IGNITION SWITCH
r..,...~ ~~ ;.. t'eo 10

!~
~~ 'ceo,"'-:0& ~.';;'-; ""eo a ED"'
~;" t;;;,., "'(o;
~, ,~
18
r~
,~,
17
,~
16
,~,
"'.~.
15
14
13
12
11
10
IC1
LM3914
~
<
R1
4k7
~
R2
1k2
<
<
~
~ 5k0
RV2
<
-
RV1
;>, 5k0
rr;In
SETLOWE R
UMfT (10.5 VI
<
SET UPPER
LIMIT (15V)
nfn
OV
ov
Fig. 10-6
Circuit
The LM3914 acts as a LED-driving voltometer that has its basic maximum and
minimum readings determined by the values of
R2 and RV2. When correctly adjusted, the unit
actually covers the 2.5 volt to 3.6 volt range,
but it is made to read a supply voltage span of
10-10.5 volts to 15 volts by interposing patential divider R1-RV1 between the supply line
Notes
and the pin-5 input terminal ofthe !C. TheJC is
configured to give a 'dot' display, in which only
one of the ten LEDs is illuminated at any given
time. If the supply voltage is below 10.5 volts
none ofthe LEDs illuminate. If the supply
equals or exceeds 15 volts, LED 10 illuminates.
99
TACHOMETER
R2
10k
RV2
50k
ZD1
C1
1n0
R3
10k
+12V
Rl
180
Circuit di11gr11m
of the tllcho,
8.2V
R5
C3
100,.
l5ldl
IC1
555
1
J1V
C2
(GROUNDI
5n8
Fig. 10-7
Circuit Notes
An electrical signal taken from the low

tension side of the distributor is converted into
a voltage proportional to engine rpm and this
voltage is displayed on a meter calibrated accordingly. The 555 timer IC is used as a
monostable which, in effect, converts the signal pulse from the breaker points to a single
positive pulse the width of which is determined
by the value of R4 + RV2 and C2. Resistors R2
100
and R3 seta voltage of about 4 volts at pin 2 of

!Cl. The IC is triggered if this voltage is reduced to less than approximately 2. 7 volts (lh
of supply voltage), and this occurs due to the
voltage swing when the breaker points open.
An adjustment potentiometer RV1 enables the
input level to be seno avoid false triggering.
Zener diode ~ZD1 and tbe 180 ohm resistor
stabilize the unit against voltage variations.
HIGH SPEED WARNING DEVICE
OPTIOII/Al
TACHGMEHR
IO.F
TANTAlUM
lOOk
I~PUI f~OM
SPARK 1;011
U2f
J_
'"'
AI A1
l '.11900
oNPIII fj( !I R ~ AMPlll I[M
100lf
IC == Lfvt2900 or
LM2907 or LM2917
Fig. 10-8
Circuit Notes
Al amplifies and regulates the signal from
the spark coil. A2 converts frequency to voltage so that its output is a voltage proportional
to engine rpm. A3 compares the tachometer
voltage with the reference voitage and turns on

the output transistor at the set speed.
Amplifier A4 is used to generate an audible
tone whenever the set speed is exceeded.
101
BREAKER POINT DWELL METER
8+~------------~-------------------e-----,
10k
470
Sk
--
11
12
Sk
10
CHARGE
POINTS~-----...
GROUNIJc~
PUMP
10k
--
T0.02~F
--
lOOk TIOOOpF
--
-- T
Fig. 10-9
TACHOMETER
vee +11-V
MAGNETIC l'tCKUf'
HVSTERISIIAMPLIFIIEA
100
"'
MONOSTA8LE-MUl TIVIBAA.T8A
PULSE AVERAGING
Cl
1
MUKI~lr.~~~r--------r~~-------r--------~~----------------~====~~
~''~
or-..~rw
l.tV
r~~
lOOk
,,.
Rl
'"
.._.... Voltlltlor
s..itctl.._
"
0.01 11-F
Timi..-lnt.val to.0.1 RICI
v" ~~~ cvcc 1.11
Fig. 10-10
102
VPP
'!!.
!YQ-0 6J AI I
l!:yCI
CAPACITOR DISCHARGE IGNITION SYSTEM
TOROID UANSfOAM[A
_;
"
: 1_,.----- -
1
'
"
'it
=?o.ot ~
'.
::J"
02
''
'"'
_, +
.....
J
~?
"' : '"-
'"
UK; ~ "'
~ 1'
~..
; ~
:
t ..
'jL
"
"
~OISTIIIBIITOR
'
IGNITfD
COil
II
'"
0.,31
l.;;?.u
I''
II
"
Ql
01 NA81W
02 NA&1W
03 NB111EY
POINT
Fig. lO-ll
WINDSHIELD WIPERCONTROL
+ 12V
TAB SCR
POLYPAKS
WIPER LOW
SPEED LINE
92CUI730
t_
OR SIMILAR
' '
5601(
A K G
""'
'K
a ,,"
Q-:
22/35V
TA-NTALUM
;~
SN4871
UN! JUNCTION
TRANSISTOR
.. ~
E 82
;f:: o
oOO
-DIODES- I AMP PLASTIC

RESISTORS- i/2 WATT
Fig. 1012
Circuit Notes
Here's a good way to set windshield wipers on an interval circuit. Only two
connections to the car's wiper control, plus ground, are required. Variable control can be
accomplished by substituting a 500 K pot in series with a 100 K fixed resistor in place of
the 560 K.
103
AUTO BATTERY CURRENT ANALYZER
To Pin 7 +1.5v.
Probe _.-Battery cable-.......
ToPin4-1.v.
~"'
I &;i~~~;
~
1
>'_;,1;;:,00;;"~a.
lM
Polarity
reversing
switch
1.5M
5K
Fig. 10-13
Circuit Notes
This op-amp analyzer can measure the

current drawn by .any device in a car. The
analyzer works by measuring the very small
voltage that develops across the battery cables
when current flows. To calibrate the unit, measure the current flow somewhere in the car
with an accurate ammeter, then adjust the
analyzer for that current reading.
SPEED SWITCH
l"----.-~5~k~~~5k~~----~~::[g~j:ji-ovcc
B 1 6 5
'
LOAO
Circuit Notes
Load is energized when

2
1
2RC
-104
Fig. 10-14
WINDSHIELD WIPER CONTROLLER

r------------------------------~
01
R1 ~---~-+!hr-----,
RJ
Rl
'''
12 V SOURCE
,.------<>!THROUGH CAR'S
''
''
''
WIPER SWITCH!
I
I
)i(BREAK WIRE
S1
Fig. 10-15
I
I
Cf
WI PER MOTa!
R4
Circuit Notes
principal circuits: The rate-determining

Circuit -a unijunction transistor connected as a
freerunning oscillator, and the siliconcontrolled rectifier which is the actuator.
This circuit provides complete speed control over car's windshield wipers. They can be
slowed down to any rate even down to four
sweeps per minute. The controller has two
WINDSHIELD WIPER HESITATION CONTROL UNIT
'2V------,!
GROUND~
00
sov
TCEAAMIC
,,
CAO
1N914
TIMER
CA>
1N914
-MOTOR
t - - , SWITCH
Fig.l0-16
1N914
1-<-t+.,---j
1N914
1V 12000
CDE 603-13
OR EQUIVALENT
co
-r:::'
rf,
TANTALUM
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses the 555 timer in the astable or oscillatory mode. The length of time the
timer is off is a function of the values of Cl, R2,
and R3. The potentiometer which controls the
amount of "hesitation". (Approximately 2 to 15

seconds.) R2 provides a minimum time delay
when R3 is at its zero ohms position.
105
ICE WARNING AND LIGHTS REMINDER

+12V
REED
SWITCH
R4
470R
VR1
1M
LIN
Fig. 10-17
THERMISTOR
NTC
"'
.,
Q2
3k3
01-4
BC10&
BUZZER
3k3
---
-LDR
ORP 12
ov
Circuit Notes
This device will tell a driver if his lights

should be on and will warn him if the outside
temperature is nearing zero by lighting a LED
and sounding a buzzer9 VRl adjusts sensitivity
for temperature, VR2 for light. Both thermistor

and LDR should be well protected. Most high
gain NPN transistors will work.
CAR BATTERY MONITOR
+12v.-from car
1K!l
Circuit Notes
1K!l
NPN
2N3904
Fig. 10-18
106
Warning light (LED) indicates when battery voltage falls below level set by 10 K pot.
Can indicate that battery is defective or needs
charging jf cranking drops battery voltage
below preset "safe" limit.
HEADLIGHT DELAY UNIT
s
5
Fig. 10-19
R2
lk
Circuit Notes
This circuit will operate a car's headlights

for a predetermined time to light up the driveway or path after the driver has left the car.
SQl is pushed and Q2 is turned on closing the
relay and turning on the car's headlights. Cl
begins to charge through VRl until Ql turns

on, turning Q2 off. The relay will then open
switching off both the lights and the unit. The
delay is governed by the time taken for the
capacitor to charge, which is about one minute.
WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID WATCHER

+12 V VIA
IGNITiON SWITCH
51
RS
300-QHM TWIN-LEAD
WITH BARE ENOS

USED AS 10BES
Fig, 10-20
SILENCE
SONAL..ERT
sc"
"'
WINDSHIELD WASHER
RESERVOIR
Circuit Notes
This circuit relies upon the minute current between two conductive probes suspended in a washer fluid reservoir. When the level is below the probes, Ql turns on and
the Sonolert sounds.
107
CAR BATTERY CONDITION CHECKER
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses an LED and 4081 CMOS
integrated circuit. The variable resistor sets
the voltage at which the LED turns on. Set the
control so that the LED lights when the voltage
from the car's ignition switch drops below 13.8
volts. The LED normally will light every now
and then for a short period of time. But, if it
stays on for very long, your electrical system is
in trouble.
Fig. 10-21
CAR FRAME
OVERSPEED INDICATOR
14V
43011
68H
150!1
Circuit Notes
An op-arnp comparator is used to compare
the converter output with a de threshold voltage. The .circuit flashes the LED when the
input frequency exceeds 100 Hz. Increases in
frequency raise the average current out of terminal 3 so that frequencies above 100 Hz reduce the charge time of C2, increasing the LED
flashing rate .. IC =LM2907 or LM2917
f l ASH~NG BE G-JJtS WHE '- ! I'O - 100 Ht

HASH UTE 1NCAEASE5-WITH INPUT FREQUENCY
INCREASE BEYONO TRIP POINT
108
Fig. 10-22
SEQUENTIAL FLASHER FOR AUTOMOTIVE TURN SIGNALS

TIMER
OFF
NO. I
TIMER
NO.2
~~0~~~~----~=====;~======~~--~==============~
+12V
MECHANICAL
FLASHER
{LOAD
DEPENDENT,
IOK
IMn
-3 LAMPS)
o,
a,
2N6027
2N6027
c,
LAMP
NO. I
lOOK
-51-'F
lOOK
Circuit Notes
When the tum signal switch Sl is closed,
lamp #1 will be activated and capacitor Cl will
charge to the triggered voltage of Ql. As soon
as the auode voltage on Ql exceeds its gate
voltage by 0.5 V, Ql will switch into the low
resistance mode, thereby triggering SCRl to
activate lamp #2 and the second timing circuit.
After Q2 switches into the low resistance

state. SCR2 will be triggered to activate lamp
#3. When the thermal flasher interrupts the
current to all three lamps, SCRl and SCR2 are
commutated aud the circuit is ready for another
cycle.
Fig. 10-23
AUTO LIGHTS-ON REMINDER
+12VDC
+12VDC
41GHT SWITCH
BUZZER
IGIIIITION
SWITCH\
15.25il
SOP IV
lA
Fig. 10-24
IGNITION
LOAD
I
Circuit Notes
The alarm is composed of a diode, buzzer, aud limiting resistor. The diode serves as
a switch which allows the buzzer to sound off only when the light switch is closed aud the
ignition is turned off.
109
11
Battery Chargers
The
12 V Battery Charger
Simple Ni-Cad Battery Charger
12 V Battery Charger Control (20 Amps Rms
Max.)
Battery Charger
Automatic Shutoff Battery Charger
200 rnA-Hour, 12 V Ni-Cad Battery Charger
Ni-Cad Charger with Current and Voltage
Limiting
110
Automotive Charger for Ni-Cad Battery Packs

Constant Voltage, Current-Limited Charger
Ni-Cad Charger
Simple Ni-Cad Battery Zapper
Battery Charging Regulator
Low-Cost Trickle Charger for 12V Storage
Battery
Fast Charger for Ni-Cad Batteries
Current Limited 6 V Charger
12 V BATTERY CHARGER
500
~~
R&
0.2
LM350
LED
c~
:
01
:!NZ90&
~~
;. 15
RJ
230
R&
1k
R4
15k
....
-,..,1N4&J
=;:o.1"F
R1
Jk
~ R2
JV+
~
TO 1ZV
~M301A
H~~-
_.,!
"'"1"F
~BAnERV
lDOO pF
START-1
. ....
Fig. 11-1
Circuit Notes
This circuit is a high performance charger overcharge. When the start switch is pushed,
for gelled electrolyte lead-acid batteries. the outputofthe charger goes to 14.5 V. As the
Charger quickly recharges battery and shuts off battery approaches full charge, the charging
at full charge. Initially, charging current is current decreases and the output voltage is
limited to 2A. As the battery voltage rises, reduced from 14.5 V to about 12.5 V terminatcurrent to the battery decreases, and when the ing the charging. Transistor Q1 then lights the
current has decreased to 150 rnA, the charger LED as a visual indication nf full charge.
switches to a lower float voltage preventing
111
SIMPLE NI-CAD BATTERY CHARGER
PARTS LIST FOR

NICAD BATTERY CHARGER
C1-1 00-JLF, 50-V electrolytic
01
01
T1
capacitor
117 vac -~~
01-1-A, 400 PIV-silicon rectifier 50/60 Hz:
01-40-W, pnp power transistor
:
R1-2000,ohm potentiometer
T1-24-Vac, 117-Vac primary
filament transformer
24 Vac
C1
R12'..>---...J
....---
0 -25 Vdc
500 mA max.
Fig. ll-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides an adjustable output voltage up to 35 Vdc and maximum output
current of 50 rnA. Transistor Ql dissipates quite a bit of heat and must be mountea on a
heats ink.
12 V BATTERY CHARGER CONTROL (20 AMPS RMS MAX.)

2N6167
'
MR 1121
(4)
A,
6.8 k
BATTERY
50 V RMS
12
MAX
(60Hz)
Z1
1N4735
c,
0.1 p. F
T1 - PRIMARY = 30 TURNS #~2

SECONDARY = 45 TURNS #22
CORE-"' FERROXCUBE 203 F 181-3C3
R,- SERIES RESISTANCE TO LIMIT CURRENT THROUGH SCR
2N6167 iS RATED AT 20 AMPS RMS
Fig. ll-3
112
BATTERY CHARGER
M1
de AMMETER
0-15A
CA1
FW BRIDGE RECTIFIER
25A 100 PIV
POLY PAKS 92CU1234
TAl
TRIAC
6A 200 PAV
R.S. 276-101
Fig. 11-4
T1
TRANSFORMER
D1
B1-DIRECTIONAL DIODE
R.S. 276-1050
120-Vac
120 Vac 60Hz
R4
1
1on
'hW
A1
330 n
1f2 w
C1
._---"V"Y'v--.--f-1:1--+--/
0.1JLF
200-V
C3
0.1 1-LF
200
Circuit Notes
A diac is used in the gate circuit to provide

a threshold level for firing the triac. C3 and R4
provide a transient_ suppression network. Rl,
R2, R3, Cl, and C2 provide a phase-shift net-
work for the signal being applied to the gate. Rl

is selected to limit the maximum charging current at full-rotation of R2.
AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF BATTERY CHARGER

14V
I iI
30ll
~~
30ll
A,./G
TRIAC
OR SCR
'
~ IOO~F
TRIAC OR
Kf\.CR
47ll
ww
8 2
ZENER
25V
IK
'
" r
5oon
ww
C~ARGE
STOP
Fig. 11-5
Circuit Notes
Adjust by setting the 500 ohm resistor while-attached to a fully charged battery.
113
200 rnA-HOUR, 12 V NI-CAD BATTERY CHARGER

2N2219
IN4001
r-
)1---'W.,._T___t---o+
,.
BATTEffY
TO 8
CHARGED
IN7S2
Fig. 11-6
2N2222
Circuit- Notes
This circuit charges the battery at 75 rnA
battery can be left in the chargerindefinitely.
until the battery is charged, then it reduces the
To set the shut-off point, connect a 270-ohm,
current to a trickle rate. It will completely
2'watt resistor across the charge terminals and
adjust the pot for 15.5 volts across the resistor.
recharge a dead battery in four hours and the
NI-CAD CHARGER WITH CURRENT AND VOLTAGE LIMITING

-LI
6 OR 12V
LAMP
D=LJII
I'
LED
12-ISVDC
"'CI=470~F
OR
~GREATE:_:R_,.----,
CIG LGHR PLUG
Zl
Dl
Fig. 11-7
Circuit Notes
Lamp L1 will glow brightly and the LED

will be out when the battery is low and being
charged, but the LED will be bright and the
light bulb dim when the battery is almost ready.
Ll should be a light bulb rated for the current
you want (usually the battery capacity divided
114
by 10). Diode D1 should be at least 1 A, and Z1

is a 1 W zener diode with a voltage determined
hy the full-charge battery voltage minus 1.5 V.
After the battery is fully charged, the circuit
will float it at about battery capacity divided by
100 rnA.
AUTOMOTIVE CHARGER FORNI-CAD BATTERY PACKS
.,._____/
720HM
REGULAR
1WATI
CHARGE
'~~r-~~--~--~--~~
TO AUTO
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
PLUG
RAPID
1200HM
CHARGE L E 0
!WATT
SIUCONOIOOES
50PI.V.AT200mA
.--SUFFICIENT. LAAGER
~VALUES ACCEPTABLE .
. . - - - SEE TEXT
470HM
1WATT
Fig. 11-8
Circuit Notes
The number of silicon diodes across the output is determined by the voltage of the
battery pack. Figure each diode at 0. 7 volt. For example, a 10.9- volt pack would require
10.9/0.7 = 15.57, or 16 diodes.
CONSTANT-VOLTAGE, CURRENT-LIMITED CHARGER
JC LM723C VOLTAGE REGULATOR (FOR 12V de
OUTPUT 0.42A MAX.)
"'
Dl
AC
Circuit Notes
For 12 V sealed lead-acid batteries.
r1
Dl.
('I
TRI'INSFORMl:R. DC 13V {RMSI. 1-)A IRMS)

IOOV lA 01001
[)~
50V,410>~1
~.LH'TROLYTI('CONDENSER
TRI MJ"I\40 IOA<oOV I SOW I MOTOROLA)

It'
LM7 !KINA TIONAL SHo11CONDUCTORI
Rl
47011M I/1W3P
IC:
~.IK OHM 114W
10
1<4
R'i
VI<
C''
_l 'IK OHM 1/4W

7 5K OltM 1/4W
1.: 1K OHM I/4W
lK Ol1M
~OVIOOOP~
Fig. 11-9
115
NI-CAD CHARGER
SW1a
12V
FS1
TR1
'"'' .;.<>(.,:,
.!!.
(.o'
+V
.!!. /o-1
(.D~
PARALLEL
CELLS
~W3
'l='
SIN GLE
!0
SW1b
~ov
Fig. 11-10
CELL~
CE LL
'T
I
~J Jr r r
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses constant current LEDs

to adjust charging current. It makes use of
LEDs that pass a constant current of about 15
rnA for an applied voltage range of2-18 V. They
can be paralleled to give any multiple of 15 rnA
and they light up when current is flowing. The

circuit will charge a single cell at 15, 30 or 45
~rnA or cells in series up to the rated supply
voltage limit (about 14 V).
SIMPLE NI-CAD BATTERY ZAPPER
rB-1
0-10A
COMPONENTS NOT CRITICAL
10A
r-----~~~
~~B--~
+
1000 ILF
16V
Fig. 11-11
Circuit Notes
This circuit is used to clear internal shorts in nickel cadmium batteries. To operate,
connect ni-cad to output and press the pushbutton ior three seconds.
116
BATTERY CHARGING REGULATOR

o----,
VOLTS
AC
CR4
GE A40F
<R>
GE A40FG
Tl
UTC#FTl.O
(117/12.6)
~SCRI
GE C220F
Rl
OR GE CI22F
CRI
GEAI4A
47 OHMS(2W)
4700HMS
ow
= {
GE A40F
R2
-470HMS
/.
47 OHMS
(2W)
2~0HMS
(5W)
12 VOLT -::-
BATTERY
CR2
IW
-tV;
GE
11Vf::\
"'
750
c; ~501'1
\_0
OHMS
(IW)
-
~ 25V
ell!::
G
l-; ~
Fig. ll-12
~ ~
1
ALL RESISTORS 1/2 WATT EXCEPT AS NOTED
Circuit Notes
The circuit is capable of charging a 12volt component selection. When the battery voltage
battery at up to a six ampere rate. Other volt- reaches its fully charged level, the charging
ages and currents, from 6 to 600 volts and up to SCR shuts off, and a trickle charge as deter300 amperes, can be accommodated by suitable mined by the value of R4 continues to flow.
LOW-COST TRICKLE CHARGER FOR l2 V STORAGE BATTERY
117 Vac
- II~
IJJlll
15-35
+
de output to battery
Fig. 11-13
Circuit Notes
Charge rate can be varied and is based on the size of bulb.
117
FAST CHARGER FORNI-CAD BATTERIES

+V
! ~STAAT
15V
IOto
IOk
IOk
r; ~
~~
01 1
LM335
\
20k
'~ ~02
~ LM335
\
~
IOk
200
5k
""'"
~1
INPUT
;;i
......
,...,.
ADJ
THERMAllY COUPLE'--~----
Adjust D 1 to 50 m V greater V than D2.

-Charge terminates on 5C temperature rise. Couple 02 to battery.
lM311
I.
OUT
1.2
IOk
.....
.....
50k
I
I
--=--
&V -12V
-!-
Fig. ll-14
CURRENT LIMITED 6 V CHARGER
LMJT/L
v,N
9V TO lOV
Vour
v,N
AOJ
: 240
1000 ,uf**
_...!_
-,....-
100
2N2222
.,A
--= --
1 1k
.A A
> R1
>w
*Sets-peak current, I PEAK= 0 6V/A1
* 1000 1,F
1s recommended to filter
out any 1nput transients
118
Fig. ll-15
12
Battery Monitors
The
Solid-State Battery Voltage Indicator
Ni-Cad Discharge Limiter
Battery Condition Indicator
Equipment on Reminder
~Battery Charge/Discharge Indicator
Precision Battery Voltage Monitor for HTs
Low Voltage Monitor

Undervoltage indicator for Battery Operated Equipment
Low Battery Indicator
Battery-Level Indicator
Battery-Threshold Indicator
119
SOLID-STATE BATTERY VOLTAGE INDICATOR
+ v (tip)
R4
L1
L2
L3
Z1
R2
R1
R3
R1, R2, R3 = 47 l1
R4=39l1
Z1 = 9.8 volt zener diode
L1 - L3 = light emitting diodes
Two lights on - OK (L 1 + L2)
One light on - low voltage (L 1 only)
Three lights on - overvoltage (L 1 + L2
L3)
-V (ring)
Fig. 12-l
NI-CAD DISCHARGE LIMITER
_r
T~,c.o
I ~2-24V
~
Fig. 12-2
120
C1 \611-F
01 TIP32
Circuit Notes
The circuit disconnects the battery from
the load when output voltage falls below a preset level. Cl charges through Rl and turns on
Q2. Collector current flows through R2 turning
Ql on and battery is connected to the load.
When the outputvoltage falls below a point set
by RVl, Q2 turns off, Ql turns off and further
discharge of the battery is prevented.
BATTERY CONDITION INDICATOR

51
r----....----.--....
...
R1
8.2k
R4
6801\
Fig. 12-3
R3
470k
Circuit Notes
A 741 op amp is employed as a voltage

.comparator. The noninverting input is connected to zener reference source. Reference
voltage is 5.1 V. R2 is adjusted so that the voltage at the inverting input is half the supply
voltage. When supply is higher than 10.2V, the
LED will not light. When the supply falls just
fractionally below the 10.2V level, the IC inverting input will be slightly negative of the
noninverting input, and the output will swing
fully positive. The LED will light, indicating
that the supply voltage has fallen to the preset
threshold level. The LED can be made to light
at other voltages by adjusting R2.
EQUIPMENT ON REMINDER
+9
X,Y
FIG. 3
~--
"LED
IK
18K
Fig. 12-4
2N4870*
+
220
2N2222
*RADIO SHACK
RS 276-2029
OR ANY TYPE UJT
150
Circuit Notes
Due to the low duty cycle offlashing LED. the average current drain is 1 rnA or less.
121
BATTERY CHARGE!DISCHARGE INDICATOR

r--r----r-r--r--r:,_:!".~ S-16\1
,.,
,
~ GREEN
.,; 'S. CHARGE
"'
"'
,
~
"-...
Fig. 12-5
YELLOW
NOIIIII!NAI,.
"'
...
DISCHARGE
Circuit Notes
This circuit monitors car battery voltage.

It provides an indication of nominal supply voltage as well as low or high voltage. RVl and
RV2 adjust the point at which the red/yellow
and yellow/green LEDs are on or off. For

example the red LED comes on at 11 V, and the
green LED at 12V. The yellow LED is on
between these values.
PRECISION BATTERY VOLTAGE MONITOR FOR HTS

Circuit Notes
HT
~~~~+_RT-
rh
~-~--o
/'
r-:---------<'
1....-
HT
B + L I NE
1/\ITERSIL
R2
';:B~R
JCL8211CPA
NICq;c,,;i,~~a1;----~
l ~J==:::=~z3
.50~~
Rl
10- TURN
POT
Ul 7
NIC
6 N/C
4
5 )--
(ANY
, . SMALL
LED}
The precision voltage-monitor chip contains a temperature-compensated voltage reference. R1 divides down the battery voltage to
match the built-in reference voltage of !Cl
(1.15 volts). When the voltage at pin 3 falls
below 1.15 volts, pin 4 supplies a constant
current of 7 rnA to drive a small LED. About 0.2
volt of hysteresis is added with R2. Without
hysteresis, the LED could flicker on and off
when the monitored voltage varies around the
set point, as might be the case on voice peaks
during receive.
Fig. 12-6
122
WW-VOLTAGE MONITOR
+ 12-VOLT
--=-BATTERY
R4
1k!1
R3
100 kn
R1
100 k!1
V+
R2
100 k!1
sv':l
TIL209A-
1'--
..
,-1
LM239
r:;J
r...
Fig. 12-7
a. SCHEMATIC OF CIRCUIT FOR LOW-VOLTAGE INDICATOR
Circuit Notes
This circuit monitors the voltage of a battery and warns the operator when the
battery voltage is below a preset level by turningon an LED. The values are set for a 12V
automobile battery. The preset value is 10 volts.
UNDERVOLTAGE INDICATOR FOR

BATTERY OPERATED EQUIPMENT
"''"
r"!., -'-
VOLTAGE
MONITORED
(1!5V)
,---7-
-r-001
oo
Circuit Notes
Due to the low duty cycle of flashing LED,
the average current drain is 1 rnA or less. The
NE555 will trigger the LED on when the monitored voltage falls to 12 volts. The ratio ofR1 to
R2 only needs to be changed if it is desired to
change the voltage point at which the LED is
triggered.
Fig. 12-8
123
LOW BATTERY INDICATOR

9
v
I SUPPLY~ 101'A
16
Rl
1 MEGn
Rsn
"'
22 MEG
5 MEG n
TRiP ADJUST
-=
2N4274
-=
"'
]',,,
400Kn
-=
"
..-- ----,a,
200
I MPSA12
Circuit Notes
The indicator flashes an LED when the
battery voltage drops below a certain
threshold. 2N4274 emitter-base junction
serves as a zener which establishes about 6V
on the L161's positive input. As the battery
drops, the L161 output goes high. This turns on
the Darlington, which discharges Cl through
the LED. The interval between flashes is
roughly two seconds and gives a low battery
warning with only 10 11-A average power drain.
I
L
Fig. 12-9
-=
BATTERY-LEVEL INDICATOR
BATTERY-THRESHOLD INDICATOR
r-----....------- +
r--------.-----1~--+
R2
290k
VrH "'6V
101 :5mA
01
R2
12k
Fig. 12-10
124
U:D dims below 7V
Fig. 12-ll
RJ
R1
111k
4.7
13
Buffers
sources of the following circuits are ~contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
The
Sine Wave Output Buffer Amplifier

Single"Supply AC Buffer Amplifier
Single-Supply AC Buffer
High-Speed 6-Bit AID Buffer
High Impedance, Low Capacitance
Wideband Buffer
High Resolution ADC Input Buffer
100 x Buffer Amplifier
10 x Buffer Amplifier
Stable High Impedance Buffer
High-Speed Single Supply AC Buffer
125
SINE WAVE OUTPUT BUFFER AMPLIFIER
~----~r-----~r---------~--~v+
RA
RB
Circuit Notes
AMPLITUDE
The sine wave output has a relatively high

output impedance (lK typ). The circuit provides buffering, gain, and amplitude adjust
ment. A simple op amp follower could also be
used.
ICL8038
.,.
4.7k
11
L-------------<r---------+---~"
Fig. 13-1
SINGLE SUPPLY AC BUFFER AMPLIFIER
Vee= 12.ov
0.0~1 ~F:
INPUT
~F
I
\
~-r:51
"""'1 11
IM
LHOOJJ
1M~
-:..!:-
Fig. 13-2
126
[J
-: !:":'
circuit Notes
The input is de biased to mid-operating
point and is ac coupled. Its input impedance is
OUTPIIT approximately 500Kat low frequencies. For de
loads referenced to ground, the quiescent current is increased by the load current set at the
input de bias voltage.
SINGLE SUPPLY AC
BUFFER (HIGH SPEED)
HIGH IMPEDANCE LOW

CAPACITANCE WIDEBAND BUFFER
r-------~---ov
100
1k
vour
2N5485 {P50)
~HOED
fDA LOW
IMI'EDA~C(_.!r,T
+----+-ovour
HIGH
fllfOUE~IES
ltOW AT V11<1 1.UH
1--
10M
1k
ltOW AT- VOUT 1 JtNo

ASSUio!( V1111 lDV , , SINE WAVE (r;v-,EAKI
THEN fULl II'OWlill IIANDWIOTH IS
l'llloHo FOR .Uf-02. AND

lli6MH1 fOR IUf Ol
Fig.H-3
Fig. 13-5
Circuit Notes
The 2N5485 has low input capacitance

which makes this compound series-feedback
buffer a wide-band unity gain amplifier.
HIGH SPEED 6-BIT AID BUFFER
HIGH RESOLUTION
ADC INPUT BUFFER
.,ov
VREF
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
14-BIT AOC
o MAXIMUM ERROR FROM BUF-01 IS 30Qp\r

o RESOLUTION Of 10V, 1481T A.OC IS 81ti"V
o BUF-01-RESOLVE$ 1/2 LS8 OF 1"'BIT SYSTEM.
...b
Fig.H-4
Fig. 13-6
127
100 x BUFFER AMPLIFIER
STABLE, HIGH IMPEDANCE BUFFER
IIIPUT
---"'4~ l2
L~
"
'"''"
~v~
0.2SV/~10<
SR
~------~vo-~~--+-----~
'"
ZJN 200G!1
200 ~ 109
OUTPUT NOISE Q_35,JV p.p TYP

OUTPUT OFFSET 0.2mV TYP
IN* 'l.OnA
BANDWIDTH 1.2MHz
v-
100
.}
TYP. BW3d8 = 5 MHz
Fig. 13-9
Fifl'. 13-7
HIGH-SPEED
SINGLE-SUPPLY AC BUFFER
10 x BUFFER AMPLIFIER
r1IFF,''
INPUT---,~
.
+20V
,,",1. ,
LH0032
...--!,- /
~":........-- OUTPUT
o.:n11 F
V IN
tMn
o------if---.--4---1 BUF-02
1M!!
"
r---
l.-1v-
~'i=-
I +~F
"
"
\}*NEEDED FOR LOW
FREQUENCIES
"
,-
ltQW AT 'lftN ~ 1.45Hr
I tow-AT Vour 1.59Hz
TYP.BW3dB=10MHz
Fig. 13-8
128
-3dB
ASSUME VtN 2 lOV p.p SINE WAVE ISV PEAK)

THEN FULL POWER BANDWIDTH IS
APPROXIMATELY 800kHz
Fig. 13-10
VQUT
2k!!
IMPED:~CE
AT HIGH
14
Capacitance
(Touch) Operated Circuits
c;apacitance Relay
Capacitance Operated, Battery Powered Light
Touch Sensitive Switch
Low Current Touch Switch
Capacitance Switched Light
Momentary Operation Touch Switch
Touch Triggered Bistable
Capacitance Operated Alarm to Foil Purse
Snatchers
Self-Biased Proximity SensorWorks on Detected Changing Fields

Touch Switch or Proximity Detector
Finger Touch Touch or Control Switch
Proximity Detector
Touch Circuit
CMOS Touch Switch
Latching Double-Button Touch
Switch
129
CAPACITANCE RELAY
117 v
60Hz
~.---.,
C2
i TOUCH
GND
G-E
Cl
I0-20pF
NOTE: ALL RESISTORS 1/2 WATT

Fig. 14-1
Circuit Notes
Capacitor Cl and body capacitance (C2}of

the operator form the voltage divider from the
hot side of the ac line to ground. The voltage
across Cl is determined by the ratio of Cl to
C2. The higher voltage is developed across the
smaller capacitor. When no one is close to the
touch button, C2 is smaller than Cl. When a
hand is brought close to the button, C2 is many
times larger than Cl and the major portion of
130
the line voltage appears across Cl. This voltage fires the neon lamp, Cl and C2 discharge
through the SCR gate, causing it to trigger and
pass current through the load. The sensitivity
of the circuit depends on the area of the touch
plate. When the area is large enough, the circuit responds to the proximity of an object
rather than to touch. Cl may be made variable
so sensitivity can he adjusted.
CAPACITANCE OPERATED, BATTERY POWERED LIGHT
l
0
6V
TWO METAL STRIPS ABOUT 1/16" APART
BRIDGING THE GAP WITH YOUR
FINGER ACTIVATING THE SWITCH
1
4011
5
+6V
Fig. 14-2
12,-----....
4
13l-----'
Circuit _Notes
Touch the plate and the light will go on and

remain on for a~time determined by the time
constant of the 47 i-LF capacitor and the 2M

resistor.
TOUCH-SENSITIVE SWITCH
R2 4 7l<Jl
Fi1 4 7k!l
12{(_
Circuit Notes
A high impedance input is provided by Ql,
a general purpose field effect transistor. 741 op
amp is used as a sensitive voltage level switch
which in turn operates the current Q2, a
medium current PNP bipolar transistor,
thereby energizing the relay which can be used
to control equipment, alarms, etc.
Fig.H-3
131
LOW CURRENT TOUCH SWITCH
+5V-15V
Fig. 14-4
TOUCH
CONTACTS
NOTE'
01,2 ARE BC108
IC11S 4011
.-
lt
:LOAD
OV
Circuit Notes
Touching the on contacts with a finger brings pin 3 high, turning on tbe Darlington
pair and supplying power to the load (transistor radio etc). Ql must be a high gain
transistor. and Q2 is chosen for the current required by the load circuit.
CAPACITANCE SWITCHED LIGHT

Circuit Notes
~c
E B
.
B
33kO
TWO METAL
STRIPS
c;:JABOUT
1/16" APART
117
Fig. 14-5
132
The battery powered lightturns on easily,

stays on for just a few seconds, and then turns
off again. The circuit is triggered when you
TYPE 407
place a finger across the gap between two
FLASHER
strips of metal, about 1/16th inch apart.
LAMP
Enough current will flow through your finger to
ANY SCR WITH trigger the SCR after being amplified by the
~~~i,~~~ELY 2N3906. Once the SCR is fired, current will
GATE
flow through the bulb until its internal bimetal
switch turns it off. Once that happens, the SCR
will return to its nonconducting state.
+&V
2N3906
MOMENTARY OPERATION TOUCH SWITCH

+
Fig. 14-6
12 Vdc
TOUCH ON
TOUCH TRIGGERED BISTABLE

+9V
R3
4700
R2
3.3M!l
o: ~ ~
TIL209.
4
T1
6
.--
555
R1
3:3Mn
D~~
TIL209.
1C1
T01~F
T2
R4
470!l
Fig. 14-7
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses a 555 timer in the bistable mode. Touching T2 causes the output to go
high; D2 conducts and Dl extinguishes.
Touching Tl causes the output to go low; Dl
conducts and D2 is cut off. The output from pin
3 can also be used to operate other circuits
(e.g., a triac controlled lamp). In this case. the

LEDs are useful for finding the touch terminals
in the dark. Clis not absolutely necessary but
helps to prevent triggering from spurious
pulses.
133
CAPACITANCE OPERATED ALARM TO FOIL PURSE SNATCHERS

TOUCH PLATES-TWO
METAL STRIPS ABOUT
1/16" APART
---,
~---
I
DISABLE
SWITCH
:~:
I
NOTE 1
~---NOTE~
10M!l
10M!l
100K!l
+9V
3.3K!l
B
2N3904
NOTES:
1. ON STRAP-HAND MUST TOUCH BOTH
PLATES OR ALARM SOUNDS.
2. HIDDEN RESET1"0UCHPLATETURNS ALARM OFF WHEN TOUCHED.
Fig. 14-8
Circuit Notes
As long as touch plates (1) are touched together, the alarm is off. If not held for about
30 seconds, the alarm goes off. The circuit can be disabled with switch or by touching the
plates (2). The alarm is battery operated by a bicycle hom.
134
SELF-BIASED PROXIMITY SENSOR WORKS

ON DETECTED CHANGING FIELD
+svo-~--------------~~----------------------------~--,
JOKn
47 pF
62Kn
ELECTRIC FIELD
DETECTOR PLATE
6
22Kil
!OPT)
~1 MEGill
L __
Vour 10 or 5 VI
JOKn
-TlOO/TJOO
0.16pF
MYLAR
10Kn
SCHMITT TRIGGER
GAIN OF THREE PEAK DETECTOR

*DETECTOR PLATE MAY BE DOUBLE-SIDED PC BOARD OR ANY INSULATED METAL SHEET
Fig. 14-9
TOUCH SWITCH OR PROXIMITY DETECTOR
47K
10M
LOAD
IM
60Hz
SCR
GE
TO
SENSING
115 VOLTS
CI06B
IM
GE
DIAC
GE
ST2
2N6027
ELECTRODE
Fig. 14-W
IK
ALL RESISTORS 1/4 WATT
Circuit
This circuit is actuated by an increase in
capacitance between a sensing electrode and
the ground side of the line. The sensitivity can
be adjusted to switch when a human body is
within inches of the insulated plate used as the
Notes
sensing electrode. Thus, sensitivity is adjusted
with the 1 megohm potentiometer which determines the anode voltage level prior to
clamping. This sensitivity will be proportional
to the area of the surface opposing each other.
135
FINGER TOUCH OR CONTACT SWITCH

r - - - - - - - -...---<0STO ISV
R
CONTACT
'LATE
Fig. 14-11
PROXIMITY DETECTOR
"'"'
r:
NOTE
IC1 ISCA3240
01 IS 2N3819
02.4 ARE BC194L
03 IS 80140
"'
01 IS PHOTOOIODE
00 IS 1"1114148
ZDI IS 2V7 4(l(l mW ZENER
LED! IS 3mm REO lED
LED2 IS IS INFRA-RED LED
-{~,
Fl7 lOOk
OUTPUT
As
Fll 22k
R2 22F!
~ "'"' ~~
r(r
a~o
"j
'"""
"
r."i
'"
470k
co
~~
12k ov
ICl/ "'
'
"=
.~
"'
'
r
'"'
AA'~
CS 47n
INFRA-RED TRANSMITTER
+5 TO 35V
Aa 12k
'"
""
'~
'
RIO 470k
"st;E TEXT
PHOTODIODE AMPLIFIER
COMPARAT0>-1
Fig. 14-12
Circuit
The proximity sensor works on the principle of transmitting a beam of modulated
infra-red light from the emitter diode LED2,
and receiving reflections from objects passing
jn front of the beam with a photodiode detector
136
Notes
Dl. Tbe circuit can be split into three distinct
stages; the infra-red transmitter, the photodiode amplifier, and a variable threshold comparator.
TOUCH CIRCUIT
200
470K
51K
6.2:<
3.9K
1.5V
LM3909
Fig. 14-13
4
3.9M
ALL CAPACITORS 1 !J F
CMOS TOUCH SWITCH

330
Touch here
IC2a
J
IC1
4069
7413
2Dn
25k(:--c.!
SENSITIVITY
C1
470p
R1
2.2M
Fig. 14-14
Circuit
This touch switch does not rely on mains
hum for switching. It can be used with battery
powered circuits. Schmitt trigger IC 1 forms a
100kHz oscillator andiC2a which is biased into
the linear region, amplifies the output and
Notes
charges C1 via the diode. IC2b acts as a level
detector. When the sensor is touched, the oscillator signal is severely attenuated which
causes C1 to discharge and IC2b to change
state.
137
LATCHING, DOUBLE BUTTON TOUCH SWITCH

+0~----------------------------------~
La
~T
. . . - - - - - - - - 4 COUPLING
12 Vdc
TOUCH ON
TOUCH OFF
Fig. 14-15
138
~/
15
Carrier Current Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section he ginning on page 730. The
figure nurnher contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
FM Carrier Current Remote Speaker
System
200 kHz Line Carrier Transmitter with
On/Off Carrier Modulation
Carrier Current Receiver
Carrier Current Transmitter
Carrier Current Transmitter

Integrated Circuit Current ~Transmitter
Single Transistor Carrier Current Receiver
IC Carrier-Current Receiver
Carrier-Current Remote Control or
Intercom
139
Carrier System Transmitter
,,
.,
lCIVCT
1N4DII2
H'r--r~
11~VAC
ln
LFT
''"IllS
,,
,,
'" n
a!,&~ Fa
"'"
RIGHT
i!.i!jfl"
...
,,
t.Z..f
'
jLIN)
"'"'
,,
~ '
'"
tM5155tN
-- Slllll
'
,,
TOKO
YAN800l1N
,,
11ft1(
>H
..'
'"
~
... 1011.
U.rAtlTOR VAlliE$ IN pf
IIUISTQR VAlUES IN !l
fSHtCT fOR CARRIER fR0

lc
21)11 kH
li)OkHl
C4
12
ltiQ
C7
1000
3111)11
Carrier System Receiver
FM CARRIER CURRENT REMOTE SPEAKER SYSTEM

Circuit Notes
High quality, noise free, wireless FM

transmitter/receiver operates over standard
power lines. Complete system is suitable for
high-quality transmission of speech or music,
and will operate from any ac outlet anywhere
on a one-acre homesite. Frequency response is
20-20, 000 Hz and THD is under Y2%. Trans-
140
mission distance along a power line is at least

adequate to include all outlets in and around a
suburban home and yard.
Two input terminals are provided so that
both left and right signals of a stereo set may be
combined for mono transmission to a single
remote speaker if desired.
,,
"
ZUVCT
~
I
CAPo\CITOR \lo\lUEIIIit 'F

IIUIITOI'I VALUEIIIII II
"lf:LECT FOR Co\AfVEII flllQ.
'
ZIDUiz
-1-ktb
cz
1-
llll
cu
-
llO
Fig. 15-1
The receiver amplifies, limits, and demodulates the received FM signal. It provides
audio mute in the absence of carrier and 2.5 W

outpuno a speaker.
141
it'>
200 kHz LINE CARRIER

TRANSMitTER WITH ON/OFF CARRIER MODULATOR
.lk
S.lk
T2
-.&
~
'.1
I"
111
,.
'.1
)
16
,.
~
'----"]-,
'
CHA ... El
AID lOGIC
..
OJ
... "
""
~
14
GUT
...
an
liAS
"'
'"'
. l>- >---
RJ
"'
CJ
'ouT
LM1111 TOP VIEW
ECIIDIA
'\i
'----
ClOCO
AEUI
'
~rc;!
~
J
''
.....
-""-
I .~:~: I
c~~~ll
oo
:::~
"'
lOGIC I
'
vv
.,
.,
"i7
"="
""
C6
101111JF
25V
'-7
r.:
6
/I
bl bl fl
I
18k
1
tel
LM5i5CN
:r"
-
UpF
)f ,:: :::':~
'
ZZOO -
R5
s1oo
1\
C8
0.1~-'F
ZOOV
CJ
cs -...:.1 1
~I
115 VAC
LINE
I'~
T-19)-<f
16V
...
'
LM71
LJZCZ
-1.:-
10
11
AEGUf~TOA
.I I I
'F l~
l'~::'f~
'"
1Z
lO VCT
o:1
.......222.
OKO
VAN -ICIOZJN
~~Dt
~ ~'""'
-==
--,
~'
Capacitor yatues io pF
Resistor values in D
tsetect for carrier treq
fc.
200 kHz
100 kHz
Fig. 15-2
C4
82
160
C}
1000
3900
CARRIER CURRENT RECEIVER
'"
160 KH POT CORE

-rRAIIISfORMER
117
t:"r
. . ;;J II
luf
"'"'
"
"
""'
t-~"'"----<-18'.'
"
"'"'
[]11
r;::::==t--~
1N4001
,-,-i)l...---.... +18V
000
-18V
'"""''
'"
SYSTEM GIIID
-1BV
Fig. 15-3
-circuit Notes
160 kHz transformer consists of a 18 x

llmm ungapped pot core (Siemens, Ferrocube, etc.), utilizing magnetics incorporated
type "F" material wound with 80\1! turns of No.
35 wire for the secondary and 511! turns for the

.primary. This gives a turns ratio of approximately 15 to l.
143
CARRIER CURRENT TRANSMITTER
560.\\WATT
OOSuF
J.W. MILUA NO. 90';6
SUBMINITUAE RF COil
650uH- 1 3mH
l560.l\WATT
(lllluf
"'"
-10\1
'"
mO 0>
A4Colg o
OM
luF
'MO
1.
6V ZENER
STANCOR
Ope:,...'"'""' 160 kH'
~---l~"'-.--!1---_l ~~~G::
-16\1
Fig. 154
CARRIER CURRENT
TRANSMITTE~
II
"'"
AU RESISTORS \'J OHM

81 "'31.5VOl. T BATTERIES IN SERIES
01 :::SKJ091
L ::FERRITE ROO ANT.ENN.t.

0 '"'GE-SJORSK3003
S1 =SPSTSWITCH
144
220K
.,.
TO TONE GENERATOR
Fig. 15-5
IC CARRIER CURRENT TRANSMITTER
tcl
C1-0.1 pf
C2- 0.01 "'
C3-250pr
C.-0.1"
ICt- 555
L t 32mh ADJUSTABLE COIL
Rt-1000V.WATT
R2-0-100KOV.WATTf'OTENTIOMETER
R3 -75KO V2 WATT
A4-1K011hWATT
Ot-SK-3122(RCA)
02-SK-3122(RCA)
"'
A
9VOC-=-
.__,r--5
6
IC
INPUT FROM
TONE GENERATOR
O<fT1'\JT TO
LINE COUPlER
Fig. 15-6
SINGLE TRANSISTOR CARRIER CURRENT RECEIVER
r T O LINE COUPLER
0.11-Lf
0.15p.f
10000
.-----/1\----1
E-----
TO AMPLIFIER
100~
SK3088
FERRITE
-=-gvncr
+
LOOPSTICK
730pf
Fig. 15-7
145
IC CARRIER-CURRENT RECEIVER
C5
'f
t-<>OUTPUT
\ TO DECODERS
R3
INPUT
C1
C2,C5
C3
<>-----1 f--f---f---'
C4
Cl
AI
C2T 'J::'C3
R2
R3
+9VDC
1C1
0.1 .,F, 600V PAPER CAPACITOR

Oc1,F, 50V MYLAR CAPACITOR
22.,F, 35 VOLT ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR
.0047 .,F25VOLTCAPACITOR
20K POTENTIOMETER
2K, V. WATI RESISTOR
4K, o;, WATI RESISTOR
TYPE 567 TONE DECODER
Fig. 15-8
CARRIER-CURRENT REMOTE CONTROL OR INTERCOM
i
60Hz ac LINE
+51o15V
? 50-200Vrms
LOAO
0
C4 27pF
567
5
500pF
f0 ~100KHz
IC = NE/SE567
Fig. 15-9
146
R1
2.5Kll
C1
0.004mi
8f----'
2
ci
.005
-----------<>
AUDIO OUT
C3
.02
__.__
(IF INPUT IS
FREQUENCY
MODULATED)
16
Comparators
Null Detector
Comparator with Variable Hysteresis
Diode Feedback Comparator
Undervoltage/Overvoltage Indicator
Dual Limit Comparator
High/Low Limit Alarm
Window Comparator
Window Comparator Driving High/Low Lamps
ComJ>arator with Time Out
Noninverting Comparator with Hysteresis
Inverting Comparator with Hysteresis
Window Comparator
Micropower Double-Ended Limit Detector
Opposite Polarity Input Voltage Comparator
Limit Comparator
Comparator Clock Circuit
Double-Ended Limit Comparator
Limit Comparator
Precision, Dual Limit Go/No Go Tester
Comparator with Hysteresis
High Impedance Comparator
Comparator
147
NULL DETECTOR
CX>
9V
470U
GAIN
5V
RREF
5 k!l
'.
250 kU
~
~BALANCE
J.B kQ
3
>"'--_.__ ___.
c
ABOVE RREF
A
R
..,.
\+1~
~CENTER
1.8 kU
Rx
RAce~
100
A
Rx
'f D,
RAce \
Rx
Rm +A
NUll-DETECTOR RESPONSE
~j
f.:\ B
-""'\!::) BELOW RREF
a,
~2N3646
< 470
5v
~ o,
..,.
Fig. 16-1
Circuit Notes
Null detector uses simple LED readout to

indicate if test resistor R. is below, equal to, or
greaterthan test resistance Rn,, IfR. =R,,,, the
741 output sits at midpoint value of 4.5 volts
and LED A lights. Otherwise, the output of the
741 turns off one transistor and diverts current

from the other transistor through B or C, depending on the polarity of the input voltage
difference. Null-detector response is illustrated.
COMPARATOR WITH VARIABLE

HYSTERESIS (WITHOUT SHIFTING INITIAL TRIP POINT)
Vzl--.----.----,
t+---I'N ----1..1
L--~====~==========----Jo-e;
Fig. 16-2
Circuit Notes
An operational amplifier can be used as a

convenientdevice for analog comparator applications that require two different trip points.
The addition of a positive-feedback network
introduces a precise variable hysteresis into
the usual comparator switching action. Such
feedback develops two comparator trip points
centered about the initial trip point or reference point. The voltage difference, !!. V, between the trip points can be adjusted by varying
resistor R2. When the output voltage is taken
from the zener diode, as shown, it switches
between zero and Vz, the zener voltage.
149
DIODE FEEDBACK COMPARATOR

vee
1M!l<R3<10M!l
VJN
COMPARATOR
1M!l<R2<10M!l
VREF
J,.
'l
01
LED
02
1N914
R1
100!1
.10ITIA
.,..
Parts nst
le1-LM3900
-01-LED Latayelle 32P06331V
D2-IN914
All resistors 1/4W
R1-100!l
-R2-(See circuit) 1Mn to 10Mn
R3-(See circuit) 1MO to 10MO
Fig. 163
Circuit Notes
This circuit can drive an LED display with
constant current independently of wide power
supply voltage changes. It can operate with a
power supply range of at least4V to 30V. With
10M resistances for R2 and R3 and the invert
ing input of the comparator grounded, the cir

cuit becomes an LED driver with very high
input impedance. The circuit can also be used
in many other applications where a controllable
constant current source is needed.
UNDERVOLTAGBOVERVOLTAGEINDICATOR
Fig. 16-4
OVER VOLTAGE
TRANSISTORS
MP$3704
-Circuit Notes
This circuit will make the appropriate

LED glow if the monitored voltage goes below
150
or above the value determined by zener diodes

Dl and D2.
DUAL LIMIT COMPARATOR

+15V
R3
33k
R1 15 k
R2
33k
diodes 1 N914's
j_
Fig.16-5
-15V
Circuit Notes
This circuit gives a positive output when

the input voltage exceeds 8.5 volts. Between
these limits the output is negative. The positive limit point is determined by the ratio of Rl,
R2, and the negative point by Rl, R3. The
forward voltage drop across the diodes must be

allowed for. The output may be inverted by
reversing the inputs to the op amp. The 709 is
used without frequency compensation.
HIGH/LOW LIMIT ALARM

Vee
""
""
"
vee
'"
"
""
"'
Amo1
"'
2.0
..
Ocllator
oo
""
'
VIL
o...fl..JL
"'
Hollow
Limo! Oete~tor
~; +-AJ
Oscillator
If R4
~ AS~
R6
I 0.72/AtC
CrOOl I'F
.,
Comp 2
At +
3
VIH Vee At/:2A+ A3
Op Amp 2
""
~Vee
As Shown. f
2.2 kHz
IC "'MC340S
Fig. 16-6
151
WINDOW COMPARATOR
Vret-lUPPER)
V OUT
---.
+
/'.
VIN
+
'
01. 02
'-V
Vcef
= 1N914
LOWER-
Vref
UPPER
Fig. 16-7
Circuit
This circuit gives an output (which in this
case is OV) when an input voltage lies in between two specified voltages. When it is outside this window, the output is positive. The
two op amps are used as voltage comparators.
When Vin is more positive than Vref (upper)
the output of !Cl is positive and Dl is forward
Notes
biased. Otherwise the output is negative, Dl

reverse biased and hence Vout is OV. Similarly,
when Vin is more negative than Vref (lower),
the output of IC2 is positive; D2 is forward
biased and this Vout is positive. Otherwise
Vout is OV. When Vin lies within the window
set by the reference voltages, Vout is OV.
WINDOW COMPARATOR DRIVING HIGH/LOW LAMPS
TRUTH TABLE
YtN
< 1/4
114
Low
Off
Off
On
Off
v+
v+ to
> 314 v+
2k
High
3/4
v+
10
"
Fig. 168
152
On
Off
COMPARATOR WITH TIME OUT
9
Comparator
Input
Vee 5;0 v
14 v
-r-Cl
~6
MC1422
2.0 I'F
Rl
V ref)~-o--1 +
L--,----------~
27
,~~
270 k
>R2
,,.. CAl
1N4001
Output
Vr-ef -----------"'"\
Compar-ator Input---.---_:~=====:...
Comparator Outpu-t 0
Fig. 16-9
Circuit Notes
The MC1422 is used as a comparator with

the capability of a timing output pulse when the
inverting input (Pin 6) is "' the noninverting
input (Pin 5). The frequency of the pulses for

the values of R2 and Cl as shown is approximately 2.0 Hz, and the pulse width 0.3 ms.
NONINVERTING COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS

+Vee
AREF-
VAEF
10 k
10 k
v,N
"'
-=-
"'
10 k
L r"-,>---+-<>
Vo
Fig. 16-10
R3
1M
A2"" A1//AREF
IC = LM358
Amount of Hysteresis VM
153
-----------
INVERTING COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS

+Vee
A3
10 k
+Vee
FIREF
1':--.'-,
bf
10 k
Vo
A2
VAEF
1M
10 k
"'
VREF""
Vee R1
RFIEF -t-R1
R3"" Rl// RfleFII Rl
Fig. 16-11
VH
R1//RREF
=-:'7+.:'-'"'-'"':::-:::
Rt//AREF + R2
(Vomx -Vominl
WINDOW COMPARATOR
Vee
!lV
Adjust
3 k
vo
13--
j__
Comp
"in
vo
-13
v,
"c Adjust
Op Amp 2
IC = MC3405
Fig. 16-12
154
"in
MICROPOWER DOUBLE-ENDED LIMIT DETECTOR

V+ = 10 V
V+ = 10 V
A1
1MU
A2
1 MO
v,.
CD4011
A3
1 MO
R4
1 Mn
f? 0
= 290 !J.W
V~"' =''LOW" WHEN:

VI11G.I> > VIN > VLOw
DIRECT CMOS OUTPUT
V- = -10V
Eig. 16-13
Circuit Notes
The detector uses three sections of an Ll44 and a DC4011 type CMOS NAND gate
to make a very low power voltage monitor. If the input voltage, VIN,js above VHIGH or
below Vww, the output will be a logical high. if (and only it) the input is between the limits
will the output be low. The 1 megohm resistors Rl, R2, R3, and R4translate the bipolar
lOV swing of the op amps to a 0 to lOV swing acceptable to the ground-referenced
CMOS logic.
OPPOSITE POLARITY INPUT VOLTAGE COMPARATOR
1o01< n
1001<
&.1k n
Fig. 16-14
155
LIMIT COMPARATOR
DOUBLE-ENDED LIMIT COMPARATOR
RsET
.,
IOMn
LED
1 Mn
vtov
"'
!Mn
"'
1 Mn
1 Mn
VouT "LOW'' WHEN:
VHIGH > VtN > VLQW
DIRECT CMOS OUTPUT
Fig. 16-15
Fig. 16-17
COMPARATOR CLOCK CIRCUIT

5
LIMIT COMPARATOR
v+ (12Yoc>
16 k!!
,j
56kn
Vour
390 pF
Fig. 16-16
156
Fig. 16-18
~RECISION, DUAL
LIMIT, GO/NO GO TESTER
116V
HIGH IMPEDANCE COMPARATOR
, IL
+I&.OV
32V
75mA
LAMP
Qt)TPUT
WIRED-OR OUTPUT IS LOW:
WHEN ElTHEA LIMIT IS EXCEEDED.
OUTPUT IS HIGH WHEN IN- PUT IS WITHIN LIMITS.
IC .. HA-2620
Harris Semiconductor
Analog Data Book- 1984
-lSV
Fig. 16-19
Fig. 16-21
COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS
COMPARATOR
.,
+15V
v
Vo
HYSTIEPUESIS
L_Ef-
Cl>---+-o vou T
'
'
Vo
Voc
.,.,
R1
YtNiLI"' R 1-+ R (VoL- YAt:F)+ VAEF
2
"INjHf *
Fig. 16-20
Vn,.(LI : VtH(H)
VIII!F
+---H
IN916
VREFERENCE
-15V
'--14-_,
IN916
4 7KD
12KD
270Q
RT'+'if2 (VoH- VREF) + VIIIEF
=A1"+ii2 (VQH -VoL)

Fig. 16-22
Circuit Notes
An operational amplifier is used as a comparator which is capable of driving approximately 10 logic gates.
157
17
Converters
sources of the following circuits are contained in the ~Sources section beginning on page 730. The
The
Picoampere-to-Frequency Converter
BCD-to-Analog Converter
Resistance-to-Voltage Converter
Low Cost, JLP Interfaced, Temperatureto-Digital Converter
~Hi-Lo Resistance-to-Voltage Converter
Current-to-Voltage Converter
Calculator-to-Stopwatch Converter
~Power Voltage-to-Current Converter
High Impedance Precision Rectifier for
Ac/Dc Converter
Wide Range Current-to-Frequency Converter
Ac-to-De Converter
Current-to'Voltage Converter with 1% Ac-
curacy
158
Polarity Converter
Voltage-to-Current Converter
Wideband, High-Crest Factor, RMS-to-Dc
Converter
Light Intensity-to-Frequency Converter

Ohmsoto-Volts Converter
Temperature-to-Frequency Converter
Multiplexed BCD-to-Parallei BCD Converter
Past Logaritlunic Converter

Sine Wave-to-Square Wave Converter
Self Oscillating Flyback Converter
TTL-to-MOS Logic Converter
Picoampere-to-Voltage Converter with
Gain
PICOAMPERE TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTERS
,...
1...
t5V
'ji"'
At
GAIN, ~ ..
~"
ADJUST - "':"
2k/ 6.11k 1:1% 2
IN PUT
ERD
JUST
'
'
~.7
,.
1.1111:
"'
:r~lllpf
LM331
lour
IDIIdb:
,.
""
,.,....!
"
.J. l(;l
- - - - ---,
.;,b.
'-:}
-=1-'-
,,..
CURRUIT
Ql
"' ,..
,,.
" ,.
"'
1011
*-
v-
IN
"'
1%
"'
1011:1/2W
QS
I r.!: ~
I
I
,.
,.
I
,,."' I
,_,,
-tlivl
- - - -
'i'l
I I
v OFFSEI!.
AD.IUST
yo
,.A,.
LM334
V-1ZOmV
Q2
-- -
FULL
SCALE
C.7k
ATTEN"UATOA
I
I
I
I
FUllSCALE
OUTPUT
t5V
,.
"'
1-'--.
.~- ...,
':!I
,....,
01, 02, 05- 2N3808, 2N,f,250 or a6mllar
00. Qot - MEMM1, M108, or stmlla:". See text

-SV
Keep 01, Q2 and LM334 -at the Hme temperatur.
Fig. 17-l
159
BCD-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER
+lO
v--.
POSITIVE
SUPPLY
~ ~ BZV831 ov
10K
~~
3y
741
'0' 16
/7, ll
OUTP
UT
1.1K
15
'1'
t.4K
'2'
1.9K
'3'
6
BCD INPUT
9
2.3K
'4' 13
74141
3.3K
'5'
14
5K
'6' 11
S.SK
'7' tO
16.5K
'8'
1
50K
'9'
Fig. 17-2
Circuit
This circuit will convert four-bit BCD into
a variable voltage from 0-9 V in 1 V steps. The
SN74141 is a Nixie driver, and has ten opencollector outputs. These are used to ground a
selected point in the divider chain determined
by the BCD code at the input, and so produce a
160
Notes
corresponding voltage at the output. Accuracy

of the circuit depends on the tolerance of the
resistors and the accuracy ofthe reference voltage. However, presets can be used in the dividerchain, with correct calibration. The 741 is
used as a buffer.
RESISTANCE-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
VREF
+12V
Rsn
'
"""
_____!!_'-...,!
[RANGE RESISTOR!
'>-''-,.....1-0TOVtNIL0111)
I~
1/l L,....
=c~~~~~
StK-~
12.001'1 v SCALE)
12
All
~=~E
AA~~=.:~SISTOR
2 Kn
20 Kn
200 K~!
2Mn
-20Mil
Fig. 17-3
B.51Mn
113MO
,,
+12 v
51Kll
X (UNKNOWN)
a.t92Kn
8U2Kn
830 KO
RSET
3 Mil
14
t/JLI.&4
:~~
~;'>,0;;;--
.....-0VAEf
10
'----+
TOVREFINPUT
(L01111
Rt4
STK!l -12V
-~
-Circuit Notes
Circuit will measure accurately to 20M when associated with a buffer amplifier(Al)
~having a low input bias current (11N) < 30 nA). The circuit uses two ofthe three amplifiers
contained in the Siliconix Ll44 micropower triple op amp.
LOW -COST, pl' INTERFACED,

TEMPERATURE-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER
Vee
IS Vocl
Fig. 17-4
A.'O
sv 0 c
'"f:-
TAMIN
ADJ -
...
VtNI I
V R f f l l i - - -.... ~TAMA)(
'"
161
HI-LO RESISTANCE-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER

IM!l
TO
r-->-~----~--,---------~~----~~----------------~~~~T
ltaot
OH~~~
RANGE
"""
,,
VIN lwtt Ax
I"HI'
log!!.
ii;,-;;g,
,,
VtN 0.1 Volt~
&UECTOA
TO DVM
GAIN
SWITCH
~-c~+---------------~._--.0~~~~
"1" WHEN
2.000V
Fig. 17-5
"1" WHEN
200.0mV
CURRENT-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
+uv
.,
.,
''IN
INI14 IN814
.,
1200 mV RANGE)
I'F
CURRENT
RANGE
,,..
"""
200nA
2DOpA
2mA
20mA
200mA
162
TO VIN ILD1111
c,.t
...
2A
.,
.,
.,
sooKn
SOOKU
sod"!
50K!l
"
..n
..n
sodl
soldl
50KU
so ~en
-12\1
5KU
0
0
0
0
0
.,
0
0
Converter features eight decades of current range. The circuit is intended to be used
with the 200.0 mV range of a DVM.
5.0 K
to.o-n
S.OK
1.o n
S.OK
S.OK
Circuit Notes
,n
.o1n
Fig. 17-6
CALCULATOR-TO-STOPWAT~H
CONVERTER
.-------~-----c~~----~0
+Ve EXISTING SIJPPL V
470k
"'
Fig. 17-7
I
- 22n
10n -
-Ve EXISTING SUPPL V
Circuit Notes
This circuit can be ~fitted to any calculator

with an automatic constant to enable it to be
used as a stop-watch. The 555 timer is set to
run at a suitable frequency and connected to the
existing calculator battery via the push-on

push-off switch and the existing calculator onoff switch.
POWER VOLTAGE-TO-CURRENT CONVERTER
.,
Circuit Notes
''
..
,,
-Rt sAt
R3 R4Rs
5U,2W
I'~'
Low cost converter is capable of supplying

constant ac currents up to 1 A over variable
Joads.
,,
LOAD
11l
Fig. 17-8
163
HIGH IMPEDANCE PRECISION RECTIFIER FOR AC/DC CONVERTER

+12V
T300
~-
0.0025J.J.F
o----11-+-.+(=
AC INPUT
0 to 200 mV (RMS)
I
I
L.::-_.
1N914
470Kn
'
..
1DKn
1DK n
100Kn
1Mn
200Kn
-12V
510n
--a
DC OUT
200Kn40Hz to 15KHz
Fig. 17-9
WIDE-RANGE CURRENT-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
CURRENT
OFFSET
ADJUST
IM
v+
v+
v-
.,
"
GAIN
tOOk
&.an t%
ADJUST
r---'-'---,
FREQUENCY
"'
~....;;...-<~~~0u:=~T
FUll-SCALE
'"
2Da 11-A
FULL
SCALE
01
03
1N41302
v01, 02:: 1N457, 1N484, or similar IOWIeakage planar diode
164
Fig. 17-10
AC-TO-DC CONVERTER
.,
24K
'"
ZERO
ADJUST
-12V
.,
.,
..
'"'
a,
JN164
~f~
...
UK
12 K 1%
o,
. ""
c,
172
..;f-1N914
1N914
24 K 1%
B <!2
.,
GAIN ADJUST
24 K 1%
""
c,
3.9K
o-2-l~
24 K 1%
~~
2~
,.!! ,/
~V"
I
A1
Al
1/3 L 144
"
2K
'"'
V"
1.SK
ACIN
RsET
3""
......
1/3 L144
Vt-1-12\1
Fig. 17-11
11
TOVIN
ILD111)
V2-12V
.,.
T12V
Circuit Notes
This circuit includes a PMOS enhancement-mode FET input buffer amplifier,
coupled to a classical absolute value circuit which essentially eliminates the effect of the
forward voltage drop across diodes Dl and D2.
CURRENT-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER WITH 1% Accuracy

100pF IPOLVSTYFIENEI
1MEG Ol'!o
FILM
META~
Fig. 17-12
101<1!
r? ?-: _0
t1 r~
-15V +HiV
IC "" NE/SE55/-1
(Sensitivity: 1 Volt per Mlcroamp)
Circuit Notes
A filter removes the de component of the rectified ac, which is then scaled to RMS.
The output is linear from 40 Hz to 10 kHz or higher.
165
POLARITY CONVERTER
+10V
15K
VoN
SK
INV
CA
.....
.,,
IN916
N.l.
VREF
..
co
__.1
Rr
~:
cr
CL+
osc.
CL-
SK
~:
SK
~;.
,......,
201Jf
II
"
-sv
20mA
Fig. 17-13
IN9-1~
~
so~<~
!,
SH.DN. COMP.
GNO
GNO
GNO
'Circuit Notes
output transistors are current limited, no addiThe capacitor-diode output circuit is used
tional protection is necessary. Also, the lack of
here as a polarity converter to generate a - 5
an inductor allows the circuit to be stabilized
volt supply from + 15 volts. This circuit is usefuLfor an output current of up to 20 rnA with no
with only the output capacitor.
additional boost transistors required. Since the
VOLTAGE-TO-CURRENT CONVERTER
()
~~
-~ """
I= VIN
'>
R
-=~
Fig. 17-14
166
Circuit Notes
The current out is loUT=v,N/R. For negative currents, a PNP can be used and, for better
accuracy,-a Darlington pair can be substituted
for the transistor. With careful design, this circuit can be used to control currents of many
amps. Unity gain compensation is necessary .
WIDEBAND, HIGH-CREST FACTOR, RMS-TO-DC CONVERTER
...
...
_,
1\1 R. . f'S
j1fYI'IAIIo
x,
...,
...
"""'"._..
MATCHED TO O.G2St.
.. ,.
OUT"-'T
OTO"'V
'
...
....
-v,l--..---.:..\-----o+15V
l!IIO
"''
CALIIAATK>N I'ROCEDURIE:
IN 'RMS +DC' POSIT~N .,L v-AN INf'UT OF +1.00YDC. ADJUST
ZERO UNTIL OUTPUT READS lAME AIINI'UT. CHECK FOR INilUTSOF !-lOY; OUTPUT
SHOULD IE WITHIN tO.Gn IIMVI.
-ACCURACY II MAINTAINED FROM totfr to 101:1cHa, AND IS TYPICALLY HIGH BY
Oft AT 1M!ob: FOR YIN CV AMI (SINE, SOUAAE OR TRIANGULAR WAVE I.
HliOVIDEO THAT THE PEAK lfWUT IS NOT EXCEEDED, CREST -FACTOFIS UP TO AT
UAST TEN HAVE NO APHIECIAILE EFFECT ON ACCURACY.
IM"UT IMP'EDANCE IS ABOUT 10k0; FOR HIGH 110M0) IWI!:OANCI!, REMOVE MODE
MITCH AND INI'UT COUPt.ING COMPONENTS.
-FOR GUARANTEED-8f'ECIFICATIONS THE AD631A AND ADUltS OFFERED
AI A SINGLE PACKAGE AMS-TO.OC CONVERTER.
WIT~'MODE'SWI-TCH
Fig. 17-15
LIGHT INTENSITY-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER

+IV TO +UiV
....
,
.. ,
...................
I
LM331
l.llk-Rt
Fig. 17-16
LIGHT ......
ur
L14F-1, L14G-1.or L14H1, photo transistor (Genr.l e-.ectric Co.) or similr
167
OHMS-TO-VOLTS CONVERTER
...
-...
,,
'"
'"
Your .. ,y
..
FULL SCALE
..
-=-
-UV
Fig. 17-17
...
'"'
..
'---i--o-1sv
"
Vo"'
1V
x Ax
RLADDER
lNII&
Where A LADDER is the resistance
1.35k
from switch S1 pole to pin 7 of the _LF353.
-ISV
TEMPERATURE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
+UV TO t2DV
D.1 ,.A/ k
V
LMI34/
LM334
v-
''' : F
L!
1n t
U211
1%
). ~
Ul~t1%Rt
IDHrfK
!'"
-168
four a TMP
l-Mlll
---2.
--!.
"'
,,
: FD.OI11F
Fig. 17-18
MULTIPLEXED BCD-TO-PARALLEL BCD CONVERTER

MUL TIPlXED BCD INI'UT
,,
PARALLEL 9CD OUTPUT
1/G 7411
}"""
ltll$0)
Circuit Notes
Converter consists of four quad bistable
latches activated in the proper sequence by the
digit strobe output of the LDllO. The complemented outputs (Q) of the quad latch set
reflects the state of the bit outputs when the
digit strobe goes high. It will maintain this
state when the digit strobe goes low.
1/G 1411
1167404
1--11-"-"--o:::: ) """
h----oarn
H~"'---OBIT 2
,I
ILSDI
<..:::-=::-::.J7n5 QUAD LATCH
Fig. 17-19
FAST LOGARITHMIC CONVERTER
' "]" [ ,, ]
VouTio 11 -
-A2- 1571. A,=
1~.
-lnVo - -
VAuA 1
O.J%"C llor temperature compensation'
Dynamic range 100,A s ), s lmA 15 decades, IVo
Trans1ent response.
'"
'
-logV 1 R 1 1H
3~tS
lor .l..
IV/decadesl
~decades
Cl_ C2, R2. R3_ added dynamoc compensation

Vos adjust the LF356 to mlntmlle quoescent error
Ar Tel LabS IYP"' 081 + 0 3%1"C
Fig. 17-20
169
SINE WAVE-TO-SQUARE
WAVE CONVERTER
TTL-TO-MOS LOGIC CONVERTER
svoc
r 1.4Vocl
-12Voc
Fig. 17-21
Fig. 17-23
Circuit Notes
The sine input is ac coupled by capacitor

C; Rl and R2 bias the input midway between V,
and V,, the input threshold voltages, to provide
a square wave at the output.
SELF OSCILLATING
FLYBACK CONVERTER
PICOAMPERE-TO-VOLTAGE
CONVERTER WITH GAIN
., .,
+7T0+18V
1N414fl
j~
)o--+-VN.J101l::;:S
1.5K u
10'
.,
15 K !!
r.,,.
_i.1N4148.110~<F
-=-
'":"
-=-
Eo - -lmV/pA x 11 + '!J I
SV
-=-
Fig. 17-22
Fig. 17-24
Circuit Notes
A low-power converter suitable for deriving a higher voltage from a main systemxail
in an on-board application. With the transformer shown, the operating frequency is 250
kHz. Zl serves as a dissipative voltage regulator for the output and also clips the drain
voltage to a level below the rated VMOS
breakdown voltage.
170
.,
t-I<J--..--.-o -5 V OUTPUT
18
Crossover Networks
The
~Active
Crossover Network
Asymmetrical Third Order Butterworth
Active Crossover Network
Third Order Butterworth Crossover

Network
171
ACTIVE CROSSOVER NETWORK
_C/2
"'
0.008211
3pF
0.015JJ
0.015t-~
0.015.u
R4
9.53k
R2
8.06k
150
100k
-P.in
c,
2 R-"
R
fc = 500Hz
GAIN
1Ok
OdBV
10k
C2
T0.082"
...J....
o~~~ffil~~~~
-5
-10
-15
~ -20
-25
-30
-'35
-40
10
100
lk
Fig. 18-l
172
FREQUENCY (Hz)
100~
20k
R
I
-
10k
C4
0.068"
ol
ASYMMETRICAL THIRD ORDER

BUTTERWORTH ACTIVE CROSSOVER NETWORK
"
'"'
""
lOOk
-20
_,.
.,.
~o
127k
'"
MISMATCH BETWEEN R& AND Rg CORRECTS

FOR GAIN ERROR ()f HIGH PASS DUE TO
CAPACITOR TOlERANCES
Fig. 18-2
THIRD ORDER BUTTERWORTH CROSSOVER NETWORK
.,
''"
eoH
-Sl
e1N
Sl+2s2+2S+1
IQH =
I
2nC~Rzfl4R7
lin
0 0.107. Av -1
Fig. 18-3
,,
'"
rr
C
Uii3
z:httaR
c -
2.101t
-hfQLR
c, ...!!!!!...
'
2wfQLR
9.4074
2 hiQHC
R4-~
hiQHC
R7
...!:!.!!!.._
hfQHC
"'
_,
IOL
'"
fol "
s3+Zs2+2S+I
I
hii~Czi:4C7
n 0.111.
Aw -1
173
19
Crystal Oscillators
figure number contained in the bux of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
High Frequency Crystal Oscillator
Overtone Crystal Oscillator
TTL Oscillator for 1 MHz-10 MHz
Crystal Checker
96 MHz Crystal Oscillator
Simple TTL Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator
Schmitt Trigger Crystal Oscillator
50 MHz-150 MHz Overtone Oscillator
Fifth Overtone Oscillator
Crystal Controlled Butler Oscillator
Overtone Oscillator with Crystal Switching
Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator/Doubler
Low Frequency Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator
100 kHz Crystal Calibrator
Third Overtone Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Checker
CMOS Crystal Oscillator
Temperature-Compensated rrystal Oscillator
Crystal Controlled Transistor
Oscillator
174
Pierce Harmonic Oscillator

Colpitts Harmonic Oscillator
International Crystal OF-1 LO Oscillator
Butler Emitter Follower Oscillator
Colpitts Harmonic Oscillator
Butler Common Base Oscillator
Tube Type Crystal Oscillator
Precision Clock Generator
Miller Oscillator
Colpitts Oscillator
Crystal-Controlled Oscillator
Pierce Oscillator
Butler Aperiodic Oscillator
Parallel-mode Aperiodic Crystal Oscillator
International Crystal OF-1 HI Oscillator
Standard Crystal Oscillator for 1 MHz
TTL-Compatible Crystal Oscillator
Crystal Controlled Sine Wave Oscillator
Crystal Oscillator
Stable Low Frequency Crystal Oscillator
JFET Pierce Crystal Oscillator
CMOS Oscillator
HIGH FREQUENCY CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR

100 MHz
II
'I'
1111
Rp
1/4
MC1010y~
7-36 pF ~
114
. 15
MC10101
(
~tH
Rp
../
Rp
Rp
.001
~tF
1/4
MC1662
Rp
Rp
~1/4
C1662
200 MHZ
.....
1/4
MC1662 ---< E
Rp
1/4
MC10101 - - <
A
B
c
~
1/4
MC1662
1/4
MC10101
Rp
Rp
Rp typicol 510
to Vee or 50
to -2.0 Vdc ..
Fig. 19-l
Circuit Notes
One section of the MC10101 is connected

as a 100 MHz crystal oscillator with the crystal
in series with the feedback loop. The LC tank
circuit tunes the 100 MHz harmonic of the
crystal and may be used to calibrate the circuit
to the exact frequency. A second section of the
MC10101 buffers the crystal oscillator and
gives complementary 100 MHz signals. The
frequency doubler consists of two MC10101

gates as phase shifters and two MC1662 NOR
gates. For a 50% duty cycie at the output, the
delay to the true and complement 100 MHz
signals should be 90. This may be built pre~
cisely with 2.5 ns delay lines for the 200 MHz
output or approximated by the two MC10101
.gates 11s shown.
175
OVERTONE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR

9-35pF
FREQUENCY RANGE:
c,
:ZO MH1 ~o 100 MH:, D1nndent on
.-----~0~----~----.
Crvni Frequency nd Tnk 'luning
10
'
c,
9-315
pF
Rp
Rp
f2
Vaa ' -1.3 Volt Supply Obtlnd by

0" of th Following Mthod
(A)
lmrnl Vas Supply
f6l
Gte va 8 Supply
)o--+-ov 89
"0.33 J.<H for !S0-100 MHz
1.0 J.!H for 20-50 MHz
Ap "'510 !1 to Vee or 50 n to VTT
r "'
Rp
Fig. 19-2
Circuit
This circuit employs an adjustable resonant tank circuit which insures operation at the
desired crystal overtone. Cl and L1 form the
resonant tank circuit, which with the values
specified as a resonant frequency adjustable
from approximately 50 MHz to 100 MHz. Overtone operation is accomplished by adjusting the
176
Notes
tank circuit frequency at or near the desired

frequency. The tank circuit exhibits a low impedance shunt to off-frequency oscillations and
a high impedance to the desired frequency,
allowing feedback from the output. Operation
in this manner .guarantees that the oscillator
will always start at the correct overtone.
C3
10pF
L1
-~OUTPUT
01
C1 t----11--o + 12VDC
5pF
C4
.01
ILF
d;'
R1
120 !1
Fig. 19-3
Circuit
The crystal element in this circuit is connected directly between the base and ground.
Capacitor Cl is used to improve the feedback
due to the internal capacitances of the trans istor. This capacitor should be mounted as close
as possible to the case of the transistor. The LC
tank circuit in the collector of the transistor is
tuned to the overtone frequency of the crystal.
The emitter resistor capacitor must have a
c-apacitive reactance of approximately 90 ohms
Notes
at the frequency of operation. The tap on inductor Ll is used to match the impedance of the
collector of the transistor. In most cases, the
optimum placement of this tap is approximately
one-third from the cold end of the coil. The
placement of this tap is a trade-off between
stability and maximum power output. The output signal is taken from a link coupling coil, L2,
and operates by transformer action.
177
CRYSTAL CHECKER
PUSH BUTTON
..L
BC107'89
2N3653:4
2N5770
2N706, etc.
39k
"'!""
I
I
3-9V
BATTERY
-L-
OA91
fN34
0.0047p F
Fig.19-4
Circuit Notes
Use this circuit for checking fundamental

HF crystals on a 'Go-No-Go' basis. An untuned
Colpitts oscillator drives a voltage multiplier
rectifier and a current amplifier. If the crystal
oscillates, Q2 conducts and the LED lights. A3

or 6V, 40mAbulb could be substituted for the
LED.
TTL OSCILLATOR FOR 1 MHz-10 MHz
0.1
Y1
IH
OUTPUT
45
2.2k
Fig. 19-5
178
NOTES:
1. C2 = 1/f x 10-, (f IS IN HZ)
PREVENTS SPURIOUS FREQUENCY
2. ICs ARE 7400/7404
96 MHz CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR

+6to +9VREG
l1, 4 mm tormer,
F29 slug (Neosid AZ assembly)

30 turns .4-mm enamel w1re
l.2.L3 7300 CAN TWO 72211 FORM AS F29 SLUGS
(Neos1d double assembly) 12 tums 63 mm enamel
w1re
Fig. 19-6
Circuit Notes
By using a crystal between 27.5 and 33 MHz, the 3rd harmonic will deliver between
82.5 and 99 MHz.
SIMPLE TTL CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR

R2
R4
560R
1k8
RJ
OU
220R
UT
~--------~lr-----------~
cRYSTAL
ho suit)
Fig. 19-7
Circuit Notes
This simple and cheap crystal oscillator

comprises one third of a 7404, four resistors
and a crystal. The inverters are biased into
their linear regions by Rl to R4, and the crystul

provides the feedback. Oscillation can only
occur at the crystals fundamental frequency.
179
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
J901t
Ll
b'o
1629~H
100
OJ
fJ/10
2700
Fig. 19-8
RFCI
2.5mH
OUTPUT
J90
9 VOLTS
Circuit Notes
Stable VXO using 6- or8-MHz crystals uses a capacitor and an inductor to achieve
frequency pulling on either side of series resonance.
Fig. 19-9
Circuit- Notes
This design is for high reliability over a wide temperature range using fifth and
seventh overtone crystals. The inductor in parallel with the crystal causes antiresonance
of crystal Co to minimize loading. This technique is commonly used with overtone
crystals.
180
SCHMITT TRIGGER CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR

SCHMITT TRIGGER OSCILLATOR UP TO 10 MHZ
2 k
2 k
7414
Y1
0.1
l5k lC2
NOTE C2 = 1!1 x 10
TI_
I
1.5 k
LOUTPUT
tf IS IN HZ) PREVENTS SPURIOUS FREQUENCY
Fig. 19-10
Circuit Notes
A Schmitt trigger provides good squaring of the output, sometimes eliminating the
need for an extra output stage.
50 MHz-150 MHz OVERTONE OSCILLATOR

,--~>-----..------.----------o
+5 TO 12 Vdc
C2
.01
Xc = 100
4.7 k
2N918
Fig. 19-11
l01
4.7k
~----~--------_.
330
__________________________--oOVOLTS
NOTES
1. Y1 IS AT CUT OVERTONE CRYSTAL.
2 TUNE l1 AND C2 TO OPERATING FREQUENCY
3. L2 AND SHUNT CAPACITANCE, CO. OF CRYSTAL (APPROXIMATELY 6pF)
SHOULD RESONATE TO OSCILLATOR OUTPUT FREQUENCY (L2 = .5 ~H AT 90
MHZ). THIS IS NECESSARY TO TUNE OUT EFFECT OF CO.
4 C3 IS VARIED TO MATCH OUTPUT.
181
FIFTH-OVERTONE OSCILLATOR
57.6 MHZ
r--__.~=;~--j
f------<> OUTPUT
22
36
L1
180
10k
2200
AFC2
4.7 ;tH
+12Vo---...1
Fig.19-12
Circuit Notes
This circuit isolates the crystal from the de base supply with an rf choke for better
starting characteristics.
CRYSTAL CONTROLLED BUTLER OSCILLATOR

+12 VOLT
;;;''
560
f---.<>
OUTPUT
10
10k
2k
11--1--___.
1M
1.3 k
2_4 k
Fig. 19-13
Circuit Notes
A typical Butler oscillator (20-100 MHz) uses an FET in the second stage; the
circuit is not reliable with two bipolars. Sometimes two FETs are used. Frequency is
determined by LC values.
162
OVERTONE OSCILLA'fOR WITH CRYSTAL SWITCHING
,,
L1 ~ 1~1URNS
NO :>_40NJt'6
PHENOLIC FORM
3t8' LG
TAP 1 - 2 TURNS
FROM LOW END
TAP 2- 4 TURNS
FROM LOW END
C1 4 40
TAP 2
Circuit Notes
The large inductive phase shift of L1 is
compensated for by Cl. Overtone crystals have
very narrow bandwidth; therefore, the trimmer
has a smaller effect than for fundamental-mode
operation.
CRYSTAL
SWITCH
Fig. 19-14
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
r---~--------~~
100
1k
7--45
+12 Vdc
15 k
.01
8200
.01
680
Circuit Notes
The crystal is in a feedback circuit from
collector to base. A trimmer capacitor in series
shifts the point on the reactance curve where
the crystal operates, thus providing a frequency trim. The capacitor has a negative reactance so the crystal is shifted to operate in the
positive reactance r~gion.
2-20 MHZ
Fig. 19-15
183
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR/DOUBLER
f-::o
AFOUT
+12 Vo---:-;::-:1,
L,---o----.---J
L2 15 TURNS
1o
0.4 mm (NO. 26)
36 MHZ
2N918
C1 17- 24
C325-45
Fig. 19-16
FUNDAMENTAL-18 MHZ
AUDIO
220
43
C2
MV2104
Circuit Notes
The crystal operates into a complex load at series resonance. Ll, Cl, and C2
balance the crystal at zero reactance. Capacitor Cl fine-tunes the center frequency. Tank
circuit L2, C3 doubles the output frequency the circuit operates as an-FM oscillatordoubler.
LOW-FREQUENCY CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR

E:rcl'pt 11 /lid/NIH, dec/liM/
NhiH Of CI,NCIUIIC:I IN /11 mlc:IO
11,.111 M'J; oi!Nn ,,. In plcol"

an (!C'FJ; '"'''-""" ,,. In Qllms.
- 1,000
/II .. 1,000.0110
.---..------..----'v..";.....____,.,,voc
..... I
.,
2.5 mH ltF.
455-tHz
e"''''
100
lf---+----r--'lf----o ""''"'
"""
""
Fig. 19-17
184
Circuit Notes
This crystal-oscillator circuit uses a 455-kHz

crystal.
....
'Do IIDI
flo,~ll
1111/rfet
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
9.V.
+
5.6k
33k
VR1
Fig. 19-18
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides reliable oscillation and an outpuLclose to one volt peak-topeak. Power consumption is around l rnA from a nine volt supply.
100kHz CRYSTAL CALIBRATOR
(-) 912 (+)
J,voc"
Circuit Notes
~~K
75 pF
This circuit is often used by amateur radio

operations, shortwave listeners, and other
operators of shortwave receivers to calibrate
the dial pointer. The oscillator operates at a
_fundamental frequency of 100 kHz, and the
harmonics are used to locate points on the
shortwave dial, provided that the output of the
calibrator is coupled to the antenna circuit of
_the receiver. The crystal shunts the feedback
voltage divider, and is in series with a variable
capacitor (C3) that is used to set the actual
operating frequency of the calibrator.
Fig. 19-19
185
THIRD-OVERTONE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
...
'"
...u ..
'"
14SOO
Fig. 19-20
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses a 74500 Schottky TTL gate; no inductors are required.
CRYSTAL CHECKER
+12v;
2.5mH
Crysul
3.3Kn
.001111
470Kn
8
LED
Circuit Notes
::
This circuit is a simple Pierce oscillator

with an LED go/no go display. Checker works
best with crystals having fundamental frequencies in the seven to eight megahertz range.
120Kfl
1N4148
Fig. 19-21
186
CMOS CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
:0--o OUTPUT
At
22MO
R2
Yt
~____,oil---+
22KO
Ct
C2
40pF
22pF
(max)
Fig. 19-22
Circuit Notes
This circuit has a frequency range of 0.5 MHz to 2.0 MHz. Frequency can be
adjusted to a precise value with trimmer capacitor C2. The second NOR gate serves as an
output buffer.
TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATED CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
r---~~----~-----~------~------o+5V
!05
DC
470
33K
...-----~OUTPUT
IOK
CRYSTAL
.----~~~~r--~--H
470pF SM
C2
Cl
C3
IOK
680
C4
Parts for a 5
MHz AT-cut crystal
C = 3-8 pF NPO
(fine-frequency trimmer)
C2=4-24 pF NSOO (temperature
compensatin-g)
C3=8'48 pF N1500 (temperature
compensating)
C4=120 pF silver mica
L---_.--~~----~------~----~----._--~GNO
Fig.l9-23
Circuit Notes
Two different negative-coefficient capacitors are blended to produce the desired
change in capacitance to counteract or compensate for the decrease in frequency of the
"'normal" AT .cut characteristics.
187
CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED, TRANSISTOR OSCILLATOR

R2 33K
C3
L1
100
pF
R1
C2
10K
Y1C
Fig. 19-24
rl
470
R3 ~0.01_
100
R4
9 TO 12V
PIERCE HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (20 MHz)
~ ,,.
L,
c
O.IYpp
2p~: TL____~_I_
pF
-4141
IN
t:E
o.3v,.
'(NHN
..L
hr----::.r.,vr---f---{
,.
...
MTM3180
Buller
3tK
"
.1
D,- D2
_....._~---1
Fig. 19-25
Circuit Notes
This circuit has excellent short term frequency stability because the external load
tied across the crystal is mostly capacitive rather than resistive, giving the crystal a high
in-circuit Q.
188
COLPITTS HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (100 MHz)

+SV
+SV
390
1.2VDC
+SV
IN4148
100
t---o~E,=
L,
06.V pp
3.2J.<h
Buffer
Fig. 19-26
Circuit
LlCl .are selected to lJe resonant at a
frequency below the desired crystal harmonic
but above the crystal's next lower odd harmonic. C2 should have a value of 30-70 pF,
independent of the oscillation frequency.
There is no requirement for any specific ratio
Notes
of Cl/C2, but practical harmonic circuits seem
to work best when Cl is approximately 1-3
times the value ofC2. Diodes Dl-D3 provide a
simple regulated bias supply.The resistance of
Rl should be .as high as possible, as it affects
the crystal's in-circuit Q.
INTERNATIONAL CRYSTAL OF-l LO OSCILLATOR

+ 12 v
100
?;01
47 k
t---lf---o
OUTPUT
001
C3 30
-pFI
C1
FREQ.
2-15 MHz
4-22 MHz
C2
C1
C2
470 pF 470 pF
220 pF 220_ pF
680
Fig. l9-27
Circuit Notes
International Crystal OF-1 LO oscillator circuit for fundamental-mode crystals.

189
BUTLER EMITTER FOLLOWER OSCILLATOR (100 MHz)

05
+ 5V
IN5711
06
+5V
R1 1K
1K
+5V
01
C1
8.15 pF
02
IN
4148
XTAL
100 MHZ (5H)
.1
03
R, = 40
C2
33 pF
04
-1.9 Vdc
z,
= 25
100
100
E, = 0.6Vpp
Buffer
Fig. 19-28
Circuit Notes
This circuit has good performance without

any parasitics because emitter follower
amplifier has a gain of only one with built'in

negative feedback to stabilize its gain.
COLPITTS HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (BASIC CIRCUIT)
C2
0XTAL
"'
190
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates 30-200 ppm above
series resonance. Physically simple, but
analytically complex. It is inexpensive with fair
frequency stability.
Fig. 19-29
BUTLER EMITTER FOLLOWER OSCILLATOR (BASIC CIRCUIT)
+V
+V
L1
C1
=2C1
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates at or near series
XTAL
resonance. It is a good circuit design with no
parasitics. It is easy to tune with good fre..._--1 l--4~-._... quency stability.
c.
Fig. 19-30
BUTLER COMMON BASE OSCILLATOR (BASIC CIRCUIT)
+V
+V
=3C1
C1
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates at or near series

resonance. It has fair to poor circuit design with
parasitics, touch to tune, and fair frequency
stability.
c.
Fig. 19-31
191
PIERCE HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (BASIC CIRCUIT)
+V
+V
XTAL
.----;0 t---......----f
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates 10-40 ppm above

series resonance, It is a good circuit design
with good to very good frequency stability.
C2
c~
Fig. 19-32
TUBE-TYPE CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
t::1 XTAL
60mA.
PILOT
LAMP
100
R.F.C.
Circuit Notes
pF
The pilot lamp limits current to prevent

damage to the crystal.
10.000
0
.002
-B
+B
Fig. 19-33
192
PRECISION CLOCK GENERATOR
output 1
V+
~------------< 10MHZ
r-------------------ioscour
F=-10MHZ
'011
+---il
-;1"-'
6-36pF
20pF.
output 2
~--------_..;.- 125 MHZ
ICM7209
t---~----iosc IN
V-
---r--
(DISABLE
j_
--
Fig. 19-34
Circuit Notes
The CMOS IC directly drives 5 TTL loads from either of 2 buffered outputs. The
device operates to 10 MHz and is bipolar, MOS, and CMOS compatible.
MILLER OSCILLATOR (CRYSTAL CONTROLLED)
H
{+)
~:-01 JJ.F
l1
100 ~H
..J::
<---.,.--_3;"-'
Circuit Notes
-~1J.(f
C:3
390 pF
OUTPUT
r----r--""~>(:~~Fi02
The drain ofthe JFET Miller oscillator is

tuned to the resonant frequency of the crystal
by an LC tank circuit.
"'
10Mfi
i6o,Io
""'
"'
2.21<: !c-""
"'r .o2""F
Fig. 19-35
I
193
BUTLER EMITTER FOLLOWER OSCILLATOR (20 MHz)
+5V
IN5711
1K
R1 1K
+5V
8
C1 82 pF
IN 4148
01 - 04
1.9
Vdc
t---~
.1
C3 15;40 pf
R,
14
-'\/'VV-1
100
68
C2 470 pF
E,
~ 0.6
Vpp
Buffer
Fig. 19-36
COLPITTS OSCILLATOR
(+)
(-)
12
vorf77
Rf
220K
C5
O. 1
Circuit Notes
,----_____::v.~-4-----"l" ~
01
2N2222
C2
82pF
+-----+---if--<>
f~
~F
This circuit will operate with

fundamental-mode crystals in the range of 1
MHz to 20 MHz. Feedback is controlled by
capacitor voltage divider C2/C3. The rf voltage
across the emitter resistor provides the basic
feedback signal.
OUTPUT
~
Fig. 19-37
194
CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
CRYSTAL
3.00 MHZ
.---If----
G3
01. G2, G3 = 5400/7400
C1 47
OUTPUTo--~
Fig. 19-38
Circuit Notes
This circuit oscillates without the crystaL With the crystal in the circuit, the
frequency will be that of the crystaL The circuit has good starting characteristics even
with the poorest crystals.
PIERCE OSCILLATOR
R1
680
R4
R2
i.5K
1SOK
_J_ C2
Fig. 19-39
122
C4
10pF
pF
01.02 2N2362 OR EOUIV.
Circuit Notes
The oscillator transistor is Ql, and the crystal is placed between the collector and
base. Feedback is improved by the use of the collector-emitter capacitor C2. Transistor
Q2 is used as an output buffer.
195
BUTLER APERIODIC OSCILLATOR

''LV'!',,,
rh_~6
0 I ,,f
"'
"'
OUTPUT
'"f
3 CIK
01 02 1N914
Fig. 19-40
Circuit-Notes
This circuit works well in the range of 50

kHz to 500 kHz. Slight component modifications are needed for higher frequency operation. For operation over 3000 kHz, select a
transistor that provides moderate gain (in the

60 to 150 range) at the frequency of operation
and a gain-bandwidth product of at least 100
MHz.
PARALLEL-MODE APERIODIC CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
Rl
R3
IMn
IK
"'
OOt1-1F
+--r--?~TPUT
,r"
R2
lOOK
L--__,Ot-------'
VI
Circuit
The crystal is placed between the collector of the output stage and the base of the input
stage. The frequency of oscillation can be set to
a precise value with trimmer capacitor Cl. The
196
Fig. 19-41
Notes
range of operation for this circuit is 500kHz to
10 MHz. Extend the range downward (100
kHz) by increasing the value of Cl to 75 pF and
increasing the value of C2 to 22pF.
INTERNATIONAL CRYSTAL OF-I HI OSCILLATOR

/ZVo---~------~--------------,
100
.001
t----1E-----o OUTPUT
C/
FREQ.
Cl
cz
18-ZS MH1
28 -60 MHz
220 pF
100 pF
47pF
18 pF
Z.Zii
.,o
cz
Fig. I9-42
Circuit Notes
International Crystal OF-1 HI oscillator circuit for third-overtone crystals. The
circuit does not require inductors.
TTL-COMPATIBLE
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
STANDARD CRYSTAL
OSCILLATOR FOR I MHz
-3 VOLT
470
22 k
470
lOOKHz
6.8 k
50
TO
50MHz
CRYSTAL
Cl
HEP1
12k
t---701
J'o
30 pF PARALLEL RESONANCE
l6BpF
Rl
20 TO
lOOK
Fig. I9-44
Circuit Notes
Adjust RI for about 2 volts at the output of

the first gate. Adjust Cl for best output.
Fig. 19-43
197
STABLE LOW
FREQUENCY CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
CRYSTAL CONTROLLED
SINE WAVE OSCILLATOR
+21V
11k
12V
0.1 "'F
560
'"
>!--+-'I,M.....-o Vo
'"
V 0 =500mVp~p
L----101---......1
1=9.1 MHz
9:1 MHz
(FUNDAMENT All
TH0<2.5%
Fig. 19-45
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
27 pF
Fig. 19-47
Circuit Notes
This Colpitts-crystal oscillator is ideal for
low frequency crystal oscillator circuits. Excellent stability is~ assured because the 2N3823
JFET circuit loading does not vary with temperature.
JFET PIERCECRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
v
v
R2
RFC
R4
100 k
2k
~''1"_'_.t--o ourrur
.---HOH.
C2
II
10pF
CRYSTAL__c::]
2N5415 (PSI)
R2
100 k
C<
10M
--0.1iiF
Fig. 19-48
CircUit Notes
Fig. 19-46
198
The JFETPierce crystal oscillator allows

a wide frequency range of crystals to be used
without circuit modification. Since the JFET
gate does not load the crystal, good Q is maintained, thus insuring good frequency stahility.
CMOS OSCILLATOR-I MHz-4 MHz

Yl
r---------------~~lrl~
NOTES:
I.
Rl
~2.
-IOUS FREQUENCIES
RZ
l.
-;t; cz
Fig. 19-49
IJI.ctfiC'5M
SeLECT liZ
AND CZ TO
PREVENT SI'VIt
IC1 ARE 14CO<f

OR EOUiliAt.ENT
OUTPUT
PIERCE HARMONIC OSCILLATOR (100 MHz)

+5V
+5V
Buller
c,
3343
pF
IN
4148
.1
(2)
Fig. 19-50
Circuit
The output resistance of the transistor's
collector, together with the effective value of
C1, provides an RC phase lag of 30-50. The
crystal normally oscillates slightly above
series resonance, where it is both resistive and
inductive. Above series resonance, the crystal's internal impedance (resistive and induetive) together with C2 provides an RLC phase
Notes
lag of 130-150. The transistor inverts the signal, providing a total of 360 of phase shift
around the loop. Inductor L1 is selected to
resonate with C1 at a frequency between the
crystal's desired harmonic and its next lower
odd harmonic. Inductor L1 offsets part of the
negative reactance of C1 at the oscillation frequency.
199
20
Current Measuring Circuits
The
Ammeter
Pico Ammeter
Nano Ammeter
200
Nanoampere Sensing Circuit with 100

Megohm Input Impedance
Current Monitor
AMMETER
"'
3.J2k
ll.n
33.2k
"
"'
,.
3.32k
"'
"
LM315
1.2V
'""
'"
f14
RS
IM
IG
,.
..."
'""
'"
...
SC~H
o''
6.65k
,.
f\\11
2.1k
t 1 x scale calibrate
IDDi<A
* 3x scale calibrate
i includes reversing swUctl
"'
"
"
IN45J
"'
1N457
Fig. 20-1
Circuit Notes
Current meter ranges from 100 pA to 3 rnA full scale. Voltage across input is 100 J.L V
at lower ranges rising to 3 mV at 3 mA. The buffers on the op amp are to remove
ambiguity with high-current overload. The output can also drive a DVM or a DPM.
201
PICO AMMETER
+15
A"' 102n
OUTPUT
6
V0
I
I
Circuit
A very sensitive pica ammeter (-1 V/pA)
employs the amplifier in the inverting or current summing mode. Care must be taken to
eliminate stray currents from flowing into the
current summingmode. It takes approximately
5 for the circuit to stabilize to within 1% ofits
:;:
Fig. 20-2
liN X 10 1 ~(1
-1 VOLT/pA
Notes
final output voltage after a step function of input

current has been applied. The internal diodes
CR1 and CR2 together with external resistor
R1 to protect the input stage of the amplifier
from voltage transients.
NANO AMMETER
-.-
Resistance Values for

DC Nano-and Micro Ammeter
UV
'
1- FUll SCALE
Rtlnl
100 nA
1.5M
1.5M
-sao nA
300k
300k
SOk
30k
Bk
3k
300k
0
0
0
0
0
1MI14
1"A
s"A
'
10~A
SO"A
100~-tA
uvea--l.,
II~UV
r-:i
":'
12..:.. UY
i
i
The complete meter amplifier is a differential current-to-voltage converter with input protection, zeroing and full scale adjust provisions,
and input resistor balancing for minimum offset
voltage.
-1.5Vo---J
Fig. 20-3
202
Rf(nl
NANOAMPERE SENSING CIRCUIT

WITH 100 MEGOHM INPUT IMPEDANCE
r
28
R2
100
MEG
IK
VOLTS
IN3604
Rl
25K
R3
150
390K
.01~1
150
/.-I
,1-t--\h"t-'
6
(]___ 2N494C
TC2
j .01
-2N491
~t--='=~---+--_____JI
=i= .05
27
SCR
(C9F, CI2F,
ORX40F)
-~-~-~-~~-~--~--+---~
NANOAMPERE SENSING CIRCUIT WITH
100 MEGOHM INPUT IMPEDANCE
Fig. 20-4
Circuit Notes
The circuit maybe used as a sensitive

current detector or as a voltage detector having
high input impedance. Rl is set so that the
voltage at point (A) is V2 to '% volts below the
level that fires the 2N494C. A small input current (lin) of only 40 nanoamperes will charge
C2 and raise the voltage at the emitter to the
firing level. When the 2N494C fires, both

capacitors, Cl and C2, are discharged through
the 27 ohm resistor, which generates a positive
pulse with sufficient amplitude to trigger a controlled rectifier (SCR), or other pulse sensitive
circuitry.
CURRENT MONITOR
.
"''
POSITIVE
1%
VOlTAGE
'--~'
"'
"'"
LM301A
+------1+
PN36841PS21
MONtTOi'l
OUTPUT
V/A
-f\2--
_,
Rl senses currentflow of a power supply.

The JFET is used as a buffer because lo = Is;
therefore the output monitor voltage accurately reflects the power supply current flow.
Q--
Rl RJ
VQUT"
Circuit Notes
..
ll
Rl
;,.
"
Fig. 20-5
203
21
Current Sources and Sinks
The
Current source
Precision Current Source
204
Precision 1 JJ-A to 1 rnA Current Sources

Precision Current Sink
CURRENT SOURCE
ON/Off
REVERSE
ERRO.RJ
Rl
Jlllo
llTTERY
OK
f--
'l
BATTERY
TUT
_J """'
11 "'":"'
IV
(>UV!_I_
"
9.lk
~"
"
""
"
"
ZNUSO
..
"'
,""
"
J.Sk
Fig. 21-1
'
..
*calibrate range
lUnA
tselect lor
lceos: 100 pA
Circuit Notes
This precision current source has 10 p.A to 10 rnA ranges with output compliance of
30V to - 5 V. Output current is fully adjustable on each range with a calibrated, ten-tum
potentiometer. Error light indicates saturation.
PRECISION CURRENT SOURCE
Rl
Circuit Notes
30 ,,
lo=
V1N
R1
vV1N~OV
The 2N5457 and PN2222 bipolar serve as

voltage isolation devices between the output
and the current sensing resistor, Rl. The
LM101 provides a large amount of loop gain to
assure that the circuit acts as a current source.
For small values of current (<1 rnA), the
PN2222 and 10K resistor may be eliminated
with the output appearing at the source of the
2N5457.
Fig. 21-2
205
PRECISION 1 MA to 1 rnA CURRENT SOURCES
lMJB5-Z.5
C1
150 11F
-30V
*loUT"' 2.5V
R2
Fig. 21-3
PRECISION CURRENT SINK
__ ,.
.-----<I,_Ov'
Circuit Notes
..__ _---1 "'"''""'
30 pf
"'
v,N
1o~R1
v 1N>OV
Fig. 21-4
206
-=-
The 2N5457 JFET and PN2222 bipolar

have inherently high output impedance. Using
Rl as a current sensing resistor to provide
feedback to the LMlOl op amp provides a large
amount of loop gain for negative feedback to
enhance the true current sink nature of this
circuit. For small current values, the 10 K resistor and PN2222 may be eliminated if the
source of the JFET is connected to Rl.
22
De/De and
De/Ae Converters
The
sources of the following circuits are contained inothe Sources section beginning on page 730. The
De-to-DelAc Inverter
De-to-De SMPS Using NE5561 Variable 18
V to 30 V Out at 0.2 A
Mini Power Inverter as High Voltage, Low
Current Source
Regulated De-to-De Converter
400 V, 60 W Push-Pull De/De Converter
De/De Regulating Converter
Flyback Converter
207
DC-TO-DC/AC INVERTER
-12V
RJ
220ll
OJ
2N3055
T1
OlD FILAMENT
TRANSFORMER
240V ac
!ORIGINAL
PRIMARY)
12.6V CT
!ORIGINAL
SECONDARY)
+12V
TO
RECTIFIER
04
2N3055
~
Fig. 22-l
Circuit Notes
This inverter uses no special components

such as the torodial transformer used in many
inverters. Cost is kept iow with the use of
cheap, readily available components. Essentially, it is a power amplifier driven by an astable multivibrator. The frequency is around
1200Hz which most 50/60 Hzpower transformers handle well without too much loss. Increasing the value of capacitors Cl and C2 will
208
lower the frequency if any trouble is experienced. However, rectifier.filtering capacitors

required are considerably smaller at the higher
-operating frequency. The two 2N3055 transistor should be mounted on an adequately sized
heatsink. The transformer should be rated according to the amount of output power required
allowing for conversion efficiency of approximately 60%.
DC-TO-DC SMPS USING NE5561 VARIABLE 18 V to 30 V OUT AT 0.2 A

C2
471'F
50Y
.:~
INPUT
+15Y
C1 ~
0.47,~~F~
L1
D1
2813 364
BYW2t
FI!AAOXCUBE
Vz
1----,
....
TO R2(C)
...
'
1270"
2N""
"' I
I
I -..tC1 .:;- I
8.2K I
I TJ,IIF
TANT.
I
I
____ ,
SLOW IT:ART
..
.I
'
N.....
. C... .,.,.
,... 02
TIP30A
"'
OUTPUT
...L.ca F
POTTIIO\'
R2,
r'o
i~
TONE...
PIN 3
..... IU407
1200
I--
zw
''"
'4o- ~ ""'
"HIGH CUAREN T
COMMON
0.20
f~'
... '""
"'
--
.,
111<
J~''
- Cl
T... """''
C51s the tim log

capacitor (0. 03,~tF lor 22 kHt)
L1 is Ferrox cube 26133C8 with 14 tums of J18 enameled

wire (0.14 mH)
R11
Otmax =f R10+R11
(Vz)+VeE
AND .DUTY-CYCLE LIMIT ":'
Fig. 22-2
MINI POWER INVERTER AS HIGH VOLTAGE, LOW CURRENT SOURCE

r - - - - - . . , . . - - - - - - - - - - - - 0 + 5 + 16 VOlTS
1k0
100ft
555
"'
"'
"'
"'
,...
"'
0/P
Fig. 22-3
""'
C3
10u - 1Dn
L-----~-4-----4------0GND
Circuit Notes
The circuit is capable of providing power

Tor portable Geiger counters, dosimeter chargers, high resistance meters, etc. The 555
timer IC is used in its multivibrator mode, the
frequency adjusted to optimize the transformer
characteristics. When the output of the IC is
high, current flows through the limiting resis

tor, the primary coil to charge C3. When the
output is low, the current is reversed. With a
suitable choice of frequency and C3, a good
symmetric output is sustained.
209
REGULATED DC-TO-DC CONVERTER

+5V
"'
16
300Kn
Rser
R4
lOOKn
100Kn
c,
13
470pFI
"2
300K n
10:<
Fig. 22-4
-"3
560Kn
-12V4HmA
Circuit Notes
Low power de to de converter obtained by

adding a flyback circuit to a square wave oscillator. Operating frequency is 20 kHz to
minimize the ~size of Ll and C2. Regulation is
~400
achieved by zener diode D2. Maximum current

available~before the converter drops out of regulation is 5.5 rnA.
V, 60 W PUSH-PULL DC/DC CONVERTER
Fig. 22-5
'
101lU
NOTES
UNLESS OTHEAWIS NOTED,
ALL PIESISTOAS 5%, v. w
ALL CA~ACITOR VALUES IN MICAOFAFIADS, 25V
O, I Qa: VNUGA ON HUT SINK

O, l 02: 1NUM
D3: 3.3V, 3W ZENER
T1: PRI: 12T, CT, NO 18 AWQ

SEC: 275T, NO 2 AWQ
CORE: lND GEN 12311
Circuit Notes
The TL494 switching regulator governs the operating frequency and regulates
output voltage. Switching frequency approximately 100 kHz for the values shown.
Output regulation is typically 1.25% from no-load to full 60 W.
210
DCIDC REGULATING CONVERTER

+28'1
. ." .'M'
"'
..
,;
"
"'
Fig. 22-6
Circuit Notes
Push-pull outputs are used in this

transformer-coupled de-de regulating converter. Note that the oscillator must be set at
twice the desired output frequency as the
SG1524's internal flip-flop divides the fre-
quency by 2 as it switches the PWM signal from

one output to the other. Current limiting is
done here in the primary so that the pulse width
will be reduced should transformer saturation
occur.
FLYBACK CONVERTER
..._,
IN916
+SV
~51(
100 ' ~
5I(
300
VM
5I(
INV
c.
N.l.
SK
'--" YREF
ca
2K
~:
cr
CL+
osc.
c,-
Sh.Dn. COMP.
1M
.
1:
00
20T
o.'ii=-
~1II
> ;;;; so,.F
SOT
SOT
.
'
_-::!:-
L4
,:.;:
_s01iF
-18Y
_.)
........
- ....
GNO
+18V
ro
620
CORE: FROM CURVE

2213PA180- 287
IN9U5
.... 510
~
=F
Too~, :/
2N2222
1!1
GROUND
Fig. 22-7
Circuit Notes
A low-current flyback converter is used

here to generate 15 volts at 20 rnA from a +5
volt regulated line. The reference generator in
the SG1524 is unused with the input voltage
providing the reference. Current limiting in a

flyback converter is difficult and is accomplished here by sensing current in the
primary line and resetting a soft-start circuit.
211
23
Decoders
The
Tone Alert Decoder
Tone Decoder with Relay Output
SCA Decoder
212
10.8 MHz FSK Decoder

24% Bandwidth Tone Decoder
Dual-Tone Decoder
TONE-ALERT DECODER
.,
210
J09M
+12
voc
-Llo...........o
"T'Il"
1111010 70 SPEAKER
AUDIO FROM RIS
m''
"'
"'
'"...'"'P
"RI
""
..
-Schematic diagram of the tone-alert decoder, designed for
the call-up of amateur radio volunteers during emergencies.
Fig. 23-1
Circuit Notes
PLL (Ul) is set with R2 to desired tone

fre(juency. LED lights to indicate lock-up of
PLL. Reduce signal level (Rl) and readjust R2
to assure lock-up. Delay is selected from
counter U3 output. Circuits latches (turns on
Ql to allow audio to speaker) when proper

frequency/duration signal is received. To reset
latch, a positive voltage must be applied briefly
to the R input of U4.
TONE DECODER WITH RELAY OUTPUT
,.
,.
213
SCA (BACKGROUND MUSIC) DECODER

~
12V
,..----r------r----.,..-1--r----r-<>
t24V
=.Ole
l.Bk
lOk
4.7k
NE565
.047
=r ma
r-~~4.7~k-t3~9~----~]~5:J
4.7k
Fig. 23-3
4.7k
+.001
Circuit Notes
Aresistive voltage divider is used toestablish a bias voltage for the input (pins 2 and
3). The demodulated (multiplex) FM signal is
fed to the input through a two-stage high-pass
filter, both to effect capacitive coupling and to
attenuate the strong signal of the regular channel. A total signal amplitude, between 80 mV
and 300m V, is required at the input. Its source
should have an impedance of less than 10,000
ohms. The Phase Locked Loop is tuned to 67
kHz with a 5000 ohm potentiometer; only approximate tuning is required, since the loop
will seek the signal. The demodulated output
(pin 7) passes through a three-stage low-pass
filter to provide de-emphasis and attenuate the
high-frequency noise which often accompanies
SCA transmission. The demodulated output
signal is in !herder of 50m Vand the frequency
response extends to 7 kHz.
10.8 MHz FSK DECODER
~.cc,_ ,--l,
::~, o---1 ~
~~.
214
24% BANDWIDTH TONE DECODER

V
1
INPUT ..SIGNAL
I>UIOmVrlllfl
r--
617
.1
o--ltFig. 23-5
.,
_, .., Hf--1-.......J
2
DUAL-TONE DECODER
V
...
rlJ ..,' 11-.1 I

.........J
,
~1 .,. .,._
---2J. "'' 1t-.. . .
.1
Cz c,
.v
J-
1/<t--
Fig. 23-6
l.
' """'"'" ,": J

!1
'.,.
1 . ........,. and capacttor-YIItun choeen for dwired trequenciel lnd blnchriefth.

2. It C4 it mHt l1rge 10 u to del8y turn-on of the top 587, decoding ot .-quentlll fh f:ll
tonel .. poulble.
215
24
Delays
Long Time Delay
Time Delay Generator
Door Chimes Delay
Time Delay-Generator
216
Long Delay Timer Using PUT

Ultra-Precise Long Time Delay Relay
Long Duration Time Delay
Simple Time Delay Using Two SCRs
LONG TIME DELAY

LONG
Tl~
COuNTER
{HOURS, DAYS, WUKS, ETC_]
15KI
"
t--
15Mill
"
"'"'f[:
"
112- !l5fi
"
""
9 - - - ( ) I I HOUR)
I +.
>---<>
:~{JOMIN,)
NIU81
'
-r
'
"
I
I I I I I I I
3
4
10
11
ll
"
<>
---e
_____..., 1
~ 12 H<lURS)
'-----;''-------'
:(4 HOURSI
CLOCK lO NEXT
..I
_,
"
9~u
112- S56
INPUT FROM
N8281 C{lUtHER
o-i
N~281
m"
'
1" I
OOUNTR FOR LONGER TIMES
OUTPUTPUlSEWIOTH
T~11RC
T-OTAL PERIOD .II!IJ{RA 211 8 1 C
!EXAMPLE VALUES SET fOR APPRO X. 15 MIN.\
Fig. 24-1
Circuit
In the 556 timer, the timing is a function of
the charging rate of the external capacitor. For
long time delays, expensive capacitors with
extremely low leakage are required. The practicality of the components involved limits the
timebetween pulses to something in the
neighborhood of 10 minutes. To achieve longer
time periods, both halves of a dual timer may be
Notes
connected in tandem with a "Divide-by"' network in between the first iimer section operates in an oscillatory mode with a period of
1/fo. This signal is then applied to a "Divideby-N" network to give an output with the
periodofN/fo. Thiscanthenbeusedtotrigger
the second half of the 556. The total time delay
is now a function of N and fa.
TIME DELAY GENERATOR
vee
---
vee
T
'
"ON''Ioll~to*::t
......
v,..
'lilfiCin~
;l~
.. n H
.. 3__hL_
O---,
II
__ ' ____ ;_
.... .
"~!_:
,g
L---------<.._.V11t
'
~ .L.-
,'
---
Fig. 24-2
217
DOOR CHIMES DELAY
01
R1 4.7k
BELL PUSH
.-..
-.-:sv
R3470
Fig. 24-3
..L.
+
R2720
Circuit Notes
With values shown,~ this simple circuit will

permit one operation every 10 seconds or so.
Capacitor Cl charges through Rl when the
button is released. Making Rl larger will increase the delay.
TIME DELAY GENERATOR
,,
,.
SikH
IOM1l
.. I
.,
!Okn
\1+
----------,-.----
,,
1
"'
Slk!l
" _,
IOMU
__
IIIII!!
218
.,
INPUT GATING SIGNAl.
Fig. 24-4
,.
"'"
":'"
L
J
51kU
0.001-"F
~
,,
.=r
."
LONG DELAY TIMER USING PUT

START
+28V
~o-~~---------.----,
IOM
15K
IOOOM
IM
02
2N6027
IM
200
~ 30~
Ql
2N6027
100
IN4443
PULSE
OUTPUT
Fig. 24-5
Circuit Notes
The PUT is used as both a timing element and sampling oscillator. A low leakage
film capacitor is required for C2 due to the low current supplied to it.
ULTRA-PRECISE LONG TIME DELAY RELAY

!560 OHMS
......:;:;v:;=~ +28-v
,--~--~--.,----,---1!50
OHMS
R2
150
GE AI4A
OHMS
OUTPUT
02 GE
C3
2N.2646
.OOipf
Ql GE
SCRI
2N494C
GE CI22F, CI!5F
OR GE CIIF
C4
.0!5)Jf
Fig. 24-6
Circuit Notes
Predictable time delays from as low as 0.3

-milliseconds to over 3 minutes are obtainable
without resorting to a large value electrolytictype timing capacitor. Instead, a stable low
leakage paper or mylar capacitor is used and

the peak point current of the timing UJT (Ql) is
effectively reduced, so that a large value emitter resistor (Rl) may be substituted.
219
LONG DURATION TIME DELAY
+ 25
l
l
-~
RJ
l k
%10Mrl
R3
22 krl
R4
lkrl
Fig. 24-7
I~B
R2
lk
2N4853
Q3
27>1
SIMPLE TIME DELAY
~~
RELAY~
COlL ~
8
2~ lN41
555
Fig. 24-8
I--
6
1
220
4.7K
~.~
..
- '-
25
Detectors
The
Air-Motion Detector
Half-Wave Rectifier
Product Detector
Tone Detector
Low Voltage Detector
FM Tuner with a Single-Tuned Detector
Positive Peak Detector
Coil
Negative Peak Detector
Missing Pulse Detector
Precision Peak Voltage Detector With
High Speed Peak Detector
Along Memory Time
Detector for Magnetic Transducer
Edge Detector
Double-Ended Limit Detector
Ultra-Low Drift Peak Detector
FM Demodulator at 5 V
Pulse Width Discriminator
FM Demodulator at 12 V
True RMS Detector
Precision Full-Wave Rectifier
Fast Half Wave Rectifier
Negative Peak Detector
Telemetry Demodulator
Level Detector withHysteresis
Full-Wave Rectifier and Averaging Filter
Window Detector
Double-Ended Limit Detector
Air Flow Detector
Positive Peak Detector
221
AIR-MOTION DETECTOR
5
12 Vdc
R2 100 K
Voo
c\;22
2~.
R1 1 K
OUTPUT
LM324
......-(,
"-'
TAl
273-060
__l
IC1
A3
1 MEG
1"""
-'-
As
LED1
LOAD
SCA1
A4 330
A4-330
FROM DETECTOR o---'VVY----'
FROM
DETECTOR
n
01 TIP29
*220 U FOR
5 VOLTS
560 n FOR 12 VOLTS
Fig. 25-l
Circuit Notes
Sensing circuit detects either steady or

fluctuating air flows. The heart of the circuit is
a Radio Shack piezo buzzer (PIN 273-060) and
an LM324 quad op amp. (Red wire from the
piezo element connects to capacitor C1, and
the black wire to ground.) When a current of air
hits the piezo element, a small signal is generated and is fed through C1 and R1 to the inverting input (pin 2) of one section of the
LM324. That causes the output (pin 1) to go
high. Resistor R3 adjusts sensitivity. The cir-
222
cuitcan be made sensitive enough to detect the

wave of a hand or the sensitivity can be set so
low that blowing on the element hard will produce no output. Resistor R2 is used to adjust
the level of the output voltage at pin 1. The
detector circuit can be used in various control
applications. For example, an SCR can be used
to control 117-volt AC loads as shown in A.
Also, an NPN transistor, such as a TIP29, can
be used to control loads as shown in B.
PRODUCT DETECTOR
vee
1k
, J:_o.1 "F
-=
CARRIE R
INPUT
300 mVI rms)

SSB INP UT
4 +12Vdc
Uk
820
51
~
0.1 "F
lOU
3k
6'"'
>--
1/
'"'8
:~
0. i~F
MC1S96G
MC 1496G
U.OOST
"F
:::: 0 1
1k
I-
10
pF
10 k
~=-
AF
1.0 "F OUTPUT

J
RL"lOk
1k
1k
3k
t::;
-- -
t-:e
005 "F
Fig. 25-2
.Circuit Notes
The MC1596/MC1496 makes an excellent SSB product detector. This product detector has a sensitivity of 3.0 microvolts and a
dynamic range of 90 dB when operating at an
intermediate frequency of9 MHz. The detector
is broadband for the entire high frequency
range. For operation at very low .intermediate
frequencies down to 50 kHz the 0.1 1-<-F
capacitors on pins 7 and 8 should be increased
to 1.0 1-<-F. Also, the output filter at pin 9 can be
tailored to a specific intermediate frequency
and audio amplifier input impedance. The emitter resistance between pins 2 and 3 may be
increased or decreased to adjust circuit g8in,

sensitivity, and dynamic range. This circuit
may also be used as an AM detector by introducing carrier signal at the carrier input and an
AM signal at the SSB input. The carrier signal
may be derived from the intermediate frequency signal or generated locally. The carrier
signal may be introduced with or without modulation, provided its level is sufficiently high to
saturate the upper quad differential amplifier. If
the carrier signal is modulated, a 300m V (rms)
input level is recommended.
223
LOW VOLTAGE DETECTOR
B1~4~------;-----------,
R2
470 fl
+J
01
APPLIED
VOLTAGE
2N2646
B1
D1
5V
Fig. 253
Circuit Notes
The values of R1, R2, and D1 are selected

for the voltage applied. Using a 12-volt battery,
R1 = 10 K, R2 = 5.6 K and Dl is a 5-volt zener
diode, or a stringofforward-biased silicon
rectifiers equaling about 5 volts. Transistor Q1
is a general-purpose UJT (Unijunction Transistor), and Q2 is any small-signal or switching
NPN transistor. When detector is connected
across the battery terminals, it draws little
current and does not interfere with other de-
224
vices powered by the battery. If voltage drops

below the trip voltage selected with the R1
setting, the speaker beeps a warning. The frequency of the beeps is determined by the
amount of undervoltage. If other voltages are
being monitored, select Rl so that it draws
only 1 rnA or 2 rnA. Zener diode Dl is about
one-half of the desired trip voltage, and R2 is
selected to bias it about 1 rnA.
POSITIVE PEAK DETECTOR
DEi'
,,
,,
,,
v,N
RESET
VOLTAGE
"'
Fig. 25-4
NEGATIVE PEAK DETECTOR
RESET
VOLTAGE
Fig. 25-5
225
PRECISION PEAK VOLTAGE DETECTOR WITH ALONG MEMORY TIME

V _IN_JVV'___.---f:;,._+ CA3140
0
01
10k
MAXV
V OUT
2.5V[/
IN
A 10M
10k
~C1"
+--
01 =-1N914
117
Fig. 25-6
Circuit Notes
The circuit has negative feedback only for

positive signals. The inverting input can only
get some feedback when diode Dl is forward
biased and only occurs when the input is positive. With a positive input signal, the output of
the op amp rises until the inverting input signal
reaches the same potential. ln so doing, the
capacitor C is also charged to this potential.
When the input goes negative, the diode Dl
becomes reverse biased, the voltage on the

capacitor remains, being slowly discharged by
the op amp input bias current of 10 pica amps.
Thus the discharge of the capacitor is dominantly controlled by the resistor R, giving a time
constant of 10 seconds. Thus, the circuit detects the most positive peak voltage and remembers it.
EDGE DETECTOR
--t
:::J
voo
@ v,
v,
vssVoo-
I I
I
I
I
_j
I
I
I
Vss
I
Circuit Notes
~~~
This circuit provides a short negativegoing output pulse for every positive-going
edge at the input. The input waveform is
coupled to the input by capacitor C; the pulse
length depends, as before, on R and C. If a
negative going edge detector is required, the
circuit in B should be used.
voo
1/4 C040938
Fig. 25-7
226
]n
ULTRA-LOW DRIFT PEAK DETECTOR
...
>~.:'+-o Vour
.
-
-'=
RECOVERY TIME
ADJUST
By adding 01 and Rf,V01 0 during hold mode. Lukage of
Lka;e of circuit is Ia plut 181kagt of Cj,.
02 provided by feedback path through Rf,
-o3 clamps Vour A1 to V1N- Vo3 to imprOIIIIPIIId and to

limit the rever bku of 02.
Maximum -input frequency should be .C:< 1/2wf:ttCD2 where

Co2 is the thunt capat:it.nca of 02.
*Low lalutge capecitor
Fig. 25-8
PULSE WIDTH DISCRIMINATOR
1[
7.0Y
-- 0.2 y
v~
30 pF
v~
Vour
Whenever T
3
VOUl
y,
.,.
> -R- C
V2
v,
10
Pulse-Appears
Y2
;>
y, ..-' 0
v-
y,
v-
.,.
Fig. 25-9
227
TRUE RMS DETECTOR
"'
'*
lMll~
"'
"
"
'"~UT
..."'
."
"
"
-LIV
NOH 1 All O,EUTIONAl .WPllfiERS A~E llll11l

NOTE J: AlL RUISTDn ARE 1% UNLE!/I!l OT~U'IIIIS IIP'ECifiEO
NOT! 3 All IIIODES AilE Ultll.
NOTE 4- SUI'I'LY VOLTAGE >l!V.
Fig. 25-10
Circuit Notes
The circuit will provide a de output equal

to the nns value of the input. Accuracy is typically 2% for a 20 VPP input signal from 50 Hz to
100kHz, although it's usable to about 500kHz.
The lower frequency is limited by the size of

the filter capacitor. Since the input is de
coupled, it can provide the true nns equivalent
of a de and ac signal.
FAST HALF-WAVE RECTIFIER
C2 3pF
E. OUT
D1
1N914
D2
1N914
Fig. 25-11
228
Circuit Notes
Precision half wave rectifier using an op
erational amplifier will have a rectification accuracy of 1% from de to 100 kHz.
TELEMETRY DEMODULATOR
+12Vdc:
R2
15K
-R3
82K
C2
220 pF
>''~----1
AUDIO
INPUT
(.:> 200 mV)
"'08K
12K
+12VIX
Rl2
RS
20K
""
2<lK
OFFSET
Fig. 25-12
INTEGRATOR
NULL.
-12Vdc
R9
.)
101<
R8
IOK
OIJTPUT
Circuit Notes
The circuit recovers an FM audio signal that variesJrom less than 1kHz to about 10
kHz.
FULL-WAVE RECTIFIER AND AVERAGING FILTER
4.7 pF
AC
INPUT
,--------------'~f~~:~------------~_j~p%~~~~~~~DC
CAL
-'-iHif'-'-+---'V'oA--.----"fv
.....- - - ,
20 k
4.7 pF
t%
OUTPUT
4.7pF
10 k
1%
02
FD 6668
6.1 k
10 k
Fig. 25-13
229
DOUBLE-ENDED LIMIT DETECTOR
.,
Rsn
Circuit Notes
10m!!
1Mll
.,
v+ ~ 1ov
1M!!
.,
1M!l
Detector uses three sections of an Ll44

and a CMOS NAND gate to make a very low
power voltage monitor. The 1 MO resistors
R1, R2, R3, and R4 translate the bipolar 10 V
swing of the op amps to a 0 to 10 V swing
acceptable to the ground-referenced CMOS
logic. The total power dissipation is 290 ,.,.w
while in limit and 330 !LW while out of limit.
'""
v-- -tov
Po= 2901iW
VouT ~'-LOW" WHEN

VHIGH -> VIN > VLOW
Dl!tECTCMOSOUTPUT
Fig. 25 .. 14
HALF-WAVE RECTIFIER
fOK
10K
Fig. 25-15
6.1K
All resistor values are in ohms.
Circuit -Notes
This circuit provides for accurate half

wave rectification of the incoming signal. For
positive signals, the gain is 0; for negative
signals, the gain is -1. By reversing both diodes, the polarity can be inverted. This circuit
provides an accurate output, but the output
230
impedance differs "for the two input polarities

and buffering may be needed. The output must
slew through two diode drops when the input
polarity reverses. The NE5535 device will
work up to 10kHz with less ttan 5% distortion.
TONE DETECTOR
C4 .05 p.F
R8 3001<
"'
v.
~J~r
C3
.05 pF
"'
""
I
f~n
j_
-
+f5V
R71601<
lv
-15\'
_L
--
R, lOOK
I
II
If ?'"
""
'""
~-
"
f\; 10K
R9 30K
v~,
~1-
~~
~
...,,
"'
Fig. 25-16
Circuit Notes
The detector circuit is made up a twoamplifier multiple feedback bandpass filter

Jollowed by an ac-to-de detector section and a
Schmitt Trigger. The bandpass filter (with a Q
of greater than 100) passes only 500Hz inputs
whch are in turn rectified by Dl and filtered by
R9 and CA. This filtering action in combination

with the trigger level of 5 V for the Schmitt
device insures that at least 55 cycles of 500Hz
input must be present before the output will
react to a tone input.
FM TUNER WITH A SINGLE-TUNED DETECTOR COIL

V
12V
NOTES
.Ol"F*
*.OS,..F
All raeittort va11.141t are typical end in ohmt.

1. Waller 4SN3FIC or eqlll'lllltnl
2 .. Murata SFG 10.7mA or aquivlltnl
3. Rs wlll affect etabilily dapar~dino on eirc11il lar01.1t.
To lncreaea etabillty Rs it decraa ..d. Rtn~ ol Rs
Ia 330 to 50!1, R 1 + Rs s 3300
"- L lunaa with lOOp (C) at 10.7MHz
Oo unloaded a 75 (G.I. EX27825 or equivalent)
Performance dale at f 0 118MHz, 'MOO <WOHz, dawi

- ation
7AkHz.
-3dB liMiting aanailivily
2QdB quieting tantillvity
30dB quieting "ntltlvily
211-V (antanne la.,.r)

lpV (tlllennt l""el)
1.6,11V (entenne l""el)
Fig. 25-17
231
MISSING PULSE DETECTOR

+Vee (5to-15V)
IN~2V~
r- r-
'
I
'
OUTf'UT
NE/SE 555
I
OUTPUT VOLTAGE 5V/CM
' ,
'
:;(
~,_
'
I
.J...
I"''
'
v v v v
..,
INPUT
./
./
CAPACITOR VOLT AGE 5V/CM
RA = 1-Kn,C: .091JF
lr -
Fig. 25-18
-circuit Notes
The timing cycle is continuously reset by

the input pulse train. A change in frequency, or
a missing pulse, allows completion of the timing cycle which causes a change in the output
level. For this application, the time delay
should be set to be slightly longer than the

normal time between pulses. The graph shows
the actual waveforms seen in this mode of operation.
HIGH SPEED PEAK DETECTOR

+15V
,.
~~~
,.
~~
L ~~~
+lSV
1Ne1 ..
"'
1k
0.1"f...
-15V
y:,
14
DH0034
SAMPLE!
HOCD
RESET
L' J
L"" J
,J
0.001pf
POL YSTYREN~
,.1z~
2f'U3t1
~+15V
-15V
1-J_
~
21e~ ~T
!i ADLH0033G
d"'"""
OUTPUT
~~~f
-15V
)-[:>- i!- "'

"'~ f.:
>-{) ' ,.;:.,
'"""'
+ ~"
232
.,
2'N4381 1NI14
.. ~"
t'"
- h
i'.J
h-+
Fig. 25-19
I
FM DEMODULATOR AT 5 V
DETECTOR FOR
MAGNETIC TRANSDUCER
LOCK RANGE ADJUSTMENT
+5
o.o1.,F
~
FM ll!lPUT
4.5kn
----,
0.471lf
2k!1
_,--~~-4~0UTPUT
TO TTL
I
1 k!1
I
.....J
,.
FREQUENCY SET CAl"
MAGNETIC
TRANSDUCER
"
Fig. 25-20
Fig. 25-22
DOUBLE-ENDED LIMIT DETECTOR
FM DEMODULATOR AT 12 V
V+
Rsn
11 LQCI( RANGE DJUSTMENT

0 01iJF
15Mn
UPPER LIMIT
~ LOOPfllTEII
r--
ANAlOG "OUT
1kHz
FIIIEOUE ... CY SET CAP
For V = 5 V
LOWER LIMIT
"'
60 ,uW
V-
Fig. 25-21
Fig. 25-23
233
PRECISION FULL WAVE RECTIFIER

10K
...,
o-~~--~'ov~---;~>-4-~~D:+-:~
Fig. 25-24
10K
10K
Circuit Notes
The circuit provides accurate full wave

rectification. The output impedance is low for
both input polarities, and the errors are small at
all signal levels. Note that the output will not
sink heavy current, exc-ept a small amount
through the 10 K resistors. Therefore, the load
applied should be referenced to ground or a
negative voltage. Reversal of all diode

polarities will reverse the polarity of the out
put. Since the outputs of the amplifiers must
slew through two diode drops when the input
polarity changes, 741 type devices give 5%
distortion at about 300 Hz.
NEGATIVE PEAK DETECTOR

~15
R2
1 M
-~ ~
'1
"'3 RJ
110
10 k 2 +
111 >.:4.--">,fl/'yo.:(,;,
+~
4t-__.
-15
'Solid tantalum
234
~6+-0UTPUT
Fig. 25-25
LEVEL DETECTOR WITH

HYSTERESIS (POSITIVE FEEDBACK)
AIR FLOW DETECTOR
.---.-"'
1.2k
18k
"'
V
OUTPUT HIGH
WtTH AIR FlOW
A1
INPUT
>'---<>--.a OUTPUT
R2
o--..:..'I'YL--_2j
HYSTERESIS WIDTH .- 4V. R1
~\2
V-
POI~~~t-...!,i("LM335
":"'
TRIP
ADJUST
*self heating is used to detect air flow
Fig. 25-26
Fig. 25-28
WINDOW DETECTOR
POSITIVE PEAK DETECTOR
500
+15 y
1 M
-15 V-4>---'
Solid tantalum
Vour
Vour
5V for VL T < VtN < Vur

0 for VtN < VL Tor VtN > Vur
Fig. 25-27
Fig. 25-29
235
26
Digital-to-Analog Converters
The
figure numbeLcontained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
14-Bit Binary D/ A Converter (Unipolar)
10-Bit D/A Converter
Fast Voltage Output D/A Converter
Resistor Terminated DAC (0 to -5 V Output)
Three-Digit BCD D/A Converter
8-Bit D/A Converter
High-Speed 8-Bit D/A Converter
10-Bit, 4 Quadrant Multiplexing D/ A
Converter (Offset Binary Goding)

8-Bit D/ A Converter
10 V Full-Scale Bipolar DAC
Precision 12-Bit D/A Converter
8-Bit D/ A with Output Current-to-Voltage
Conversion
16-Bit Binary DAC
10 V Full-Scale Unipolar DAC
High-Speed Voltage OutputDAC
236
14-BIT BINARY D/A CONVERTER (UNIPOLAR)

V
21<
!"
,.
,.
,.
' '
ll
I
I
'
" "
~HI ! 1~ 11
1
J I
'
.
' . .,
"
~
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
"
'"
"
'"
"
"
"
"
'
'
'
11 11 11 I 1 !1 !1 11
,.
r>
;\
"'
."
~j'
"
.
I
"
i. ~ i. ~
"
,.
"
DG51B
~ r"
," .,
'
' ..
.." .."
.,"
';\ i.;\ i.
"
-Btll
.,"
Ftgur 7
81JilAIIY INPUT
b[ft
,.
"OO
II
..... i
" .,"
'"
,.
!1 11 "
I
~ i. ~
~k
VM
"TYPICALL '( 25K fl
...'
NOTE:
A.Op-Amp characteristics effect 0/A accuracy and settling time. The following Op-Amps, listed in order of increasing speed, are
suggested:
1. LM101A
2. LF156A
3. LM118
Unipolar Binary Operation

DIGITAL INPUT
ANALOG OUTPUT
1 1 1 I 1 1 I I
~vREF (1 -r14l
-VREF 11/2 + r 1"1
'''
'''
I000000000COOI
Fig. 26-l
I 0000000000000
-VREF/2
0 1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1
-VAEF (1/2-T14l
0000000000-0001
-VREF rr14l
00000000000000
237
10 BIT D/A CONVERTER
"
(~
"
'"
"
"
"
2K
Vo F
.,.
"
23
'
"
'"
00&18
"
.,
"
"
'"
"
"
"
"
f'"
'"
'"
'
'
'"
~~
";"
.
.,
-IMUI
~lli
~ 1 J 1~I 1 ~ 1~ 1~ 1~i 1~ , ~ 1 J
I
J. ~
~ :1.
J. ~
~ ~
~~
~ :1.
~~
~~
. " .."
.."
17
.,
..
.. . .
11
14
.,"
'"
22
.,
ILSB)
vou T
-V
"TYPICALLY 25K ll
""TEMPERATURE COMPENSATI ON
FOR CHANGE IN ROSion)
WITH TtMI'EAATURE
TY"CALFEEOTHROUGHE~ROR
BINARY IM'UT
OF 10mVHFOR)'4'1EF'"10VH.
Unipolar_Binary Operation
DIGITAL INPUT
,.
f1D0kltl AND R 21!1KO
ANALOG OUTPUT
1 1 1 1 1 1 1, 1 1
-VREF (1 -:r101
100000000"1
-VREFl1/2+ r1Dj
1000000000
-VREF/ 2
0 1 1 1 ,_, 1 1 1 1
-VREF 1112- T'"l
0000000001
-VAEF (2-10)
0000000000
NOTE:
Op--Amp characteristics effect D/A accuracy and settling time. The following Op-Amps, listed in order of increasing speed, are
suggested:
1,
LM101A
2. LF166A
3. -LM118
Fig. 26-2
FAST VOLTAGE OUTPUT D/A CONVERTER
BIT 1
0-10V
Fig. 26-3
!CLSO,F
TYPICAL SETTLING
TIME"' .8~$EC
238
RESISTOR TERMINATED DAC (0 TO -5 V OUTPUT)
+5V TO
MSB
+1~"--- ~.'V ~ 8~
It
2
[24 !2J
BJ 86 86
lzz lzt
8~
)20 j,g
LSB
86
Ita
~ ~
]11 hs
860 861 862

hs It
]13
11
""
o--'r-
RH-01
I'
6 +lOY REF S
"
Skfl:
1REF
zokn
DAC-12
"1
'o
TO
"
vo
.<b
tOkn
GAIN
ADJ.
tokn
7
GROUNDING -PIN 9 AND UNGROUNOING PIN 12
WILUJIVE
COM~LEMENTARY
LOGIC.
Fig. 26-4
THREE-DIGIT BCD D/A CONVERTER
UNIT'S DIGIT TEN'S DIGIT
HUNDRED'S OIQIT
~~
1REF2
,,"'
.t~i
"
+1SV
2
RREF
-REF-
02C
'-r;-
'
12 11 1
t 361( 14
"
VCL
" 1
';1~" ~"~
.01"F
-tSV
'"
"'
13"
+15V
'
~----------------------+----~~~-~~_,
)
1,------+-------"l'
"' "
VCL I'
"' '--r~.,--,1~::-110-r::-,-T.-,J
V'J
.OAC-20
';
r1-
~,..__
II -
l'"'F
-16V
+16V
\J
t---+
\.
TRIMI'OT~1C.2:
BOURNSMFTMOOEL 712tiC279.B03
PACKAGE: 14PIN DUAL
INl~NE
'-~~
1I
\7
.1,,
RESISTORSIN MFT NETWORK
-15V
Fig. 26-5
239
8-BIT D/A CONVERTER

r+SV
l.7kl\. :;,a
's,rJ-,
8112- 2
131---Bit i..
Bt1- J
12t----- BitS
r-
G6n.
51
Zero
1Lf.-
11
'~ 1;,~
r-- Bit6 r'
'
10r-Bit7
9~Bit8
sf-- N.C.
An.:~ log
ZNi.2t..P
,__!_ -
Ovtput
6-Sk fO.
\OOpV
'.,. R 1
/
ZN 1.26
01fr
"
,.,
1\.F".S.R.
16,
ov
J,
sao 0
..::ljiJ
Tig. 26-6
HIGH-SPEED 8-BIT D/A CONVERTER
'FS s set to 51.000 mA witi'I-R1
_so.o n
'='
Tr-ansmission Lir'!e
Vout-"' 1.25 V FS Settling Time,
o-..---+.....,2
o-..-=-+-
Typically 10 ns
-:;-
o----+-
I"F
0.1
Bradley
4
3
2
Type AT
Cermet Tr-impot
o-...--::-o--+-1 7
o--.--.,:-:--+--1 8 MSB
or Equ<valent
MC1.t04U10
10 Volt Reference
R2 and R3 are
<50 ppm/C.
240
+ 15 v
( 12.5 to -40.0 V mul
10:BIT, 4 QUADRANT MULTIPLEXING

D/A CONVERTER (OFFSET BINARY CODING)
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
2'!1
2R
tOMn
Bipolar (Offset- Binary)* Operation

DIGITAL INPUT
ANALOG OUTPUT
1 I I 1 1-1 1 1 I I
-VREF 0 - 2-91
I 00000000 I
-VAEF j2"Y)
10-00000000
01 1 1 1 1 I I I I
VREF (r91
0000000001
VREF 11-2-)
000-0000000
VREF
Fig. 26-8
NOTE: 1 LSB"' 2 9 VAEF

CompJm~~ntint
a 1 IMSBl willgtn 2'1 comptm.n coding.
8-BIT D/A CONVERTER

-.~
.~.------ OIGITALINPUTS------.~.~.0>
Fig. 26-9
"
15k
2k
241
10 V FULL-SCALE BIPOLAR DAC

A. CONNECTION
,,
,
Y
lOOkfl
GAIN
ADJ.
2oon
BIPOLAR
OFFSET
-16V
C. TRANSFER CURVE
B. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
+1DV
, .r
ANALOG
SET ALL BITS TO "0"' STATE

ADJUST R2 UNTIL OUTPUT IS -10V
BIT 1 to "1" STATE
ADJUST R1 UNTIL OUTPUT=O.OOV
R1 ESTABLISHES
ALL BITS. 0
DIGITAL
INPUT
-J12 ESTABLISHES
THIS OFFSET
OV
Fig. 26-10
10V
PRECISION 12-BIT D/A CONVERTER

16\1
+6/+16V
11-----------.
+15V
+lOV
AD584
OUTPUT
VooT
A0562
COMMON
l.OM
,
I
UNIPOLAR
-ISV
~,__ - --- - -- -- -- ------- - - -----
100.!!, 1ST
BIPOLAR OFFSET AOJ.
Fig. 26-11
242
-15V
OFFSET ADJ
~--
_,'
A : ANALOG GROUND
8-BIT DiA WITH OUTPUT CURRENT-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERSION

Vee
13
MSB
R14
14
f-'-:.0--~w~r-----...---~ Vref
A1
A2
~-----'
15
V ref .. 2.0 Vdc

A 15 ::!!" 1 .0 Hl
f-:.0--~1/VIr----, A 14 :
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
AS
Ao- s.o K!l
R15
MC1508L-8
~s
16
Fig. 26-12
3
LF156
I'
[ ~.~.~.~.~.~..~]
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
256
Adjust Vref R14 or Ro so that Vo w1th aU digital inputs at high
level is equal to 9.961 volts.

2V
[ 1
1
1
v
~-(Skl
1
1
1 __
1
-+----
-1 __
1k
- 10
256
[2551
= 9.961
16
32
64
128
256
16-BIT BINARY DAC
AD6f6A
J0
IOV SI'II.N
llff IN
OUTPUT
O<O IOV
1152>-V lSBI
1NPUf81TS1-12
Vee t5V
DAC
Fig. 26-13
""'"
louT"
l~u COOE
243
10 V FULL-SCALE UNIPOLAR DAC

A. CONNECTIONS
"
!ik!l
'o
20kn
,,
CURRENT
SWITCHES
lOOk!/:
GAIN
ADJ.
(1/l SHOWN)
"""
OAC-12
4R
'"
'"
-15V
'"
'"
C. TRANSFER CURVE
+10V
B. ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
1. ALL BITS TO "1" STATE ("0" STATE IF PINS
9 AND 12 INTERCHANGED)
2. ADJUST R1 UNTIL OUTPUT IS +9.9975
4095
X 10V
T
-----1"----l
--..
ANALOG
OUT
SV
R1 ESTABLISHES
THIS SLOPE
OIGITAL
INPUT
SV
4096
Fig. 26-14
-10V
HIGH-SPEED VOLTAGE OUTPUT DAC

vour
vour
81 82 83 64 85 66 87 88
1/2 LSB SETTLING TIME
100nsec
SYSTEM WILL DRIVE CABLES OR TWISTED PAIRS.
244
Fig. 26-15
27
Dip Meters
The
Dip Meter Using Dual-Gate IGFET (MOSFET)
Varicap-Tuned FET DIP Meter with 1 kHz
Modulator
Dip Meter Using N-Channel !GFET (MOSFET) and Separate Diode Detector
Basic Grid-Dip Meter

Dip Meter Using Germanium PNP
Bipolar Transistor with Separate Diode Detector
Gate-Dip Meter Covers 1.8 - 150 MHz
Dip Meter Using Silicon Junction FET
245
DIP METER USING N-CHANNEL

IGFET (MOSFET) AND SEPARATE DIODE DETECTOR
PL.IJG-IN
COIL
SfNSITIIIITY
ooo
10---?)>----l)l--+---+--l f--r->"'-1r--')~
Fig. 27-3
1000
T1,
IOQO
l..
),
l
f~n,.IDI
indiUI.cl',
-~~
luff or nj111C/1on~ eq Ill lllleoo/elh (,F;; otlll'* ,,. In p;eal#l,.

1111 /I!Fi; 111/llanCII . . . /ft oJNnL
1,1100
1M 1,DII!D,DOO
BASIC GRID-DIP METER
,,.
"'l!IGIN
COIL
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses a triode vacuum-tube

(9002 and 6C4 also commonly used).
o ,,
f-j,
Fig. 27-4
fc-.1 '""'ur..r, dKI,..t
-.11ueo
ol
npoclloncl ,,. /n mrcro

olho .,. "' ~Nco!
.....,.......... '" """'"
flll'~
M 1,000,000
DIP METER USING GERMANIUM PNP

BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR WITH SEPARATE DIODE DETECTOR
Fig. 27-5
_"""""_,_
......
,..,...IH,_
...........
,..... ,.,J __
-~~,~-"'"'_
11.-
h .......
1-
-=- ,,_, ..
'(
1 1,000
.,.,,,~
-...
Mel,--
247
GATE-DIP METER COVERS 1.8. 150 MHz
."
j_+
-=-
rl
uf-~>-------1---..J
9V
Coil data.
coil
frequency
range
(MHz)
1.8. 3.8
3.6. 7.3
7.3. 14.4
14.4. 32
29.64
no.
turns
wire size
AWG
82
29
18
7
26
26
22
22
enamel
enamel
enamel
enamel
Jlh
18 tinned
(mml
winding length
(mm)
inches
tap*
(0.4)
(0.4)
(0.6)
(0.6)
( 1.0)
1 9!16
9/16
3/4
1/2
3/4
(40.0)
(1<1.5)
(19.0)
(12.5)
(T9.0)
12
5
3
2
3/4
--diameter
inches (mm)
(32)
(32)
(25)
(25)
(25)
11/4
IV
1
1
61 150 Hairptn of 1-6 no. AWG {1.3mm) wire, 5/8
inch (16mm) $pacing, 2 3/8 Inches (60mm)

-rong including coli-form pins. Tapped at 2
inches (5lmm; from ground end.
!518" U6101ml
*Turns from ground-end. 1 Inch (25mm) forms are Millen

45004 available from Burstein-Applebee
\COIL FORM SAWED OFF
Fig. 27-6
DIP METER USING SILICON JUNCTION FET
MPF/02
500t
1-mH
SENSITIVITY
Excpr lndic:tad, dcim./
rluas o/ ca,.cilnc r In micro

lrads (~F}; others ere in p/colar
ads (pF}; ras/slancas era In obm-.
II 1,000
248
M l,OOO,OOO
Fig. 27-7
28
Displays
The
LED Brightness Control
LED Bar/Dot Level Meter
60 dB Dot Mode Display
Bar Display with Alarm Flasher
12-Hour Clock with Gas Discharge Displays
Precision Frequency Counter (- 1 MHz

Maximum)
Exclamation Point Display
LED Bar Peak Program Meter Display
for Audio
10 MHz Universal Counter
249
LED BRIGHTNESS CONTROL

AMBIENT
LIGHT
R,
5{10 kl1
/:...---CdS
PHOTOCELL
15kn
NE/SE 555
1N914
01
15 kn
0.001JJF
TYPICAL LED DRIVE CIRCUITS
STROBE
DIGITAL
SIGNALS
LED
Fig. 28-1
Circuit Notes
The brightness of LED display is varied

by using a photocell in place of one timing
resistor in a 555 timer, and bypassing the other
250
timing resistor to boost the timer's maximum

duty cycle. The result is a brighter display in
sunlight and a fainter one in the dark.
LED BAR/DOT LEVEL METER
GAIN
0DOT
CONTROL
TANT.
"
"
All LEOs nL 220R
Fig. 28-2
Circuit Notes
A simple level of power meter can be

arranged to give ~a bar or dot display for a hi-fi
system. Use green LEDsforOto 7; yellow for8
and red for 9 to indicate peak power. The gain
control is provided to enable calibration on the
equipment with which the u11it is used. Because

the unit draws~some 200 rnA, a power supply is
advisable instead of running the unit from batteries.
251
60 dB DOT MODE DISPLAY
_.,
uo~
10. I_;
,.
-u
~. '(
' F-
Ill
"
"
,.
m-31
r -
...
_., _., _., _.,
"
Ill
Ill
"
"
"
(IJVTOZQVI
Ill
1Z~11
-Ji
Ill
_,.
N
'(
~ED
_,,
_,
'(
"
"
Ill ~
~-
"
"
"
'
N0.1!
"
"
,~
L-.J'
' '"
-
LMll15
'"
""' '"
'"
'"I!..-'
100~
'
"'.
~;:
Optional. Shunts
MOoi
11;
'" '"'
...
_,
Ill
...
r .."""
Ill
"
"
'"
"'
""' '"
".
I!,__'
"
MODE
I'
,.,
"
3.141.
-rJ
.~
auKiliary
'
..
,"
eink current away. from L.EO-It11.
,-
,.
_,
Ill
LMJIIt
,.
_,
_,.
.'
...
,ur
111VfUlL.SC ... LE)
Fig. 28-3
BAR DISPLAY WITH ALARM FLASHER

VLED 5V
tOO
,~
.
LE;
II/
II/
II/
~ ;..F
NO.I
18
11
'-
16
II/
II/
II/
-~
-~
-....F -F
15
;..
14
17:1
~ '-F
13
II/
~~
12
,-
II/
II/
~~
....
LED
NO. 10
10
11
_o;t.
LMJ914
11
v'
"to
.J;
SIG
.... !"
RHI
REF OUT REF AOJ

1
MODE
470
Fig. 28-4
252
Full-scale causes the full bar display to

flash. If the junction of Ri end C1 is
connected to a different LEO cathode,
the display will flash when that LED
lights, and at any higher input signal.
Rt
1k
~ 1.2k
-...
12-HOUR CWCK WITH GAS DISCHARGE DISPLAYS

MPQ70ol2
.,----;
'"
'
"
'"
"
'"
'
!!!i 31012
"
,,
'"
.,,
6
112 -7
MP07042_1
3 1
fj
lnpUII
'"ll'"
~~
GM
MC3<t9<1
v,.
Outputs
~~1eOV
~.
+180
06 Ot! P030201
MKII021i0
11 MC16001
AM/I"M
A8COEF0
I
I
p-
.M
380k
-~
~C1001
....
'
<
CD 60733 CM
Colon
G
~11
2.2 k Typ
''"'
MP07CM2
~-
[,
.......
MP~~~2
~
'' "'
o:
c'
390 k
D
Outputs
' '
~k
'"
MC>403
'"
om
"
~k
MC3481
" e .....,,
Fg. 28-5
~:~"
'
G
..."'
-~lon
' '
'"
!UJ:EH1 88
'
AM
100 k
'"
r
,ll,no- 8 8
o,:~
From MK&02!i0
~
Qt
...
PRECISION FREQUENCY COUNTER (-1 MHz MAXIMUM)
COMMOM-AioiOOl
LID DISPLAY
Fig. 28-6
253
EXCLAMATION POINT DISPLAY

Vuo
IV
'"
IV
'"
L.....!!:.!
IV
-"
"
"
IV
IV
IV
~IV
-" ~ ~ -" ~ ~
~ ~ ~~
IV
- f-
"'
10.11
~L-.1'
..
"
"
"
..;
...
"'
"
... .....
LM311C
'" '"'
' - I!..._'"'
10% duty cycll
"
..
,.
..
:::n.
~
"
'
IIG 1
1 kHz pu t r111
IV
IV
"
,.
MODE
Fig. 28-7
'"
Tou,,
.,..
"="
LEOs hglu up 11 illuurt~td wi th the

upper 111 L.EO ndcung the .ctutl on put
110111 ge . The di IP y 1 p IM!'Irs to 1n crtlse
rtsolution tndprovodtl 1n analog indica
hon of overra11ge.
"
LED BAR PEAK PROGRAM METER DISPLAY FOR AUDIO

.-----o +V, REFERENCE
Circuit Notes
A bar column of LEDs is arranged so that

as the audio signal level increases, more LEDs
in the column light up. The LEDs are arranged
vertically in 6 dB steps. A fast response time
and a one second decay time give an accurate
response to transients and a low "flicker"
decay characteristic. On each of the op amps
inverting inputs is a dereference voltage,
which increases in 6 dB steps. All noninverting
inputs are tied together and connected to the
positive peak envelope of the audio signal.
Thus, as this envelope exceeds a particular
voltage reference, the op amp output goes high
and the LED lights up. Also, all the LEDs
below this are illuminated.
+V, PEAK ENVELOPE
All 741
ALL TIL209
LEOS
Fig. 28-8
254
10 MHz UNIVERSAL COUNTER
INPUT A
INPUT 8
Lr.-~
..~J ?~~
'
I
I
FREQUENCY
FAEOU~NCV
PER100
RATIO
TIME INTERVAL
UNIT COUNTER
l De
~ ~
~.....
~ ~
io_
;t-o
1111111 OJ 0 2 1--o4 -
~.ff~ "- ....__

.
~-
""
zs
l4-
6
7
2J
U
-~
o
r---+------t'
07
ICM
7Z188 ll
20
IN914"S
~
r-..____
I
O.P
G
E
<>--j'i;']i===~=c=i1
'
lOki!
~~~~ f ~
,, "' CYCLU_I
..
r---~N'<------ -~03 ,,
' "'
""
INPUi
0.01
'" I
0 ,,,, .. ~~~0
''lr=r-~t----------~==:1~~=~~-~---o
r--
IG.O
OSC!llATOR FRED. -
lO
,,
18
0---+--f--.. 13
lmrTI
8
14
18
16
1--
l
I
~'I'"' ~C~"::::~!r-~~j--......L--_g:~~~~L
___l
r f--
+-,--+----<5
-::1
;:'"
''
o,-~
SEGMENT DRIVERS
r---~~--------~
'
Baa BETa a a 1~
L___._1'_'_ ____....l_'-~1._'__...1''__
_____.l_'_ _l._'__...
l''__ _____.l_''_ _"'__._::!~_;j
~~~:\~
Fig. 28-9
Circuit Notes
This is a minimum component complete
Universal Counter. It can use input frequencies
up to 10 MHz at INPUT A and 2 MHz at INPUT
B. If the signal at INPUT A has a very low duty
cycle, it may be necessary to use a 74121

monostable multivibrator or similar circuit to
stretch the input pulse width to be able to
guarantee that it is at least 50 ns in duration.
255
29
Dividers
CMOS Programmable Divide-by-N Counter
Frequency Divider Chain
Frequency Divider with Transient
256
Free Output
Binary Divider Chain
Decade Frequency Divider
CMOS PROGRAMMABLE DIVIDE-BY-N COUNTER
22k
+V
Circuit Notes
A single connection change permits division by anyinteger between 2 and 10. The RCA
CD4017A Johnson decade counter is shown
connected as a divide by 7 counter. The resistor is used to hold the reset line low. When the
appropriate number is reached, that output and
the reset line are driven high, resetting the
munter. To divide by other integers, pin 15
should be connected to the desired output. For
example, pin 1 for a divide by 5, or pin Hor a
divide by 3. The output of the divider appears
on the 0 line.
INPlfT
CD4017A
Fig. 29-1
FREQUENCY DIVIDER CHAIN
+20V
680.n.
IOOk.n.
IOOk.Jl
IOOk.Jl
2N2647
.OipF
ro.n.
IO.!l.
4kHz
10!\.
2kHz
I kHz
8kHz OSCILLATOR
SUS-2N4989
Fig. 29-2
Circuit Notes
Sawtooth output from each stage is one half frequency of preceding stage.
257
FREQUENCY DIVIDER WITH TRANSIENT FREE OUTPUT

8kHz
4kHz
OSCILLATOR
IZK
680
2kHz
+ZOV
I
lOOk:
;;;::: '!
1001<.
50k
.01
JZN2.647
'u
If
50k
~us
I
.~2{/-::::..
4~
pF. /~OI,uF
lOll.
lOA
I kHz
~s
'~
If
50k
.047/r:
~us
'u
Fig. 29-3
,uF
If
!~o
IOil.
lOOk
pF
IO.n
~~0
pF
SUS-2N4989
Circuit Notes
Spikes in the center of a sawtooth wave are eliminated in this circuit by triggering at
gate.
BINARY DIVIDER CHAIN
,,
Cr
5.6k
IOl<
.0033
-~~~-----------,
2.7k
2.7'k
sus's -
I'
-H-
''
2N4987
Fig. 29-4
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses fewer components than transistor flip flops. Output at "B" gives a
transient-free waveform.
258
DECADE FREQUENCY DIVIDER
OUTPUT (2.5KHz)
OUTPUT
(250Hz)
Cl
2.5 KHz ____j_ ~ 10 FREQUENCY DIVIDER_j

rI..._osciLLAToR
T
1
Fig. 29-5
Circuit Notes
In the next stage, the product of R2 and C2 should be 10 x that of the preceding stage
(2%). R2 should be between 27K and 10 M.
C1 & C2-.0047 11-F (1 %)

R1-100K (1%)
R2-1M (1%)
R3-R4-1K (may need to be adjusted for variation of Rss of U]T)
259
----------------------------
30
Drivers
The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in tbe Sources section.
Driver Circuits
50 0 hrn Driver
Line Driver
High Speed Laser Diode Driver
Capacitive Load Driver
Relay Driver
Relay Driver
BIFET Cable Driver
High Speed Line Driver for Multiplexers

High Impedance Meter Driver
CRT Deflection Yoke
CRT Yoke Driver
Solenoid Driver
Coaxial Cable Driver
High Speed Shield/Line Driver
Relay Driver with Strobe
Direct De Drive Interface of a Triac
260
DRIVER CIRCUITS
INl
-----,
I
I
I
I
I OUT
"-...;_r-'-.,
'"<>-~i-,..-
I
I
I
L . . - - -1~M~OI~7~1-
---
__J
Relay Drive..
-----,
I
I
I
I
I
IN1-~o-~r""'l
IN2<>--0.....-'
i
I
L-- -
~r-4~D!;!M~1~ -
Fig. 301
_J
Lamp Driver
r----Jtr..n..
I
I
I
I
I
-----,
I
I
I
I
I
L . - - - ~M~90~!!!1~
_J
Spohr Driver
Circuit Notes
CMOS drivers for relays, lamps, speakers, etc., offers extremely low standby
power. At Vee = 15 V, power dissipation per package is typically 750 nW when the
outputs are not drawing current. Thus, the drivers can be sitting out on line (a telephone
line, for example) drawing essentially zero current until activated.
261
50 OHM DRIVER
....
Q2
INPUT
Circuit Notes
To buffer a test generator to the outside
world requires an amplifier with sufficient
bandwidth and power handling capability. The
circuit is a very simple unity gain buffer. It has a
fairly high input impedance, a 50 ohm output
impedance, a wide bandwidth, and high slew
rate. The circuit is simply two pairs of emitter
followers. The base emitter voltages of Ql and
Q2 cancel out, and so ~do those of Q3 and Q4.
The preset is used to zero out any small de
offsets rlue to mismatching in the transistors.
,.,
,.
DC
OFFSET
tJR
......
Q3
.,
-1SV
Fig. 30-2
LINE DRIVER
VooCr---------.--~-----------------------------,
,---t--uvcc
~V
150fi
150fi
TWISTED
PAIR LINE
112 HCC I HCF 40107 8

HCCIHCF 4069UB
,----t--i
t-----'
Zo. 130
65fi
OUTPUT
1J
Vss -----;J.-.
112HCCIHCF40107 B
DATA
INPUT
Fig. 30-3
262
!WI SlED PAIR LINE : S METER

LENGTH OF 7/0.0076 WIRE TWISTED
AT 2 TURNS PER INCH.
II
HIGH-SPEED LASER DIODE DRIVER

+15V
I~
LASER OlOOF.
100pF
RCA SG2002
Fig. 30-4
Circuit Notes
A faster driver can supply higher peak gate current to switch the VN64GA very
quickly. The circuit uses a VMOS totempole stage to drive the high power switch.
CAPACITIVE LOAD DRIVER
Circuit Notes
4.an
11_
4.tlkn
- u-INf'UT
.,
OUTPUT
Zltfilo
TYPICAL CAPACITANCE
LIMIT FQA YAFUOUS
l"OA"O PIESISTOAS
~
2kS1
~
10kil -
201o.n -
~UPTO
1500pi'
IIOOpF
500pF
""'"
The circuit employs a 100 ohm isolation

resistor which enables the amplifier to drive
capacitive loads exceeding 500 pF; the resistor
effectively isolates the high frequency feedbac:k from the load and stabilizes the circuit.
Low frequency feedback is returned to the
amplifier summing junction via the low pass
filter formed by the 100 ohm series resistor and
the load capacitance. CL.
Fig. 305
263
RELAY DRIVER
SV
BIFET CABLE DRIVER
28V
CABLE
LOAD
II
30V
CAPACITIIIE LOAO STABILITY 0' IUF43 MAlUS IT

AN IDI ... L INTERFACE BETWEEN IJIFET 01' A'\IPS
AND SHIElDED CABLES'
NOTE
TO MAINTAIN ACCURACY IN THE IUFFfA

AL ;. 1krl IS AECOMMENOEO.
Fig. 30-8
Fig. 306
RELAY DRIVER
VccUV
HIGH SPEED LINE

DRIVER FOR MULTIPLEXERS
0
0
0
MUX-08
Vo<rr
MUX
~:'
J1..---4
.&"
PIIOTl1:
STRAY CAPACITANCE AT MULT.,LIXIl'l OUTPIJT

NODE SHOULD BE MINIMIZED TO REDUCE
CHANNEL-TO.CHANNEL CROIITALk.
NOTE 2:
A IUFFIII WHOlE SLEW RATE IS TOO SMALL WILL

INCREASE CHANNiiLTO.CHANNEL CROSSTALK.
Fig. 30-7
264
Fig. 30-9
CRT YOKE DRIVER
HIGH IMPEDANCE METER DRIVER
2110 .,H COIL IL'
I... PUT
2.311
ROAIIP
10011
'COIL CURRENT IL-IIEIISUREOWITH
TEKTRONIX CURRENT PROBE MODEL PIIM2
Fig. 30-10
Fig. 30-12
Circuit Notes
A 500 mV peak-to-peak triangular waveform about ground is input to the amplifier,
giving rise to a 100 rnA peak current to the
inductor.
SOLENOID DRIVER
CRT DEFLECTION YOKE DRIVER
JDOO pf
22!l
OHlfCTION YOU
HAMMER
SOLENOID
,.
''
CONTROL
INPUTS
"
loh111
Fig. 30-11
s -3397
Fig. 30-13
265
RELAY DRIVER WITH STROBE

V++
COAXIAL CABLE DRIVER
r-
V
-Al,lM
0.1.,F
100U 1W
+""
2
INPUTS
INPUT
V-
V-
SELECT C 1 FOR OPTIMUM

PULSE RESPONSE
Abaorb inductive kickback of relay

and protecta IC from severe voltage
tranaienta on V++ line.
Fig. 30-14
Fig. 30-16
HIGH SPEED SHIELD/LINE DRIVER

DIRECT DC DRIVE
INTERFACE OF A TRIAC
V+
OUTPUT
IUNTEAMtNATEO)
+svcr-.----------.
120fi
INPUT
1
1/2 HCCIHCF40107:8
'sscr------------------~--~,-_,~,~,,~-c"
V-
Fig. !10-15
266
Fig. 30-17
31
Fiber Optic Circuits
Fiber-Optics Half Duplex Information Link
Fiber-Optic Receiver, Very High Sensitivity, Low Speed, 3 nW
Fiber-Optic Link
Fiber-Optic Link Repeater

Fiber-Optic Receiver, High Sensitivity, 30
nW
Fiber-Optic Receiver, Low Sensitivity, 300 nW
267
FIBEROPTICS HALF DUPLEX INFORMATION LINK

TRANSMIT SWITCH
_ 220
H11F1 J;V
I -\
47 K
'
~F
'I
5V
::
- 47
"'
D39C~
-' '
6-
1BK
4.7K
1K
10 K
v v
:I-
~ES5374
D38S~
""" 2~~~ >
1 ~F
5V
v
,. - - - 11
TRANS MITIED
10"" V;n ~ 1000mvf -dc"H11F1
SIGNAL INPUT \. ____
AGC
+ 5V
GES53~ 27~
2.4M
1K
1.2M
5v
22
TRANSMITTER
PORTION
"=
+5 v
= ~ --
-"-... H11F1
100
>
4.7 K
330 I
>
'
' ~ '
' ''
unJ>
--
AGC
I
i --f:::--.-. 1M
jA1 -._
H11F1
1Y
;:voo
'
Ht1F1
II
''
' '
'
''
i+SV
>
10K ~
'
--
36K
==
F oo5
~
>
~ 10 K
sv
~8L1
>4.7
200 >'K
4 7K >
DZSOO
A1. A2 ~ CA3031
WITH SUPPLY BYPASS
AND STABILIZATION
CAPACITORS AS REQUIRED
Fig. 31-l
268
r:
1~~~ ~10 K
27K
==
fl 1 Kv
d\ -
20~~
150~
5V
330K
GFOE
1A1
EM IllER
DElE CTOR
------
>.r
'
12
/
--- --- -------"=
RECEIVE
SWITCH _ - - - ,. """
240 K
Qvox
\ CONTROL LOGIC
I
35 ~
=r: sv
'\
15 K \
4.7 K_y' GES

r-...,.ss2s
~ES5828
2.2 K
-......
(2)
RECEIVER PORTION
...
RECEIVED
Sl GNAL
0 UTPUT
FIBER-OPTIC RECEIVER, VERY HIGH SENSITIVITY, LOW SPEED, 3nW
UQ
+----...,-...----t-------.---<>
. -----.,
h
r-------
'lcc=5V
~D.DI-,.F
'
1
I
I
I
'I
I
O.Dtl'f'
,. ,...
""
Fig. 31-2
FIBER-OPTIC LINK
+15V
1.24k
1k
0.1,..F
VoUT
Fig. 31-3
0.1,.,.
+-! f-f-'1-- H5V

-15
"="
""'
":" 'lrW
-15V
Circuit Notes
Fiber Optic applications require analog

drivers and receivers operating in the
megahertz region. This complete analog
transmission system is suitable for optical
communication applications up to 3.5 MHz.
The transmitter LED is normally biased at 50
rnA operating current. The input is capacitively
coupled and ranges from 0 to 5 V, modulating

the LED current from 0 to 100 rnA. The receiver circuit is configured as a transimpedance amplifier. The photodiode with 0.5 amp
per watt responsivity generates a 50 mV signal
at the receiver output for 1 !L W of light input.
269
FIBER-OPTIC LINK REPEATER

2.2t!
,----
~~------------------.---------~r-------~----------------~-----7+5
---,
I
~
I
LH0012
"
~-
......
0.01~
50
1k
Fig. 31-4
FIBER-OPTIC RECEIVER, HIGH SENSITIVITY, 30nW
0.01J.tf
~+
-2.20
*0"'""
3.3,.F
i'-...
'4'
O.IH,F:
'"".!!!l"". ~
1kQ
1kQ
r-
tOOkQ
t>-
OPTICAL..,-
1 vee=
I -: -. .
~""(8
300kQ
'r
1MQ
1kQ
VREF _
1)
FOR1001
i
Fig. 31-5
270
-~ASE
.....
OUT
FffiER,OPTIC RECEIVER, LOW SENSITIVITY, 2
~W
0.01 ,.F
~-~
2.211
~
vcc+5V
.::.!= 0.01 ,.F
3.3,.F
.14\.
!'....
OPTICiL'V'
INPIJT'V' A
o.o1F:
~!~
~;~~
100 kll
--
-::....
1kll
1MII
VREF
'3\ "'\
-:t;:-
FOR1000
"
]n-
--
DATA
OUT
j
f
J;se
Fig. 31-6
271
32
Field Strength Meters

The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sourcessection.
Low Cost Microwave Field Strength Meter
Sensitive Field-Strength Meter
Adjustable Sensitivity Field-Strength
Indicator
Field Strength Meter -1.5 to 150 MHz

Simple .Field Strength Meter
Untuned Field Strength Meter
Tuned Field Strength Meter
VOM Field Strength Meter
272
LOW COST MICROWAVE FIELD STRENGTH METER

IMU
tOoKn
-Range switch
tOKn
tKn
+14V
I1', ... , ___ _
I
I
JLA 741C
1 (IN238)
sensitivity
-,
1 Crystal
: detector
Increasing
... - - - -
1,../
-..J
~o-!.
4
IOK.tl
+------J
Meter
zero
-14V
Fig. 32-1
Circuit Notes
When operating, a waveguide directs

energy onto a crystal detector. The diode
shown isfor X-band operation. The waveguide
is a 1'0.1 inch piece of plastic tubing with the
ends flared. The plastic is coated with an electroless copper solution to provide a conducting
;;urface. The dimensions are not critical. For
calibrated readings, the meter is placed in a

known field or else compared to a calibrated
meter. To operate the meter, point it away
from the signal. Switch the meter to the desired range, and adjust the zero control for a 0
reading. Then point the waveguide at the signal, and read field strength directly.
273
SENSITIVE FIELD-STRENGTH METER
D
R
Fig. 32-2
RFC
sw
_L
- B
Circuit Notes
Increased sensitivity gives field strength
reading from low power transmitters. Operating range 3-30 MHz. To operate, adjust R for '13
to Y, scale reading. RFC = 2.5 mH choke, C =
1,000 pF, R 50 K pot, M 0- 1 rnA, D =

1N34 or !N60 (Germanium), Q = NPN
(RCASK3020, 2N3904 or equivalent).
ADJUST ABLESENSITIVITY FIELD-STRENGTH INDICATOR
Antenn.t
3K
LED
4711
NPN
1N34
1N34
.01
3K
lllf
Circuit Notes
lOOK
The LED lights if the rf field is higher

than the pre-set field strength level. Diodes
should be germanium. Transistors (NPN) =
2N2222, 2N3393, 2N3904 or equivalent.
+4Y,-6v.
lOOK
L--<SENSITIVITV ADIUST
LINEAR TAPER
Fig. 32-3
274
FIELD STRENGTH METER - 1.5 to J!iO MHz
D
Fig. 32-4
C1
C2
Circuit Notes
The tuning range is determined by coil (L)

dimensions and setting of Cl. Coils can be
plugged in for multirange use or soldered in
place if only limited frequency range is oi inter-
est. Cl
= 36 pF variable, C2 = .0047 disc, D =
'1N60 (germanium) and M = 0-1 rnA meter.
For increased sensitivity, use 50 p.A meter.
SIMPLE FIELD STRENGTH METER
ANTENNA
10- 30 in.
Circuit Notes
The circuit is frequency selective. It has

been usedcfrom 2 meters through 160 meters.
The telescoping antenna may be adjusted to its
shortest length when working at 2 meters to
keep the needle on the scale. Meter should be a
100 microamp to a 500 microamp movement.
The diodes are germanium type, such as lN34,
etc. Silicon diodes will also work, but they are a
cbit less sensitive.
+
.Fig. 32-5
275
UNTUNED FIELD STRENGTH METER

ANT
I-------------------,
25
I
mi-l
I
I
RFC
o~
I
I
L _________
Circuit Notes
Sensitivity is controlled by Rl and sensitivity of Meter Ml.
I
I
----j
Fig. 32-6
TUNED FJELD STRENGTH METER
ANT
Circuit Notes
Resonant combination of Ll and Cl are

selected to cover frequencies desired.
Fig. 32-7
VOM FIELD STRENGTH METER
SHORT
WHIP
4 - - -.....1---...---..
RFC
REO+
TO
VOM
r4--------~---.BLACK(OHMITE 250)
250pF
Fig. 32-8
276
33
Filters
The
Five-Pole Active Filter
Digitally Tuned Low Power Active Filter
10 kHz Sallen-Key Low-Pass Filter
Fourth Order High-Pass Butterworth Filter
Tunable Notch Filter to Suppress Hum
Three Amplifier Notch Filter (or Elliptical
Filter Building Block)
Selectable Bandwidth Notch Filter
4.5 MHz Notch Filter
High Q Notch Filter
Rejection Filter
Notch Filter Using the p,A 4136 as a Gyrator
1 kHz Bandpass Active Filter
Bandpass Active Filter with 60 dB Gain
Multiple Feedback Bandpass Filter
Biquad RC Active Bandpass Filter
400Hz Low-Pass Butterworth Active Filter
Variable Bandwidth Bandpass Active Filter
Low-Pass Filter
High Q Bandpass Filter
MFB Bandpass Filter for Multichannel
Tone Decoder
Sallen-Key Second Order Low-Pass Filter
Three Amplifier Active Filter
Bandpass State Variable Filter
Universal State VariableFilter

500 Hz Sallen-Key Bandpass Filter
Filter Networks
Equal Component Sallen-Key Low-Pass Filter
Biquad Filter
Second Order State Variable Fitter (1 kHz,
Q = 10)
Biquad Filter
Tunable Active Filter
Active RC Filter for Frequencies up to 150
kHz
Pole Active Low'Pass Filter (Butterworth
Maximally Flat Response)
Speech Filter (300 Hz .3 kHz Bandpass)
0.1 Hz to 10 Hz Bandpass Filter
High-Pass Active Filter
Second Order High-Pass Active Filter
High Pass Filter (High Frequency)
160 Hz Bandpass Filter
Multiple Feedback Bandpass Filter (1.0
kHz)
20 kHz Bandpass Active Filter
Rumble Filter Using LM:l87
Scratch Filter Using LM287
277
FIVE-POLE ACTIVE FILTER
12
61~1!
"'
lllloH
!Ole!!
!Okll
2.7~!1
INPUT
44lk!l
O.Ol~F
101<1!
31.731<!!
:Jil_tl<!l
4.42k!l
!Ok!l
"
!Okll
~
J.l611!l
!Ole!!
OUTPUT
The above realization of -a type 03 receive filter -is accomplished using eight OP.Q8's. As can be seen from the
...
-53.1<1B
'-----------"-----------'
!kHz
Fig. 33-1
278
IOkH
lkHtl
IOOicHt
response curve, the >30dB attenuation In the stop band requirement has been met. In addition, the noise performance
of <OdBRn has been measured.-One of the-unique features
of the -op.QS is Its low supply current of 600pA maximum.
Thus the total supply drain for all eight op amps is only
4.8mA .
DIGITALLY TUNED LOW POWER ACTIVE FILTER

lOOk!!
10.000pF
HI PASS
8ANOPASS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
LO PASS
OUTPUT
68k!!
Fig. 33-2
Circuit
Constant gain, constant Q, variable frequency filter which provides simultaneous
low-pass, bandpass, and high-pass outputs.
With the component values shown, center fre-
Notes
quency will be 235 Hz and 23.5 Hz for high and

low logic inputs respectively, Q = 100, and
gain= 100.
, = center frequency = -
21rRC
10kHz SALLEN-KEY WW-PASS FILTER
Fig. 33-3
279
~~------------------------
FOURTH ORDER HIGH-PASS BUTTERWORTH FILTER

AI
20Dk
,...
AI'
>-""'4-0vour
,...
Rl
Rl'
200l
}-==
1
Corner frequency (fc) -=
Passband gain (Hoi= (1 + R4/R3)(1 + R4'/R3'1

First stage a = 1.31
Second stage a = 0.541
Circuit shown uses closest 5% tolerance resistor values for a filter with a corner frequency of 1 kHz
and a passband gain of 10
:-::>r
21f
2"
R1R2C2
Fig. 33-4
TUNABLE NOTCH FILTER TO SUPPRESS HUM
820kfl
75kn
B8n
Fig. 33-5
OUTPUT
(SIGNAL
WITHOUT HUM}
INPUT
(SIGNAL
2.2 kn
PLUS HUMI
C = 0.047 /J.F 11)%
Circuit Notes
This narrow-stop-band filter can be tuned

by the pot to place the notch at any frequency
from 45 to 90Hz. It attenuates power-line hum
280
or other unwanted signals by atleast 30 dB.

Because the circuit uses wide-tolerance parts,
it is inexpensive to build.
THREE-AMPLIFIER NOTCH FILTER

(OR ELLIPTIC FILTER BUILDING BLOCK)
....
..
Circuit Synthwil Equ8tlonl

0.159
0.159 x f 0
AxC"' - - ;AoOoxA;RIN'" .
fo
C xf 2 notch
R
Ho(BRI
If << fnotch " -RJN
Ho(BRI
-
For nothing but notch output: RtN A, C' C.
I1 >> fnotch .
c
Fig. 33-6
SELECTABLE BANDWIDTH NOTCH FILTER

1011Hl
V;
'""
k(V 0 f
-2 V; + l kV 0
R~
Fig. 33-7
c:
Se-
\
\
\
\
~ )01c
P,
'--o
O.;;ko;;l
-uNITY GAIN
AMPLIFIER
-7
'f
'
~R
Circuit Notes
This notch filter, which operates at up to

200kHz, uses a modified Wien bridge to select
bandwidth over which frequencies are re-
jected. RC components determine filter's

center frequency, Pl selects notch bandwidth.
Notch depth is fixed at about 60 dB.
281
4.5 MHz NOTCH FILTER
Fig. 33-8
Circuit
Component value sensitivity is extremely
critical, as are temperature coefficients and
matching ofthe components. Best performance
is attained when perfectly matched camponents are used and when the gain of the
Notes
amplifier is unity. To illustrate, the quality lactor Q is very high as amplifier gain approaches
1 with all components matched (in fact,
theoretically it approaches"') but decreases to
about 12.5 with the amplifier gain at 0.98.
HIGH Q NOTCH FILTER
e
.,
10MEG
II MEG
ii
..
C3
"'
A3
!iMEG
:.
filfiCf
"'
IK
R1 R2 2 Rl
Cl
nt,F
cz
C1 .. tz~
FREQUENCY IHzl
' Response of High and Low
Z11 ,f
Q Notch Filter
Fig. 33-9
Circuit Notes
A shows a twin-T network connected to an

LM102 to form a high Q, 60Hz notch filter. The
junction of R3 and C3, which is normally connected to ground, is bootstrapped to the output
of the follower. Because the output of the follower is a very low impedance, neither the
282
depth nor the frequency of the notch change;

however, the Q is raised in proportion to the
amount of signal fed back to R3 and C3. B
shows the response of a normal twin-T and the
response with the follower added.
REJECTION FILTER
+5 TO >18V
6
R2
Rl
-5 TO -18V
OUTPUT
INPUT
C2
Fig. 33-10
Circuit Notes
This narrowband filter using the 741 operational amplifier can provide up to 60 dB of
rejection. With resistors equal to 100 K and
capacitors equal to 320 pF, the circuit will reject 50 Hz. Frequencies within the range 1 Hz
to 10kHz may be rejected by selecting compo-
nents in accordance with the formula:

1
F = 21rRC
To obtain rejections better than 40 dB, resistors should be matched to 0.1% and capacitors
to 1%.
NOTCH FILTER USING THE ILA4136 AS A GYRATOR

R2
30 k
Notch Frequency aa a.Functlon of C1

INPUT
>--4--oUTPUT
TRIM R, SUCH THAT
R1
R3
r---------~
-~--
R2
2R4
'
....
!
ri
'
0.0001
7.5 k
R4
R4
-C2
0.001
0.01
e1 - CAPACITOR -
0.1
l'f
Fig. 3.3-11
283
I kHz BANDPASS ACTIVE FILTER
V+
0.01 pf
390k
V+
120 k
390 k
39 k
100 k
100 k
620k
V+
Fig. 33-12
BANDPASS ACTIVE FILTER WLTH60 dB GAIN
Active Filter Frequency Reaponae
"' ( oc)('
C4
..
R4
I
I
RS
6
"
.,
200 !!
eour
C2
"
R3
~-c.)(
R1
..
R3
. "'_, )
As
l:.l:,.toCJ
'
I~'"
2.~A.C.~
,,.}JC;iC.
I
II \
''I
..
T,
DC GAIN
Av,OC
~
!,
1,.
TO
NORMALIZED FAEQUEHCY
Pin numbers are shown

for metal package only.
284
Fig. 33-13
25'C
t,.
10
MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER

A
10 = center frequecncy
A
BW = Bandwidth
R in kU
C in ~F
fo
a= -aw <to
C1C2""3
+
VAEF
,o,.F
R1R21}
-R3 =
2_
1
90
Use scaling factors in these expressions
II source impedance is high or varies, filter may be preceded

with voltage follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters.
Design example:
given: 0 5, 10
1 kHz
Let R1 = A2 = IOkU
then R3 9(5)2 - 10
A3 = 215kU
5
C = 3 = 1.6 nF
Fig. 33-14
BIQUAD RC ACTIVE BANDPASS FILTER
'""'""
C1
330pf
"'
470k
Rl
lOOk
C2
330 pF
Rl
1000
~-------1~------------t-JV~--ov
10 1 kHr
Q. 5G
Av'" 100 140 dll
"'
1D0k
1Mr
Cl
Fig. 33-15
285
400Hz LOW-PASS BUTTERWORTH ACTIVE FILTER
,. '
20~
111200
620(}
INPUT-<1--tr-''-=w;:._l_____~"--------~----..::.;;:v:.:.---.,.-'OUTPUT
0.33uF
0.33/lf
,.
"
~-r-2
I
I
I/JA4136
~~,
, ~1-'-'_.__~/ ,. ~1-"'_._.,...,"-1'
~~
~~
--+- +-.-.-.-.,- --- -+----- --+- ~
I
I
-:-:F____ _j
---
1.&2 k
1.62 k
"
"
0.33pF
13.2
Fig. 33-16
VARIABLE BANDWIDTH BANDPASS ACTIVE FILTER
27K
3
;: [:;
01
27K
IN
,---1,
27K
TOI
IOK TO 22K
Fig. 33-17
IOK
POT
OUTPUT
33K
J,
r.?
n?
b6
68K
Circuit Notes
This circuit has adjustable bandwidth with values for a center frequency of about 800
Hz. The lO.K pot adjusts bandwidth from approximately 350Hz to 140Hz at 3 dB
down points.
286
LOW-PASS FILTER
IN
01. 02. 03. 04-HEP R0050

C1-100"F. sov elec1roly1ic
C2-2.21'F
R1-10k!l, 1/2W
Circuit Notes
This nonlinear, passive filter circuit rejects ripple (or unwanted butJairly steady
voltage) without appreciably affecting the rise
time of a.signal. The circuit works best when
the signal level is considerably lower than the
unwanted ripple, provided the ripple level is

fairly constant. The circuit has characteristics
similar to two peak-detecting sample-and-hold
circuits in tandem with a voltage averager.
HIGH Q BANDPASS FILTER
"
"'
0.101/'f
0.1!#
~ ....
..."
Bv adding positive feedback (R21
a increases to 40
fep"" 100 kHz
Vour lo.Jil
"
""
VtN
Clean layout recommar.ded
Response to a 1 Vp-p tone burst:
300,us
-15\'
Fig. 33-19
287
MFB BANDPASS FILTER FOR MULTICHANNEL TONE DECODER

+12
.047j.i
r-.-1
c,
--
....
ooo!l
.047~J
4.7k0
.,
47!1
c,
ca
I' I
500K
T.047JA.
~.04711.
....
-n
-n
517
[770HtJ
I
I
I
Ia
[ll:tHz]
.047.u
288
I'
0
-
Fig. 33-20
..7
(H7Hz)
I'
.04711.
38!1
I'" I
-=-
.041u.
I
I
I
I
I,
+IV
.....
'
"='
Ia
...L.
ni
f:;;;-:L
SALLEN-KEY SECOND ORDER LOW-PASS FILTER

c2
NOTES:
II
1\
IN
n.
R1
1. MakeR1=R2
R2
" v
2. fc =
OUT
2 R1jfiC2
3.
r--
nYc:
c,
Fig. 33-21
THREE AMPLIFIER ACTIVE FILTER
"
ZOKn
...
.,
"""
20Kn
00
"
.....
I
Ll~ ~~=!:::t--i'"":!'~~::t-'~ ...

it""'".
IIHf
20Kn
''"'
HIGH
,AIS
..
"""
,...
":'
lt:z-
r~~
:.42
.... ""
v++IIV
LOW
'"~3>-~
*:~-IIV
"::"
...
.,
Ho2t
a-<~
c1 C2
1'11 RaR 7
"
i'l,c, :r.t
11
11
J. i
20
0
~20
1-+-HcJ.I-Fftt-'\..>.,.t:-+HtlfH BAND-PASS
h--.;.
1-
I I
...
~40
'
1ll:rC:r 21 0
11
0
40
Po7.1111W
..
f-++f-H~f-'-""'H+Htti HIGH-PASS
~"'
~
J, ...,
~3H 0 -11o-Ho<<~
10 IK Mz
20
" '" 1-+-~'ffilt-\.-""'1-..<f---H++tfH LOW-PASS
~20
~40
"'
IK
1
IOK
FREQUENCY (Hzl
Bode plou af Active Filter Output
Fig. 33-22
Circuit Notes
The active filter is a state variable filter with bandpass, high-pass and low-pass
outputs. It is a classical analog computer method of implementing a filter using three
amplifiers and only two capacitors.
289
BANDPASS STATE VARIABLE FILTER

R2 10MU
"'
100kll
Fig. 33-23
f 0 =CENTER FREQUENCY= 1/2 rr Rc
0 0 "QUALITY FACTOR=
R2~~
Oo. IS ADJUSTABlE BY VARYING R2

to, IS ADJUSTABLE BY VARYING R OR C
H 0 =GAIN AT RESONANCE= Rz/R1
R3
R, "'1o'/f0
UNIVERSAL STATE VARIABLE FILTER

100k
,..
,..
0.001
flf
.0.001 uf
,
-15V
...
,...
...
10k
BANDPASS
OUTPiJT
HIGH PASS
OUTPUT
For circuit- shown:

f 0 = 3 kHz, fNQTCH
= 9.5 kHz
0=3.4
Passband gain:
Highpass - 0.1
:Bandpass - 1
Lowpass- 1
Notch- 10
Fig. 33-24
290
foX a~ 200 kHz

1OV-peak sinusoidal output swing without slew limiting to 200 kHz
See LM348 data sheet for design equations
,...
500Hz SALLEN-KEY BANDPASS FILTER

40
0.02~,.
I.
...
0
,.
.h
-o.m..F
lk
I'
VA
I
I
30
20
.....
10
11
"c
'!:I
II
.n '\
/v
'
if
ill
I
-10
"'
'I'
-20
-30
250
...
tli
"
2.5k
~I
S.Ok
FREQUENCY (kHzl
Fig. 33-25
FILTER NETWORKS
2o
v,
~}
'
'
v,
1.4 X 11)4
Vo (SJ
"
Z(s)
+ 2re
1.4 X 104
"
Zlsl
TYPE
+ 32
BASIC CONFIGURATION
...,.
'
Vo !s! TRANSFER
Vt Is) FUNCTION
1.4 X 104
'
LOW PASS
---
'
11---o
HIGH PASS
---
-
-V1 (sl
FILTER
Z NETWORK
'
~I--<>
'
'
[;
.'R/~J
1.4 X 104
BAND PASS
'
BAND REJECT
.4X.~G
[,+:/RCJ
. J
- - L - -s2 + AIL s + 1/LC
1.4X1~~ o2+1/LC
--R-_l s2 + 1/I;,.C + s/RC
NOTE
In the n1tworks above. the A value used is
assumed to include 2r or approximately 320.
Fig. 33-26
2~1
EQUAL COMPONENT SALLEN-KEY LOW-PASS FILTER
12-a) H ,k
"
0
~
"""'
1.8k
'in
, ..
.,
,.
11:
_,.
,_,
Q. 2.5
'I
K 1.87
Q . 0.71
-20
'
"'
-30
--<0
-60
,.
..
100
FREQUENCY (kHz)
Equal R, Equal ~c Sallen-Key Response
Fig. 33-27
BIQUADFILTER
,,
Circuit Notes
The biquad filter, while appearing very

to the state-variable filter, has a
bandwidth ~that is fixed ~regardless of center
frequency. This type of filter is useful in applications such as spectrum analyzers, which require a filter with a fixed bandwidth.
~imilar
'In
Ag
EACH
AMPLIFIER~
1/4 OP-09E
Fig. 33-28
292
SECOND ORDER STATE VARIABLE FILTER (1kHz, Q
= 10)
LO
PASS
L.--.,.11,/1/'---j----------4----c
r---- ----
BANO PASS
-----l
I
I
49.9K
49.9K
I
I
:
BAND
REJECT
NOTES:
49.9K
24.9K
1. MAKE R 1c 1 = RzCz
1
z.fc = znR1C1
I
I
3 O='h(1+~)
I ____ -=-- - -(OPTIONAl)

L
____ _J:
Fig. 33-29
BIQUAD FILTER
"
"
'
.., 2 ..-Ac
oo
Fl1 QFI
"'
A2-
To
v,.t
i Vee
A3"TNfii12
Cl,. 10C
'"'
f 0 1 kHl
1C
Tap .. 1
TN 1
c
Notch
Out~ut
A 110k0
0.00~
_,.F
IH1.6M0
WM
Ta" C.nt FrQ,..ney G1lr.
1'12t.eMn
T-N Pulbend Noteh G1ln
Al- 1.8 MO
Fig. 33-30
293
TUNABLE ACTIVE FILTER

lOOk
tOOK
0 001
10
LO-PASS
OUT
14 0_1
NOTCH
r-oour
U4
lOOk
Fig. 33-31
11
-circuit Notes
The high-pass and low-pass outputs covering the range of 300Hz to 3000Hz have been
summed in the fourth op amp to provide a notch
output. The potentiometers must have a reverse log taper. Fixed-frequency active filter
center .frequency is 1 kHz, with a Q of 50.
ACTIVE RC FILTER FOR FREQUENCIES UP TO 150kHz
,,
'
'
,,
'
r --------
1
I
I
I
I
~11
I
I,
I
I
'
I
I
TAAIIO
L---------------~g--------------~
A= 10kO
Thi& frequency ~nge can be eJCtended to 200kHz ita feed forward capacitor is connected
betwftn pin ~ and B
Frequency
v.
Supply voltage
Filter performance
aiTAz:25"C
a
a
v,
v,
..,.
SIN
"'
at T,.,
2;'Rc'
40 to 55
35 to 55
=..ao to +65"C
Input volt.ge
Output volt.ge
Di&tortlon at Vo "' 350mV
SIN ratio at Vo
lnputreei!ltor
=400mV
NOTE
Value otlnput ,..,lltor to Dt determined lor~ .._ 0.90 to 1.1.
v,
294
Fig. 33-32
""'
""''
50
mv
mv
"'
kO
POLE ACTIVE LOW-PASS FILTER

(BUTTERWORTH MAXIMALLY FLAT RESPONSE)
RESPONSE OF 3-POLE ACTIVE

BUTTERWORTH
MAXIMALLY FLAT FILTER
JOK
100pf
!OK
!OK
1'22
10k
: :.056
lKH1
0032
t'-.
I
-5
\..,...- 60118/DECADE
m
~
-10
"Reference-EON Dec. 15, 1970
\
\
z -15
Simplify 3-Poie Active Filter Design

A. Paul Brokow
:::>
w
>-
-
>-
-20
I\
-25
\,.
,.
300
100
FREQUENCY -
Fig. 33-33
10K
Hz
SPEECH FILTER (300Hz .3 kHz BANDPA-SS)
"
,,
IIJNo-j
&IIOpF
2M
"
MOpf
,,.. ,,,...
'"
,,
y'o\pF
""
c,
''"
>; ,_, ""
I .r~
-=
i.\1
lltM311
"'
}-;t'I
~
-=
'"
,,..
!oiiOpfi
'"'
'II
150pf
'
'"~ -~ ~II
. . I x:v
.
002
47k
*~l
y, lMlU
'
-~
OUT
A -1
_,.
-20
_,.
TIIQ - 0.07%
,. ... tim
,..
~ 1r::~~
10
lOG
FREQlJENCYlHzl
Fig. 33-34
Speech F-iltar-frequency Response
295
0.1 Hz TO 10Hz BANDPASS FILTER
Fig. 33-35
HIGH-PASS FILTER
(HIGH FREQUENCY)
HIGH-PASS ACTIVE FILTER
"
111111.
C1
C2
>---,---o vour
v,. o------11-;---11-----1~--l
,,
IIIIPUT
Cl"
C1
002~F
OOI~f
,,
~: 1-+-i 1---.-'IM...i-1
"
no~
"' 0 "- (
"Vtl"t<tl~~t!OOII>ul~fl
"'""'''",.o~.,_n
U1t
..,..._,.,,
lar .. MI-IIOIII!olo~oty
R1R~1C2) 1!.
IF Ct "C2 C.
Q"
THE~
(R17R2)"1
'
"''" ,,' "
'
220
Fig. 33-36
''
2.0SK
"f.02K
a
0.71
Fig. 33-38
SECOND ORDER
HIGH-PASS ACTIVE FILTER
160Hz BANDPASS FILTER

tOOK
lOOK
OZ"f"
"
'"
.,,.,
tl
271(
R2
"'
1
Fig. 33-3 7
296
VALUESAREFORUIIIHECUTOPP.U$1
METALIZED ~t.YCAIIIIONATE CAPACITORS
POIII GOOD TEMI'ERATUR STABILITY.
_. ~J>A 741
OP-AMP
Fig. 33-39
RUMBLE FILTER USING LM387
,,
MULTIPLE FEEDBACK
BANDPASS FILTER (1.0 kHz)
~oou
Az
'"
,,
+15
C1
C3
v,o-iH'"'if-+-...--:f
II.Dt33 0.1013
OUTPUT
tor 11.0 kHzli!qr

witiiQIO
tndA!folt
AJ 160 k
Rz820
Rs300k
>;---.._0 vour
:1o
:1Dit
I; 50Hr
-15V
SLOPE
c. 0.01 jiF
-1Zd8/0tTAYE
Ao " -1
THO.;;: 0:1%
Fig. 33-40
Fig. 33-42
20kHz BANDPASS ACTIVE FILTER

SCRATCH FILTER USING LM387
,,
8 Opf
.,
ZOOk
v,.
820pf
-::-
'"
,,
'"
1'24V
,, "
""
,, ...
"'
"
VtN~
0.1
,,
...
VQUT
,,
.l
511'f!
-::-
,,
-::-
>;--<~vour
,"..
SlOPE
-=-
"':"
..... _,
-lUI/OCTAVE
A 0 -1
10 ZOkH1
Q
10
THO- .. 0.1%
Fig. 33-41
Fig. 33-43
297
34
Flashers and Blinkers

The
Auto, Boat, or Barricade Flasher
Flip-Flop Flasher
Flashlight Finder
Low Frequency Lamp Flasher/Relay Driver
Low Cost -Ring Counter
Ring Counter for Incandescent Lamps
Dual LED CMOS Flasher
Automatic Safety Flasher
Neon Blinker
Transistorized Flasher
Flasher/Light Control
Neon Tube Flasher
De Flasher with Adjustable On and Off Time
298
Low Voltage Flasher

1 A Lamp Flasher
Fast Blinker
3 V Flasher
Incandescent Bulb Flasher
Flasher for 4 Parallel LEDs
LED Booster
Safe, High Voltage Flasher
Alternating Flasher
Variable Flasher
Emergency Lantern/Flasher
High Efficiency Parallel Circuit Flasher
Minimum Power Flasher
AUTO, BOAT, ORBARRICADE FLASHER
+ 12V
3.3K
R3
250K
GE
R2
2.2K
220
100
100
fLF/25V fLF/25V
l.
Ql
C2A
.1
C2B
SCR2
CIOSY TYPE I
{ON HEATSINK)
SCRI
CIOSY
Cl
4 JLF/15V T
C3
.01 fLF
Rl
10
NOTE:
ALL
Fig. 34-1
#1073
LAMP
IK
RESISTORS
1/2 WATT
Circuit Notes
Because of its al:iility to withstand the heavy inrush currents, this incandescent lamp
flasher uses the Cl06 SCR. With the components shown, the flashrate is adjustable by
potentiometer R3 within the range of 36 flashes per minute to 160 flashes per minute.
FLIP-FLOP FLASHER
-VE
LAMP
LAMP12V6W
A3
1k
A4
+12V
12V6W
LAMP
12V6W
1k
LAMP
A1
1.5k
-R2 12V 6W
+
CENTRE
CONTACT
NEGAT1VE aarth .,,.;oo
~:004
'
01(?'2:,.
POSITIVE earth version 02 ~"";)e
'
Fig. 34-2
Circuit Notes
The flashing action is provided by a simple astable multivibrator timed to give a

flashing rate of about 60 flashes for each lamp per minute. Circuit for positive earth
systems uses NPN transistors. The other uses PNP transistors.
299
FLASHLIGHT FINDER
200~
JV
0
"NGCONTACTf.
BULB ASSEMBLY
o~
SHORT J.8 FOR
LM3909
SINGLE CELL LIGHTS
CONTACT STRIP Pto.SSES

!INSULATED! THROUGH
CASE_ BOTTOM
'---''
Note: LM3909, Capacitor, and LED are Installed in a White Trans-
lucent Cap on the Flashlight's Back End. Only One Contact Strip
On Addition to the Case Connection) is NHded for Flasher Power.
-Drawing Current -Through the Bulb Simplifies Wiring and "Causes
Nlfligible Loss Since Bulb Resistance Cold is Typically Lass than 2 U
TRANSLUCENT
~----------~~~~
1-----=lill[]=---.l-"1~z_
' '-.
Fig. 34-3
Note: Winking LED Inside, Locates Light in Total DarkMA
LOW FREQUENCY LAMP FLASHER/RELAY DRIVER
,..
...
,..
lOY
,.
,..
-,...
o) Split Supplies
...
1
1--0.38 RC
,..
f - - - 1.4 RC
b) Single Supply
Fig. 34-4
Circuit Notes
This circuit is a low frequency warning device. The output of the oscillator is a
square wave that is used to drive lamps or small relays. The circuit alternately flashes
two incandescent lamps.
300
LOW COST RING COUNTER

r----------1-------1-------1----~+E
Fig. 34-5
2N3415
Circuit Notes
This ring counter makes an efficient, low cost circuit featuring automatic resetting
via the first stage 3N84. As many stages ~as desired may be cascaded.
RING COUNTER FOR INCANDESCENT LAMPS

r----,------------------------~-----------+7
3.3k
22k
2N5354
22k
22k
~390
330
IOk
"CLEAR
AND SET
SUS -2N4990
SUS-2N4986
Fig. 34-6
301
DUAL LED CMOS FLASHER

Circuit Notes
Inverters ICl-a and ICl-b form a multivibrator and ICl-c is a buffer. Inverter !Cl-d is
connected so that its output is opposite that of
ICl-c; when pin 6 is high, then pin 8 is low and
vice versa. Because pins 6 and 8 are constantly
changing state, first one LED and then the
other is on since they are connected in reverse.
The light seems to jump back and forth between the LED's. The 470-ohrn resistor limits
LED current. Depending upon the supply val- .
tage used, the value of the resistor may have to
be changed to obtain maximum light output. To
change the switching rate, change the value of
the capacitor.
tO MEG
411&9
OR
74C04
470n
Fig. 34-7
AUTOMATIC SAFETY FLASHER

Cl
022N404
01 2N366
30mfd
COlLECTOR
OlLECTOR
BASE
R2
BASE
L1
470(1
PC 1
Fig. 34-8
R1~ 53K
L1 = No. 47 type 6.3-vott bulb

01 = 2N366
02
= 2N464
SW1
Bt
___/~tl+
m-
6.VOLTS
Circuit Notes
comes up. The photocell must be mounted on
This flasher only comes on at night. It
top of the uriit in such a way as to detect the
furnishes a bright nighttime illumination, and
greatest amount of available light.
shuts itself off automatically as soon as the sun
302
NEON BLINKER
OJ
COLLECTOR
BASE
R1
21<
C1
Fig. 34-9
EMITTER
10mfd
+II 6VOLTS
R2330K
Circuit Notes
The universal output transformer andthe transistor form a low-frequency oscillator. The rate of flashing ohhe neon bulb is determined by potentiometer Rl.
TRANSISTORIZED.FLASHER
01
2N2904
Circuit Notes
Ll
6V
2W
R1
2.2k
This simple circuit will flash a 6 volt lamp

at a rate determined by the size of capacitor Cl.
It is most economical on power as it only draws
current when the lamp is on. When the lamp is
off, both transistors are biased off.
R3
100!!
02
2N1613
Fig. 34-10
303
FLASHER/LIGHT CONTROL
Parts List
Rl
100 K
C 1 - 2V-mfd, 6-uolt
electrolytic_ capacitor
11- 6-uolt, GE No. 1850
lamp and socket
Ql- GE-XB transistor
Q2- GE-X9 transistor
Rl- lOOK-ohm, 2-watt
1.2 K
Q2
GE-X9
R2
5.6 K
6V
potentiometer
R3
R2, R3- 5. 6K-ohm, 1/2-watt

resistor
R4- 1.2K-ohm, 1/2-watt
5.6 K
~sistor
Battery - 6-uolt dry pack
Fig. 34-ll
Circuit Notes
The circuit is a two-stage, direct-coupled transistor amplifier connected as a

free-running multivibrator. Both the flash duration and flash interval can be changed by
turning the potentiometer, Rl.
NEON TUBE FLASHER
R2
10to lOll<.
!See telCt)
01 .__,;;.
IN4001
8'1'126
Fig. 34-12
Rl
330il
+ Cl
'""'
03
BC108
Circuit
The voltage required to ignite the neon
tube is obtained by using an ordinary filament
transformer (240-6.3 V) in reverse. Battery
drain is quite low, around 1 to 2 milliamps for a
nine volt battery. The pulses from Q1, unijunction transistor, operated as a relaxation
oscillator and are applied to Q2 which in tum
304
.,
G'
2N2646
Notes
drives Q3 into saturation. The sharp rise in

current through the 6.3 V winding of the transformer as Q3 goes into saturation induces a
high voltage in the secondary winding causing
the neon to flash. The diode Dl protects the
transistor from high voltage spikes .generated
when switching currents in the-transformer.
DC FLASHER WITH ADJUSTABLE ON AND OFF TIME
r
I
I
"
"J'' r----' '
15o~
"ofF" ~
LOAD
"
50
s6K
i";'ON"
,.,
GE A14F
,.I
GE AI4F
OT230F
6 TO
~( ~
12V
2N6027
~~~;:
"
,.
*IO"F,151J
~ D:"~
01
Cl0602
"
~ ~:""'
GE
GE
100
"
*
Fig. 34-13
?;'
"
"
CI06Q2
GE
A14F
NON POLARIZED
ALL RESISTORS - 1/2 WATT
FLASH RATE AND DWELL TIME ADJUSTED BY R1 AND R2
Circuit Notes
This circuit utilizes a power flip-flop and programmable unijunction (PUT) to obtain
adjustable on and off times.
LOW VOLTAGE FLASHER
r "Om~@
I
. ~v
DC
.I
@3.2V
6.8:<
47K
2200
'
sc~G
CI06Q
R.,
IK
cl * scl(
"'
6~
25~F
CI3Y
.,
Fig. 34-14
OK
IOO,..F
L.AMP OFF .5- .6 SEC

LAMP ON ~ 100 mSEC
-NON POLARIZED
Circuit
Applying voltage to the circuit triggers
SCRl. With SCRl on, the voltage on the anode
of SCR2 rises until SCR2 triggers to commutate SCRl. The voltage on thegate of SCRl
will swing negative at this time, and only after a
Notes
positive potential of = 0.5 volt is once again

attained, will SCRl retriggeL The circuit could
be used for higher voltage levels, but the peak
negative voltage on the gate orSCRl must be
limited to less than 6 volts.
305
l A LAMP FLASHER
3 V FLASHER
--.--------------------,
12V
~R4
10k
Rt
02
LMIIS
510k
RZ
150k
RS
_1_
LM3909
tOOk
01
-=-Jv
2NZZ22
+ C1
RJ
111413
tQ.,F
BUtl
47k
+
300~F
3V
Note: Nominal Flash Rate:

1 Hz. Average loRAIN= 0.77 mA
Fig. 34-15
Fig. 34-17
FAST BLINKER
INCANDESCENT BULB FLASHER
6V
6
8
LM3909
...1!.. 1.5 v
3
LM3909
.__.......J
4
2
=47
400,~.~F
JOOp.F
1K

2.6 Hz. Average loRAIN= 1.2
Fig. 34-16
306
Note: Flash Rate: 1.5 Hz
Fig. 34-18
FLASHER FOR 4 PARALLEL LEDs
SAFE, HIGH VOLTAGE FLASHER
39
"tO\
39
43K
1W
'CI
85-200
"10\
'CI
39
'CiiA\
39
10\
'" ?..,_
,,
r- 8
:!-1.5-V
r;-
'CI
200
Is
17
;F!~~F
LMJ909
'
LM3909
I'
L_j
I'
I'
. l'
7VOLTLIM1T
,,oo ~F
760
I'
JV
Fig.
Fig. 34-19
3~21

1.3 Hz. Average lORAIN"' 2 mA
LED BOOSTER
ALTERNATING FLASHER
"
.0: ~if
8
'Q ~
17
+10-15
VDC
300
""-ta\
, '"' l
510
6V
LM3909
60 )Jf;;
I'
- .;.,_sv
I
100
L
L1'- t'CI
4.3K
I'
'=
_tL;;:.,"-
j7
'
400,.F
"
ov
Note: High efficiency, 4 mA drain
Note: Continuous Appearing- Light Obtained By
Supplying Short, High Current, Pulses (2 kHz)

to LEOs With Higher Than Battery Voltage
Available.
Fig. 3420
Fig.
3~22
307
HIGH EFFICIENCY
PARALLEL CIRCUIT FLASHER
~/8-.
"
\!Y
VARIABLE FLASHER
~tO:;\
39
\!Y
~~
c~~
,---
I'
~~v
'
LM3909
I
!'
350 1~f
"
\!:9
"
I'
'"
E,::sK
I
I
II
~tO:;\
:j<'"?
3;- I
+
'
l'
Is
I'
'
LM3909
'
"
"
"
Note: flash Rate: 0-20 H-z
5000 ~F
JV
"'
.1'
'"
Fig. 34-23
Note: Nominal- Flash Rate:
1.5 Hz. Average loRAIN= 1.5 mA
Fig. 34-25
EMERGENCY LANTERN/FLASHER
MINIMUM POWER FLASHER (1.5 V)
"
200p.F
'"
D
.G
Is
PR13
~,v
8
J,
HP 5082
--~
46\0>8~ ~~
r-8
I,
. 6
::::::: 6V
LM3909
I'
I,
I'
. ""~
LM3909
~'
t-KNSDUOl
75
FLASH
Note: Nominal Flash Rate: 1.5 Hz
Fig. 34-24
308
I'
- ~15V
!'
'
lOOp.F
Note: Nominal Flash Rate: 1.1 Hz. Average 'oRA~N

s 0.32 mA
Fig. 34-26
35
Frequency Measuring Circuits
The
Inexpensive ~Frequency Counter/
Tachometer
Audio
Linear Frequency Meter

Power-Line Frequency Meter
Frequ~ncy
Meter
309
INEXPENSIVE FREQUENCY COUNTER(f ACHOMETER
, _ _ _ _ _ __ j
!li..,PIT-O::DU>OU
..... -,~
"""-L__jr------,_...r---Fig. 351
Circuit
This circuit uses the low power ICM7555
(CMOS 555) to generate the gating, STORE
and RESET signals. To provide the gating signal, the timer is configured as an astable mul-
Notes
tivibrator. The system is calibrated by using a 5
M potentiometer for RA as a coarse control and
a 1 jk potentiometer for R. as a fine control.
CD40106B's are used as a monostable multivibrator and reset time delay.
LINEAR FREQUENCY METER (AUDIO SPECTRUM)
....r-u-li"j
.~,-r I
IL ____
_. ..JI
Fig. 35-2
Circuit Notes
The 555 is used in a monostable multivibrator circuit that puts out a fixed timewidth
pulse, which is triggered by the unknown input frequency.
310
POWER-LINE FREQUENCY METER

lOOK
022f'F
IN914
/1
r-~2~W~--~---~\,i~--~--~---.-------,
-l-' IN3829A
110 TO 240VAC
10 TO 100Hz
~~-
G 8V
......( IOOmA
IN914
rw
Fig. 35-3
5K
CAL
Circuit Notes
The meter will indicate the frequency

from a power generator. Incoming sine waves
are converted to square waves by the 100 K
resistor and the6.8 V zener. The square wave
is differentiated by the capacitor and the cur-
rent is averaged by the diodes. The average

current is almost exactly proportional to the
frequency~dcan be read directly on a lOOmA
meter. To calibrate, hook the circuit up to a 60
Hz poweraline and adjust the 5 K pot to read 60
rnA.
AUDIO FREQUENCY METR

+9 to 12 Vdc
c1
r-------~--------~--~~R~1~~-~:ro;h
R2
1K
AF
INPUT
~
IC1 '-..... 7
Fig. 35-4
R3
1K
6-;]
II
~~
r.
01
IN4148
c~
560pF
2
4
R4
IC2
[a
56K
555
C4
R5
r.-J.r a.2 ,.FJ
1
-~
1 meg 100K 10K

RANGE: 50 500 5000
R1:
(Hz)
c1: POLYSTYRENE OR SILVEAMICA
::!:
"'- 2001< 6
""
Circuit Notes
The meter uses time averaging to produce a direct current that is proportional to the
frequency of the input signal.
311
36
Frequency Multipliers
~figure
number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Broadband Frequency ~Doubler

Frequency Doubler
!50 to 300 MHz Doubler
312
Low'Frequency Doubler
Oscillator with Double Frequency
Output
BROADBAND FREQUENCY DOUBLER

+12
V~c
"
"
51
"
2(21
.._
3131
R,
7(1)
51
Jcl(
,~f--1
-"''
1(101
1Ul
'"
'"
Fig. 36-1
51
A.,._-111112 "''
1(12)
-Av._ giJI2wt
_LM1511B
4141 10114)
"'
8(1)
5(5)
"
Numbm on ''qnthnes 1how DIP
UK
-.,..
... ,..
.,..
Circuit Notes
amplifier. Levels to 50 mV peak may be used

with some distortion of the output waveform. If
a larger input signal is available, a resistive
divider may be used at the carrier input with
full signal applied to the signal input.
This circuit will double low-level signals

with low distortion. The value of C should be
chosen for low reactance at the operating frequency. Signal level at the carrier input must
be less than 25 m V peak to maintain operation
in the linear region of the switching differential
FREQUENCY DOUBLER
..
5.11<
CIIITPUT
Fig. 36-2
...
"'
L-----J===~=~~==~====~J
-fr~uon<yflntt:
ln~ut
- 50 kH! to-SO Ulr
Output - ID klb ID IGO kHl
313
150 TO 300 MHz DOUBLER
"
O.OOI"f.f:
-= Y2
0.001 "f
'='
"" ... ...

...
- -.
"
'"
18 nH
,,.,
'
1~0 MHI
INPUT
y3o.sa~H
<'>'-
'"Vdc
.:f18pF
.xo.OG1 "F'='
'"
Fig. 36-3
v'
"
300 MHt
OUTPUT
1,1-Hlpf Ill. flO!!
I :IE
MC1~!16G
MC1496G
,--,!
I-;<>
"" "
1-lOpF
'
6.8k
L1 1 TURN AWG
NO 18WIRE,7132''10
VEE _
-8 Vdc-
BALANCE
LOW-FREQUENCY DOUBLER
'"
. ~r
''12 VOc
,--
"
':::k
-~ 10V~c
"
,,
"
"
100"~
INPIJT -: I~ Vdc
15mVIO'I$I MAX 1
'"'
Fig. 36-4
l(l)"f
'
'
MCI09G
Mt1(96
, IQO"f
''"
''"
'"'
OUTPUT
'
'
15 Vdc
'"'
.~
'
'"
'
f
"'
BALANC~
-8
ll~c
68k
''l
OSCILLATOR WITH DOUBLE FREQUENCY OUTPUT

+
RL
II-
517
I
R1
10K
Fig. 36-5
314
c2 ~~c,
.nrw ...
~~
37
Frequency-toVoltage Converters
The
DC-10 kHz Frequency/Voltage Converter
Frequency-to-Voltage Converter
Zener Regulated Frequency-to-Voltage
Converter
Simple Frequency-to-Voltage Converter
F /V Conversion, TTL Input

Frequency-to-Voltage Converterwith2Pole Butterworth Filter to Reduce Ripple
Precision Frequency-to-Voltage Converter
315
DC-10 kHz FREQUENCY/VOLTAGE CONVERTER
I
I
----,
I
I
-sv~~'+v~'~'~'--------------------------------------~ ~~P---'-''Tou~T~s~-,
I
I
I
12 pF
I
I
CINT
I
I
5V
lOOOpF
-<~~~~oo~~~'tl0~,~~~'-----------------------1 +
1
2.2K
'BIAS
~-------
----
Vss
4 ---------------~
lOOK
"OPTIONAL IF BUFFER IS NEEDED
~-""'
-5Vo-~~--------------------~--------"
Fig. 37-l
Circuit Notes
The converter generates an output voltage which is linearly proportional to the input
frequency waveform. Each zero crossing at the
comparator's input causes a precise amount of
change to be dispensed into the op amp's summing junction. This charge in turn flows
316
through the feedback resistor generating voltage pulses at the output of the op amp.
Capacitor (CINT) across RmT averages these
pulses into a de voltage which is linearly propottional ~to the input frequency.
FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER
(DIGITAL FREQUENCY METER)
12
..
"
GAIN AOJ(JST"
+12V
RANGE
,,
I K
2kHz
20kHz
200kHz
2MHz
ZERO
ADJUST
20MHz
"C ... LIIRATE AT 1000 COUNTS
Fig. 37-2
Cy
.0821'1'
.00821'1'
820pF
82pF
8.2-pF
Circuit Notes
This circuit converts frequency to voltage

by taking the average ~de value of the pulses
from the 74121 monostable~multivibrator. The
one shot is triggered by the positive-going ac
signal at the input of the 529 comparator, The
amplifier acts as a de filter, and also provides
zeroing. The accuracy is 2% over a 5 decade

range. The input signal to the comparator
should be greater than 0.1 volt peak-to-peak,
and less than 12 volts peak-to-peak for proper
operation.
ZENER REGULATED FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE CONVERTER

Vee
Fig. 37-3
L---t+VouT
1110k
317
SIMPLE FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE
CONVERTER (10kHz FULL-SCALE,
0.006% NON-LINEARITY)
FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE
CONVERTER WITH 2-POLE
BUTTERWORTH FILTER TO
REDUCE RIPPLE
... T.
'
.fl ~
.~-~
Ulttl""
,,
!O.Ol~F
LM3.11
Jour
'
,........!
,, r~-
!..--:
~~ l~f
,,
vour
IDDtu
b-
'
0.707
2wRC
fpot.e - -
'
2.67
TRESPONSE '" 2wfPOLE
use stable components. with low temperature coefficients.
Fig. 37-4
I.IISpFr IOOl':'
'
"
Fig. 37-6
F/V CONVERSION, TTL INPUT
PRECISION FREQUENCY-TO-VOLTAGE
CONVERTER (10kHz FULIJSCALE
WITH 2-POLE FILTER, 0.01%
NON-LINEARITY MAXIMUM)
GAIN ADJUST
J.j """'
Hf}:
~~"~"
HS:~~~
OJUSTl
.. -t~-'='---'1
---
CI.Uhf
1511
.........
(
ADVFC32
."
..
YGIIT -liN UIV ii$ IR 1t1l
U.UCl ~ ~~,-:.:I
Use stable components witll low temperature coefficients.
Fig. 37-5
318
Fig. 37-7
38
Fuzz Circuits
The
Fuzz Box 1
Fuzz Box 2
Fuzz Box 3
Fuzz Box 4
Fuzz Box 5
Guitar Fuzz
319
FUZZ BOX I
2k1
r----------.--------------------------.-~~----~v
,.,.,.
10k
47k
4.7JJF
lM
0.1pf
lM
1M
4.
F
OUTPUT
ANY SILICON
DIODES-CAN BE
USED
ie. 1N4148,-1N914
0.1~JF
INTENSITY
___________________ _ J
L-------~~~-----------~~1M
~~r-----O
Fig. 3B-l
INPUT
Circuit Notes
The input signal is amplified by the transistors. The distorted output is then clipped by
the two diodes and the high frequency noise is
filtered from the circuit via the 500 pF
capacitor. The 1 M pot adjusts the intensity of

the fuzz from maximum to no fuzz (normal
playing).
1I
FUZZ BOX 2
r-:
81
~~~1-oc_,__ _ _ _ _,
R5
R4
R7
Cl
C2
>o.....,w.,..+--n::..,
8.1-1.5-V AA battery
C1, C3-0.l-uF, 50-VDC .capacitor
C2-4,7-uF, 10-VDC electrolytic
capacitor
Q1, Q2-pnp transistor-HEP,632
R1, RB-22,000-ohm, \>-watt
resistor
R2-18,000-ohm, !>-watt resistor
R3-l-megohm pot
R4-100,000-ohm, \>-watt resistor
R5, R7-10,000-ohm, \>-watt
resistor
Rl-50,000-ohm pot
51-Spst switch
Fig. 38-2
Circuit Notes
Potentiometer R3 sets the degree of fuzz, and R8 sets the output level. Since the
fuzz effect cannot be completely eliminated by R3, fuzz-free sound requires a bypass
switch from the input to output terminals.
320
I
..
FUZZ BOX 3
R3
390n
A4
8.2k
33k
O.D15
02
BC108
100k
RV2
250k
C2
25
0/P
~F
Fig. 38-3
Circuit Notes
Jeedback inserted into the circuit by C2, and

thus the amount of squaring of the signal. The
purpose of R3 and R4 is to lower the output
voltage to a suitable level, which is then adjusted as required with the volume control
VR2.
Ql and Q2 form a voltage amplifier which
has sufficient gain to be overdriven by ~rela

tively low input, such as an electric guitar. The
result is that the output from Q2 is a SquaredOff verson of the input, giving the required fuzz
sound. RVl adjusts the amount of negative
FUZZ BOX4
..v
- 22k
10k UN.
I
_m
2201<
INPUT
"'"'
4.7pF
,.
,A
fV
'..::!:;
"'
-4.7.uf
BC109,
ETC
4.7JJF
'"'
Fig. 38-4
FUZ ... lOkfl LIN
....
"'
"' "
100.uF
'"'
"f---o
Ul
OUTPUT
0/P~Ol.
50kf! LOG.
Circuit Notes
None of the components are particularly critical in value or quality, as distortion is
the sole object! The transistor could be BC107-8-9, 2N2926, etc.
321
FUZZ BOX 5
9V
if
I"'
01
C1 2N2222-
\'11'. &
.,
.. l"'b
'
''
1NPUTl
'"
OM'
SK 1
'
''
'I'
'
'
"',.,.
C3
58R
:1
...
"
~~"
RV2
1""
lEVEL
IC
02
'C
2N2222
:,..
RV1
1k
FUZZ/.
~~--,
'I
:sw1a
.-,,.
~1~
~fss t
''
''
fUZZ
:y
L-
'
''
~:01',.,
''
,..;.:_)
I
I
'
R3
'
,
'
'''
''
I'
'
'
SWITCHED O"''IJV SK1
'
OUT PI JT
TO
SK:!
:~
ov
COtHACTS~SE
TEXT)
Circuit Diagram
Fig. 38-5
Circuit Notes
Transistors Ql and Q2 amplify the incoming signal, and the gain is such that the
input will overload when used with an electric
guitar. RVl adjusts the amount of feedback
present, and hence voltage gain. The output is,

therefore, a squared version of the input signal.
The amount of squaring is varied by RVl.
GUITAR FUZZ
+9V
2k2
2k2
OUTPUT
2M7
~o--~~~~--+--r--
o.1JJF
3 +
I O.t.F
47k
2k2
Fig. 38-6
Circuit Notes
The 741 has a maximum gain of 20,000,

but the circuit is so designed that the IC's gain
is 2, 700,000 which then distorts the output.
This distortion gives the fuzz effect. The two
322
diodes clip the output to drop the level, also

lowered by the potential divider. This circuit
also sustains the notes, due to clipping, giving a
totally new sound.
39
Games
figure number contained in the hox of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Ready, Set, Go!
Electronic Dice
Game Roller or Chase Circuit
Toss-A-Coin Binary Box
Electronic Coin Tosser
Heads or Tails
Pot Shot
Low Cost Heads or Tails
Who Is First
Windicator
323
READY, SET, GO!
~
+oo----~~~-*--~------~~~-----r--~f.K~~--~~1*"'~~~S~OO~K~-o+
.01
LEDl
lOOK
lOOK
.01
JOK
-Spe.aker
Fig. 39-1
10K
05
PLAY
~LR
06
PLAY
Circuit Notes
This game tests a player's reaction time.

It is activated by closing switch Sl, which
starts the tone generator and arms the circuit.
The touchplate, labeled PLAY in the diagram,
consists of two metal strips about 1116th-inch
apart. The first player to bridge the gap with his
324
or her finger turns off the tone and lights the

associated LED indicator. A second
touchplate, labeled CLR in the diagram, clears
the circuit, extinguishing the LED, when its
gap is bridged by a fingertip.
ELECTRONIC DICE
..,,
p1n14
2
3
1"'
pin 14
I:
1C2
+6V
Ic2
11
,QitC1d
2.
390R
3 ) ICJ01\J
9
10
39.0R
gJ-ICJb 10
1,_,___.._._
,.\.,13 .!20R
12
ICJc
.~
470R
1'!,-
~~ IC1c )!---
"
:)1C3d
_e--
at
It' t '"
Pin 7
NOTE
LEDt-7 are TIL209 or equivOJient
ICT is7400
IC2 ,s 7493
IC3 it. 7402
01 !ill'fi-Purp.PNP lcmax > !!>OmA
P-B 1 is normally clOsed
1--
~3
~ ~l
"""'!
J90R
:::3 '
.,:. ' ~
1
2
.'
:::~ ~
-~
~,
--: ~
~~
LEOT-7
IC2
pin 7
ov
0 CD
000
CD 0
l:ED ARRANGEMENT
Fig. 39-2
Circuit Notes
Six LEDs are arranged to produce a disIC2 counts from zero and resets on seven.
playthesameasthedotsonadice. WhenPBiis
When PBI is released, the display is enabled
depressed, the display is blanked and the osand a decoding system (IC3) produces the corcillator (!Cl a, b, c) clocks IC2 at about lMHz.
rect output on the LEDs.
325
-------------------------------------
GAME ROLLER OR CHASE CIRCUIT
+5V
+5V
+5V
24
LED 1
4
R1
4.7K
12
7
6 PULSE
GEN
1~C1
-=- .068
23
ft'
3300
+5V
3
555
TIMER/
R2
10K
(1)
R3
14
7493
..;-2
(2) 22
&
+8
8 (4) 21
74154
4-LINE
TO
- 11 (8) 20 16 -LINE
DECODER
.,..
2 3 10
17
Fig. 39-3
Circuit Notes
The 555 timer produces a rapid series of

pulses whenever switch S1 is open. These
pulses are counted in groups of 16 and converted into binary form by the 7493 and applied
to the 74154 (a 1-of-16 decoder/demultiplexer)
wired so that each of its 16 output lines goes
326
low sequentially and in step with the binary

couot delivered by the 7493. When the switch
is closed, only one LED remains on. Only one
current limiting resistor (R3) is used for all the
LED's since only one is on at any one time.
TOSS-A-COIN BINARY BOX
.001
MFD.
1N4148
10K
+9V.
O--'\,V\~-<11
+9V.~
TOUCHPOINTS
LOOK
I'/
-woK
1N4148
~:~I
1234567
4081 QUAD AND
- ' - .01 MFO.
1=
9'9V.
14
13
12
11
10
p~~l
1234567
4011 QUAD NAND
-!--
Fig. 39-4
Circuit Notes
Circuit uses an astable multivibrator to

vary the heads-or-tails condition, and a flip-flop
to store the condition given by the multivibrator. Consequently, the circuit is wired so
that the flip-flop's state is changed once for

each full cycle the multivibrator goes through
to assure an absolutely even 50-50 chance of a
heads or tails loss.
327
ELECTRONIC COIN TOSSER

01-HEP A0052
C1-Q221-'F
'I
::r
01
"
"'
PB 1-Pushbut on.
La!aye\le 34 Pil2047V
150k!l
.I
R00 52
C2........047 F
AI, R2. R3-1 50kfl, IV.'
A4-1 5MII. 1w
PB1
I
j_
"'
15M!!
C1
'10.221-'F
R2
150k!l
Fig. 39-5
"'
150k!l
1.'
1\ C2
LP1
ME-22
0471-'F
LP2
NE-2
i
Circuit Notes
The circuit shown simulates the flipping of a coin by merely pushing switch PBl.
HEADS OR TAILS
r - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 r - - - - - - - < : v00!3-t8vl
P81
PUSH TO_
NOTE,
JC1 154077
LED1,2 ARE ANY LEO
''"
"
"'
"
,, '
LED2
Fig. 39-6
"
'"
L----JVV~----~--~-------oov
Circuit Notes
This ultra-simple heads or tails indicator

uses a single 4077 and no capacitor.
The circuit is normally in a latched bistable mode; when the switch is closed the circuit
328
will oscillate, i.e. toss the coin. The astable

frequency is approximately 5-10 MHz. PBl is a
normally closed switch.
POTSHOT
"
470R
AV1100k lin
"
"
voo
INHIBIT
Fig. 39-7
~--o IC2 PIN14
NOTE
tCl IS 4022
IC<' 154011
LE01~8 ARE Ttl209
t,---o9V
P81
C2 <=)_+
L-----------...J
,.
2u2
-RZ
Circuit Notes
This is a circuit for a game of the shooting
gallery variety. IC2a and b form an astable
multivibrator clocking IC 1 which causes LEDs
1-8 to flash in turn LED 5 is the target LED and
the object of the game is to depress PBljust as
LED 5 comes on. If this is done, the whole
display is blanked for a few seconds signifying a

hit. Otherwise, the LED which was lit remains
lit. When the push button is released, C2 discharges through "R2 taking 8 pin 13 low again
and the LEDs will start to flash again.
LOW COST "HEADS OR TAILS"

ICI- SN7400
1800
22K
HEADS OR TAILS-
1 I Cia
2 .~F
1800
IC lb
~Hf':Lt
Tll209
"
Fig. 39-8
circuit Notes
51 must be a push-to-make, release-to-break, switch.
329
WHO IS FIRST
.--------1
I
220K
115Vac~
etc.
0.47 p.F
Fig. 39-9
Circuit Notes
Here is a circuit for any question-andanswer party game. The first button pushed
ionizes the neon bulb dropping the de voltage
on the parallel neons (the other contestants)

below the ionization level: determining unequivocally the first person to press the button.
WINDICATOR
+&V
r-"8
>---08
lk ;
lk
.. '
lk
...
5
2 a,
a, 16
3 a,
"' 15
~N/0
PUSH
n'7
BUTTONS
'/
~eso
"'
a,
7 CLOCKS
... '"""
... .'/'
...
.,tO
.,.
~ nYJ
l:( R
'/
"
7475
1--08
~.;.
1- -
y,...
Fig. 39-10
1k
ro
RESET
PUSHBUTTON
Circuit Notes
Two TTL !Cs and a handful of other components are all that is needed for a circuinhat
will indicate which of four buttons was pressed
first, as well as lock out all other entries. A
330
logic 0 at one of the Q outputs. lights the appropriate LED and locks out other entries by
taking the clock input low.
40
Gas/Vapor Detectors
The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source.,ntry in the Sources section.
Gas and Smoke Detector
Ionization Chamber Smoke Detector
Ionization Chamber Smoke Detector
331
GAS AND SMOKE DETECTOR
o------...---
o--oi'l
1
I
I
I
I
120Vcc
1 .2 Voc
100 K
Fig. 40-1
I
I
16V
100~-'f
Circuit
This cir~cuit can detect smoke and a
number of gases (CO, C02, methane, coal gas
and others) with a 10 ppm sensitivity. It uses a
heated surface semiconductor sensor. Detec-
Notes
tion occurs when the ~gas concentration increase causes a decrease ofthe sensor element
internal resistance. The switch in series with
the SCR is used for resetting the alarm.
IONIZATION CHAMBER SMOKE DETECTOR

+12.1i
v
LOW-BATTERY CIRCUIT
"" ,.
""
03
1N5853A
8.2 v 5%
UM
H2.5V
+12.5
',,
C2
H2.5V
Fig. 40-2
MC14572
""
"
"'
""300 kM
"'
270 k
"""
""
220 k
0.1 ~F
C3
H: DELTA 12 VDC
16002933
0.11-'f
Circuit Notes
Battery-operated, ionization chamber

smoke detector includes a circuit to generate a
unique alarm when the battery reaches the end
of its useful life. The circuit uses the MCMOS
332
MC14572 for two alarm oscillators (smoke and
low battery). This circuit additionally uses five

discrete transistors as buffers and comparators.
IONIZATION CHAMBER SMOKE DETECTOR
LOW-BATTERY CIRCUIT
R11
680 k
l _1s
C3
R17
470 k
0.1
"F
01
R12
1.5 M
09
2N5087 +- C4
1N914
as
MPSA70
2.2 M
R16
R15 1M
1.2 M
2N5088
R14
2.7 M
0.1
C2
R19
25 J,IF
"F
0.331Jf
R18
470 k
R20
6.8 M
11<
.----~-f----1r--;----1>---.._-'IIV'Nv--,.------o +12.5 V
R7
100 k
R4
47k
IONIZATION
CHAMBER
03
.~, ~
MPS8598
"F
R3
270 k
RB
100 k
AS
01
500 k
MFE824
DELTA 12 VDC
16002933
C6
0.01
'\
\ 04
J MPSA14
THRESHOLD
R1
~
300 kM
2N5088
R2
270 k
COUNTER
I
/
R6
R9
100 k
150 k
Fig. 40-3
Circuit Notes
Ifthe smoke alarm signal must be a continuous one rather than pulsating, then the
slightly less expensive, all discrete transistor version of the MC14572 may be used.
333
41
Indicators
The
Ten-Step Voltage-Level Indicator
Beat Frequency Indicator
Three-Step 'Level Indicator
Indicator and Alann
Five-Step Voltage-Level Indicator

Visible Voltage Indicator
Voltage Level Detector
Zero Center Indicator for FM Receivers
Visual Zero-Beat Indicator
334
TEN-STEP VOLTAGE-LEVEL INDICATOR
Vee
V+
(31
AN ALOG
TL490C
NPUT
01
(81
02
(91
03
(101
R1t
,,,,
.
.~'
,_,.
.: .~
(111
05
(121
'h
.~
06
(141
07
(151
08
(161
09
(11
010
(21
7,
(41 ANALOG
INPUT
R2
100 kn
'oF
(61
l!
04
CASCADE
,,,,
'h
,:..
,:..
,:,..
....
.,....~'
(131
!,.
Fig. 41-1
Circuit Notes
This ten-step adjustable analog level de.tector is capable 1>f sinking up to 40 milliamperes at each output. The voltage range at the
input pin should range from 0 to 2 volts. Circuits of this type are useful as liquid-level indi-
cators, pressure indicators, and temperature

indicators: They may also be used with a set of
active filters to provide a visual indication of
harmonic content of audio signals.
335
BEAT FREQUENCY INDICATOR

+-sv
74193
74155
-COUNTER
DEC DOER
COUNT
"'
"
"
"
COUNT
DOWN
EXCLUSIVE OR
GATES: 7486
CLE.4!1
120n
'"
"'
"'
'"
~
~
Fig. 41-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses LEDs to display the beat
frequencyoftwo-tone oscillators. Only one
LED is on at a time, and the apparent rotation of
the dot is an exact indication of the best fre-
quency. When fl is greater than f2, a dot oflight

rotales clockwise; when fl is less than f2, the
dot rotates counterclockwise; and when fl
equals f2, there is no rotation.
THREE-STEP LEVEL INDICATOR
Fig. 41-3
Circuit Notes
This circuit makes a very compact level

indicator where a meter would be impractical
or not justified due to cost. Resistor values will
depend on type of LED used. For MV50 LEDs
the resistors are 2 K for steps of approx 2 V and
336
current drain with all three LEDs on of 5 rnA.

The chain can be extended but current drain
increases rapidly and the first LED carries all
the current drawn -from the supply.
INDICATOR AND ALARM

y+ 3V
,... -,~ ,~ ,... -... -... -r ,... -r

~
~
- '" - '"
M
LED
N0.10
LEO
110.1
"
11
15
11
14
LM3914
I'
- ov!.:v
Lo
12
13
11
10
,___
...
01
, , 01
2N290~
DOT-BAR*
SWITCH
..,
""
REf
OUT
AOJ
II
Circuit Notes
Full-Scale changes display from dot to bar.
120
"'
'"
p
"
"BRIGHTNESS"
MODE
19
...
2lk
;l:'
*The input to the Dot-Bar Switch may

be taken from cathodes of other LEOs.
Display will-change to bar as-soon as

the LED so selected begins to light,
Fig. 41-4
FIVE-STEP VOLTAGE-LEVEL INDICATOR
mA
+-ANALOG
INPUT
r
Tl488C
01
"''
"'
'"
"' "'
'"
"' "'
03
06
'"
,,
.,,!!"
t!
..
t R1 is chosen to-.urt-th.-1 thYo~.cn:~a R2it'thn 8 vofb. Norm..ly it will be .-.-to 1 wolt.
OND
Fig. 41-5
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides a visual indication of

the input analog voltage level. It has a high
input impedance at pin 8 and open-collector
outputs capable of sinking up to 40 milliamperes. It is suitable for driving a linear array of
5 LEDs to indicate the level is 5 steps. The

voltage at the analog input should be in the
range of zero to approximately one volt and
should never exceed eight volts.
337
VISIBLE VOLTAGE INDICATOR
VOLTAGE LEVEL DETECTOR
svoc
...
Fig. 41-6
100
....
Fig. 41-8
ZERO CENTER INDICATOR FOR FM RECEIVERS

I MEG
FROM DETECTOR
~----'10;;0:;:''--'>-----!'--..J
741
70
:>_.~~~'-~,._
BIPOLAR -LEO
Fig. 41-7
Circuit Notes
To adjust, tune in a station and adjust the rM pot for a null. Then ask the station to
modulate anMine adjust so modulation peaks don't light the LEDs. Stations are properly
tuned when neither LED is lit.
338
VISUAL ZERO-BEAT INDICATOR

50:
(YzW)
AUDIO IN
(1 3 v pkpk)
Circuit Notes
l'!ll1
( ~~ ( ~'l
LEOs: FAIRCHILD FLV-100 RED,

OR MONSANTO MV-5094 RED/RED.
OR MONSANTO MV-5491 RED/GREEN
Fig. 41-9
Light-emitting diodes connected with ~reverse polarity provide a visual indication of

zero-beat frequency. Each LED is on for only
half a cycle of the input. When the input irequency is more than 1 kilohertz away from the
zero-beat frequency, both LEDs appear to be
on all the time. As the input frequency comes
within about 20 hertz of zero beat, the LEDs
will flicker until zero beat is reached. Both
LEDs glow or flicker until zero beat is reached,
when they go out.
339
42
Infrared Circuits
IR Type Data Link
IR Remote Control Transmitter/Receiver
Compact IR Receiver
340
IR Transmitter
Remote Loudspeaker Via IR Link
Proximity Detector
IR TYPE DATA LINK
..."
r-
~~
t
LM181l
':'
~"*I
~.
'
_rlli~ll 1 ' y ""
I~
DRI\IIft
"
lOADS
_j'
"
XTAL
MIX OIIT
IF IN
T3
:~r
'
'
"'
lfll-
v~~.~s
-:!:-~
1'0(1~f
..r:;
'
T''
DIGITAl
OUTPUTS
,,
MIX IN
'
"'
"'
"'
ICDttECTOR)
(EMITTER I
ICOlLECTQRI
"'
IEMlTURI
"
"'
"
"
Il
LMI872
"
"
l.~l
T1
:~J
- '-"
TO.Ol
Rl
"'
"
'""
If OUT
"
"
J- ___...,~r-u....
T" ,
- -"
T"
...
lOOk
- PhotodiOOG-decoupllng
Cl
- Photodfode decoupUng
ANALOG
llUTPUa
80TTOM VIEW
vactec
0.7 C6
R5
r r
Photodlod, 01
t
R2 -Synctlmer;R2::: _ _ A20!:470k
- Preamp decoupUng
"'
'="
--Load decoupUng
R3
nNe
"'
Vacte~:;
UOT
UOT
Siemens
0.18
0.52
0.20
2.0
0.20
VTS 5068
VTS 6089
PIN 60 or 6 OP
PIN 220 OP
BPY 12
* Toko Am(Hica, Inc
C2 - VBIAS bypa.n
C3 - v+ bypass
5520 West Touhy Ave.

Skokie, IlL 60077
(312)677-3640 Tl~- 72-4372
C4 - Load d&eoupllng
CS -IF bypass; optional

C6 -"Synctlmer:C6= t'svNC,ce:s:o.s,.f
0.7 A2
C7 - Preamp decoup!ing
_p"N---.,..,..,."'
D.81
~~~
---'o
C6 - AGC
T1
- 455 kHz preamp transformer

Toko* 10 EZC type {fiMC-502182). Ou
Pm 1 -2, 82T; pin 2-3, 82T
Pin 1-3, HUT: pin 4-6, 30T
T2
- 455 kHl IF transformer

Toko* 10 EZC type {RMC-402503), Ou
Pin 1-2, 98T: pin 2-3, 66T
Pm 1-3, 164T; pln 4-6, 8T
T3
- 455 kHl input transformer

Toko* 10 EZC type (RMC-202313), Ou: 110
Pin 1-2, 131T: pin 2-3, 33T
Pin 1-3. 164T; pin 4-6, ST
01
- PN or PIN Silicon Photodiode
=110
=110
rf
Input Stage Where the Cese of 01 Js
Connected to the Anode
Fig. 42-l
341
IR REMOTE CONTROL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER

+9V
~16V
7SPST
MOMENTARY
+15V
lOOK
4.7K
150K
.OJ
~F
.0022 uF
10K
4 SEIMENS
BPH)4
IR PHOTO
nt-----'
DET.ECTORS
41RLEDS
-MONSANTO
MV5000SERIES
OR EQUIVALENT
Fig. 42-2
Circuit
The circuit is designed to operate at 25
kHz. The data stream turns the 2N4401 hard on
or off depending upon the coded state. This in
turn switches the series infrared LEDs on and
Notes
off. The receiver circuit consists of a three
stage amplifier with photo diodes arrayed ~for
maximum coverage of the reception area. The
range ofthis set-up~should be about 10 meters.
COMPACT IR RECEIVER
.~
'"
342
'
...
Fig. 42-3
l
'
l1.4ol0
~~-..
. .t =l~
. .,.
..
'
:I
TTH
=-
"'
~
-f6
Circuit Notes
This ~simple infra-red transmitter, where

the PPM output from pin 2 of the SL490 is fed
to the base of the PNP trasmitter TRl, pro-
duces an amplified current pulse about 15J.Lsec

wide. This pulse is further amplified by TR2
and applied to the infra-red diodes Dl and D2.
REMOTE LOUDSPEAKER VIA IR LINK

+15
IR FILTER
-.....
.......
-.....
PHOTO
DIODE
Rsc
-..... +-....;5:.t
)_NP
1M
-15
Fig. 42-5
343
PROXIMITY DETECTOR
NOTE
IC1 IS CA3240
Ql IS 2N3819
02,4 ARE BC184L
OJ IS BD140
01
01 IS PHOTODIODE
02 IS 1N4148
ZDl IS-2V7 400mW ZENER
LED1 IS Jmm RED LED
LED2 IS IS INFRA-RED LED
--t5 TO 35V
RB
R3
12k
1R5
OUTPUT
R7
Q3
lOOk
C2-
100u
+
C3
10n
LEDZ
02
02
Dl
A6
lMO
ZDl
C5
R9
47n
3M3
PAl
10k
RIO
470k
ov
SEE TEXT
INFRA-REO TRANSMITTER
I
I
COMPARATOR
Fig. 42-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides a means of detecting
the presence of anything by the reflection of
infra-red light and provides a direct digital output of object detection. By the use of modulation and high power bursts of infra-red at a very
low duty cyde, a detection range of over a foot
is achieved. Works on the principle oftransmit-
344
ting a beam of modulated infra-red light from

the emitter diode LED2, and receiving reflections from objects passing in front of the beam
with a photodiode detector DL The circuit
consists of an infra-red transmitter, photodiode
amplifier, and a variable threshold comparator.
43
Instrumentation Amplifiers
Instrumentation Amplifier
Triple Op-Amp Instrumentation Amplifier
Differential Input Instrumentation Amplifier
with High CMRR
Instrumentation Amplifier with High CMRR
Level-Shifting Isolation Amplifier
Variable Gain, Differential-lnputlnstrumentation Amplifier
Low Signal Level, High Impedance Instrumentation Amplifier
Chopper Channel Amplifier
Battery Powered Buffer Amplifier for Standard Cell
Bridge Transducer Amplifier
Isolation Amplifier for Medical Telemetrv
High Gain Differential Instrumentation

Amplifier
High Impedance Bridge Amplifier
InstrumentationAmplifier (Two 0 p Amp
Design)
Differential Input Instrumentation Amplifier
High Impedance Differential Amplifier
High Speed Instrumentation Amplifier
Very High Impedance Instrumentation
Amplifier
Precision FET Input Instrumentation
Amplifier
High Stability Thermocouple Amplifier
High Stability Thermocouple Amplifier
High Impedance, Low Drift Instrumentation
Amplifier
345
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
Fig. 43-1
r
I
I
I
--------,
I
~~--~
I
I
GAIN
(1
':'1) I
Rz
4
__R )
\ R3
L- ~o.,;:r.!.,?r::!!'.!L _j
Circuit Notes
Instrumentation amplifiers (differential

amplifiers) are specifically designed to extract
and amplify small differential signals from
much larger common mode voltages. To serve
as building blocks in instrumentation
amplifiers, op amps must have very low offset
voltage drift, high gain and wide bandwidth.
346
The HA-4620/5604 is suited for tliis application. The optional circuitry makes use of the
fourth amplifier section as a shield driver which
enhances the ac common mode rejection by
nullifying the effects oLcapacitance-to-ground
mismatch between input conductors.
TRIPLE OP-AMP INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
A6
20kll
"'"
Fig. 432
"'"'"
VCS ~ 0.08mV
TCVOS O.]j..Vf C
NOISE 0.5JlVPP
RIN 100G!l
liN l.OnA
R3
2kH
>--0---oOUTPUT
.,
9kl!
VQUT VIN [.1 +
~) !!
R3
1'14
GAIN ~ 100
GAIN LIN 0.002%
SLEW RATE" 2.5VI!lsec
-PSRR 112d8
RS
"'"
IF~
R7
"""
Ws
THEN C'IIRR 120d8
ADJUST R7 FOR MAXIMUM CMRR
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT INSTRUMENTATION

AMPLIFIER WITH HIGH COMMON MODE REJECTION
R2'
10 k
0.1%
R6t
100 k
0.1%
R1
45 k
1%
INPUTS
R1 ~ R4
R2' R5
R6 ~ R7
t MATCHING DETERMINES CMRR
R3
10 k
1o/c
A
R4
45 k
~R6(1 ~
R2
2 R1)
R3
1%
R5'
10 k
0.1%
R7t
100 k
0.1%
Fig. 433
347
WITH HIGH COMMON MODE REJECTION
R2
10 k!!
39 !!
R1
R6
100 k!!
47 k!!
>"--+--1>--
R1
INPUTS
270 !l
R3
10 k!l
R3 = R4
AI
R4
47 k!l
39 !!
ro
R6 = R4 for best CMRR
OUTPUT
= R6 = 10 R3
R6
Ga-in= R7
RS
10 k!!
R7
100 k!l
Fig. 43-4
LEVEL-SHIFTING ISOLATION AMPLIFIER
"
INPUT
>--o
OUTPUT
Fig. 43-5
Circuit Notes
The 2N4341 JFET is used as a level shifter between two op amps operated at different
power supply voltages. The JFET is ideally
348
suited for this type of application because

lo=Is.
VARIABLE GAIN,
DIFFERENTIAL-INPUT INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
RJ
"'
IlK
Ill
-e.nr.
'"
~-'------~.-OUTPUT
...
TO
....
R2
..."'
''"
I.I'K
1.1"
Fig. 43-6
lMG
GAtfl ADJUST
Av11 .... RI
vee+
10 kn,
1Dkn
0.1%
0.1%
Fig. 43-7
Vee+
;>----~~~-----.-.--ooUTPUT
100kn
Vee+
vcc1Dkn
10 kn
0.1%
0.1%
vee-
349
LOW SIGNAL LEVEL, HIGH

IMPEDANCE INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
"+"1.3V
1M fi
lOOK 0
HIGH IMPEDANCE BRIDGE
Fig. 43-8
+1.3V
-10V
100KU
1Mn
IMPEDANCE CONVERTER
CHOPPER CHANNEL AMPLIFIER
Fig. 43-9
350
BATTERY POWERED BUFFER AMPLIFIER FOR STANDARD CELL

r---~---.------~-------.----~--.-
"'
+ STANDARD
OUTPUT
CELL
"'
42.2k
+
I
11
9V
....L
"'
"'
3.6k
cannot have gat-e protection diode;
2k
Fig. 43-10
VrH>Vour
Circuit Notes
This circuit has negligible loading and disconnects the cell for low supply voltage or
overload on output. The indicator diode extinguishes as disconnect circuitry is activated.
BRIDGE TRANSDUCER AMPLIFIER
,. ,
"'
+vs
......
"NOTE
Thermal compan1alion
transducer (non-active)
... ..
......
250kll
Tonodu~:;~..mp
AF
..l
VS
]~ IH,.~ ~-~1
-15 +15
*o~.l147f"1f"":l"-12f..lJ7((1f.l)fRJiiiF]
.l
JC = NE/SE5512
Fig. 43-11
351
Rser
IBJAS"' -40 nA
750 Kn
113 +
L-144 -
VtN
.,
.,
75 Kn
75 Ku
75 Kn
Vour
-1/3
1.5 Kn
L144 +
__L
D.Q 1.6VP-P
-75 Kn
"'
75 Kn
75 Kn
I BIAS= -40 nA
(GNOor
VosNUlLI
Po,.13S,w
Fig. 43-12
VQS(TYP) RTI ~ 0:45 mV
Circuit Notes
Three-amplifier circuit consumes only

135JA.W of power from a-1.5 V power supply.
With a gain of 101, the instrumentation
amplifier is ideal in sensor interface and
biomedical preamplifier applications. The first
stage provides all of the gain while the second

stage is-used to provide common mode rejection and double-ended to single-ended conversion.
ISOLATION AMPLIFIER FOR MEDICAL TELEMETRY
Fig. 43-H
352
HIGH GAIN DIFFERENTIAL INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
-.
"'
"'"~
......
""
..
..
"'
""
.....
"
t.IIF
""
-...
tt
current zero
gain
voltage balance
t de CMRR
**acCMRR
Fig. 43-14
Circuit Notes
This circuit includes input guarding, cable bootstrapping, and bias current com pen
sation. Differential bandwidth is reduced by C1 which also makes common-mode rejection less dependent on matching of input amplifiers.
'
HIGH IMPEDANCE BRIDGE AMPLIFIER
10k
100 k
10 k
Vo=-10Vt
100 k
NUll
ADJUST
Fig. 43-15
353
HIGH IMPEDANCE
DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER
INSTRUMENTATION
AMPLIFIER (TWO OP AMP DESIGN)
"
..."
OUTPUT
VQUT
IF_!!!~
R1
VQUT IV2- Vll 11
"~
THEN Av
~)
R3
"
AJ
;Q.006%
Fig. 43-16
Fig. 43-19
HIGH SPEED
"
100kn
1kO
,,
,,
lk~!
1Ole ~ l
,,
1 kO
VQUT
100kn
'OOTE:
~ ~ FOR 0000 COMMON MODE
REJECTION.
FI4A IS ADJUSTED FOR BEST CMRFI.
Fig. 43-20
Fig. 43-17
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT
VERY HIGH IMPEDANCI.

+
OUTPUT
OUTI'UT
(AU-RESISTORS Of SAME NU...SEFI StlOULOBE MATCHED 0.1%)

(BUFHR Al BOOSTS COMMON folOOE lto~ 8V DRIVIJIG CAI!ILE SHIELDS
AT COMMON MODE VOLT AGE AND NEUTFIAlll'INC CM CAPACITANCE!
Fig. 43-18
354
Fig. 43-21
PRECISION FET INPUT

HIGH STABILITY
THERMOCOUPLE AMPLIFIER
$EN$ lNG
JU~,'_'o_'_ _..,'y"-.---~~",._-.--~~',.__,
,,
l!NE RESISTANCE
EQ 200 IE2- Etl

Rl
n
DATA
GUARD
ICs are A0547L
2
Eos vos R
;,R'
,,
ll.lfUIENCE
IIIOlES
"'-AND lie. AAE <I'll 1o.-J*C
IU AND 1M AilE <1%. <toppmi"C
AS, Ill, 117, AIAAE 4 YATCHED NETWORK,
0.01%, :Z,W..rC TRACKING TC.
"'
"""
REFERENCE
JUNCTION
"
-15V
Fig. 43-22
Fig. 43-24
HIGH IMPEDANCE LOW DRIFT

+15Y
HIGH STABILITY
+1SV
"'
"
-t&V
.,
.,
SENSING
JVUCTtON
<o
REFERENCE
JUNCTION
vou,
+tSV
"
"
Fig. 43-23
-uv
Vour
= R3
R
rL'- "' + ]
R1
<lV, v- +2V
s: V1111 Common-Modes
V+
System Vas adjusted via A2 Vas adjust

Trim RJ.to boost up CMRR to 120dB.
Fig. 43-25
355
44
Light Activated Circuits
The
Pulse Generation by Interrupting a Light
Beam
Optical Communication System
Four Quadrant Photo-Conductive Detector
Amplifier
Precision Photodiode Comparator
Automatic Night Light
Receiver for 50 kHz FM Optional
Transmitter
Photodiode Amplifier
Optical Schmitt Trigger
Adjustable Light Detection Switch

Photocell Memory Switch for AC Power
Control
Optical Transmitter
Light Interruption Detector
Optical Receiver
Light Isolated Power Relay Circuit
Precision Photodiode Level Detector
Light Beam Operated On-Off Relay
Logarithmic Light Sensor
FM (PRM) Optical Transmitter
Light Level Sensor
356
PULSE GENERATION BY INTERRUPTING A LIGHT BEAM
PRODUCT
(141
LIGHT
SOURCE
.CR ~
~
w
>
z
Rext = 15 k.n
Vee
,.....J!l
Tll81
Ch
""'..cr
RL =-100
1111
SN74121
Cext = 0.01 JJF
ex
151
121
v 171
Rx/Cx
141 A2
(14)
111
A1
(10)
161
II
1\
OUTPUT
SN7414
GND
171
-..!.
Fig. 44-l
Circuit Notes
This circuit puts out a pulse when an object on the conveyor belt blocks the light
source. The light source keeps the phototransistor turned on. This produces a high-logiclevel voltage at the Schmitt-trigger inverter
and a TTL-compatible low logic level at pin 5 of

the monostable. When an object blocks the
light, TIL81 turns off the Schmitt-trigger inverter to triggers the one shot.
357
OPTICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
.-----;--~+10v.
47K
>------4f--+--H
Audio
input
lK
LED
2N2222
or similar
"-'
lOK
10!1
(B!
lOOK
10K
lOK
lK
~~~ROlli lOK
.,.
Solar
cell
lK
Circuit Notes
The simple modulator stage will accommodate most common LEDs. By adjusting the
potentiometer, the bias of the transistor is
varied until the LED is at its half output point.
Then, audio will cause it to vary above and
Fig. 44-2
358
below this point. The purpose of Rl is to limit

the current through the LED to a safe level and
the purpose of the 10 ohm resistor is to allow a
portion of the modulating signal to be observed
on a scope.
FOUR QUADRANT PHOTO-CONDUCTIVE DETECTOR AMPLIFIER

+10
!MEG
!MEG
.....
....
.001~
1IIEO
.05'11.
1K
XAXIS
......
1 MEG ":'
+10Y
-==
0~0
+
DC
NIA.L
NE5514
"'t
111EO
!MEG
.....
....
Y.(XJT
1K C.,
.OS'llo
,.
J_
VAXIS
1K
C>--'\N'v--0
+15
50K
-15
v
IQ(ACnvE) ;
Fig. 44-3
S~A
~(--~+L)~~~(+~~+L)__ I
- (-.-)
(+.-)
PHASING
Circuit Notes
Use this circuit to sense four quadrant motion of a light source. By proper summing
of the signals from the X andY axes, four quadrant output may be fed to an X-Y plotter,
oscilloscope, or computer for simulation. IC = NE/SE5514
I
359
PRECISION PHOTODIODE COMPARATOR

Vee+"' s v
3.9 kH
Fig. 44-4
2N3708
Circuit Notes
Rl sets the comparison leveL At comparison, the photodiode has less than 5 mV
across it, decreasingdark current by an order of magnitude. IC = LM 111/211/311.
AUTOMATIC NIGHT LIGHT

Lamp(40W Max)
lAmp
CI06B
Fuse
Fig. 44-5
IN5059
Circuit Note"
During daylight hours, the L14B photo-Darlington OEDEC registered as 2N5777
through 2N5780) shunts all gate current to ground. At night, ~the Ll4B effectively
provides a high resistance, diverting the current into the gate of the C106B and turning
on the lamp.
360
RECEIVER FOR 50 kHz FM OPTICAL TRANSMITTER
,..
4,7K
100
...,,,
T""
22M
L14GZ
4701(
--'"'-'---'V-+
2N
.,.
lOOK
...,,
5999
2N5998
4.7K
PHOTOOETECTOR
i
i
0.47
-
DEMODULATOR
AMPLIF"IEA
Fig. 44-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit consists of a Ll4G2 detector, two stages of gain, and a FM demodulator.
Better sensitivity can be obtained using more stages of stabilized gain with AGC.
C1
100 !I
10,000
R2"
RS"
1 Mll
1 kl!
GAIN
1;000
100
R3"
INPUT
100 k!l
10
CALJBRATE
A7
200 ll
FPT 102 OR CB
\\.
JUNCTION OF FPT 100
' - - - OUTPUT TO
C2
220 pF
C3
100 pF
15V
R6"
10 k! l
RANGE
SELECT
A8*
R9*
9.1 kll
2 k!l
RECORDER
R14*
100 !I
R10
"':" 510 ll
DC GAINS = 10,000; 1,000; 100; AND 10
BANDWIDTH= DETERMINED BY VALUE OF C1
Fig. 44-7
361
OPTICAL SCHMITT TRIGGER

Vee 12V
10k
~~
~
~/:
-....;::.
......
ORP T?.
,. -
.{
555
I12V re lay
TIMER
--
Fig. 44-8
Circuit Notes
This circuit shows a 555 with its trigger
Circuit can be used in other applications where
a high input impedance and low output impedand threshold inputs connected together used
to energize a relay when the light level on a
ance -are required with the minimum compophotoconductive cell falls below a preset value.
nent count.
ADJUSTABLE LIGHT DETECTION SWITCH
~A~/D
""'
S'/f/ICk
.z.1r~""" ~
S/Af/AI()
Fig. 44-9
IU
/ill
IDDJ(
"'""
Circuit Notes
R2 sets the circuit's threshold. When the

light intensity at PCI's surface is decreased,
the resistance of PCl a cadmium-sulfide photoresistor is increased. This decreases the voltage at the inverting input ofthe 741. When the
362
reference voltage atthe 741's noninverting

input is properly adjusted via R2, the comparator will switch from low to high when PCl
is darkened. This turns on Ql which, in tum,
pulls in relay KL
PHOTOCELL MEMORY SWITCH FOR AC POWER CONTROL
..
!I
01
II
Cl"
5000
r--u
: TOCCL :
.,
""""'
'
'
~-~------~
'
~.
D2
R2
Fig. 44-10
56 0
RJ
---
211)0
Rl
DUPlEX CONVENIENCE
RECEPTACLE ON BACK
OF CASE
270 K
* lHESf PINS MAY BE CUPP0 OFf,
I I
If DESIREU.
Circuit -Notes
Provides remote control for ac-powered

devices by using the beam of a flashlight as a
magic wand. The important aspect of this
gadget is that it remembers. Activate it once to
apply power to a device and it stays on. Acti-
vate it a second time and power goes off and

stays off. It consists of a combination of a highsensitivity photocell. a high-gain IC Schmitt
trigger, and an impulse-actuated latching relay.
OPTICAL TRANSMITTER
5v
DATA
INI'tll
Circuit Notes
Driver circuit uses an MC74LS04 and one

discrete transistor. The circuit ~can drive the
LED (MFOEI200) at up to I Mbps data rate.
.....__
lED
-z......._
IN914
l-N914
Fig. 44-ll
3&3
LIGHT INTERRUPTION DETECTOR
IN5059
1ek n
I WATT
115V, 60Hz
Fig. 44-12
lOOk
Circuit Notes
Whenthe light incident on the LASCR is interrupted, the voltage at the anode to the
2N4990 unilateral switch goes positive on the next positive cycle of the power which in
tum triggers the switch and the C230 SCR when the switching voltage of the unilateral
switch is reached. This will cause the load to be energized for as long as light is not
incident on the LASCR.
OPTICAL RECEIVER
Circuit Notes
The MFODllOO PIN diode reqmres
shielding from emi.
2k
lk
Fig. 44-13
364
LIGHT ISOLATED SOLID STATE POWER RELAY CIRCUITS

NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT
F;200V
LOAD
ro
lOA
h----,
Fig. 44-14
Circuit Notes
Both circuits use the G.E. SC146B, 200 V,

10 A Triac as load current contacts. These
triacs are triggered by normal SBS (2N4992)

trigger circuits, which are controlled by the
photo-Darlington, acting through the DA806
bridge as an ac photo switch. To operate the
relays at other line voltages the asterisked (*)

components are scaled to supply identical current. Ratings must be changed as required.
Incandescent lamps may be used in place of the
light emitting diodes, if desired.
PRECISION PHOTODIODE LEVEL DETECTOR
v8 +
~v
.,
n
7
Circuit Notes
For Rl = 2.5 M, R2 = R3 = 5 M. The

output state changes at a photo diode current of
0.5 !LA.
TTL FAN..;OUT!
Fig. 44-15
365
LIGHT BEAM OPERATED ON-OFF RELAY
---c-roCONTROLLED
C
.,
01
NE
PARTS LIST FOR

COMMERCIAL KILLER
01-400-PIV silicon rectifier
Kl-117 VAC latching relay
(Guardian IR-610L-A115 or
equiv.)
NE-NE-83 neon tamp
PC1-Ciairex photo cell CLSOS for
high light level; CL704 or
CL705 photocell for tow light
level
Rl-22,000-ohm, l,l-watt resistor
R2-1-megohm potentiometer
R3-100ohm, l,l-watt resistor
SCR1-HEP R1218, 200V, 4A,
silicon-controlled rectifier
R3
Rl
- . CIRCUIT
PCI
R2
117V-AC
Fig. 44-16
Circuit Notes
tion even after coil current is removed. The

first impulse opens Kl's contacts, the second
impulse closes them, etc.
When a beam of light strikes the photocell,

the voltage across neon lamp NE-1 rises
sharply. NE-1 turns on and fires the SCR. K1 is
~an impulse relay whose contacts stay in posi-
LOGARITHMIC LIGHT SENSOR
01
111451
1r
R3tt
-r-
~- ~.
.
' ~
""
1.
-&
AI
'li
1....
~
"".f'!' ..
-
LM11~
..
"'
366
I'
~
.".
ID.2~
k. ~
._
M3111 ........
.,
1
.IGI~
..
Ret
1.
1 IIIA~IouTSiA
I M,.A:s;IDSSihA
t fCMiw ICIIi lriill
tW.IMttrtrilll
c.,,.~
.,. WhiMI
FM (PRM) OPTICAL TRANSMITTER
f '*(50- 2V 1N )KHz
Fig. 44-18
LED 56
+-f'v+"\r-
L---~L---_.--~
____._____.___--o-25VOC
Circuit Notes
fects. Greater output can be obtained by using a

larger capacitor, which also gives a lower
operating frequency, or using a higher power
output IRED such as the F5Dl. Average power
consumption of the transmitter circuit is less
than 3 watts.
The basic circuit can be operated at 80

kHz and is limited by the PUT capacitor combination. 60kHz is the maximum modulation frequency. The pulse repetition rate is a linear
function of VtN, the modulating voltage. Lenses
or reflectors minimizes stray light noise ef-
LIGHT LEVEL SENSOR
Fig. 44-19
01
Rt
2110lo
RJ*
tOk
11-
provid11 hytUrnil
367
45
Light Controls
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the :iources section beginning on page 730. The
Light Dimmers
Remote Control for Lamp or Appliance
High Power Control for Sensitive Contacts
Complementary Lighting Control
Floodlamp Power Control
Hysteresis-Free Phase Control Circuit
Low Cost Lamp Dimmer
Zero Point Switch
800 W Triac Light Dimmer
Full-Wave SCR.Control
860 W Limited Range Low Cost Precision
Light Control
368
800 W Soft -Start Light Dimmer

Low Loss Brightness Control
Half-Wave Ac Phase-Controlled Circuit
Emergency Light
Neon Lamp Driver
Complementary Ac Power Switching
Battery Lantern Circuit
Shift Register
Light Level Controller
2.2 W Incandescent Lamp Driver
LIGHT DIMMERS
T28008
OR
T28000
03202U
9ZC!I-26235
(a)
light-dimmer circuit.
Singletime~constant
Parts List
120-Volt,
60-Hz
tiometer,
0.5 watt
Operation
-=
Ct, C2
0.1 JLF, 200 V
Lt
100 p.H
Rt
fu
=
=
ohms, 0.5
= 3300
light control,
megohm,
0.25
240-Vo!t, 50/60 Hz Opera.

tion
watt
paten-
T28008
Rl
OR
T28000
120 V AC
R2
OR
"" 240 VAC

s,
1 watt
Ct = 0.1 11F. 400 V
so-Hz
Ce
0.05 #F. 400 V
Lt ::::: 200 ttH
Rt
4700 ohms, 0.5 watt
R2 ::::: light --control, potentiometer, 0.25 megohm,
c,
c3
LAMP
o3zozu
=
92CS-262H
{b) Double-time-constant light-dimmer circuit.
Parts List
120-VoZt,
60-Hz
Operation
Ct, C2 ::::: 0.1 JLF, 200 V
Co
&
==
0.1 #F, 100 V
Lt ::::: 100 ttH

Rt
1000 ohms, 0.5 watt
light control, paten-
tiometer,
0.1
megohm,
60-Hz
Operation
0.5 watt
240-Volt,
Ct
c,
= 0.1
= 0.05 p.F,~F.400400V V
=
=
C:1
0.1 JJ.F, 100 V
Lt
100 JJ.H
Rt :::: 7500 -ohms, 2 watts
-R2 :::: light control, potentiometer, 0.2 megohm,

1 watt
Ra :::: 7500 oluns, 2 watts
Fig. 45-1
Circuit-Notes
The two lampdimmer circuits differ in

that (a) employs a singletimeconstant trigger
network and (b) uses a doubletimeconstant
trigger circuit that reduces hysteresis effects
and thereby extends the effective range of the
lightcontrolpotentiometer. (Hysteresisre
fers to a difference in the control po
tentiometer setting at which the lamp turns on
and the setting at which the light is extin
guished.) The additional capacitor C2 in (b)

reduces hysteresis by charging to a higher vol
tage than capacitor C3. During gate triggering,
C3 discharges to form the gate current pulse.
Capacitor C2, however, has a longer discharge
time constant and this capacitor restores some
of the charge removed from C3 by the gate
current pulse.
369
REMOTE CONTROL FOR LAMP OR APPLIANCE
LOAD RECEPTACLE
SOO~TS MAX
"FILAMENT"
/TRANSFORMER
120=j;~'~------fO~t~.~-----sd\~~JP------------~~~_r~~----------,
"3 AG"
FUSE
6 3'1/
10
. - - - - - - - ' -"
Tl
-,{11120V
GE -XI2
TRIA;..-
b.
l!~
Rl
SO OHMS
2WATTS
.LOW VOLTAGE"
''BELl' WIRE
\
Sl)
NOTE.
MOUNT GE- Xf2 ON A
3"X 3''x ltt6" COPPER OR
ALUMINUM COOUNG FIN.
REMOTE
SWITCH
Fig. 45-2
Circuit
The circuit uses the primary current cif a
small6.3 volt filament transformer to actuate a
triac and energize the load. When switch Sl, in
the six-volt secondary, of the transformer is
open, a small "magnetizing" current flows
through the primary winding. This magnetizing
current may he large enough to trigger the
triac. Therefore, a shunting resistor, Rl, is
required to prevent such triggering. Rl, is ad-
370
Notes
justed for the highest resistance that will not
cause the:triac to trigger with Sl open. When
single-pole remote switch, Sl, closes, the secondary of the transformer is shorted and a high
current flows through the 120-volt primary.
This triggers the triac and energizes the load.
When the triac conducts, current through the
primary stops and thus prevents burning out
the transformer.
HIGH POWER CONTROL FORSENSITIVE CONTACTS
R1
3K
CS-1
1--....--r-...J'f"'
R2
AD114
28 VAC
SUPPLY
RGK
1K
1K
R1
4.7K
CS-1
AD114
28 VAC
SUPPLY
ACTUATING
CONTACT
R1
28 V A-C
SUPPLY
ACTUATING
CONTACT
Fig. 45-3
Circuit Notes
Two simple arrangementsfor resistive

loads are shown in -A & B. The circuit in A will
provide load power when the actuating contact
is closed, and no power when the contact is
open. B provides the reverse of this actionpower being supplied to the load when the
contact is open with no load power when the
contact is closed. If desired, both circuits can
be made to latch by operating with de instead of

the indicated ac supply. In both of these circuits, voltage across the sensitive contacts is
under 5 volts, and contact current is below 5
rnA. For inductiveloads, Rlwould normally be
returned to the opposite side of the load as
shown in C.
371
COMPLEMENTARY LIGHTING CONTROL
TYPICAL 6AMP
BRIDGE
o,
o, o,
120 v
60 Hz
NOTE: C1 IS NON-POLARlZED
L,
L,
-150W
c,
RG,
VOLTS
ACROSS
L,
VOLTS
Fig~
R,
o,
47 k!2
1N4003
4.7 kil
RoL
4.7 kn
:buD [\
vI
''
''
.i
'
;~~Ns8~,V~LTAGE- -0 -- ----d
ACROSS
150W
0.47 ,uF
200V
''
f1.
I
11 ( \
1
(I
45-4
C-ircuit Notes
This lighting-control unit will fade out one

lamp while simultaneously increasing the light
output oi another. The two loads track each
other accurately without adjustments. Theilate
ofSCRl, a silicon-controlied rectifier, is driven
from a standard phase-control circuit, based,
for example, on a unijunction transistor or a
372
diac. It controls the brightness of lamp L1 directly. Whenever SCRl is not on, a small current flows through L1, D1, and Rl, permitting
SCR2 to fire. When SCRl turns on, current
flow ceases through Dl and Rl; the energy
stored in Cl produces a negative spike that
turns SCR2 off.
FLOODLAMP POWER CONTROL
rI
LAMP
240V
Fig. 45-5
A.C.
01
Circuit
When setting up photographic floodlamps,
it is sometimes desirable to operate the lamps
at lower power levels until actually ready to
take the photograph. The circuit allows the
02
Notes
lamps to operate on half cycle power when the
switch is open, and full power, when the switch
is closed. The diodes Dl and D2 should have a
400 volt PIV rating at 5 amps.
HYSTERESIS-FREE PHASE CONTROL CIRCUIT
L.OAD
4.7k
4.7k 1\.
01
115VAC
0-500K
.22JIFd
SBS 02
100
SBS 2N4992
01,02-GE 6RS5GCIL.AJ I
-COMMON CATHODE
.n.
Fig. 45-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit is intended for lamp dimming
(or "snap-on") effect, the capacitor is reset to
and similar applications. It requires only one
approximately 0 volts at the end of every positive half cycle using the gate lead.
RC phase lag network. To avoid the hysteresis
373
LOW COST LAMP DIMMER
"'
~
t2
Fig. 45-7
01
40502
117VAC
Cl
PARTS LIST FOR LO-COST LAMP DIMMER
400watts
Q1-RCA 40502 Triac
Rl-50,000-ohm, pot.
R2-15,000-ohm, 2-watt resistor
C1, C2-0.068-uF, 200-VDC

capacitor
11-NE-2 neon lamp
12-External lamp not to exceed
Circuit Notes
Without a heats ink, Triac Ql handles up to a 400-watt lamp. The neon lamp does not
trip the gate until it conducts so the lamp turns on a medium brilliance. The lamp can then
be backed off to a soft glow.
ZERO-POINT SWITCH
MDA 920-7
0104
R1
Tubo (See Te)(t)
3k
5W
L1
A3
10k~~-----+--~~-01
1W
03
02
05
2N5569
MZ500-
03
105 tO 250 V
AC
Power
Source
23
04
A4
25 k
1W
Ll --150 Watt Projection Lamp With

B.uilt-ln Reflector Mirror
Sprague
11Z12
Fig. 45-8
374
800 W TRIAC UGHT DIMMER
Load
6.8 k
2W
----,
I
I
I
I
115 VAC
60
H~
I
I
o3
I __ _
L
Q2
04
06
1N4748
22
T1
Sprague
1 1Z12
~~-~.~
r____
I
I
_j
_J,
2N6346
2N5568
MDA-920A-4
Fig. 45-9
FULL-WAVE SCR CONTROL
Circuit Notes
This circuiLenables a single SCR to provide fullwave control of resistive loads. Resistor R3 should be chosen so that when potentiometer R2 isat its minimum setting,.the current in the load is at the requirea minimum
level. Diodes should have same current and
voltage rating as the SCR.
toon. tiM
Fig. 45-10
375
860 WATT LIMITED-RANGE LOW COST PRECISION LIGHT CONTROL
Ll
Rl
~-------------------.
.,
Lz
(240)
120Y
.,
430W
(860W)
o,
&OHz
z,
L - - - - - - - - - - - - ____ j
R1-6.8KO, 2W (I!SK, SWI

R2 -470
"R -IKO.
3
o1-G CI22BICI2ZOI
R4 -6100
R5 -tUi,II2W-POT
Dz-GE AI4F
z1-16V ZENER
L 1,Lz-430W INCANDESCENT LAMP
P.C. GE AM
c,-. o3,.tcl ,25v
Oz-GE 2N2646
~-OJ,..td,25V
0 1 - GE A<NB(A410)
~OTE' ALL -RESISTANCES
Fig. 45 . . 11
l/2w,IO% UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
-~~~u::J~
PARANTHESES
Circuit Notes
The system is designed to regulate an 860

watt lamp load from~half to full power. This is
achieved by the controlled-half-plus-fixedhalf-wave phase control method. Half power
applied to an incandescent lamp results in 30%

ofthe fuli light output. Consequently the circuit
is designed to control the light output of the
lamp from 30% to 100% of maximum.
800 W SOFT-START LIGHT DIMMER
01
I
I
I OJ
I
Rl
5.1 k
I
I
R3
I
l15 VAC
60Hz
1N4747
I
I
I
20
I
02
376
v
R6
10
1 o4
R5
05
06
1N4001
SPRAGUE
T1
1 1Z12
Fig. 45-12
WW LOSS BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
.,
"'"
a,
ADJUST
BRIGHTNESS
GE NO. 4541
4~7Y .5A
60
220
OI!TI
lOOK
o,
470
181<
Ci
.0047~F
ALL RES'IST_ORS 112W
04005
391(
Fig. 45-13
Circuit Notes
This circuit changes the average value of

the de supply voltage because of the high
switching frequency. The tungsten lamp will
have an almost continuous adjustable light output between 0 and 100%. If a light emitting
diode is used as the emitting device, the irradiance will be in phase with the applied current pulses and will decrease to zero when the
supply currenLis zero.
HALF WAVE AC PHASE-CONTROLLED CIRCUIT
LOAD
3K
GE
C22B
Fig. 45-14
120VIAC
SWITCH
FOR FULL
POWER
Circuit Notes
The 5AH will trigger when the voltage across the two 0.1 !LF capacitors reaches the
breakdown voltage of the lamp. Control can be obtained full off to 95% of the half wave
RMS output voltage. Full power can be obtained with the addition of the switch across
the SCR.
377
EMERGENCY LIGHT
GE
CI06Y
SCR
240/120
VOLTS AC
)'II
l"i:\
c CR2-GE A40F
GE
1073LAMP
R2-CURRENT LIMITING
AS REQUIRED
Cl
IOOMF*
IBV
R3
IK
Rl
::=:::
12 VOLT BATTERY
100
CRI
GE A14F
0
240/120112.6 VOLT
TRANSFORMER
Fig. 45-15
Circuit
This simple circuit provides battery operated emergency lighting instantaneously upon
failure of the regular ac service. When line
power is restored, the emergency light turns
off and the battery recharges automatically.
The circuit is ideal for use in elevator cars,
corridors and similar places where loss of light
due to power failure would be undesirable.
Completely static in operation, the circuit requires no maintenance. With ac power on,
capacitor Cl charges through rectifier CRl and
resistor Rl to develop a negative voltage at the
378
AL.L. RESISTORS
1/2 WATT
EXCEPT AS
NOTED
Notes
gate of the Cl06Y SCR. By this means, the SCR
is prevented from being triggered, and the
emergency light stays off. At the same time,
the battery is kept fully charged by rectifier
CR2 and resistor R2. Should the ac power fail,
Cl discharges and the SCR is triggered on by
battery power through resistor R3. The SCR
then energizes the emergency light. Reset is
automatic when ac is restored, because the
peak ac line voltage biases the SCRand turns it
off.
NEON LAMP DRIVER

95 TO 105V
DC FOR LATCHING
AC FOR NON-LATCHING
.-----r---o
43K
RESET METHODS
150K
X
(a.)
NE-81
!.
RESET
+ 1V
62K
=ON
0 ==OFF
INITIALLY
INPUT
-IV 3 MA-FOR
5 ~ S MAX LOAD
___=v
v___
l1MA
10K
(b.)
2N2926
RESET
Fig. 45-16
COMPLEMENTARY AC POWER SWITCHING
r----------r--
~lVac
#44
R2
Fig. 45-17
3.3K
A3
Circuit
An input signal ofless than 1 rnA and 1 Vis
required to switch on CSl. As long. as this input
.,;ignal is maintained, CS1 will conduct during
each positive half cycle of anode voltage,
thereby energizing load L1 with half-wave
rectified de. L2 remains de-energized, since
the anode of CS1 will not go more positive than
1.5 volts, and voltage divider R2 - R3 cannot
provide enough voltage to trigger CS2. Upon
removal of the input ;;ignal, CS1 will drop out.
L1 will be de-energized, except for a small
amount of ac current through R2 and R3. CS2
1K
Notes
will be triggered on at the beginning of each
positive half-cycle, when CS1 anode voltage
reaches 2 to 3 volts. CS2 will conduct for nearly
the entire positive half-cycle energizing L2. It
should be noted that the 6.3 volt lamps used
will operate at h the rated brilliance because of
the controlled switch half-wave rectifying action.and will extend the operating lamp life by
several orders of magnitude. Should full brilliance be desired, the anode supply voltage
level should be raised to 9 volts ac.
379
BATTERY LANTERN CIRCUIT

FLOURSCEIT
I.AIIP
LIGHT-LEVELCONTROLLER
tzV
NA71U
HSV.,;
TOROID
""'
TIIANSFOIIHI
TAIAC
Fig. 45-18
SHIFT REGISTER
-----,r-----o+18V
Fig. 45-20
IOK
~-~~~-----o~~~RRU~EDr---------------------1
#330 lAMP
80 MA 14V_
-I
.02
PREVious I
lOOK
lOOK
FA~
~AGE
ohTONEXT
STAGE
SHIR
PULSE
2.2 WATT
INCANDESCENT LAMP DRIVER
~-,~,K~+-~/
ft - i L - - - - - - - - - - '
voo=.t1v
IN 4009
OR IN4154
BASIC SHIFT REGISTER STAGE
Fig. 45-19
112 HC C /HCF 40107 B
'"
2.2 w
380
2,2W
f= O.SHz
Circuit Notes
The shift pulse amplitude is less than 15

volts. If a stage is off, the shift pulse will not be
coupled to the next stage. If it is on, the diode
will conduct and trigger the next stage. Just
prior to the shift pulse the anode supply is
interrupted to tum off all stages. The stored
capacitor charge determines which stages will
be triggered.
~'"
l'-2 HCCIHCF
40107 8
10M it
Fig. 45-21
O.l.uF
S-3387
46
Light Measuring Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on~ page 730. The
Linear Light Meter ~Circuit
Logarithmic Light-Meter Circuit
Light Meter
Light Meter
Light Meter
Precision Photodiode Comparator
381
LINEAR LIGHT-METER CIRCUIT

R typically t 0 M!l
Photodiode
1.000 pf
0501-0
1,000
pf
R typically 10 MH
.__.,.____ ____,____,j
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses a low-input-bias op amp
to give a steady de indication of light level. To
reduce circuit sensitivity to light, Rl can be
reduced, but should not be less than 100 K. The
capacitor values in the circuit are chosen to
provide a time constant sufficient to filter
high-frequency light variations that might
arise, for example, from fluorescent lights .
Fig. 46-1
LOGARITHMIC LIGHT-METER CIRCUIT
Battery
Photodiode
0501-0
5.6K!l
Fig. 46-2
Circuit
The meter reading isdirectly~roportiona!
to the logaritlun of the input lightpower. The
logaritlunic circuit behavior arises from the
nonlinear diode pnjunctioncurrent/voltage
relationship. The diode in the amplifier output
382
Notes
prevents output voltage from becoming negative (thereby pegging the meter), which may
happen at low lightlevels due to amplifier bias
currents. Rl adjusts the meter full-scale deflection, enabling the meter to be calibrated.
LIGHT METER
"'
/ lrf1 ~
,pj, tr#
NO 1 _
"
"
"
"
".{&.
~ f& ~ .~- ,111 f-111. ~f& ~ f& # .~: ~: ~- ~
..."'
"
... '"...
lMHl&
,-
L...J'
"
"
"
,.
"
"
"
"
"
"
lMlltli
. 1".
' "" '"
"
"
""
'"'
,. .,.
'"
"" ...' '"
'"' ...
'
'-
MQQ(
'
'"
. ..
I'
.,
...
J:.N
:r
...
rr:
.=..111
-<.<_
."'..
..
. "'
"""'
1h: 1%;
__
'
Fg.
i 46,3
UolJMIII
.,
~..
I I
'..., ., ...
r'F
.,
., Retiator value selects exposure
112 !/atop -reaoiiJtlor.

Ten !/stop range (1000:1)
Typical supply current Is 8 rnA.
LIGHT METER
.-...- ...- - - . - - - + l.tv::;v~zv
Fl!
'"
...
R3
Fig. 46-4
ZERO
Dl
..
-Z.M:
383
LIGHT METER
"
UIU,f
.."'
a
"'
Fig. 46-5
..
,..."
01"4..-
,,,..,_,_..,
111
tu.-
"'
"'
,-
""
A
V1 -0 0 IJN"' 100 nA
f V1-0.24VOitN"'10pA
""'"
...
M1001tNs10pA
M1zlaOIIN""1mA
Circuit Notes
This light meter has an eight-decade range. -Bias current compensation can give
input current resolution of better than 2 pA over 15 C to 55 C.
PRECISION PHOTODIODE COMPARATOR
IV
AI
J.lk
"
"'
.,.
"'
RZ tli tiM tO"'JI'ison lftolri.

At com~t~rison, the photodtoh
hn lftl tflen S mY ICfOH it,
dtmninglnkttn lly en order

of matflitude.
384
Fig. 46-6
47
Liquid Level Detectors
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sour~es section he ginning on page 730. The
figure numher contained in the hox of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Level Sensor for Cryogenic Fluids
Fluid Level Controller
High Level Warning Device
Liquid Level Control
Liquid Level Detector Latching
Water Level Alarm

Water-Level Sensing Control Circuit
Flood Alarm
Liquid Level Detector
Low'Level Warning with Audio Output
385
LEVEL SENSOR FOR CRYOGENIC FLUIDS

V j28Vdc)
v
2 ~s.1K
47
IN3016A-t,--+JJO
2N3406
'-'""a-c=uR""R"'E;:;N:;:T,.5- 1OK
~sET
1K
Fig. 47-1
GOLD-PLATED
PLATINUM WIRE
[0.4-MIL (0.01-mm)
DIAMETER]
I
I
40
I
I
II 3.9V
I
10M
I ...
.__-_- - - _
I
I
_J NOTE: Resistor values are in ohms.
Circuit Notes
The sensor circuit is adaptable to different liquids and sensors. The constantcurrent source drives current through the sensing probe and a fixed resistor. The
voltage-comparator circuits interpret the voltage drops to tell whether the probe is
immersed in liquid and whether there is current in the probe.
386
TLUID LEVEL CONTROLLER

ov
FLIP-FLOP
OUTPUT
SV
!~ o~''Y"'+4~
::U~OD;D~UT~L~,;T:[i_~2:iJ{i~j
TRANSPARENT CONTAINER
10kO
FLUID
PUMP
INLET
Fig. 47-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit can be used Jo maintain fluid between two levels. Variations on this
control circuit can be made to keep something that moves within certain boundary
conditions.
HIGH LEVEL WARNING DEVICE
'"
r:'~:::~~
,ROTECTION
411
lk
IIUISTOII
Fig. 47-3
The output Is suitable for driving 1 sump ptJmP

or
oJH~ning 1
drein VIIVI, etc.
387
LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL
.,
Tl
63K
1151/
60Hz
100
.,
101/
Rl
AC
IM
Q3
"
a,
lOOK
Cl03
..[_
"='
Fig. 47-4
.,
~-------------OR SC50
SCSI
IK
.,
--HIGH LEVEL
--LOW LEVEL
Circuit
Use this circuit to keep the fluid level of a
liquid between two fixed points. Two modes,
for filling or emptying are possible by simple
reversing the contact connections of Kl. The
loads can be either electric motors or solenoid
operated valves, operating from ac power.
Liquid level detection is accomplished by two
Notes
metaL probes, one measuring the high level and
the other the low leveL An inversion of the
logic (keeping the container filled) can be accomplished by replacing the normally open
contact on the gate of Q3 with a normally closed
contact.
LIQUID LEVEL DETECTOR (LATCHING)

+3 to-+24v. fdetermined by the
voltage the relay nrquins)
1N4148
2N3906
SCR
'----;G;'CI/
.----..J
Probes
388
(the current rating

if SCR must-be
greater than the
realy coil rating)
Circuit Notes
Alarm is actuated when liquid level is
above the probes and remains activated even if
the level drops below the probes. This latching
action lets you know that the pre-set level has
been reached or exceedea sometime in the
past.
Fig. 47-5
WATER LEVEL ALARM
Rt tOOk
r-----~~~~----1------~
IC107
01
SPEAKER
15-IO<l
Fig. 47-6
C1
0.01
-Yo
Circuit Notes
The circuit draws so little current that the

shelf-line of the battery is the limiting factor.
The only current drawn is the leakage of the
transistor. The circuit is shown in the form of a
water level alarm but by using different forms
of pro he can act as a rain alarm or shorting
alarm; anything from zero to about 1 M between the probes will trigger it. Ql acts as a
switch which applies current to the unijunction

relaxation oscillator Q2. Alarm signal frequency is controlled by values and ratios of
Cl/R2. Pulses switch Q3 on and off, applying a
signal to the speaker. Almost any NPN silicon
transistor can be used for Ql and Q3 and almost
any unijunction for QZ.
WATER-LEVEL SENSING CONTROL CIRCUIT
T1 "FILAMENT
TRANSFORMER
120J..
6QN
6.3V
TO
12.6V
II
120 v
TRIAC
Fig. 47-7
100
10
Circuit Notes
The circuit applies power to the load until the water conducts through the probe, and
bypasses gate current from the low current SCR. This gives an isolated low voltage
probe to satisfy safety requirements.
389
FLOOD.ALARM
Rl
3.3M!l
Circuit Notes
The alarm is built around two audio oscillators, each using two NAND gates. The detection oscillator is gated on by a pair of remote
probes. One of the probes is connected to the
battery supply, the other to the input of one of
the gates. When water flows between the
probes, the detection oscillator is gated on.
The alarm oscillator is gated on by the output of
the oetection oscillator. The values given produce an audio tone of about 3000Hz. The detection oscillator gates this audio tone at a rate of
about 3 Hz. The result is a unique pulsating
note. Use any 8 ohm speaker to sound the
alarm. The 2N3904 can be replaced by any
similar NPN transistor. The circuit will work
from any six to 12-volt supply.
To Pin 14-ol4011
+9v.
Fig. 47-8
rtJr---+1 ToPin7of4011
LIQUID LEVEL DETECTOR
q +3 to +12v.
I (determined by the voltage the relay requir"l
3.3K!!
11114148
B
2N2222
J.JKS!
Circuit Notes
When liquid level reaches both probes,
alarm is turned on. When water level recedes it
goes off.
2Nl222
Probes
Fig. 47-9
390
LOW-LEVEL WARNING WITH AUDIO OUTPUT

Vee
""
0.001.iiF
14
t .._... lf:
...
1Z
Vee
TIMING
osg~~PAU~OFIr.L..-CA_P_. ...&..,
Fig. 47-10
FILTER
GROUND
"
391
48
Logic Circuits
The
Light Activated Logic Circuits
Programmable Gate
Negative to Positive Supply Logic Level
Shifter
OR Gate
392
OR Gate
Large Fan-In AND Gate
AND Gate
R-S Flip-Flop
AND Gate
LIGHT ACTIVATED LOGIC CIRCUITS
SUPPLY
LI4H
OR
L 148
(b) AND Circuit
(a) AND Circuit
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
Fig. 48-1
L14H
OR
L 148
(d) OR Circuli
(c) OR'Circult
D.C. SUPPLY
INPUT TO LASCR 1
LA-SCR(
TURNS ON LOAD 1
INPUT TO _LASCR'z
TURNS ON- LOAD 2
RESETS LASCR,-
MAKE R_LC2.
IOO~s
(e) Flip-Flop
Circuit Notes
These circuits illustrate some of the common logic functions that can be implemented.
393
PROGRAMMABLE GATE
Fig. 48-2
FUNCTION
INPUTS
INPUT
0 0
OUTPUT
0
, 0
0
'-------------------- ------- j ~==t:==i~~t~~l=~=~J:~~CTION
00
.
~O~B.:a3~30s ~~NCTIOH
Circuit Notes
This gate converts an AND gate or an OR gate by applying a logic '1' on the function
input. The logic design uses 8 two-input NAND gates. The number of gates may be
reduced by replacing the 5 NAND gates enclosed by the dotted line with a two-input
exclusive-OR, such as the TTL 7486.
NEGATIVE TO POSITIVE SUPPLY WGIC LEVEL SHIFTER

5V
"
394
BIPOLAR
LO.GIC
HEME NT
Circuit Notes
This simple circuit provides for level
shifting from any logic function (such asMOS)
operating from minus to ground supply to any
logic level (such as TTL) operating from a plus
to ground supply. The 2N5639 provides a low
r"' <ON> and fast switching times.
Fig. 48-3
AND GATE
OR GATE
""
1 A e8 eC
Fig. 48-7
OR GATE
RS FLIP-FLOP
v+
200 k
vee
3.0k
vee
100 k
1001
-100 k
c:
_""",._.J
100k
IC
~:r
"0'' "1"
Fig. 48-5
= MC3301
RESET SET
Fig. 48-8
AND GATE
LARGE FAN-IN AND GATE

v
....
31.011:
39 k
"'
v::r
.....
01
-,~
100k
A
DZ
"'
AU DIODES 1Nt14
Fig. 48-6
3.0 k
YourACD
v;::r
100 k
100k
"::"
"0" "1"
Fig. 48-9
395
49
Measuring Circuits
The
FET Curve Tracer
Digital Weight Scale
Low Cost pH Meter
pH Probe Amplifier/Temperature
Compensator
Capacitance Meter
Zener Tester
Transistor Sorter/Tester
Go/No-Go Diode Tester
Diode Tester
Peak Level Indicator
396
Sound Level Monitor

Linear Variable Differential Transformer
(LVDT) Driver Demodulator
Linear Variable Differential Transformer
(LVDT) Measuring Gauge
Vibration Meter
Sensitive RF Voltmeter
Minimum Component Tachometer
Phase Meter
Precision Calibration Standard
Zener Diode Checker
FET CURVE TRACER
"
1 mAIV
"'
5 mA/V
tok
to
VERTICAl
HORIZONTAl
0.5Vfmt
'"
0.1
~F
A1-A4- LM324
01-02- 1N914
02'
03'
150k
92PU01(P37)
- 92PU51(P77)
15V
...
'"
"
D2
...
,.
'"
"
0.002 ~f
':"
"
...
'"
-ll1w NPN.-PNP
-15V
Fig. 49-l
Circuit Notes
The circuit displays drain current versus gate voltage for both P and N-channel
JFETS at a constant dniin voltge.
397
DIGITAL WEIGHT SCALE

N$87881
,I
1~,,
'
IL,
LM)4Q
'
ctoao
L/oL/o, .C/o
r" " " "
BECKMAN
RESISTOR PACK
1993-RlK
.,.
._
'
'
1\'h
J L
~1. " ~
RAD7
":'"IV
T::
'
'
'"
DS8916
GNO
- ..+
'
h.l.o
r;-
0.41
l'
'
'
IDDUl
""'
""" -=-,
R1 - '-,
llli.<F:
,~f:
II Dill
1.!...
,---
_]9111)
MMJ4COl
"
'""
IG"F
"'1'
~~
.."illi ...
... "'1- .. ..,
A0Dl101
>
: ~ :!:
> :> >
21
.::',.."'"'""
<
"'
"''
",,,
nuL ul2eln
-- .
II 11 11182021
I; "
' "
J.Sk
2SG pf:
"
ll~ll
2 ~ 3 0i:;0
.. o;; "
14JilJI2 11 jiB I
"
0
0
I I'
............
>
z
0
0
>
.rrl' ' '
IJ<F:
:f: '"'
IOG~l:
-::" IC TURN
WEIGHT
SENSING
ElEMENT
Notes:
1. R1. C1 defines POWER ON display blanking interval. R2. C2 defines display ON time.
2. All Vee connections-should use a single Vee point and all ground/analog ground connections should use a single
ground/analog ground--point.
3.
Display seQUence-for Rev-A ckt implementation:

t=Osec
power ON
display blanked
t=0-5sec
t=S-10sec
t?l10sec
system converging
conversion complete
display ENABLE
display blanked
wait for new POWER UP cycle
Fig. 49-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit employs a potentiometer as the weight sensing element. An object
placed upon the scale displaces the potentiometer wiper, an amount proportional to its
weight. Conversion of the wiper voltage to digital information is performed, decoded,
and interfaced to the numeric display.
398
LOW COST pH METER

+15 v
-15V
30K
30K
STANDARDIZE
- 15V o---J\I'V\,---- + 15 V
10KTOTUAN
499
300
1K
20K
2K
ICL8007AC
Fig. 49-3
100mV/pH
>--+-o
I
ADJUST POSN 3
.001pF
2K
POL YSTYAENE
1K
FOR-~ 295.6mV
ADJUST POSN 4 FOR - 295.6mV
Circuit Notes
With guaranteed 1 pA input bias, the ICL 8007A is ideal as a pH meter or long term
sample and hold.
pH PROBE AMPLIFIER/TEMPERATURE COMPENSATOR
~OpF**
--
-3
470k
pH4--~---~~~
470k
PROBE.::-; Al
INPUT
~ 1/4 LF444 2
-15V
L....------1
**Polystyrene
- Film resistor type RNSOC
To calibrate. insert
probe in pH ::;: 7
solution Set "temp" dial
to -solution temperature,
then, set "calibrate" dial
so output read 7V.
Typ~cal
probe ::;;:
Ingold Electrodes
#46535
Fig. 49-4
A2
0.1
1/4 LF444
.----------+----4~---...J
A3
1/4 LF444
B
tOk*
A4
1/4LF444
2.67k*
46.4k*
1k
TEMP
(CALIBRATE
0'C-100'CI
pH OUT
OV-1DV~
10k*
1.5k
CALIBRATE
2.67k*
~ pH-10 pH
~15V
399
CAPACITANCE METER
15V
l.._..L_~
l
I
I
117vAcl
60Hz
I
50K
I,
L-1--- 'I .:~r .__V_o~

__ j
5K
...---.....
Circuit Notes
Output voltage is proportional to the

capacitance connected to pin 2 of the charge
pump. The meter works over a range of 0.01 to
O.l~tF withR. set at 111 K. Over this range of
capacitance, the output voltage varies from 1 to
lOvolts with a 15 volt power supply. A constant
frequency reference is taken from the 60-Hz
line .
..T
Fig. 49-5
ZENER TESTER
+30V
NOTE'
IC1 IS 741
Rl
41i7
Fig. 49-6
TEST
ZENER
Cir.:uit
This circuit provides a low cost and reliable method of testing zener diodes. RV1 can
be calibrated in volts, so that when LED 1 just
lights, tbe voltage on pins 2 and 3 are nearly
equal. Hence, the zener voltage can be read
400
~
LE01
ov
Notes
directly from the setting of RVl. The supply
need only be as high a value as the zener itself.
For a more accurate measurement, a precision
pot could be added and calibrated.
TRANSISTOR SORTER/TESTER
8
"(}
LS1
R1
12K
C2
0.1
005
R2
400 n CT TO
4-0R en
11 MEG
OSC. AOJ
Fig. 49-7
R3
10K
GAIN TEST
S1 1
BT1
3- Vdc
-, 1-'1+'-----'
Circuit Notes
This tester checks transistor for polarity (PNP-or NPN). An audible signal will give
an indication of gain. Tester can also be used as a GO/NO GO tester to match unmarked
devices.
GO/NO-GO DIODE TESTER

Lamp A 6.3 Vac
r--IIM-{)0-,
pilot lamps
~------~La~m~p~B~~
Fig. 49-8
diode under
test
Circuit Notes
If lamp A orB is illuminated, the diode is serviceable. If both Ught, the diode is short
circuited. If neither light, -tliode is an open circuit.
401
DIODE TESTER
LP1
GE48
01
,---,x1,_4r~+-~~1----
ox
DIODE
UNDER
TEST
R00 52
120V
Fig. 49-9
Parts list
01, 02-HEP R0052
LP1, LP2--GE 48 lamp
X1-120V to 6.3V, transformer, Lafayette 33P80508
Circuit Notes
The circuit tests whether or not a diode is open, shorted, orfunctioning correctly. If
lamp A lights, the diode under test is functional. When lamp B is lit, the diode is good but
connected backwards. When both lamps are lit, the diode is shorted, and it is open if
neither lamp is lit.
PEAK LEVEL INDICATOR

r-----------~-----
NOTE
01,02 are BC109C
LED1 i~ TIL209
+9V
R12
51 0R
2k2
01 JS 1N914
16V
ov
Fig. 49-10
ov
Circuit Notes
The LED is normally lit, but it will be briefly extinguished if the input exceeds a
preset (by RVl) level. A possible application is to monitor the output voltage across a
loudspeaker; the LED will flicker with large signals.
402
SOUND LEVEL MONITOR

5-10 Vdc
D1
IN914
41
M1~
AUDIO
J=
~ ':' C1 -
R2
AMP
80
5 J.<F15V
~R3U
33 K
3900~
3
J'?
LED
Fig. 49-11
555
5
>R4
~-~ 10 K
.~
RS -
.F
~
R1
Circuit Notes
Loudness detector consists of a 555 IC wired as a Schmitt trigger. The output
changes state-from high to low-whenever the input crosses a certain voltage. That
threshold voltage is established by the setting of R4.
LINEAR VARIABLE DIFFFERENTIAL

TRANSFORMER (LVDT) DRIVER DEMODULATOR
..v
Vee
..
"
~~
M
"
er J,
0.033 "'
SINI WAVI
CONVERTER
I
1.1 Kll
1 KO
'
e1 !:1p.FC2
'
.!:- 4.11r.fl
!: 0.47"'
t>l
i5SC
ose
10
R1
1
'"
FILTER
"'
11
-NE55li!O
VAlli!
SYNCHfiONOUS
DEMODULATOR
1
NO
r-----,
LVDT
TEl
VRI;j
GNO
I*._
-+
.J
'
tOOK_/
LOW PA$$
-vec
f-- ~
~
liAS CKT
.-471'F
"
OFFST
10K
+Vee
OUTPUT
SIGNAL
'
I--OV
-Vee
.471'11'
I-*
F1g. 49-12
NULL
403
LINEAR VARIABLE DIFFERENTIAL

TRANSFORMER(LVDT) MEASURING GAUGE
t 10V
N,
LVOT
Fig. 49-13
10K!!
1"4 M.F.
s'vNc
PHASE ADJ.
+ IOV
10KI!
1"4 M.F.
47KO
'
"NOTE:
THERMISTOR 24011 + 0.1%/"C
L.-~"~'~'~----"-'iPLACEMENT
VIBRATION METER
LED TiltH hold

60 mv
'
80 mV
110 mV
220
mv
320 mV
mv
440
8
9
63Q mV
890mV
1.25-v
"
404
160m'l
Fig. 49-14
SENSITIVE RFVOLTMETER
(!PROBE
MPF102
2N3819
2N5459
lo.oo11J.F
DISC CERAMIC
R1
4.7M
IN914
10k OtN OFF
100k
1M
SWI
ZERO-
COAX
L..__ .... 2k
1M
TRIM
igv
--'--
'T'10k
Fig. 49-15
Circuit Notes
This circuit measures RF voltages beyond
unit can be calibrated by connecting the input
200 MHz and up to about 5 V. The diode should
to a known level of RF voltage, such as a cali
be mounted in a remote probe, close to the
brated signal generator, and setting the calib
probe tip. Sensitivity is excellent and voltages
rate control.
less than 1 V peak can be easily measured. The
MINIMUM COMPONENT TACHOMETER
Vee
VARIABLE
RELUCTANCE
MAGNETIC
PICK UP
L--t
+Vour
Fig. 49-16
405
PHASE METER
'
Your
10 !l
''7
Your
</>..
2r
Fig. 49-17
PRECISION CALIBRATION STANDARD
}
-=-.ev
'
I,
'" '
REF-111
,..
"0
ZENER DIODE CHECKER
111.000
22k
""
-
RV 1 ZENER
100k_UNDER
TEST
Fig. 49-18
Circuit Notes
An external power supply that gives a voltage higher than the highest expected rating of
the zener diodes to be tested is required.
Potentiometer RVl is adjusted until the meter
reading stabilizes. This reading is the zener
diode's breakdown voltage.
406
.-
VAvG~
VAv_o
VouT. PEAK
_,_lm
.......
Fig. 49-19
50
Metal Detectors
Micropower Metal Detector
Lo-Parts Treasure Locator
407
MICROPOWER METAL DETECTOR

3-18
v
161 kHz
27 k.Q
so pf
36 pF
tOmH
FREQUENCY
ADJUSTMENT
TO 161kHz
Fig. 50-1
3-18
I 100U1
'--------1 f160 pF
36 pF
50 pF
SEARCH COIL
(AWG 18, 140 TURNS, -6-IN. DIAMETER!
Circuit Notes
This battery-powered metal detector uses four exclusive-OR gates contained in the
4030 CMOS integrated circuit. The gates are wired as a twin-oscillators and a search coil
serves as the inductance element in one ofthe oscillators. When the coil is brought near
metal, the resultant change in its effective inductance changes the oscillator's frequency.
Gates A1 and A2 form the two oscillators which are tuned to 160 and ~161 kilohertz
respectively. The pulses produced by each oscillator are mixed in A3, its output contains
sum and difference frequencies at 1 and 321 kHz. The 321 kHz signal is filtered out bythe
10 kHz low-pass filter at A4, leaving the 1 kHz signal to be amplified for the crystal
headset connected at the output. The device's sensitivity is sufficient to detect coinsized objects a foot away.
408
LO-PARTS TREASURE LOCATOR
,J
~
~
'I
L1
SEARCH
COIL
C2~
I
::
f: C1
01
GE-5
~b
e,:Y
'----+
R2
> C3 ='=
>
R1
Fig. 50-2
PARTS LIST FOR
LO-P ARTS TREASURE LOCATOR
81 -9-Vdc transistor battery
C~ -365-pF trimmer or variable capacitor
C2-100-pF, 100-V silver mica capacitor
C3-0.05J.'F, disc capacitor

C4-4.7- or 5-J.'F, 12'V electrolytic capacitor
L1-Search coil consisting of 18 turns of #22-enamel wire
scramble wound on 4-in. diameter form

Q1-RCASK3011 npn transistor orequiv.
R1-680-ohm, Y2-watt resistor
A2-1 0,000-<>hm, Y2-watt resistor

Circuit Notes
Locator uses a transistor radio as the detector. With the radio tuned to a weak station,
adjust Cl so the locator oscillator beats against
the received signal. When the search head passes over metal, the inductance of Ll changes
thereby changing the locator oscillator's frequency and changing the beat tone in the radio.
The search coil consists of 18 turns of if22

enameled wire scramble wound on a 4-in.
diameter form. After the coil is wound and
checked for proper operation, saturate the coil
with RTV adhesive for stable operation of the
locator.
409
51
Metronomes
The
~sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Accentuated Beat Metronome
Sight N' Sound Metronome

Micrometronome
410
ACCENTUATED BEAT METRONOME

AI
01
2k2
IN4004
"
'"
An
"'
'--v
_ISI/2
BAT TEAV
RATE
?J.JJ~
I
'
'"
K:
555
;~~!
'
7
HS
15k
5~!:>
"
nn
'
r- '
"
_,
'
"
'"
'
'
h/';)
SPEAJ(ER
1100
C3
16V~
ov
BATTERY
16
4017
7 10 1
500A
l I
",,.
-RV2
IC3
r-'
L,
'
"v
I
I
..
"'
'
"'
"'
6 9 11
..lLj
~-
SWl
1/
08
OFF
Fig. 51-1
Circuit Notes
IC3 acts as an oscillator which operates if

the output of !Cl is high. With the values used
the two frequencies produced are about800 Hz
and 2500 Hz. The output is buffered by Q1
which drives the speaker. The first IC is used
to generate the tone duration and the time
interval between beats. The interval is adjustable by RVl while the tone duration is set by
Rl. The output of IC1 also clocks IC2, a decade
counter with 10 decoded outputs. Each of these
outputs go high in sequence on each clock. The
second output of!C2 is connectedto the control

input of JC3 and is used to change the frequency. Therefore the first tone will be high
frequency, the second low and the third to tenth
will be high again. This gives the 9-1 beat. If for
example the 5th output is connected to the
reset, the first tone will be high, the second
low, and the third and fourth high, then when
the 5th output goes to a high it resets it back to
the first which is a high tone. We then have 3
high and one low tones or a 3-l.
411
SIGHT N' SOUND METRONOME
Rl
250K
R3
510Q
BEATS
PER
MIN
Q2
2N5306
SW2
Cit
lO~F
I
I
SOUND
ONLY
Dl
C2
SOUND &
SIGHT D2
SIGHT ONLY
Q3
2N2'126
10 ~F
R5
220Q
]"
1
SWI
1ST -321
WHT
BLK
Fig. 51-2
Circuit Notes
Precise, adjustable control of beats per

minute from a largo of 18 to a frenzied, high
presto of 500. These beats are produced acoustically through a speaker. A light flashes at the
same rate. When SWl is dosed, Cl begins to
charge through Rl and R2. Cl will eventually
reach a voltage at which the emitter of unijunction transistor is switched on, "dumping" the
412
energy stored in Cl into an 8 ohm speaker. To

produce a distinct "plop", brief pulses across
T2 ,;econdary drive Q2 into conduction. The
extra gain of Q3 and Q4 are sufficient to briefly
switch L1 on, tben off, as the pulse wave passes. Capacitor C2 "stretches" the pulse
slightly to overcome the thermal inertia-of the
lamp, so that a bright flash occurs.
MICRO METRONOME
10Mll
Eit
10Mll
C TAB ON
CASE
Fig. 51-3
+9 V - - - - T O PIN 14 OF 4001
J,,----
TO PIN 7 OF 4001
Circuit Notes
This compact metronome will run for

years on a single nine-volt transistor battery.
.Has both tone and pulse rat-e controls, and uses
touch plates to start.and stop, can be built in a
case no larger than a pack of cigarettes. The
touch plates consist oftwo strips of metal about

1/16-inch apart mounted on, but insulated
from, the case. Bridging the gap closes the
switch.
413
52
Miscellaneous Circuits
The
figure number contained inthe box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Intercom
Musical Organ
Laser Diode Pulser
Capacitance. Multiplier
Simulated Inductor
Active Inductor
Positive Input/Negative Output Charge
Pump
Shift Register Driver
Tape Recorder
Negative-Edge Differentiator
Stylus Organ
Positive-Edge Differentiator
Four Channel Data Acquisition System
Triac Trigger
Precision Rectifiers
Voltage Control Resistor
Fast Inverter Circuit
Inverse Scaler
5.0 V Square Wave Calibrator
Low Drift Integrator and Low-Leakage
Guarded Reset
Differentiator with High Common Mode
Noise Rejection
Digital Transmission Isolator
414
INTERCOM
Fig. 52-1
t
,.~~
'
'''
'L--------------------------~
.
'
.. H ITAII~1n """
-~-ni.IIMI
Circuit Notes
The circuit provides a minimum component intercom. With switch Sl in the talk position, the speaker of the master station acts as
the microphone with the aid of step-up transformer Tl. A turns ratio of 25 and a device gain
of 50 allows a maximum loop gain of 1250. R,

provides a common mode volume control.
Switching Sl to the listen position reverses the
role of the master and remote speakers.
MUSICAL ORGAN
470\!
"'"
.------,~
1 k~,
SN7&477
1.5kl!
Fig. 52-2
"-----~~~-o~o..~,-.t~-L___ !;!!!~~---l
415
LASER DIODE PULSER
08
~:-NON
INDUCTIVE
12W
lASER DIODE
REP RATE 50 K.H1

PU:..SE WIDTH -20 n~
1!\PUT
RCA SG2002
Fig. 52-3
JL-
Circuit Notes
This drive is capable of driving the laser diode with 10 ampere, 20 ns pulses. For a
0.1% duty cycle, the repetition rate will be 50 kHz. A complementary emitter-follower is
used as a driver. Switching speed is determined by the fr of the~ bipolar transistors used
and the impedance of the drive source.
CAPACITANCE MULTIPLIER
AJ
Cefl ""-A,
Cl
As= A3
Fig. 52-4
AJ
1M
All resistor values are m ohms
Circuit Notes
This circuit can be used to simulate large capacitances using small value components. With the values shown and C = 10 !LF, an effective capacitance of 10,000 J.LF was
obtained. The Q available is limited by the effective series resistance. So Rl should be as
large as practical.
416
SIMULATED INDUCTOR
Circuit Notes
With a constant current excitation, the
voltage dropped across an inductance increases with frequency. Thus, an active device
whose output increases with frequency can be
characterized as an inductance. The circuit
yields such a response with the effective inductance being equal to: L = R1R2C. The Q ofthis
inductance depends upon Rl being equal to R2.
At the same time, however, the positive and
negative feedback paths of the amplifier are
equal leading to the distinct possibility of instability at high frequencies. Rl should, therefore, always be slightly smaller than R2 to
assure stable operation.
Fig. 52-5
ACTIVE INDUCTOR
.,
ICI ., .P-UF01
100~.
,_
Q-------4----o1::~.,----t---------~~~F02
10M~:
Fig. 52-6
l ~ R1R;lC 100 HENRIES

Rs "' Rz 100n
Rp ,.-R1 10MEGll
ASSUMING CSTRAY lACROSS
1 1 OF 5 pF TH..E UPPER
FREQUENCY LIMIT IS APPROXIMATELY 7kHl

XL ,.
100(~
AT f 0.159Hl
Circuit Notes
An active inductor is realized with an eight-lead IC, two carbon resistors, and a
small capacitor. A commercial inductor of 50 henries may occupy up to five cubic inches.
417
POSITIVE INPUT/NEGATIVE OUTPUT CHARGE PUMP

+3 T0-+15 V
02
111 "li o::

1N4148
Circuit Notes
A simple means of generating a low-power
voltage supply of O[lposite polarity from the
main supply. Self oscillating driver produces
pulses at a repetition frequency of 100 kHz.
When the VMOS device is off, capacitor C is
charged to the positive supply. When the
VMOS transistor switches on, C delivers a
negative voltage through the series diode to
the output. The zener serves as a dissipative
regulator.
:;::o' ,,
.....o,- r-
lOOn
1N414B' ~
1:.::
TRANSFORMER:
~NOlANA GENERAL CORE F626-12-02
26 TURNS NO. 28 WIRE TRIFILAR WOUND
Fig. 52-7
SHIFT REGISTER DRIVER

o-T-----,---------------------------~+1~V
IN1692
16V
+------+------------r----,
lK
lOK
fNPLIT
SHIFT
P.ULSE
~100H
L__ __ ,
1~
Jl..,_\1\'v---,-ft:
tv/ )
nso
TO
,,
INTERRUPTED
1--c=...,-,-;----<> + TO REGISTER
~ IN~~J9
tN4154 -...:;
2N2714
=F-2
I-Ll
(1.0 AMP MAX.)
r-"
IK
500 .uS
.n.
SHtf-r~LINE TO REGISTER
Circuit Notes
A 16 V power supply can be synthesized as
shown using IN1692 rectifiers. A shift pulse
input saturates the 2N2714 depriving the Darlington combination (2N2714 and 2N2868) of
418
base drive. The negative pulse so generated on

the 15 V line is differentiated to produce a
positive trigger pulse at its trailing edge.
TAPE RECORDER
~h
,,.
"'
""')
~
~
..It'
-D~
'"
l~f
0~
"
" ....
..... ~
tir...... "
Ur1
.t +',,
'
"'
t,. .,"
...
f~
...
,.
or.,F
"
. :1.,
,..
'
E+-o
.:1 "!"- ' ' ,"~'

,.!
OMo'f
. ,~F
O.ft
o- 1-
lllll..
lf ""1,
/
"
;;:::r::.u..,F
.IX
-...,
,.
uk
~~-~M
'"
All-t<ho~roce'llm"'o
Ito .. -I<'HIIIII< 21D OINIJIMI!!
Fig. 52-9
Circuit Notes
Complete record/playbackcassette tape machine amplifier. Two of the transistors
act as signal amplifiers, with the third used for automatic level control during the record
mode.
NEGATIVE-EDGE DIFFERENTIATOR
0.001 Ji.F
"
'""
~Vin
h0.0021lF
...~
Fig. 52-10
,,
150k
lC = MC3301
vee +15 Vd;
VO(Ik)"' 7.0 Vdt

Output AU Tim~"' 0.22 ms
Input Ch111111 Timt Const1n1,. 1.0 m;
419
STYLUS ORGAN
RV1
220k
VIBRATO
'R1
18k
NOTE: IC1 ,2 ARE 555
R4
18k
RV2
470k
R3
DEPTH 1Bk
IC1
+9V
IC2
C1
.ov
RV41 1
47k
Fig. 52-11
PRESETS
Circuit
IC2 is an audio frequency oscillator. Its
frequency is primarily controlled by the resistance between pins 2 and 7. RV4-ll control the
oscillator frequency and by touching a stylus
(connected via limiting resistor R5 to pin 2) to
each preset, different notes can be played. !Cl
is a low frequency oscillator (approximately
Notes
3-10Hz). the frequency of which is variable by
RVl. The output of this oscillator is connected
through depth control RV2 and limiting resistor R3 to the voltage control input of the audio
frequency oscillator. Thus a vibrato effect occurs.
POSITIVE-EDGE DIFFERENTIA TOR

Output Rise Time =t O.:t2 ms
Input Change Time Constant"" 1.0 ms
100 k
>--<>--- vo
420
Fig. 52-12
FOUR CHANNEL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM
Fig. 52-13
fiiOTE
Hilo IIEiliSTOAS SHOULO BE M"'-TCHEO

TO 001~
TRIAC TRIGGER
J.,
"
',,
,.
iZ:
COM
75
"
0.016~F
17
lo
Fig. 52-14
5
PROVIDES 40mA: 10,..sPULSES AT ABOUT 8kHz.
TRIAC IJATE MAY-&E PULSE TRANSFORMER
(ISOLATED IF DESIRED!.
LM3000
I'
I'
I'
-1.C V FROM BATTERY OR SOLAR CELL WITH

6-J,F BYPASS CAPACITOR. DRAIN NOMINALLY
5mA.
421
FAST INVERTER CIRCUIT
PRECISION RECTIFIERS
() HALF WAVE
Fig. 52-15
(b) "FULL WAVE

10K
1~
Rea., Rs+Rit~
....
FOR Av
RF
-t Reo,.
J.lkH
Rp- Rea
Fig. 52-17
VOLTAGE CONTROL RESISTOR
INVERSE SCALER
~t~~ri Tut
r>':,Q_ul
fuT\R
A.NAl(l(,UE
OUTPUT
ZN42'j(
Fig. 52-18
"" "" ' - - - - - - - - - '

Fig. 5216
422
"'
Circuit Notes
If a DAC is operated in the feedback loop

of an operational amplifier, then the amplifier
gain is inversely proportional to the input digital number or code to the DAC. The version
giving scaling inversely proportional to positive voltage is shown.
5.0 V SQUARE WAVE CALIBRATOR

10V
Zk
Fig. 52-19
-~.-----.><( CALIBRATE
LM136-5.0
LOW DRIFT INTEGRATOR AND LOW-LEAKAGE GUARDED RESET
Fig. 52-20
'----~-i-<> RESET
!NEGATIVE PULSE I
OUT
DIGITAL
DIFFERENTIATOR WITH HIGH

COMMON MODE NOISE REJECTION
..
';
TRANSMI~IONISOLATOR
V =SOV
v~
"T'
'
=--
s -V
(: ;:'"'--::;1 ~~
liS
A6
1k
FCOI20
-R3
"'
100
FROM
T-TL
GATE
R2
so k
C1
F:o.
"F
I
+.........
111 ~
3 ,:.;.:.-;
TT L
OUTPUT
R4
..
-Fig. 52C22
423
53
Mixers and Multiplexers
The
Differential Mux/Demux System
Eight Channel Mux/Demux System
Doubly Balanced Mixer
Common-Source Mixer
100 MHz Mixer
Multiplexer/Mixer
Wide Band Differential Multiplexer
424
--,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
",...
lol
"
0
Vl
><
Vl
>
;l
~
'
"
"...<....,...
i
~
lol
~
>
;l
z
~
lol
t:
....
Q
I'
>
~
~
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
"0
_j
....."'
..
'
lo:
425
-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,, I
I
.-_ J
,f
I
s
,f
I
t:
I
J
/;
I
II
I
0
I
,f
I
I
I
1
,
~
fo
i
~
~
'
I
I
I
~~
v
426
I
_j
DOUBLY BALANCED
MIXER (BROADBAND INPUTS,
9.0 MHz TUNEDOUTPUT)
100 MHz MIXER
Input !rom
local (bcill1101
(70 MHJ)
'"
BVd<
!HO)pF
!I-301JIF
100
IF
QDOI ~F
9.DMtb
Hf IIOPUT
O.II0211F
-..~~~~OUTPUT
L:""""""'-+... -~Esd,-=
...
Outp~l
(JUMHr)
Sigml lnp~t ~...,~:....,..._,,__.,.:..

(100 MHr)
~L" ~QII
Ll
90-480pF
5 Turnl, fl& AWG Win, 1/4"10,

5/11" La"9
L2 18 Tur11S,I20 AWG Wirt an 1 Toraiil

Con. (T4H Milira Metal D1 Eqwill)
Ll U TUR~S AWG NO 28 UAMELEO WI~F. WOUND

ON MICROMTALS TYP 44 6 TOROID C~R
Fig. 53-3
Fig. 53-5
COMMONSOURCE MIXER
MULTIPLEXER/MIXER
>of
"
L 1 - 1.4"1on,;22en...,..,oiOMew!Qdtol3
l t - l.&"lon1: 22..,....... <IOMcoupl.,! "> L3
L3 -1.75"1-;otl&~
-Prim~. 13T; d2enomtl, cl-woundon 1/4"
form;, 1,.H
S.OOI!Ciary, 3T ;--<~22 '"'mel, ciON wound prlmii'Y
C l C z. C 3 , C 4 , - 0:8 IO 12pF; Jol>lnson ll'P'! 2950
Tt
Fig. 53-4
Fig. 53-6
427
WIDE BAND DIFFERENTIAL MULTIPLEXER
Olfff~~;~~ o-"'11\.,fv-~-------,
PJII4Jg2
IP~ll
OIFFERE~J;~~
'"
o-"",..___-l'-1>--------,
"'
"'
i~V
ADUITIO!<AL
C"A~~H~
Fig. 53-7
Circuit Notes
This design allows high frequency signal handling and~high toggle rates simultaneously. Toggle rates up~to 1 MHz and MHz signals are possible with this circuit.
428
54
Modulation Monitors
The
Modulation Monitor
Visual Modulation Indicator
CB Modulation Monitor
429
MODULATION MONITOR
100Kll
1Kll
D2
10Kll
VOLUME
10Kll
NOTE:
D1 AND 02: GERMANIUM
DIODES SUCH AS IN34.
Fig. 54-1
Circuit Notes
Broad-tuned receiver demodulates the RF signal picked up by a loosely couplea

wire placed near the transmitting antenna.
VISUAL MODULATION INDICATOR
TO
"TRANSCEIVER
TO
ANTENNA
Cl
Rl
0!
Fig. 54-2
Circuit Notes
Indicator lamp brightness varies in step

with modulated RF signal. Adjust R2 with
transmitter on (modulated) until the lamp
flashes in step with modulation. Cl = 5 pf, C2
= 100 pF, Dl = 1N60 or 1N34 (Germanium),
430
R3 = 10 K pot, 11 = 6-8 V, 30-60 rnA incandes

cent bulb, Ql = 2N3393 (for increased sensitivity use 2N3392 or other high-gain transistor).
CB MODULATION MONITOR
R3
r----"'VV\;r----.
D1
NO ! . C : A \ _
N.C.,....~
C2
ii
':~
II
...
.:.;.,
R1
I
C1==
RF INPUT
R4
R2
>
C3=;::
D2
...
PARTS LIST
c1-500pF, 100-Vdc capaci1or
C2-101'F, 10-Vdc electrolytic capacitor
C3-200pF, 100-Vdc capacitor
C4-300-pF, 100-Vdc capacitor
p1, D2, D3-1N60
M1-01 mA DC high-speed meter
R1 , R4-1 000-ohm, 'h-watt resistor
R2-1000-ohm pot
R3-910-ohm, 'hwatt resistor, 5%
51-Spdt spring-return switch
MOD.
=~C4
Fig. 54-3
Circuit Notes
Connect this circuit to a transceiver with a coaxial Tconnector in the transmission
line. Key the transmitter (unmodulated), set Slto CAL, and adjust R2 for a full scale
reading. Return Sl to MOD position. The meter will read % modulation with 10%
accuracy.
431
55
Modulators
The sources ofthe following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730.The
TV Modulator
TV Modulator
Pulse-Position Modulator
Pulse-Width Modulator
RF Modulator
Linear Pulse-Width Modulator
Balanced Modulator
432
Video Modulator
Modulator
AM Modulator
TV Modulator Using a Motorola MC1374
VHF Modulator
TV MODULATOR
+ vcc::::12V
+
+
R1
470
D1
MPN3401
7
C7
C1
0.001:r
-=
C15
0.001
0.22 ,u.H
C2
56
L1
L4
0 Output
R9
+
C3
1201:
C4
50
R4
6.8 k
L2
-:-
C14::::1::
0.01-=-
560
U1
MC1374
02
R5
3.3 k
14
R8
2.2 k
,.
C1~
R12
C5
0.001
1N914
0 Video tn
10~f
180 k
R13
30 k
,.
R11
220
Audio In
C6
11'F
-:-
Ll ~ 4 Turns. 122. 114 Oia.

L2 - 40 Turns, 136, 3/ 16" Oia.
Fig. 55-l
Circuit Notes
The FM oscillator/modulator is a
voltage-controlled oscillator, which exhibits a
nearly linear output frequency versus input
voltage characteristic for a wide deviation. It
provides a good FM source with a few inexpen-
sive external parts. It has a frequency range of

1.4 to 14 MHz and can typically produce a 25
kHz modulated 4.5 MHz signal with about 0.6%
total harmonic distortion.
433
TV MODULATOR
+5-12
II DC
R1
&son
c5
GROUND
C4
.005
L1
~.005
R2
8.2K
C1
4-23pF
C2
10pF
R3
4.7K
R7
330.11
D2
VIDEO
DIODE
VIDEO INPUT
R5
82!1
D1
VIDEO
DIODE
<Z>
R&
1K
FERRITE
BEAD
MODULATED
RF OUTPUT
RB
75.11
F. BLECHMAN 1978
Fig. 55-2
Circuit Notes
The VHF frequ~ency is generated by a

tuned Hartley oscillator circuit. Resistors R2,
R3, and R4 bias the transistor, with tapped
inductor Ll and trimmer capacitor Cl forming
the tank circuit. Adjusting Cl determines the
frequency. Capacitor C2 provides positive
feedback from the tank circuit to the emitter at
Ql. Capacitor C4 provides an RF ground for the
base of Ql. Bypass capacitor C5 and resistor
434
Rl filter out the radio frequencies generated in

the tank circuit to prevent radiation from the
power-supply lines. The video signal enters
the parallel combination of resistors R5 and R6;
this combination closely matches the 75 ohm
impedance of most video cables. Resistor R6 is
a small screwdriver-adjusted potentiometer
that is used to control the video input level to
mixer diodes Dl and D2.
PULSE-POSITION MODULATOR
VcciSVtolSVJ
,.,
,.,~I
.,
vee
RESET
OUTPUT 131
...ill TRIGGER
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
MODULATION
INPUT;~ ~~NTROL
OLTAGE
IS. Note-A I
THRESHOLD
P-
,.,
Fig. 55-3
GND
l{1)
NOTE A: The rnoduleting 'lgnal may be.direct or capacj.
tively coupled to the control voltage terminal. For

direct coupling, the effects of modulation source
voltage and impedance on
the bias
SE655/NE555 should be consldued.
cf
the
Circuit Notes
The threshold voltage, and thereby the time delay, of a free-running oscillator is
shown modulated with a triangular-wave modulation signal; however, any modulating
wave-shape could be used.
PULSE-WIDTH MODULATOR
+ V cc (5 to 15 Vl
4(10)
AL
Reset
Vee
Discharge
Output
Output
AA
14
5t9)
1113)
1/2-MC3556
Threshold
i/2-MC3456
2112)
control
Trigger
Clock
Input
3(11)
6(8)
Fig. 55-4
Modulatio n
Input
Gnd
-'Circuit Notes
~If the
timer is triggered with a continuous

train in the monostable mode of operation, the charge time of the capacitor can be
varied by changing the control voltage at pin 3.
~Pulse
In this manner, the output ~Pulse width can be

modulated by applying a modulating signal that
controls the threshold voltage.
435
150
'
I<
13
5.0 k
'
1~1
I-'
QpAmp1
'
Ou;put
P~l ..s
i--'
At
L_------~------~
PuiMWdll'l
Vnt
~vsn
'\ITL
~Vs(1-
+ A2/R1l +vee
A2/A1) +VEE
Oll<:ollator f'requn-cy
4R~~A2
D.C.
V"8
y
ttl.-- .
~ oV
11001
IC = MC3405
Fig. 55-5
RF MODULATOR
+9VOI..TS
C6
+0
~--r---~-~~H~~~~~A~NTENNA
Fig. 55-6
r
ALL RESISTORS 'OR ,WATI
GAIN
VIDEO
INPUT
Circuit Notes
Capacitors C1, C3, C5, and C6 should be dipped mica. C4 and C7 are-compression or
piston trimmer types. R6 is PC-board mount trimpot. L1 is 6 turns of No. 14 enameled
wire, % inch J.D. by % inch long, tapped at 1 tum from top.
436
LINEAR PULSE-WIDTH-MODULATOR
VIDEO MODULATOR
I - - - -r-------"""1-~------------..-'.:....-,
'"
~"
21U<
lllll
~-,
"~
K SIGNAl
'"N'
'
~HOp~
, -I---
I---
"-'
UlATIOOI
/>t-~lo,
,_ ./
27kn
L __ _
ll
lOT 22 B & S ENAMELL.0 COPPER

Jmm
Fig. 55-7
WI~
OIAMETEFI S TEXT
Fig. 55-9
BALANCED MODULATOR
(+12 Vdc SINGLE SUPPLY)
MODULATOR
&V
FINE FIIEOUENCV
ADJUSTMENT
'"
12Vd'
MODUlATING
"0 I
INPUT
IO.Hr
~f
GSB
OUTPUT
CARAIER
.~'~"'-!--'
lUI.
'"' ~cJc-~::r<---" '"'
NUU
Fig. 55-8
'00
"
"
fi'IEQUEII!CY SET CAP

MODULAT60 OUTPUT
ITTl)
Fig. 55-10
437
vee
v to 15 V)
l5
,.,r-- ,.,
CLOCK
INPUT
-'-?1
,,
vee
RESET
OUTPUT 131
TRIGGER
~111111 1111111 1'1111111

Nllllll
I IIIII I 1111111
I
OUTPUT
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
MODULATION
CONTROL
INPUT ~
VOLTAGE
!See Note A)
THRESHOLD
"'
,.,
--J,,
GNO
11
NOTE A: The modulating signal may ba dl"rao::t or capaci-
In ntl fi/111/HIII/IIn U I A '' ,
tively coupled to the control voltage terminal. For

direct coupling, the effe<.:ts of modulation source
voltage and impedance or. the biiS of the
SE56&/.NE:5155 1ho~o~ld bil conldered.
Fig. 55-ll
Circuit Notes
The monostable circuit is triggered by a continuous input pulse train and the
threshold voltage is modulated by a control signal. The resultant effect is a modulation of
the output pulse width, as shown. A sine-wave modulation signal is illustrated, but any
wave-shape could be used.
AM MODULATOR
u.
II
.,.!,.
vee
"
2-9
OI#F
':'
'
Re
? ,, ,l-
1k
3.9 k
MC1596G
MC 1496G
NPUT
Vs
Fig. 55-12
9
MO OULATING
ISO
ISO
5I
II
10
CARRIER ADJUST
438
10 k
6.8 k
II
':'
J 9k
eA RRIER....,
INPUT
Vd<
-vcO.l,.F
SIGN-Al
11
VEE
-8 Vdc
-~
-Vo
TV MODULATOR USING A MOTOROLA MC1374
MODULATED
OUTPOT -
;;J;, .001 u
'"
T
MC1374
Fig. 55-13
"'
''"
"'
"'"
"
"...j------~--~"'t--
'----'
"'
L1
4 I urns 122 ga enamel wire, 114" dia. close wound air core
L2
43 tum& ~36 ~namel wire, 3116' doa. close wound. ler-
AUDIO IN
''"
"le core
l3.L4
022 ul'l RF chokes
Circuit Notes
This one-chip modulator requires ~some outboard circuitry and a shielded box.
R1
R2
~:~~ --'~~~'~"-t--------_;'~ooN'~"-,
~15-Y
-15 V
,----f-- Your
R3
10 kll
C1
1e 2..-A2Ct
,
,
0.47 "F
1r. 2rR1 C1
"'
-2w R2 C2
100 k!l
100 !!
Fig. 55-14
lc
01
&.2
02
1.2
< In <
funity gain
439
Vcc5.0V-14V
4
A1table
f.,
,,.
'"
[i_
MC1465
r---6---
'? .
'
ewM
'
'
"'
1.5 k
OutP
MC1422
't 'i
'
.l....J
a'
C>
Note 1
il.Ol ioF
!-
Modulation
MC1422 can boo "toll2ed u en astable If
MSS10 00
c.,
'"
"' 0.002 c
~
22
C3J 001 IJ.F
"'
MPSA70
;;
Input
All Rnistoro 1/4 Wen
an ><tarnal 2/3 retlo r.slstlve divider
Is \.lied 11 pin 5.
2. See waveform
-PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR WAVEFORMS
Modulation Input 5 V/Div
Vc3 Ramp 5 V/Div
. . . .
'
..
PWM Input 10 V/Dv
-----------
-------------------Hor.
PWM O .. tput 10 V/Div.
O.!S m/Div.
Fig. rr5-15
VHF MODULATOR
li.ZV
l "'
IO.ooF
6
OZ
!:14
33COI'
II':
t--+L
440
"" OUTPUT
r----.~~~t--llr-1--t+-,--t-cl-1~~:::::~:
'T'IOOpF
th
33pF
110011
Fig. 55-16
.56
Moisture and Rain Detectors

figure number contained in the box oi each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Rain Alarm
Moisture Detector
Automatic Plant Waterer

Rain Alann/Door Bell
441
RAIN ALARM
TO
NOTE:
SENSOR
IC1 IS 4011
TRACK
..v
01 IS 8C108
Q21S BFY!il
R3
.,.
R2
'""'
R1'
T
=~TTERv-!
I
C1
'"
"'
820k
R5
3001<
..,
l3.5mml
SEE TEXT
Fig. 56-1
Circuit Notes
The circuit uses four NAND gates of a oscillator will be disabled until the control
4011 package. In each oscillator, while one gate input is taken high. Any moisture bridging the
is configured as a straightforward inverter, the sensor track will so enable the output which is a
other has one input that can act as a control square wave at about 10 Hz. This in tum will
input. Oscillator action is inhibited if this input gate on and off the 500 Hz oscillator formed by
is held low. The first oscillator (!Cla and !Clb) !Clc and !Cld. This latter oscillator drives the
has this input tied low via a high value resistor loudspeaker via R6, the Darlington pair formed
(Rl) that acts as a sensitivity control. Thus this .by Ql and Q2, and resistor R7.
MOISTURE DETECTOR
100KO
HORN
RADIO
SHACK
273-049
MOISTURE
DETECTOR
10KO
SCR
RADIO
SHACK
276-1067
Circuit Notes
The detector is made of fine wires spaced
about one or two inches apart. When the area
between a pair of wires becomes moistened,
the hom will sound. To tum it off, de power
must be disconnected.
1KO
Fig. 56-2
442
AUTOMATIC PLANT WATERER

RV1
_.j MOISTURE
I
LEVEL
100.
fuldrcutt ........
R3
SOOk
LIN
.,100'
lOti
~70R
C2
"'
!~02
.,.
-l
r-j_
T
-
16V
1 6V
4M7
47k
NOTE
IC1 is 4011
PUMP
01 is BC21o4
021S 80131
MOTOR
RV2
lOOk
LIN
Fig. 56-3
Circuit Notes
driver. When the resistance across the probe

increases beyond a set value (i.e., the soil
dries), the Schmitt is triggered. C2 feeds a
negative going pulse to the monostable when
the Schmitt triggers and R2 acts as feedback, to
ensure a fast switching action.
The unit consists of a sensor, timer, and

electric water pump. The sensor is embedded
in the soil, and when dry, the electronics opecate the water pump for a preset time. The
circuit is composed of a level sensitive Schmitt
trigger, variable time monostable, and output
RAIN ALARMJDOOR BELL
TO SENSOR
D1
1A
BELL
Fig. 56-4
R1
2k2
T
1
SCRA
SOV 1A
C1
10n
R3
1k
BELL
PUSH
51
Circuit
With Sl open tbe circuit functions as a
doorbell. With Sl closed, rain falling on the
sensor will tum on Ql, triggering Q2 and the
thyristor and activating the bell, R4 provides
the holding for the thyristor while Dl prevents
3V
....L..
NOTE
01, 02 are 2N3706
01 is 1N4001
Notes
any damage to the thyristor from back EMF in

the bell coil. The sensor can be made from 3
square inches of copper clad board with a razor
cut down the center. Cl prevents any mains
pickup in the sensor leads.
443
57
Motor Controls
The
Motor Speed Control
Plug-In Speed Control for Tools or
Appliances
Motor Speed Control with.Feedback
Direction and Speed Control for SeriesWound Motors
High-Torque Motor Speed Control
Motor Speed Control
Constant Current Motor Drive Circuit
Ac Motor Power Brake
Universal-Motor Speed Control with
Load-Dependent Feedback
De Motor Speed/Direction Control Circuit
Servo Motor Amplifier
444
Motor Speed Control

Model Train Speed Control
Induction Motor Control
DC Motor Speed Control
Universal Motor Control with Built-In Self
Timer
Speed Control for Model Trains or Cars
Direction and Speed Control for ShuntWound Motors
Two-Phase Motor Drive
De Servo Amplifier
Universal Motor Speed Control
Power Tool Torque Control
Ac Servo Amplifier-Bridge Type
MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
d,
!IV 0:1:
'"
..,.,
~
U
..
'
lvREF
SI'EED
ADJUST
,.
'~
YIN
'"
'I
,,
NCo-+-IDSC
_J
I-cl+
I--
me
11
[ 'I
-* (-)))
'" "'"'
...
YARIAIL
PICKU,
'l
0, oi,RI:f'
I!U1<f
tf' t II-
COW
,.
L(t..,~--r----",
75Dpf
CH~=I2
..~
1=f'' 1 1
"'
... ...
r''''1 1
H-'
"'
"
Fig. 57-1
Circuit Notes
,.
LM2!MI7
,,-1--
"a-t+ : "'"J rI --,

...
,.
"
I--
LM:t524
cAl
"
I l"r
H~
LRfuo I
This circuit is a regulating series de motor speed control using the LM3524 for the
control and drive for the motor and the LM2907 as a speed sensor for the feedback
network.
_J
PLUG-IN SPEED CONTROL FOR TOOLS OR APPLIANCES
Fl
SCRI
Rl
2500
5W
R4 IK
CAl
GE-504A
CR3
120 VAC
GE -XI4
R2
500
I SPEED
CONTROL)
REDUCED FULL
Cl
2MFD
50V
OUTP~T
R3
200
(TRIMMER)
SOCKET
FOR MOTOR
PLUG
MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING
COMPONENT~~L~IG~H~T.~D~U~T~Y~~~H~E~AV~I~ER~O~U~TY=-SCRI
Fl
UNIVERSAL
MOTOR
3 AMP MAX
5 AMP MAX
GE- XI
GE-C30B
3 AMP
5AMP
Fig. 57-2
Circuit Notes
Most standard household appliances and

portable hand tools can be adapted to variablespeed operation:byuse of this simple half-wave
SCR phase control. It can be used as the speed
control unit for the following typical loads providee they use series universal (brush type)
motors.
Drills
Sewing Machines
Saber saws
Portable band saws
Food mixers
Food blenders
446
Fans
Lathes
Vibrators
Movie projectors
Sanders
During the positive half cycle of the supply

-voltage, the arm on potentiometer R2 taps off a
traction of the sine wave supply vllltage and
compares it with the counter emf of the motor
through the gate of-the SCR. When the pot
voltage rises above the armature voltage, current flows through CRl into the gate of the
SCR, triggering it, and thus applying the -remainder of that half cycle supply voltage to the
motor. The speed at which the motor operates
can be selected by R2. Stable operation is possible over approximately a 3-to-1 speed range.
MOTOR SPEED CONTROL WITH FEEDBACK
R1
18 k
2W
06
1 N4001
R4
C2
1N751A
5.1
100
2N6346
05
115 VAC
60Hz
R6
Q2
JJon
50 k
10)J.F
C3
C1
T1
SPRAGUE
11 Z12
Motor
8
NbMINAL AS VALUE;$
RS
Motor Rating
(Ampere$)
t
.....
Fig. 57-3
OHMS
Watts
0.67
10
6.5
0.32
is
AS=-
IM
IM =Max. Rated
Motor Current (RMS)
AS
See Table
DIRECTION AND SPEED CONTROL FOR SERIES-WOUND MOTORS
(4)
MR504
or~MDA 3504
AC
FIELD
LINE
Rl
20 k:>-o......,
5W
Tl
R2, 4.7 k
+f]l
51J.F
sw
75
Q5
2N5062
05
1N5262
ARMATURE
(2)
T2
R3
1 k
SPRAGUE
11Z13
Fig. 57-4
Circuit Notes
The circuit shown here can be used to

control tbe speed and direction of rotation of a
series-wound de motor. Silicon controlled
rectifiers Ql-Q4, which are connected in a
~ bridge arrangement, are triggered in diagonal
pairs. Which pair is turned on is controlled by
switch Sl since it connects either coupling
transformer Tl or coupling transformer T2 to a
pulsing circuit. The current in the field can be
reversed by selecting either SCRs Q2 and Q3
448
for conduction, or SCRs Ql and Q4 for conduction. Since the armature current is always in
the same direction, the field current reverses
in relation to the armature current, thus reversing the direction of rotation of the motor. A
pulse circuit is used to drive the SCRs through
either transformer Tl or T2. The pulse required to fire the SCR is obtained from the
energy stored in capacitor Cl.
HIGH-TORQUE MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
MR1032A
115 VAC
o1
1N4003
D4
.--------i---'1N4001
R1
15K/2W
MZ500- 12
Ds
RF* = FEEDBACK RESISTOR

(SEE TEXT)
Fig. 57-5
Circuit Notes
A bridge circuit consisting of two SCRs
and two silicon rectifiers furnishes full-wave
power to the motor. Diodes, D3 and D5, supply
de to the trigger circuit through dropping resistors, Rl. Phase delay of SCR firing is obtained
by charging C2 thruugh resistors R3 and R4
from the voltage level established by the zener
diode, DS. When C2 charges to the firing voltage of the unijunction transistor, the UJT fires,
triggering the SCR that has a positive voltage

on its anode. When C2 discharges sufficiently,
the unijunction transistor drops out of eonduction. The value of RF is dependent upon the size
of the motor and on the amount of feedback
desired. A typical value for RF can he calculated
from: RF =
~.where
S!M is the max rated load
current (rms).
449
MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
IOOk.ll.
GE
C228
25kJ1
II&V
60HZ
IN50&9
"'
IN5059
SERIES WOUND
UNIVERSAL MOTOR
Fig. 57-6
Circuit Notes
Switching action of the 2N4990 allows smaller capacitors to be used while achieving
reliable thyristor triggering.
CONSTANT CURRENT MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUIT
2N30U
y+
"'
RSIAS
"'
.001-"F
1115
I-
c,
ICLI063
01
o.n
@SW
..
.,
Fig. 57-7
Circuit Notes
This minimum.device circuit can be used to drive de motors where there is some
likelihood of stalling or lock up; if the motor locks, the current drive remains constant and
the system does not destroy itself.
450
AC MOTOR BRAKE
HEAT
ON l>
Sl (SPRING
SINK~ OFF---co-, RETURN)
I I
117 ....
VAC
, oc y
~'.)
Po!;.'
.1
TO POWER
TOOL MOTOR
PARTS LIST FOR

AC MOTOR POWER BRAKE
PI, 1-AC plug
01-Silicon rectifier, 200 PIV, 20 A.
S1-Spdt switch. Center off,one.
side spring return
Misc.-Metal cabinet
Circuit Notes
A shot of direct current will instantly stop
any ac power tool motor. Switch Sl is a
center-off, one side spring return. With Sl on,
ac will be fed to the motor and tbe motor will
run. To brake the motor, simply press Sl down
and a quick shot of de will instantly stop it. The
switch returns to the center off position when
released. This Power Brake can only be used
with ac motors; it will not brake universal
(ac-dc) motors. A heat sink must be provided
for the diode.
Fig. 57-8
UNIVERSAL-MOTOR SPEED CONTROL

WITH LOAD-DEPENDENT FEEDBACK (FOR MIXER, SEWING MACHINE, ETC.)
R!
47K
IW
R2
20K(2W)
SPEED
ADJUST
AI4B
, Cl
y~c~~~B
I IK
I :.:
IOp.F 2p.F
IOV
Sl
o----1
FULL SPEED
POSN.
Fig. 57-9
MIXER, OR SIMILAR
UNIVERSAL MOTOR
Al48
NOTE: RESISTORS 1/2 WATT EXCEPT AS NOTED
Circuit
Simple half-wave motor speed control is
effective for use with small universal (ac/dc)
motors. Maximum current capability 2.0 amps
RMS. Because speed-dependent feedback is
provided, the control gives excellent torque
Notes
characteristics to the motor, even at low rotational speeds. Norrnal operation at maximum
speed can be achieved by closing switch Sl,
thus bypassing the SCR.
451
DC MOTOR SPEED/DIRECTION CONTROL CIRCUIT

t10
S~/Oirection
Control
_j
...
50'
1N4001
3.3 k
560
3.3 k
.
. 0>i
~k>(_
....
'001 "F
"
"c
J.Q k
1C
L~
H~;~4
~~;~
I
'
I'~
"
390 pF; lo;
3.9 k
I'~
20
1N4001
f<>
SRT60181
I'
or Equiv
'
1N4001
or ECJUiv
TN914
-Or Equiv
G:(;:
390pF
or Equiv
1N4001
Each amplifier symbol representl-1/4 MC7549l circuit (two
~ckagea
totel).
Fig. 57-10
SERVO MOTOR AMPLIFIER
R2
v+
0.1""
v+
1-:!-
R1
Rsc
YIN
CASE
3
Rsc
Skg
Fig. 57-ll
452
v-
0.01"F
0.1~
f
v-
Circuit Notes
Motor driver amplifier will deliver the

rated current into the motor. Care should be
taken to keep power dissipation within the
permitted level. This precision speed regulation circuit employs rate feedback for constant
motor current at a given input voltage.
MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
p%.
Cl, C2-0.l-uF, 200-VDC capacitor

Ql-RCA 40431 Triac-Diac
Rt-100,000-ohm linear taper
potentiometer
Fig. 57-12
Cbcuit Notes
Universal motors and shaded-pole induction motors can be easily controlled with a
full-wave Triac speed controller. Ql combines
both the triac and diac trigger diodes in the
same case. The motor used for the load must be
limited to 6 amperes maximum. Triac Ql must

be provided with a heat sink. With the component values shown, the Triac controls motor
speed from full off to full on.
MODEL TRAIN SPEED CONTROL
12 14Vdc
2N3055
12 volt
12 w.att
t---F:o-;0,-:;R::;,W"'AR~O
REVERSE
SWITCH
TO
TRACKS
Fig. 57-13
Circuit
Virtually any NPN small signal transistor
may be used in place of the BC 108 shown.
Likewise any suitable NPN power transistor
can be used in place ofthe 2N3055. The output
transistor must be mounted on a suitable heatsink. Short circuit protection may be provided
Notes
by wiring a 12 volt 12 watt bulb in series with
the output. This will glow in event of a short
circuit and thus effectively current-limit the
output, it also acts as a visual short-circuit
alarm.
453
INDUCTION-MOTOR CONTROL
M
120 II AC
OR
~----------...------,
75K
100
2W
1/2
240 v AC
""\.., 60Hz
~2CS-26324
120VAC, 60Hz
240VAC, 60Hz
0.2211F. 200V
T2100B
0.22J1F. 400V
T2700D
D3202U
Fig. 57-14
Circuit
This single time-constartt circuit can be
used as proportional speed control for induction motors such as shaded pole or permanent
split-capacitor motors when the load is fixed.
Notes
The circuit is best suited to applications which
require speed control in the medium to fullpower range.
DC MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
2N:.~~
+
Motm
!4
13
10
11
) "'t
Fig. 57-15
40118
!2
;:u
2
rU
4
"
.o1!~to
.05
~~
,E
7~
$
1N4148
f- 1N4148
k-
rf1MO
Circuit
The circuit uses a 4011 CMOS NAND
gate, a pair of diodes and an NPN power transister to provide a variable duty-cycle de
source. Adjusting the speed control varies the
average voltage applied to the motor. The peak
454
Notes
voltage, however, is not changed. This pulse
power is effective at very low speeds, constantly kicking the motor along. At higher
speeds, tbe motor behaves in a nearly normal
manner.
UNIVERSAL MOTORCONTROL WITH BUILT-IN SELF TIMER
--,
CR2
GE-504A
Sl
20V
60 ~z
--.
GE-504A
150K
TIME
R2
IK
ADJUST
3.3K
SPEED
ADJUST
SCR I
"4
IOOf.liFD
200V
~+
C2
01
MFD
50V
C3
~OD
G~~~04AGEM~~
I MEG
Cl
GEXI
CR5 Y
GE504A \7
~R3
Rl
SCR 2
2W
OFF
CRI
=u=
R5
3.3K
ON
I
I
R6
150
'
:~:NEON
I
I
! LAMP
I (OPTIONAL)
'
UNIVERSAL
w
D
~4
GE-5MA
L.
.J
LO AD
I
I
I
Fig. 57-16
__ j
Circuit Notes
When the time delay expires, SCRl conducts and removes the gate signal from SCR2,
which stopsthe motor. Both the time delay and
motor speed are adjustable by potentiometers
R2 and R3. If heavier motor loads are antici-
pated, use the larger C30B SCR in place of the

GE-Xl for SCR2. Also, the capacitance ofCl
can be increased to lengthen the tinie delay, if
desired.
SPEED CONTROL FOR MODEL TRAINS OR CARS
FUSE 2A
.,,
_,
3 AMP STUD ICA. 50V
Fig. 57-17
l"et.
-~
-1'*'F
12V
.....
1NI14
Cireuit Notes
Low voltage speed control gives~very good starting torque and excellent speed
-regulation. A reversing switch may be incorporated in the leads to the motor.
455
DIRECTION AND SPEED CONTROL FOR SHUNT-WOUND MOT-ORS

01
(4)
MP.504 or MDA3504
02
AC
LtNE
01
03
R1
FIELD
+~
Fig. 57-18
C1
05
05
2N5062
1 N5262
T1
R3
1-k
T2
Tl and T2 are Sprague 11 Zf3
01 thru 04- 2N4172
~circuit
This circuit operates like the one shown in

Fig. 57-4. The only differences are that the
field is placed across the rectified supply and
the armature is placed in the SC R bridge. Thus
Notes
the field current is unidirectionalimt armature
current is reversible; consequently the motor's
direction of rotation is reversible. Potentiometer Rl controls the speed.
TWO-PHASE MOTOR DRIVE
"
0.1~.<F
.,
C4
j
I
Q
C5
2100
CJ
O.D4,uf*
456
Fig. 57-19
.,
RJ
"'
"'
-:r "'
C7
lOOk
DC SERVO AMPLIFIER
50 k
5 k
+15
10 "F
Fig. 57-20
SIZE 8 OR 9 12 Vdc
SERVOMOTOR
-15
UNIVERSAL MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
"'
C!*+
AC
line
01
~...........,..-"4/
R3
Voltage
SCR
R1
R2
Ra
C1
C2
D1
SPEED
ADJUST
C2
LINE
VOLTAG
~J~1~G
02
0
MACHINE,OR
SIMILAR
UNIVERSAL
D2
MOTOR
~----+-----~
..-
(MAX. CURRENT
1.5 AMP.)
SCR
120V
47K
IOK
IK
IJLF, 50V
O.li'F, 50V
IN5059
IN5059
C106BI
240V
lOOK
20K
lK
li'F, IOOV
ti.IJLF, 50V
IN5060
IN5060
C106Dl
Fig. 57-21
Circuit
The resistor capacitor network Rl-R2-Cl
provides a ramp-type reference voltage
superimposed on top of a de voltage adjustable
with the speed-setting potentiometer R2. This
reference voltage appearing at the wiper of R2
is balanced against the residual counter emf of
the motor through the SCR gate. As the motor
slows down due to heavy loading, its counter
emf falls, and the reference ramp triggers the
Notes
SCR earlier in the ac cycle. More voltage is
thereby applied to the motor causing it to pick
up speed again. Performance with the Cl06
SCR is particularly good because the low trigger current requirements of this device allow
use of a flat top reference voltage, which provides good feedback gain and close speed regulation.
457
POWER TOOL TORQUE CONTROL

SCR-1
Fl
"'
02
TO DRILL
R2
01
PARTS LIST FOR

POWER TOOL TORQUE CONTROL
01, 02-lA, 400 PIV silicon
rectifier (Calectro K4-557 or
R2-250-ohm, 4-watt potentiometer

R3-33-ohm, lh-watt resistor
equiv.J
Fl-3-A ~slo:~-bto" fuse
Rl-2500-ohm, 5-watt resistor
SCR1-8-A, 400-PlV silicon

controlled rectifier (HEP Rl222)
Fig. 57-22
Circuit Notes
As the speed of an electric drill is dereduced. The extra gate voltage c~auses the
creased by loading, its torque also drops. A
SCR to conduct over a larger angle and more
compensating speed control like this one puts
current is driven intn the drill, even as speed
the oomph back into the motor. When the drill
falls under load. The SCR should he mounted in
slows down, a back voltage developed across
'4-in. thick block of aluminum or copper at least
the motnr-in series with the SCR cathode and
l-in. square. If the circuit is used for extended
gate-decreases. The SCR gate voltage thereperiods use a 2 inch square piece.
fore increases relatively as the back voltage is
AC SERVO AMPLIFIER-BRIDGE TYPE
5 k
YIN
50 k
o---ilf---.,v..--...---.....'/'y-----
1.5 H
un
"'
458
Fig. 57-23
58
Multi vibrators
The
Monostable Circuit
Astable Multivibrator
Astable Oscillator
Digitally Controlled Astable Multivibrator
Dual Astable Multivibrator
LUT Monostable
Monostable Multivibrator with Input
Lock-Out
TTL Monostable
Monostable Circuit
One-Shot Multivibrator
Monostable Multivibrator
Bistable Multivibrator
100kHz Free-Running Multivibrator
459
MONOSTABLE CIRCUIT
~A' t.l kU
C Q_OlF
RlHi!
Soo~-11
Vcci5Vto15Vl
II
1
11 I
IIBI
~RL
~Vee
RESET
,..J& TRIGGER
OUTPUT
INPUT
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
J~TVOllAGE
RA
131
t-
OUTPUT
t--
171
OVT~UT
VOLT AGE
(6) CONTROL
0.01.,F
~=
II
11
THRESHOLD 181
GNO
~~"
VOLTAGE
1/
CAPi!TOi VOL
/I
"'
:2
"
10-1
0..
10-2
"-
"
10-3
10-4
10- 5
~--~~--~L---~----~-----"
0~001
0.01
0.1
10
100
C-Capacitance-11-F
-OUTPUT- PULSE WIDTH vs CAPACITANCE
Fig. 58-1
Circuit Notes
If the output is low, application of a

negative-going pulse to the trigger input sets
the flip-flop (Q goes low), drives the output
high, and turns off l. Capacitor C is then
charged through R. until the voltage across the
capacitor reaches the threshold voltage of the
threshold input. If the trigger input has returned to a high level, the output of the
460
threshold comparator will reset the flip-flop (Q

goes high), drive the output low, and discharge
C through Ql. Monostable operations is in
itiated when the trigger input voltage falls
below the trigger threshold. Onee initiated, the
sequence will complete only if the trigger input
is high at the end of the timing interval.
ASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
~,.-~u
AI! Oil
Vee 16 v to 15 VI
(4Jl
.,
(8)
vee
RESET
!loo ........
OUTPUT 131
L.m TRIGGER
--
rAl
o I"'
''"'
OUTPUT
SE555/NE555
lm
DtSCHARGE
CONTROL
;..ili VOlTAGE
Of'EN
IS.. NOMA
THRESHOLD
II
~---
., 1--
GNO
1111
OtiTI'UT
/\
.,
VOl UGl
/\
~i'TOi VO~Trl
NOTE A: Oeeouptlr\9 the control voltea Input \pin 5} to

ground with -epcltor mv Improve oprUon,
This should 1M vlutd for lndlvlduleppllntlons.
g' 100~-_;~
;;
,
0
a:
u.
.!.
0.1
L__
0.001
_L_ _L__---l>._
0.01
01
_j"-----.-:J
10
100
C~Capacitancf'--JJ.F
Fig. 58-2
Circuit Notes
The capacitor C will charge through RA and R., and then discharge through R. only.
The duty cycle may he controlled by the values of RA and R..
461
ASTABLE OSCILLATOR
vw
Circuit Notes
1/4 C04095B
Before power is applied, the input and

output are at ground potential and capacitor C
is discharged. On power-on, the output goes
high (Voo) and C charges through R until V is
reached; the output then goes low (Vss). C is
now discharged through R until V, is reached.
The output then goes high and charges C towards V, through R. Thus input A alternately
swings between V, and V, as the output goes
high and low. This circuit is self-starting at
power-on.
1'"
voo
~:
~~~JiJii
POWER .4ll'j
ON
"I
'2
Fig. 58-3
DIGITALLY CONTROLLED ASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
"
11tn
DICJITAL -vtS
111110 . . . . . . .,
I'"'"'
llt:IIT
Ycc
~---'j DIICitAAGf
"
_ I
ssa
t----'1
OUT~
~L:ec
TIIIQCJ!II
CONTIICI.
r-
FOR LINEAR MODE
FOR EXPANDED MODE
Fig. 58-4
462
DUALASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
-+
Thrnh-
ol~
14
10k
1N914
L_
t--
10k
1N914 "
Output
C1
0.001
0.001
'
G"d
( Output
TrlgiiJr
Thresh-
R2
old
12
Output
TriiJOer
+ "'i'
Co""o:
Voltage
1/2 MC3556
OischG
10~
+15
1/2 MC3556
13
i io;""'l
Control
11
Voluge
pc2
'T'
'
"""
0.91
f (R1+R 2 ) C for C1 C2
Fig. 58-5
Circuit Notes
clock signals often required in digital systems.

It can also be inhibited by use of either reset
terminal.
This dual astable multivibrator provides

versatility not available with single~ timer circuits. The duty cycle can be adjusted from 5%
to 95%. The two outputs provide two phase
UJT MONOSTABLE
Jl
270fl
+ 15V
22 kfl
Qj
9.8
2N4125
Fig. 58-6
2N4851
Q2
_JL
2N4123
Q3
463
MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR WITH INPUT LOCK-OUT
~""
lo~~~~
' ,,
""
10M
1.0M
Fig. 58-7
240 k
62k
':"
TTL MONOSTABLE
l
'
'
0:
:::::1}~
.!:
...
'11.,,
4-7K
'
'
_l [__J::.C
-I l
'
Fig. 58-8
MONOSTABLE CIRCUIT
I>UICH.OA(I(
51150~ 12!51
----------------,
I
I
1CO~TRC!L
VOL U.OE
'"
JL
lf.
'"'""
, -i""
________ j '
~T-t.tAC
464
Fig. 58-9
BISTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
ONE-SHOT MULTIVIBRATOR
..
..l
o-
"'
lOOk
A~15V
V+:::rL
Fig. 58-10
'
100 k
,_~.,..._-I
Fig. 58-12
100kHz FREERUNNING MULTIVIBRATOR
MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR
V
Ill
20h
1.0M
'"
PW
=I"'E:
t,
lms-
v HV
R:i
1 Oh
RJ
""
v
0
lo
SQUAIIE
v.
>'++WAVE
OUTPUl"
0.001 F
1.0M
1N914
'"
"
"'
TTlm
Fig. 58-11
OTLI~nnut
ol two
Fig. 58.13
465
59
Noise Generators
The~ sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Audio Noise Generator
Pink Noise Generator
Noise Generator
Wideband Noise Generator
Noise Generator Circuit
466
AUDIO NOISE GENERATOR
+15-30V
R2
R8
5k6
5k6
Rl
-PINK
56k
r-~--t--~---+:+;-111
C3
25~f
-25V
Q2
Cl
..
C7
R4
1M
N06E
Fig. 59-1
RJ
39k
03
25"F
25V
01 -03 ARE TYPE BC108
Circuit -Notes
This simple circuit generates both white

and pin noise. Transistor Ql is used as a zener
diode. The normal base-emitter junction
is reverse-biased and goes into zener breakdown at about 7 to 8 volts. The zener noise
current from QU!ows into the base of Q2 such
that an output of about 150 millivolts of white
noise is available. To convert the white noise
to pink, a filter is required which provides a 3
dB cut per octave as the frequency increases.
Since such a filter attenuates the noise consid

erably an amplifier is used to restore the output
level. Transistor Q3 is this amplifier and the
pink noise filter is connected as a feedback
network. between collector and base in order
to obtain the required characteristic by con
trolling the gain-versus-frequency of the
transistor. The output of transistor Q3 is thus
the pink noise required and is fed to the relevant output socket.
467
PINK NOISE GENERATOR

1001<
.1 ~F
1M
r"""'W""-~'f-o
AUDIO OUTPUT
Fig. 59-2
1M
10011
Circuit Notes
simulate pink noise ~more closely. The audio
A reverse-biased pn junction of a 2N2712
output may be connected to high-impedance
transistor is used as a noise generator. The
earphones or to a driver amplifier for speaker
second 2N2712 is an audio amplifier. The 0.005
listening.
i<F capacitor across the amplifier output removes some high-frequency components to
NOISE GENERATOR
+15V
VOUT
1M
01
NPN
RANDOM NOISE
10k
1OOk SET LEVEL
Fig. 59-3
Circuit Notes
The zener breakdown of a transistorjunction is usea as a noise generator. The breakdown mechanism is random and this voltage
has a high source impedance. By using the op
amp as a high input impedance, high ac gain
468
amplifier, a low impedance, large signal noise

source is obtained. The lOOK potentiometer is
used to set the noise level by varying the gain
from 40 to 20 dB.
WIDEBAND NOISE GENERATOR
OUTPUT
IOK
--
IN21
son
9V
Fig. 59-4
Circuit Notes
This circuit will produce wide band ri noise. It uses a reverse-biased diode and has a
low-impedance output. Can be used to align receivers for optimum periormance.
NOISE GENERATOR CIRCUIT
+12 Vdc
C5
0.1 p.F
A6
8.2K
R4
A1
68K
A2
6.8K
10K
AS
330K
OUTPUT
R7
C1
5600
3.3
p.F;;;
m
Fig. 59-5
Circuit Notes
The zener diode is an avalanche rectifier in the reverse bias mode connected to-the
input circuit ofa wide band ri amplifier. The noise is amplified and applied to the cascade
wideband amplifier, transistors Q2 and Q3.
469
60
Oscilloscope Circuits
The
Oscilloscope Converter Provides FourChannel Displays
Add-On Triggered Sweep
10.7 MHz Sweep Generator
Drawing Circles on a Scope

Transmitter-Oscilloscope Coupler for CB
Signals
Oscilloscope Monitor
Beam Splitter for Oscilloscope
470
OSCILLOSCOPE CONVERTER PROVIDES FOUR-CHANNEL DISPLAYS
O.OT~
~.
FROM OSCILLOSCOPE GATE OUT--4
13 12 11
C1
A1
5k!l
A2
1 k!l
-:'-::-1 f-l
1
(3)4
(1)-c.t.j
1
(2)
~1L::.-:]
2 M!l
INSTAU
MENTS
SN7473
13t--1,
+1r
12~ 15 pF
OUTPUT
["'~
73)----~
TEXAS
DECODE
CONTROL
2M!!
15
-2Mfi
2 Mn
16
....:.::::
:~~
"l
(4)
~5vL
-t
CHANNEL
INPUTr
Alp Flop
__!!: (2)
HA2405
2 M!l
11
10
9
T OSCOPE
INPUT
2 Mn
2Mn
2 M!l
~.
SOOkfi~
(1)
5ooknc_
(3)
500
~CENTERING
~~CONTROL
~--- I/
k!!(
(4)
Fig. 60-1
So/
soo ul?
Circuit Notes
The monolithic quad operational amplifier
nel selection signals. All channels have cenprovides an inexpensive way to increase disteringcontrols for nulling offset voltage. A
play capability of a standard oscilloscope. Binegative-going scope gate signal selects the
nary inputs drive the IC op amp; a dual flip-flop
next channel after each trace. The circuit operdivides the scope's gate output to obtain chanates out to 5 MHz.
471
ADD-ON TRIGGERED SWEEP

+Vee
FROM
VERTICAL
AMPLIFIER
+Vee
1 M!1
SIGNETICS NE555
100 kH
SENSITIVITY
ADJUST
mkn
J{lkn
Fig. 60-2
+Vee
Circuit Notes
The circuit's input op amp triggers the timer, setting its flip-flop and cutting off its
discharge transistor so that capacitor C can charge. When the capacitor voltage reaches
the timer's control voltage (0.33Vcc), the flip-flop resets and the transistor conducts,
discharging the capacitor.
10.7 MHz SWEEP GENERATOR
FROM CRO
.OR ANALYZER
IK
Ll
IOOpF
4.7K
BAI63
LI20T 32SWG NEOSID FORMER F29 SLUG

RFCI-40T 32SWG ON LARGE IK RESISTOR
Fig. 603
rOI
Circuit Notes
This circuit is used to observe the r~esponse of an if amp or a filter. It can be used
with an oscilloscope or, for more dynamic range, with a spectrum analyzer.
472
DRAWING CIRCLES ON A SCOPE
5V1 ZENER
330k
Fig. 60-4
>--1~-0 StNE
100k
SET AMPLITUDE
270k
COSINE
f\1\;
XY SCOPE
DISPLAY
Circuit Notes
The circuit is that of a quadrature sioe and cosine Dscillator. To generate circular
displays, connect the two outputs to the X and Y inputs.
TRANSMITTER-OSCILLOSCOPE COUPLER FOR CB SIGNALS
TO
TRANSMITTER
OUTPUT
L1
TO VERTICAL
PLATES OF
OSCILLOSCOPE
Fig. 60-5
Circuit Notes
To display an rf signal, connect Ll to the

transmitter and points A and B to the vertical
plates of the oscilloscope. Adjust Ll for
minimum SWR and C3 for the desired trace
height on the CRT. L2 = 4 turns IH8 on %"

slug tuned rf coil form, Ll = 3 turns 1*22 adjacent to grounded endofLl, Cl, and C2 = 5 pF,
C3 = 75 pF trimmer.
473
OSCILLOSCOPE MONITOR
"'
To
.I
Robot~
OUtput "
"""
Mooo~"'
output
'
I
""'~-----------0.'
Ono'mchCRT
4.7M
:n
120v.~.c.
O.tmF
ICPI-
Fig. 60-6
COSSOR
4.7M
'""'
1N4007
&itillltube
l pin Loctol
wcket.
+350v.d.c
""'
~
..
40mF
"""'
500v.
""'
1N4007
1N4007
"'"
-1S0v.d.c
p.,_, tnnsfor""'' St.orn:or PC8<103,
70<1'111, 250-0-250 with filomtnt
6.lv., 21.
BEAM SPUTTER FOR OSCILLOSCOPE
.", rl
I
Fl\llo
-~.::.-
AB
!Ok
"
"'
.."
'"
+~Vm+l~V
-~
T"-~-'--+''
l'l?
IOk
" : "
"
'"
"'~"' "i'
~H..-~--...-l-t---t---+--'
t...-_
INPUT I
-tOn
r-
"'
8C417
IU
lot
IJ<II'Ul 2
Fig. 60-7
"'
... ,...
i.--.
10.
SkG
c" _j
~--~~~
-
..
...
101<
OUTPUT
00
II \lib
474
"'
'"'
-5\lto-l~V
Circuit Notes
The basis ofthe beam~splitter is a 555 timer connected as an astable multivibrator.
Signals at the two inputs are alternately displayed on the oscilloscope with a clear
separation between them. The output is controlled by the tandem potentiometer RVla/b
which also varies the amplitude of the traces.
61
Phase Sequence
and Phase Shift Circuits
The
Phase Sequence Indicator
Single Transistor Phase Shifter
0 to 180 Phase Shifter
Phase Shift Circuits

Precision Phase Splitter
0 to 360 Phase Shifter
475
PHASE SEQUENCE INDICATOR

A
Circuit Notes
Simple, portable phase-sequence indicator determines the proper phase rotation in
polyphase circuits. Major components are two
neon lamps, two resistors, and a capacitor. In
operation, the leg voltages are unbalanced, so
that the lamp with the maximum voltage-or
proper phase sequence-lights. Table shows
typical component values for various circuit
frequencies.
R1
PHASE ROTATION: ABC

L1. ON
l2 OFF
l2 PHASE ROTATION: BAC
L1 OFF
l2 -ON
Fig. 61-1
SINGLE TRANSISTOR PHASE SHIFTER
+10V
47k
2.2k
2.5k
2.2k
22k
Fig. 61-2
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides a simple means of

obtaining phase shifts between zero and 170.
The transistor operates asa phase splitter, the
output at point A being 180 out of phase with
the input. Point B is in phase with the input
476
phase. Adjusting Rl provides the sum of various proportions of these and hence a continuously variable phase shift is provided. The cir
cuit operates well in the 600Hz to 4kHz range.
0 TO 180 PHASE SHIITER
PRECISION PHASE SPLITTER
OUnouT
IINT0111t
OHM MIN.
U>ADI
.,
I'0"'-7.15mW
~-~
R2"' R1/S
Adjuet Fh so that = 90" with control midway
Fig. 61-3
Y-IN
Rt
Fig. 61-5
I
PHASE SHIIT CIRCUITS
0 TO 360 PHASE SHIITER

.---~-----~------.-012\1
'"
2N4304 Of
2N3123
(a)
Ull
Ull.
...
-o
v"!~t--..J
(b)
D
...
Fig. 61-6
Circuit Notes
(a) Phase advance circuit.

(b) Phase retard circuit.
Fig. 61-4
Each stage provides ~0 to 180 phase

shift. By ganging the two stages, 0 to 360
phase shift is achieved. The 2N3070 JFETs do
not load the phase shift networks.
477
62
Photography
Related Circuits
The
Automatic Contrast Meter
Darkroom Timer
Photo Stop Action
Sound Light-Flash Trigger
Sound Activated Strobe Trip
478
Flash Slave Driver

Remote Flash Trigger
Flash Exposure Meter
Shutter Tester
Photographic Timer
----------------------AUTOMATIC CONTRAST METER
NOTE:
IC1,4 ARE CA3140
IC2 IS 1 L084
ICJ IS t0668
ICS IS !..M3914
01 IS AN'V PHOTOOIODE
D2-5ARE 1N4148
ZDl IS JV9 ZENER ,
LEDl-10 ARE 3mrn REO LEOS
w
j!
.,.
"
"
""'
..
~~
!!
A
; "''"'
'"' '",
' - '"
...
~
...
~~tr=
""
,.....
C3
I I"'""I
47k
'.~"'
,"'
MEASURE/RECORD
'"
'
J1
Ti'""
"'"
I v
~~ ~~~
Fig. 62-1
Circuit Notes
The circuit arrangement consists of a
voltage peaks in the followers also form part of
photo-amplifier which feeds a voltage derived
sample and hold circuits which are then
from varying light levels in an enlarger to a pair
switched to hold after the measurement. Their
outputs represent the maximum and ininiriunil
of peak detectors. One follows the peak posi
tive voltage and the other the peak negative
values of light intensity. A differential amplifier
voltage. The capacitors used for storing the
then computes the ratio ofthese values, and the
result is displayed on an LED bargraph meter.
11"'
9V
'""'
DARKROOM TIMER
'"
,.
"'"~
~
'"'
lt__
''
MOO
..'' ..'
''
,I
~
f--'o 'Fi"fSET
'"f~
____.:=----d
sea
"
TBASE
,.,
"
TIMl
ISEOI
MEM NO I
S0 g 311
11
I I
~''
'
I I
II
4--G.JIN.
COMMON
CATHODE
lED$

'" ' "'
I SEC''
_ULN
'0 IS''
""'
-{)o-t-----
SET I
CLEAA
'"
ANCE
...
"'
'"
SAFE LICHT
~'
4X4MATAI~
o;EY9QARQ
MOO"'"
r-~"""
I 'i= v
~ ,j
~ '"
I f f VAC
.,
Fig. 62-2
Circuit
The darkroom timer/controller uses few
external components: a display, a digit driver,
keyboard, and output switching devices. A
4-digit common-cathode LED display is desirable for dark room environments. The time
base is provided by shaping up the 50/60 Hz ac
line. A DPDT switch (S1) is used to select a
resolution of .1 or 1 seconds andJo simultane-
480
Notes
ously move the decimal point. Timer/
controller has two switched ac outlets, one for
the enlarger and one for the safe light. They are
the complements of each other in that the safe
light is on when the enlarger is not active and is
off when the enlarger is printing. The buzzer is
of the self-contained oscillator variety and operates with de drive.
PHOTO STOP ACTION
~~~
C1
.01
"0"
1000
"1 "1--vvv---'o/
A1 1M
4017
1M
Additional SCR
firing circuits
Trigger
input
RESET
100K
-L
+-----<1
100K
C>---0 +S-15v.
Reset pushbutton
switch
Bulb firing system SCA
Fig. 62-3
Circuit
This circuit gives multiple "stop-action"
photographic effects like showing a bouncing
ball in up to nine locations in a single photograph. The circuit will automatically fire the
bulbs sequentially with the time between each
firing variable. The circuit is functionally complete except for the actual firing system. In
many cases, a simple SCR will work, as shown.
The firing can be initiated in one of two ways. A
Notes
trigger pulse can be applied to the trigger input
tenninal through a capacitor, or can operate the
unit as a slave. "Light from a. camera-mounted
flash will activate the circuitthrough its built-in
photocell pickup. The time period between
each successive flash is determined by Cl and
Rl, which is variable. After firing the circuit, it
must be reset by momentarily depressing the
reset button.
481
SOUND LIGHT-FLASH TRIGGER
SW1
~Vl
....-: 2M
~
"'
LOR1
3.31<.
"'10k
R4
C2
0.0047
INPUT
-A~Ok
t&..+-
"
+
,F II
......._,
iC1
LM30::---
2
RS
C1
4.7k
"-"ltv'
/4
....
R1
01
1k
Q 01
\.!)
R7
13k
2NJ':l05
C4
..
o.~F
1~114
R3
J_3k
3.3k
RB
1~~
<
TO FLASH
GUN
C3
4,7"F
/,
~V2
SDk
R9
1Jk
.SCR1
~C10601
R10
13k
ov
C10601
-c::J)1N914
Fig. 62-4
Circuit
Sound input to the microphone triggers
the IC monostable circuit which subsequently
triggers an SCR, and hence the flash, after a
482
Notes
time delay. This delay is adjustable-by varying the monostable on-time-from from 5 milliseconds to 200 milliseconds.
SOUND ACTIVATED STROBE TRIP
MIC
R2
Rl
MINI-AMP
MODULE
01
SCRI
TO STROBE
LIGHT
SYNC JACK
'
GND
-=
Fig. 62-5
Circuit
Take strobe-flash pictures the instant a
pin pricks a balloon, a hammer breaks a lamp
bulb or a bullet leaves a gun. Use a transistor
amplifier of 1-watt rilting or less. (It must have
an output transformer.) The amplifier is terminated with a resistor on its highest output im-
D1-HEPl54 silicon rectifier

Rl-5000-ohm potentiometer
R2-2700-ohm, ~-watt resistor
SCR1- siliconcontrolled
rectifier
MIC.-Ceramic microphone
Notes
pedance, preferably 16 olnns. To test, darken
room lights, open camera shutter, and break a
lamp bulb with a hammer. The sound of the
hammer striking the lamp will trigger the flash,
and the picture will have been taken at that
instant.
FLASH SLAVE DRIVER
LSV
Cl06
R1
22k
-
Circuit Notes
In photography, a separate flash, triggered
by the light of a master flash light, is often
required to provide more light, fill-in shadows
etc. The sensitivity of this circuit depends on
the proximity of the master flash and the value
of R1. Increasing R1 gives increased sensitivity.
flash lead
Fig. 62-6
483
REMOTE FLASH TRIGGER

Circuit Notes
Transistor Ql is a light-activated siliconcontrolled rectifier (LASCR). The gate is tripped by light entering a small iens built into the
top cap. To operate, provide a 6-in. length of
stiff wire for the anode and cathode connections
and terminate the wires in a polarized power
plug that matches the sync terminals on your
electronic flashgun (strobelight). Make certain
the anode lead connects to the positive sync
terminal. When using the device, hend the connecting wires so the LASCR lens faces the
main flash. This will fire the remote unit.
Ql-300-V light-activated siliconcontrolled rectifier (LASCR)

Rl-47,000-ohm, 14-watt resistor
01
LASCR
TO SYNC
TERMINALS
"'
Fig. 62-7
7LASH EXPOSURE METER
r-------~~--~~--------.+9
cos
f;EL.l
2N3055
22K
3.3
K
IC = LM339
+ 6.8
j.{f
1sv
'"
MEG
,.h.ANTALU
Fig. 62-8
1
Circuit Notes
Strobe light meter catches the peak of flash intensity and holds it long enough to
give a reading. The reset button must be pressea before each measurement.
484
SHUTTER TESTER
Fig. 62-9
..
...
I t---40
Circuit Notes
Shutter speed tester combines frequency counter, crystal oscillator, and phototransistor-operated gate generator. Oscillator pulses are counted as long as the shutter
is open. Reset is automatic at the instant the shutter opens.
PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMER
"
Fig. 62-10
485
63
Power Measuring Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on ~Page 730. The
Extended Range VU Meter (Dot Mode)
Audio Power Meter
~Audio
Power Meter
Power Meter (1 kW ull Scale)
60 MHz Power Gain Test Circuit
486
~-
~....
':!&
.....
~ ~
~ r,
~
.....
~
-
p.
...... I
'.
......
.tF'fl
'~......
p.
>h
.....
!.f'il
'
'7
,,
~ ~
'
~.
'
.I
1=----4---r ~
w~
~-~
-~
-~
oo
;;
.f
~
~
0~
;J=-it
. ...
'7 ~....
_.,.-_,
..-,
'
';.
"
-~
Jf-il
~f'il
p.
487
AUDIO POWER METER

o.zw
...
Ulll"
-:!::- F/~
-r~ F' F'~~11
/,~ ~ ~11
f~
"
'
"
..
,,
,.
uw
"
"
lMlt1S
,.
,-
' ""
L....J'
...
"''
lZV TO ZOV
,11, r '1 if_'"

c ' f- ' f-y
11
lr,-;j
"'"' .f'..
"
... ... ....
,,.
"
"
"
"" '"
'"'
' '"'
MODE
I!_
!'
Fig. 63-2
'""
f--
"
"
LOIIDBI'U.KEII
Vt
"
otmur
AMFUFIER
.,.
...
"'"'
lm,.danc.
811
18k
16D
30k
See Appllcetlon Hints lor optional Peak or

Average Detector
AUDIO POWER METER

5V
12V
sen
I .
,, tn ....
ROM
A UDIO
tNIIt4
an
STEM1
Vee
lkfi
ANALOG
;: ::::"'
,,
IN
"x
"''f
INPU'i
TL502
1-----.
""f
33k0
lALLI
RxtiCxt
30.22
eZ2
ex,
GND
"
SEGMENT
GND
TIU07
I
Fig. 633
488
?({)"
j
r-- -:
e,
.,
'
Tlst1
2.2kll
ose
<lND
.... ;:[
""
"'''
CD"' I
LAMP TEST
INPUT
OUT
Vee
1N914
COMF
2.2k0
02
01 02
...
POWER METER (1 kW FULL SCALE)

111V
NEUTUL
"'"
R1
0.001 g
(COPPER)
:!:"
.i5~F
}.
J.
COMPlEX
LOAD
"
. :...Cv
".
,,.
R3
,__,
20112 ZERO
";l
......,,
tV
\_ ~LM394
......
t-01
~ !l- 1N4U04
."'
111
HOT
I
..L.
Fig. 63-4
.~
I
~-~
-'""
'
1N4001
Circuit Notes
sensing voltage is only 10 mV, keeping load

voltage loss to 0.01 %. Rejection of reactive
load currents is better than 100:1 for linear
loads. Nonlinearity is about 1% full scale when
using a 50 p.A meter movement.
The circuit is intended for 117 Vac 50

Vac operation, but can be easily modified for
higher or lower voltages. It measures true
(nonreactive) power being delivered to the
load and requires no external power supply.
Idling power drain is only 0.5 W. Load current
60 MHz POWER GAIN TEST CIRCUIT
,...,
', ~
,f.,o~l
'
";;~
4 ,' Shield
I
C1
.
I
rr-
l1
Input
150nl ~
"~
-;,;
,'~
I
;:..
~'
Output
f50nl
l1
~C1590
5.6k
Fig. 635
6
,~
8
+12 \ldc
0.001 Jtf
V1 IAGC)
L 1 "' J-Turns, 120 AWG Wir1, 5/16" Dia.,
5/8" long
C1,C2,C3 '"llJO) pf
C4,. (1-10) pF
L2 6 Turns, #14 AWG Wir1, 9/16" Dia.,
3/4'" long
489
64
Power Supplies (Fixed)
The sources ofthe following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Switching Regulator Operating at 200 kHz
5 V, 0.5 A Power Supply
3 W Switching Regulator Application Circuit
Regulated Split Supplies from a Single
Supply
Switching Step-Down Regulator
Single-Ended Regulator
50 V Push-Pull Switched Mode Converter
5 V/0.5 A Buck Converter
50 V Feed Forward Switch Mode
Converter
Traveller's Shaver Adapter
100 Vrms Voltage Regulator
Transistor Increases Zener Rating
Dual Polarity Power Supply
5.0 V/6:0 A, 25 kHz Switching Regulator
with Separate Ultra-Stable Reference
Mobile Voltage Regulator
Negative Switching Regulator

Positive Switching-Regulator
Positive Floating Regulator
Negative Floating Regulator
Negative Voltage Regulator
-15 V Negative Regulator
Slow Turn-On 15 V Regulator
High Stability 10 V Regulator
5 V/1 A Switching Regulator
15 V/1 A Regulator with Remote Sense
Low Ripple Power Supply
5.0 V/10 A Regulator
5.0 V/3.0 A Regulator
100 V/10.25 A Switch Mode Converter
Voltage Regulator
Low Voltage Regulators with Short Circuit
Protection
High Stability 1 A Regulator
100 V/0,25 A Switch Mode Converter
490
SWITCHING REGULATOR OPERATING AT 200kHz
'
2_5 11H
28V
FetroacuM 2:213P A 160-387 core

YN64GA
00
" !
Mallory
o,
D,
'
i2!'Fl
c, '
1 "F
~18V
o,
THF"22F35
!!!
IN914
680!1
1N!)2421l
c,
R,
390
o,
1M5828
Q_l"F
HlOOO
"
R,
5V
lllli'F
10kl1
1N914
..f J.
"
o,,J
""
lc,
R,
~,,
'
R,
R,
1.8kH
JOOHI:
/~
o,
2'N4400
c,
330 pF
>---
c,
1N5231
I":'
"
1.2 kH
~\
o,
Fig. 64-l
"
1.1 k(l
"" o,~A
R,
-......
R.,
1N914 .,..
R,
Bl kn
>8V
6V
1NS2348
R,.
0.005
0.01
Vour
5Vat-10A
' '
~Vknlcs-C,z
6V 5V
Mallory THF120F10
6-120 11F capaLO!Of$
on parallel
2N4400
Circuit Notes
oscillator nmning at 200 kHz) is fed through a
This circuit provides a regulated de with
level-shifting circuit to the base of bipolar
less than 100 mV of ripple for microprocessor
transistor Q2. This transistor is part of a
applications. Necessary operating voltages are
bootstrap circuit necessary to turn the power
taken from the bleeder resistor network conMOSFET full on in totem-pole MOSFET arnected across the nnregulated 28 V supply. The
rays.
output of the LM710 comparator (actually an
5 V, 0.5 A POWER SUPPLY

Z$170,
'"
~1100!-JF
3J_ lQV
o,
o,
ZN423
Rz
620
1-&k.RJ
----.!!.~
"
ZNt..2'-IT
]II
'
fL.
6
lOV
:'!:
75pf
ZTX101!
zs170.o 2
2200))F~
-/1
'1
. c1
JJk
R1
Fig. 64-2
R4
JJO
/?' 2 N 3055
fr 2
~
"'
"s
.;wan
oK5
Circuit Notes
current circuit is achieved by Tr1 and R5. This
The circuit is essentially a constant
simple
circuit has the following performance
source modified by the feedback components
characteristics:
Output noise and ripple (full
R2 and R3 to give a constant voltage output.
The output of the ZN424E need only hez.volts
load) = 1 mV mrs. Load regulation (0 to 0.5 A)
above the negative rail, by placing the load in
= 0.1 %. Temperature coefficient= 100
ppm/C. Current limit = 0.65 A.
the collector of the output transistor Tr2. The
491
3 W SWITCHING REGULATOR APPLICATION CIRCUIT
:11
"' '
Vee-=-
o.o2;::k
200 v
" ~:.fIL"'.IlL"_'-++~ '--'~-~. . .
t_+-ovo2oovo15mA
__!______Y a
IN4937
1
~2N4401
500 JI.F
IN5897A
Tt
'
02
~N6495
T t - FERAOXCUBE Pot Cor
2.7
.f2213P-L00387 (6 mil
Np- 8 Turnt 11'22 AWG
Ng- SO Tur.,tl28 AWG
I(
~p)
Fig. 64-3
REGULATED SPLIT POWER SUPPLIES FROM A SINGLE SUPPLY

v.~
.J,:
SENSE
ICL7683
GND
Your
-VsET
"':""IV
.......! v
""~
c...
'
CAP-
100pF
,----.!
,.,
Fig. 64-4
,,
- ;\:; c'
'
ICL7680
3
OND
v-
+,...,..
'"
"'
'
. P~..,,T
==,,.,,,
CAP+
""'
,..,,;
~ ==,.,,,I
GND
viN
.
.,
; :;:c
rVm
VouT
ICL7884
SENSE
.I.
""'
sv
'Values depend on load

-characteristics
Circuit Notes
The oscillation frequency of the ICL 7660 is reduced by the external oscillator
capacitor, so that it inverts the battery voltage more efficientiy.
492
SWITCHING STEP-DOWN REGULATOR

1 - C L O C K - 1 - PW. MODULATOR--!
I
I
,,
,,
"
ISU!U liNEI
1-'
.,
UNREGUlATED
OC INPUT
SEINE 555
1-.
1-'
~5
SEINE
1-~
~-- AVEIIAG11 --~
'
+-
I-
Fig. 64-5
Nc,
'"
REGULATED
,,
,,
DC OUTPUT
SINGLE-ENDED REGULATOR
~-~
+ttV
.1
" -~
"
o-o--
--
'
: ::hl
"' .
C.
YII(F
... ,..._
".... ""
-l
lti.C* COIF.
.....
-
..
Fig. 64-6
"",.
0.1!1
Circuit Notes
In this conventional single-ended regulator circuit, the two outputs of the :SG 1524
are connected in parallel for effective 0-90%
duty-cycle modulation. The use of an output
inductor requires an RC phase compensation
network for loop stability.
493
50 V PUSH-PULL SWITCHED MODE CONVERTER
. ,:H'"
TO"""
-+15V
--
T tSOV
-t 15V
41K
c,
2N3638
SLOW STAAT CIRCUIT
BYW30500
BYW30
COM
BYW30
BYW30500
Fig. 64-7
' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - TO + SOV ~OUTPUT SENSE)
5 V/0.5 A BUCK CONVERTER
""
;-------,----~";,'W'-----,------1----o
V:f;~~ T18V
"'
0.0022j;:F
$%MYLAR
~,..-----ij 1---.----"
"'
Hh
,,.,
HH
0.47,F
1 CERAMIC
-='
i a~"""
UT!'F
CERAMIC
~--~--!-----,
O.t"F
__I CERAMIC
2!1
""'
+8.2V
!-"'~":""'-'r-----(!i)o ~~~
8.2K
e.&mH
AABOOS
o.oot,F
470,.FI18V
CERAMIC
'"
,.,
L1 29T i1'20 wire
Ferroxcube 2616 (3CB) core
494
Fig.64-8
50 V FEED FORWARD SWITCH MODE CONVERTER
115V AC
sn.aoHz
+ 160\t
RAB040
+160V
''"
.01~F
CERAMIC
1'-FAFIADAY SHIELD
' .001~F
- 0.25fl
I
: CEFIAMIC
'
'
-'
"
o.oo,.F
~CERAMIC
Fig. 64-9
TRAVELLER'S SHAVER ADAPTER
C1 1fi,IF
350V.-wttg
11CM115V
tciD HOI
D1 and D2
IV 127 or simillr
Fig. 64-10
TO 240V
SHAVER
Circuit Notes
Many countries have 115 volts mains
supplies. This can be a problem if your electric
shaver is designed for 220/240 volts only. This
simple rectifier voltage doubler enables motor
driven 240 volt shavers to be operated at full
speed from a 115 volt supply. As the output
voltage is de, the circuit can only be used to
drive small ac/de motors. It cannot be used, for
example, to operate vibrator-type shavers; or
radios unless the latter are ac/dc operated.
495
100 Vrms VOLTAGE REGULATOR

R3
1.2 k
7w
D1
1N4003
R4
1so n.
1W
R1
12 k
2W
115 Vac
60Hz
+
Q2
.2N6346
Fig. 64-ll
D4
1N4001
D5
1N4003
+
Q1
MCR1906-4 C3 Load
R5 1 I'F
1 k 200V
2W
S1
D3
1N4003
D2
1N4003
R2
10 k
C1
10 I'F
5V
C2
2 I'F
200 v
D6
1N4372
TRANSISTOR INCREASES ZENER RATING
+~IN~IV~r-~----~~o~U~T
+IN~~~J\~t-----------~----~+~O~T
330!2
Fig. 6412
Circuit Notes
The simple zener shunt in A may not

handle sufficient current if the zener available
is of low wattage. A power transistor will do
most of the work for the zener as shown in B.
496
Once the zener starts conducting, a bias voltage develops across the resistor (330 0 to 1
K), turning on the transistor. The output voltage is 0.7 V greater than the zener voltage.
DUAL POLARITY POWER SUPPLY

R2
470.0 5 watt
R1
10n 112 watt
+15
ZD1
1000,F
Fig. 64-13
0
ZD2
-15
ZD 1 and ZD 2 = 15V ZENER DIODES-BZX70 Cf5
Circuit Notes
This simple circuit gives a positive and

negative supply from a single transformer
winding and one full-wave bridge. Two zener
diodes in series provide the voltage division

and their centerpoint is grounded. (The filter
capacitor must not be grounded via its case).
5.0 V/6.0 A 25kHz SWITCHING REGULATOR WITH SEPARATE ULTRASTABLE REFERENCE
'<10~o+301n
-~
>000 '
sov
-;-
1201-<H
2N5879
0 0'"'
sov
" ~
~f IN3889
-;- Ceramoc
,.
,
,
MC1404U5
TRIM
"
t-.
6
IOi<
Ceramic
Motorola
1-<1
Oo~olletor
0.0051-<Ff
6.8 V
TL4~CN
f..
(Opt)
Am~u
0.01 ,..F
(Low ESR)
"
/_:l""-" !!.!.,
f/
S0001.1F
"0
Pulse Wodth
Modulator
+6.00ut
200 mA to 6.0
100 k
+l-.::r:
'
"
,'
f'"
I
'
I' I" ~~
0.001 1'-f
,,
40 Tumo #16 W.re, Arnold-A-8940752 Ferrite Core
Fig. 64-14
497
MOBILE VOLTAGE REGULATOR

Circuit Notes
This simple mobile voltage regulator circuit may save your two meter or CB transceiver if the voltage regulator fails. The
2N3055 should be heat sinked if current drawn
by the rig is in excess of 2 A on transmit. This
circuit will do little under normal operating
conditions. but could save expensive equipment if the vehicle's electrical system loses
regulation.
+UN!!ULA!ED
Fig. 64-l5
NEGATIVE SWITCHING REGULATOR
POSITIVE FWATINGREGULATOR
v,
v,
.....
"'
V< f--f---'-1
1N2071
~~CL_
"
I!!
,,
TYPICAl PERFORMANCE
A..,_ Output V<lltogoo
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
1!-loled Oulput Voltaogt
15\/
Lono Aogulltion (.lVtN 20V)

l<*IR"'Iulltionl.liLlAI
lmV
lmV
Lo,. 10-l.toon (.lVIN ZOV)

loMI R.... IJ~IOII U>IL !50 mAl
Fig. 64-16
+SOY
16mV
20m\/
Fig. 64-18
POSITIVE SWITCHING REGULATOR
NEGATIVE FLOATING REGULATOR
v,.
v,
"
VfiEF
.,
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
"""'"""' 0\lulut \loll...
linl A....lni.., (.l VtN 20V)
L.-1
TYPK;AL PERFORMANCE
flltulll-.1 Output
Fig. 64-17
498
Volgg~
lino Roigu!Mion (.lVtN 30V)

Lo., R...,~on (..\!t 2A)
<'i~V
10 mV
80mV
Fig. 64-19
~IIOtion
l-Ilt IOO..,AJ
IOOV
:JI)
mV
20mV
NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR
HIGH STABILITY 10 V REGULATOR
Lilli II
'"
'" ,Vour
"
"
T''P'
...
VouT
'"
"""
TYPICAl PERFORMANCE
Rll"latMiOupul Voltago
Lone ReguiMion 1-.1 VIN 3VI
Load RIIIUiotio" (.lit. 100 mAl
-l!)V
1 mV
2 mV
Fig. 64-23
Fig. 64-20
-15 V NEGATIVE REGULATOR
5 Vii A SWITCHING REGULATOR
61101
=lmH
IN4001
,,
2(41
MC1123
!MCI723C)
(1218
v;n,-4-----+:::0-
100pf
+lOV
(6) 4
MC1123
(MC1723C)
Vo-ISV
2N30U
IIIEcilli'l
Vin-20V
Fig. 64-24
Fig. 64-21
SLOW TURN-ON15 V REGULATOR
15 V/1 A REGULATOR
WITH REMOTE SENSE
0.33
{~~~"~r,~-,.'~111
'"
"'
~OUT
AIIJ
VoUT
lOV
"
tl
1k
*O.I.f
5%
lMU98
"
"
,,.
+15'1
"'
"'
"
Fig. 64-22
'"'
Fig. 64-25
499
LOW RIPPLE POWER SUPPLY
Fig. 64-26
GND
Ciruit Notes
This circuit may be used where a high

current is required with a iow ripple voltage
(such as in a high powered class AB amplifier
when high quality reproduction is necessary).
Q1, Q2, and R2 may be regarded as a power
darlington transistor. ZD1 and R1 provide a
reference voltage at the base of Ql. ZD1 should
5.0 V/3.0 A REGULATOR
5.0 V/10 A REGULATOR
MJ295S IJR EQUIV
be chosen thus: ZD1 = V,,-1.2. C2 can be

chnsen for the degree of smoothness as its
value is effectively multiplied by the combined
gains of Ql/Q2, if 100 !LF is chosen for C2,
assuming minimum hfe for Ql and Q2, C = 100
x 15(Ql) x 25(Q2) = 37,000 /LF.
1n
5.0 v
5 w MJE310 OR EQUIV
>OVe-.f""""'w.-,C"'),------.-~
'"
+ 0 3.!1 A
10
%W
~1011F
20
LM109K
LM109K
o.22,.FT
~
Fig. 6427
500
3 CASE
3 CASE
Tig. 64-28
100 V/0.25 A SWITCH MODE CONVERTER
11SV
A.C
Fig. 64-29
/1/V
ILooM
MYLAR
-=-
I
I
-- -J
Tl, L1 Ferroxc:ube 2616 core (3C8)
01 "'2N3638
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
4.3 V
Vz IN3824
or IK!uiv
vee
vovzO.SVdc
NOTE 1 R is used to bi11tht zen11
NOTE 2 tf ttlr Z~nrr TC ispositillt,lnd ti!UIItn
magnitude to \he neptive TC of thr input
to the opemional amplili11 ("' 2 0 mV/OC).
10
tht Output illt<O-TC. A 7 OVult Zentr

wtll give approxomately zero- TC
'
IC = MC3401
Fig. 64-30
501
LOW VOLTAGE REGULATORS WITH SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION

~
01
--AD+tW ~
01
AD162
+VOUT
-VOUT
R2
1~ao
Y2W
V IN
-13.5
VIN
+13.5
02
BC108
ZD1
ZD1
02
BC258
FUSE
FUSE
500 mA
500 mA
ZD1
VOLTAGE
400mW
R1
6V
6V2
6800
7.SV
7VS
3900
9V
9V1
2200
Fig. 64-31
Circuit Notes
against overload or short-circuits. The current
These short -circuit protected regulators
cannot exceed 330 rnA. Under normal operatgive 6, 7.5, and 9 V from an automobile battery
ing conditions the voltage across R2 does not
supply of 13.5 V nominal; however, they will
function just as well if connected to a smoothed
rise above the 500 mV necessary to tum Q2 on
de output from a transformer/rectifier circuit.
and the circuit behaves as if there was only Ql
present. If excessive current is drawn, Q2
Two types are shown for both positive and
turns on and cuts off Ql, protecting the regnegative ground systems. The power transisulating transistor. The table gives the values of
tors can be mounted on the heatsink without a
Rl for different zener voltages.
mica insulating spacer thus allowing for greater
cooling efficiency. Both circuits are protected
HIGH STABILITY 1 A REGULATOR
Fig. 64-32
Load and line reguiat1on 0 01% temperature stability:,: 0 2%
t Determine~ Zener cur rem
ttSolld tantall.ll"l
Select resstors to set output voltage 2 ppmi"C tracking suggested
502
100 V/0.25 A SWITCH MODE CONVERTER
...
.,
2.~1)
116V
"~
"
"
O.KmH~
I!IU407
W'
,,.
""
--"
"'
2K!!
-:-
M7~F
CERAMIC
"'
/111/
"'"
"
'"
%> ..
0.002,.f
JMYL.AFI
'
"
"''
'""
..""
"
U<O
Fig. 64.33
503
65
Power Supplies (Variable)
The
Dual Output Bench Power Supply
Power Supply with Adjustable Current
Limit and Output Voltage
Adjustable Output Regulator
10 rnA Negative-Voltage from a Positive
Source
Regulated Voltage Divider
Variable Zener Diode
12 V To 9, 7.5 or6 V Converter
5 A Constant Voltage/Constant Current
Regulator
Power Pack for -Battery-Powered Calculators, Radios, or Cassette Players
Precision High Voltage Regulator

Remote Shutdown Regulator with Current
Limiting
0 to 22 V Regulator
0 to 30 V Regulator
10 A Regulator
Adjustable Regulator 0-10 V at 3 A
High Voltage Regulator
Low Voltage Regulator
Simple Split Power Supply
Adjustable Output Regulator
Multiple Output Switching Regulator for
Use with MPUs
6.0 A Variable Output Switching Regulator
504
DUAL OUTPUT BENCH POWER SUPPLY
+-4r------4r----------4r----------,
IIUVat
~A\l~IN,UT
Fig. 65-1
,,.
POWER SUPPLY WITH ADJUSTABLE

CURRENT LIMIT AND OUTPUT VOLTAGE
o,
IN4002
Fig. 65-2
-10V
Oiod D1 and D2 ano;l tran111t0r 02 are added to allow adjultmant

of"outout voltaga to 0 voiH.
OUTPUT ~ANGE
O<v 0 .,;;;25V
OoiO 10 ..; 1.2A
a,
2N5640
06 prot..:: II bOth LM 11 1'1 during an input ohor! circuit.
-10
505
ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR
Input
-I
-
MC78M06C
Output
I
I
0 1
10'
v0 .
"'
Circuit Notes
The addition of an operational amplifier
allows adjustment to higher or intermediate
values while retaining regulation characteristics. The minimum voltage obtainable with this
arrangement is 2.0 volts greater than the regulator voltage.
o v to
V1N
20 v
Vo;;o20V
Fig. 65-3
RF PROBE FOR VTVM

Circuit Notes
Fig. 65-4
506
This circuit combines a 555 timer with a

2N2222 transistor and an external potentiometer. The pot adjusts the output voltage to the
desired value. To regulate the output voltage,
the 2N2222 varies the control voltage of the
555 IC, increasing or decreasing the pulse repetition rate. A 1.2 K resistor is used as a
collector load. The transistor base is driven
from the external pot. If the output voltage
becomes less negative, the control voltage
moves closer to ground, causing the repetition
rate of the 555 to increase, which, in tum,
causes the 3 1<F capacitor to charge~more frequently. Output voltage for the circuit is 0 to 10
V, adjusted by the external pot. Output regulation is less than five percent forO to l<imA and
less than .05 percent for 0 to 0.2 rnA.
REGULATED VOLTAGE DIVIDER

Circuit Notes
OUTPUT
BATTERY
OR
R2
REGULATED
INPUT
RV1
25ml
220!t
2W
>--t
2W
Fig. 65-5
!Cs requiring 3.6 or 6volts can be run from

a battery or fixed regulated supply of a higher
voltage by using the circuit shown. The transistor should be mounted on a heatsink as considerable power will be dissipated by its collector.
Additional filtering can be obtained by fitting a
capacitor (Cl) as shown. The capacitance ~is
effectively multiplied by the gain of the transistor. A ripple of 200 mV (peak to peak) at the
input can be reduced to 2 m V in this fashion.
Maximum output current depends on the supply rating and transistor type (with heatsink)
used.
VARIABLE ZENER DIODE
Circuit Notes
R2 5k
BC107
"'
680Sl
Fig. 65-6
The circuit behaves like a zener diode

over a large range of voltages. The current
passing through the voltage divider Rl-R2 is
substantially larger than the transistor base
current and is in the region of 8 rnA. The
stabilizing voltage is adjustable over the range
5-45 V by changing the value of R2. The total
current drawn by the circuit is variable over the
range 15 rnA to 50 rnA. This value is determined by the maximum dissipation of the zener
diode. In the case of a 250 mW device, this is of
the order of 50 mA.
507
12 V TO 9, 7.5 or 6 V CONVERTER
Circuit Notes
2N30S5
This circuit enables transistorized items

such as radio, cassettes, and other electrical
devices to be operated from a car's electrical
supply. The table gives values for resistors and
specified diode types for different voltage.
Should more than one voltage be required a
switching arrangement could be incorporated.
For high currents, the transistor should be
mounted on a heatsink.
+
R1
12V NOMINAL
FROM CAR BATTERY
V. OUT
Fig. 65-7
5 A CONSTANT VOLTAGE/CONSTANT CURRENT REGULATOR
.."'
Fig. 65-8
D1
03
111451
LED*
CS
n,F
RS
llllll
""'
R7
<M
-SVTO
ISV
tSolid tan-talum
*Lights io constant current mode
508
"
VOlT All
AOJOSl'
POWER PACK FOR BATTERY-POWERED

CALCULATORS, RADIOS, OR CASSETTE PLAYERS
FS1
T1 112
~~~~~--------~~l~N
01
IC1
OUT
+V
COM
Fig. 65-9
C1
C2
1000
220n
02
ov
NOTES:
IC1 IS 7805
01,2 ARE 1N4001
Circuit Notes
This circuit gives a regulated output of voltage and although this IC (the 7805) is nor
between 5 V and 15 Vdc, adjusted and set by a rnallyused ina fixed-voltage (5 Vdc) supply it is
preset resistor. Current output up to about 350 for a variable output voltage.
rnA. An integrated circuit regulates the output
PRECISION HIGH VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Fig. 65-10
lM317l
ADJ
R8
1.1
R6
lk.
02
1N4001
100
Tl.O .
LM3298
R7
C1
01, 02: N$0134 or Similar
Cl, C2: 1 ~F. 200V mylar

*Heat sink
cz
Tl.Ouf
R4
ZOk
VOlTAGE
SW
AOJUST
-:1:-
509
REMOTE SHUTDOWN REGULATOR

WITH CURRENT LIMITING
(V, = 2 TO 7 V)
.~h
l"'
LIIIIU
-----~:;--~;J~~~~,~~----~
yllff
Your
,,
0 TO 30 V REGULATOR
REGULATED
OUTPUT
CL
cs~-----t
"'
-TOll
IC = ,.,.A723
Fig. 65-11
Fig. 65-13
0 TO 22 V REGULATOR
10 A REGULATOR
lM331
'-<
-- ;::o.t.,f
~{,
/
..
~t-LMHl
J,.. 1.2\1
"
_,.,'"
.. R1 ...240n, R2
Fig. 65-12
510
"Mirllmum load-H)() mA
Sk for LM138 nd LM238
Fig. 65-14
ADJUSTABLE REGULATOR 0-10 VAT 3 A
UV"
~IN
..._ 2tiV Q-
~t~C~M~":...r'---r-~~~-lr1'""'
!..L
l
Ill
!Gk
C!
-,-
_!:..._
12mA
'f"(-IIVrOzt\1)
NEED NOT I ( RUilltAT0
A,- UIIOII
C, - l"f OPTIONAl - IMI'IIOVU fii"U IIEJftl!OM, NOISl, AND TRANSIENT IIUPOII$1
HIGH VOLTAGE REGULATOR

(Voat = + 7 V TO 37 V)
'""'h
,,
1-.....--'1~""--..-~~ REGULATED
OUTPUT
. . 'r::r- ,
OC
csl---_.
v-
LOW VOLTAGE
REGULATOR (V- = 2 TO 7 V)
-r-
YIIEF
COMPinv
lc_-l~-'
,,
c,
IOGpf
R ~ R,___
3
':.f
lor m1nomum
temper~lura
ard1
A1 ~ ~2
vour=f"REF)(
--~]
l
R1 + R2
A3 may be ehm,naled lor mnomur'!' component counl
AJ"' R, R2 for minimum tempera1uredrill

A1 +A2
Fig. 65-16
Fig. 65-17
511
SIMPLE SPLIT POWER SUPPLY

+VIN
-2-
+VIN
R1
tM
LIN
>
<
LM380
>
lC
15u :;;~
16V
Fig. 65-18
14
VOUT
ov
15u :; ~
16V
-Ve
-VIN
Circuit
This circuit utilizes the quasicomplementary output stage of the popular
LM380 audio power !C. The device is internally biased so that with no input the output is
held midway between the supply rails. Rl,
which should be initially set to mid-travel, is
used to nullify any inbalance in the output.
Regulation of Vout depends upon the circuit
feeding the LM380, but positive and negative
Notes
outputs will track accurately irrespective of
input regulation and unbalanced loads. The
free-air dissipation is a little over 1 watt, and so
extra cooling may be required. The device is
fully protected and will go into thermal shutdown if its rated dissipation is exceeded. Current limiting occurs if the output current exceeds 1.3 A. The input voltage should not exceed 20 V.
ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR
INPUT ...-
-<>-1
lM109
..
1--<o--...2
3 CASE
A!
300
L __ _ _, .
r
512
OUTPUT
1%
Az
1k
Fig. 65-19
MULTIPLE OUTPUT SWITCHING REGULATOR FOR USE WITH MPUs
"
'"
1.0M
AI MC1741CP1
Tl
W1=30Tutnsoi#26AWO
~ Tu<no ot #20 AWC
W:l ~ 3 Tu<no of 11'26 AWG
W4 12 Tuno of 1'26 AWG
W:Z
'
FEFlFIOXCUBE Pot Coe#3019P-L003B7

1.0 k
A<r C>p 0 010"
TYPICAL PERfORMANCE
~'out!
"-
1v 0
w.,,.
5 v t 5'11.1
5 V Rippl Component 50 mV
A1
= MC3380P
(120Hz2D~Hz)
Pout2 600 mW
(V.o 12 V! 10%)
Pou!J: 3 mW
1v 0 -J v
'o"''
Fig. 65-20
6.0 A VARIABLE OUTPUT SWITCHING REGULATOR
Fig. 65-21
"'
'"
umJ
""fOU
1
O!VIr.!SI~
fARAHH
$11'-IDU~TAllllo'
513
66
Power Supply
Protection Circuits
The
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section he ginning on page 730. The
Electronic Crowbar for Ac or De Lines
Power Protection Circuit
Simple Crowbar
Overvoltage Protection with Automatic
Reset
514
Overvoltage Protection for Logic

Fast Acting Power Supply Protection
5 V Crowbar
ELECTRONIC CROWBAR FOR AC OR DC LINES
Puh To
R1
To"~
10 k
l1
'--
Supply Voltage
AC or DC
/~
/~
-.---+-{'*:
j'f'h..,'i--1
j' \f.----'
R 2 :;..,_s_e_t_P_o_in_t_A_d.:.j
-1 k
R3
0.1
l'i...J)
To Electdcel 0
Electronic Equipment
Triac
M~1
~F;o~
Fig. 66-1
1 k
Circuit Notes
For pe>sitive protection of electrical or

electronic equipment, use this against excessive supply voltage. Due to improper switching, wiring, short circuits, or failure of regulators, an electronic crowbar circuit can
quickly place a short circuit across the power
lines, thereby dropping the voltage across the
protected device to near zero and blowing a
fuse. The triac and SBS are both bilateral devices, the circuit is equally useful on ac or de
supply lines. With the values shown for Rl, R2,
and R3, the crowbar operating point can be
adjusted over the range of 60 to 120 volts de or
42 to 84 volts ac. The resistor values can be
changed to cover a different range of supply

voltages. The voltage mting of the triac must
be greater than the highest operating point as
set by R2. 11 is a low power incandescent lamp
with a voltage rating equal to the supply voltage. It may be used to check the set point and
operation of the unit by opening the test switch
and adjusting the input or set point to fire the
SBS. An alarm unit such as the Mallory
Sonalert may be connected across the fuse to
provide an audible indication of crowbar action.
(This circuit may not act on short, infrequent
power line transients).
POWER PROTECTION CIRCUIT
"
lOA
IOOV
-+-....
~12vl ..l_
5A
FAST BLO
j--~-i:;:.~-----r---
+121/
L.=:f],
';i
ISV
lA !160ll
IOOOll
...,
?~~tv
REPEATER
CIRCUITRY
L./
Fig. 66-2
Circuit
To safeguard portable, emergency power
repeaters from reverse or excessive voltage,
Dl prevents incorrect polarity damage, and
zener voltage determines the maximum vol-
Notes
tage that will reach the rest of the circuitry.

Use fast blowing fuse rated greater than the
SCR current rating.
515
SIMPLE CROWBAR
100R
2N3702
SCR~
sov-
..
~ ;!1
;
4k7
'
4V7
"
400mW J
1k
e
1
FUSE
REGUlATOR
CIRCIJIT
I
:
Fig. 66-3
~Circuit
These circuits provide overvoltage protection in case of voltage regulator failure or

application of an external voltage. Intended to
be used with a supply offering some form of
~short circuit protection, either foldback, current limiting, or a simple fuse. The most likely
application is a 5 V logic supply, since TTL is
easily damaged by excess voltage. The values
chosen in A are for a 5 V supply, although any
supply up to about 25 V can be protected by
simply choosing the appropriate zener diode.
When the supply voltage exceeds the zener
516
Notes
voltage +0.7 V, the transistor turns on and

fires the thyristor. This shorts out the supply,
and prevents the voltage rising any further. In
the case of a supply with only fuse protection, it
is better to connect the thyristor the regulator
circuit when the crowbar operates. The thyristor should have a current rating about twice the
expected short circuit current and a maximum
voltage greater than the supply voltage. The
circuit can be reset by either switching uff the
supply, or by breaking the thyristor circuit with
a switch.
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION WITH AUTOMATIC RESET
I
I
VOLTAGE SENSING CIRCUIT
I
I
TRIGGER CIRCUIT
!I
: "'
"'
I
I
I
I
I
I
R8
150
1W
010
lL
~t'1N4747
20V
~ Ql
04
1NS159
5k
25
R6
10 k
'"
02
MPS6581
fv
\:.YI
I
R4
20 n
I
07;?
1N5314
AS
06
02
-:~CS
r ~ 40 " '
I
I
MOA9;r
03
I
I
06
rC1
O.Q1 " '
R10
1k
I
I
_..[:;:_ C2
o.4f.1F
2N.5060
15V
200 V
04
2N6346
09
1N4003
012
1N4003
~o;;;c
1 uF
200
I
I
R9
2W
011
1 N4001
A
Q3
_
4
~~
1N4003
2N6239
~.~ I
1N759
12V
01
LJ
I
I
I
C3
T:2f.1F
1.2k
7W
115 VAC
0 "'
..d;.
R7
I
I
2W
R1
15k
2W
ZERO-POINT SWITCH
1k
Load
I
I
I
I
I
I
~Two
Diodes In Parallel
Fig. 66-4
OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION FOR LOGIC

FSI
(OPT!ONALJ
"" -~ "03 "'

"
."' '"
"'
r lr.
,,
3701
FROI<o! PS.U
101
"
O>
TO SUIT
01
ac 101" '
LED I TO LOGIC CIACU!T
(c.g.80t32)
UNDER POVI!:R
Fig. 66-5
1NJ704
"'
330R
220R
Circuit Notes
Zener diode zDl senses the supply, and
should the supply rise above 6 V, Ql will turn
on. In turn, Q2 conducts clamping the rail. Subsequent events depend on the source supply. It
will either shut down, _go into current limit or
blow its supply fuse. None ofthese will damage
the TTL chips. The rating of Q2 depends on the

source supply, and whether it will be required
to operate continuously in the event of failure.
Its current rating has to be in excess of the
source supply.
517
FAST ACTING POWER SUPPLY PROTECTION

+20
+1ZV
REGULATOR
L
~ ZD1 13
SCR 1
10!l
BT108 OR ~---'\"rv'VV----1
SIMILAR
-
1,F~!!!
~ 100!l
Fig. 66-6
Circuit Notes
When using a regulated power supply to

reduce a supply voltage, there is always the
danger that component failure in the power
supply might lead to a severe overvoltage condition across the load. To cope with overvoltage situations, the circuit is designed to protect the load underovervoltage conditions.
Component values given are for a 20 V supply
with regulated output at 12 V. The zener diode

can be changed according to whatever voltage
is to be the maximum. If the voltage at the
regulator output rises to 13 V or above, the
zener diode breaks down and triggers the
thyristor which shorts out the supply line and
blows the main fuse.
5 VCROWBAR
v---------1~------~t---------
LMll&-5.0
:: 100
SENSITIVE GAH
}~ SCR
r----+----'
__ ,.... 0.01 ,F
~ 200
....L
Fig. 66-7
518
67
Probes
The
figure number contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Snurces section.
Logic Probe Yields Three Discrete States
Signal Injector/Tracer
Injector/Tracer
CMOS Logic Probe
RF Probe for VOM
100 K Megohm DC Probe
Audible TTL Probe

Logic Probe
Logic Test Probe with Memory
Logic Probe
Simple Logic Probe
Audio-RF Signal Tracer Probe
TTL Logic Tester
519
LOGIC PROBE YIELDS THREE DISCRETE STATES
,,0
Rl
R4
<1K
I/4W
1/4/N
Rl
4 1K
INPUT
I/4W
f~)
C>----"WV---f--1
\.~
RC
0/
2N2222
MINICt..IPS
Fig. 67-1
Circuit Notes
The circuit uses a dual LED. When power

is applied to the probe through the power leads,
and the input is touched to a low level or
ground, Ql is cut off. This will cause Q2 to
conduct since the base is positive with respect
to the emitter. With Ql cut off and Q2 conducting, the green diode of the dual LED will be
forward biased, yielding a green output.
Touching the probe tip to a high level will cause
520
Ql and Q2 to complement, and the red diode

will be forward biased, yielding a red output
from the LED. An alternating signal will cause
alternating conduction of the red and green
diodes and will yield an indication appro xi
mately amber. In this manner, both static and
dynamic signals can be traced with the logic
~probe.
SIGNAL INJECTOR/TRACER
SK1
PROBE OUT
A4
1k
lC 1 CD4001 AE
Injector circuit d1agram.
Fig. 67-2
R6
470k
SK2
IN
r ~gu
AB
470k
..,..:.~ j.......J\,/\/1/'....
11
A9
500R
SK3
EAR
10ul15v
Tracer circuit diagram.
Circuit Notes
The injector is a CMOS oscillator with

period approximately equal to L4 x Cl x R2
seconds. The values are given for 1kHz operation. Resistors R3 and R4 divide the output to 1
V. Whereas the oscillator employs the gates in
their digital mode, the tracer used them in a
linear fashion by applying negative feedback
from output to input. They are used in much the
same way as op amps. The circuit uses positive
ground. It offers an advantage at the earphone

output because one side of the earphone must
be connected to ground via the <:ase. Use of a
positive ground allows the phone to be driven
by the two N-channel transistors inside the
CD4001 which are arranged in parallel and are
thus able to handle more current for better
volume.
521
INJECTOR/TRACER
--
TO 'X'
PST
RT
2k7
R2
150k
R3
150k
R4
2k7
+9V
01
BC108
R5
C3
220n
f--osKT
OUTPUT
SK'
47k
R6,
CT
4n7
~sks
C2
4n7
ov
INJECTOR
Fig. 67-3
SK4
~~
S-K3
LTO'X'
ov
TRACER
The- circuit diagrams for both parts of the injector/ tracer. Note that SK4 is used to
apply power tc the amplifier section.
Circuit Notes
The unit has a separate amplifier and oscillator section allowing them to he used separately if need be. The injector is a multivibrator
running at 1 kHz, with R5 and R6 dividing down
522
the output to a suitable level (=1 V), The tracer

is a single-stage amplifier that drives the high
impedance earpiece. C4 decouples the input.
CMOS LOGIC PROBE

Vo
PIN 71:1' Ov'
.,
......
,L
4001 TOP VIEW
'0" t
-:::.
'-'
'PULSING'
....
R2
2M2
PROBE
03
~
TIL209
IC1 .. 4001
PIN 14 lS +V
I .J '
.,.....
~:
,.c._
R3
"'
~I
01
t1
TIL209
:
'HIGH'
j'
r:; I
=~~
"'
r.
'LOW'
TH.20SI
"'
-Vo
Fig. 67-4
Circuit Notes
The logic probe can indicate four input
states, as follows: floating input-all LEDs off;
logic 0 input-D2 switched on (D3 will briefly
flash on); logic 1 input-DLswitched on; puis-
ing input-D3 switched on, or pulsing in the

case of a low frequency input signal (one or
both of the other indicators will switch on,
showing if one input state predominates).
RF PROBE FOR VOM
PARTS LIST FOR

RF PROBE FOR VOM
C1-500-pF, 400-VDC capacitor
C2-0.001-uf, disc capacitor
D1-1N4149 diode
R1-15,000-ohm, ~-watt resistor
Cl
Dl +
--1
Rf
INPUT
"'
.l:"~~OED CAlLE
tC:--r-TOVOM
~
Fig. 67-5
Circuit Notes
This probe makes possible relative measurements of rf voltages to 200 MHz on a
20,000 ohms-per-volt multimeter. Rf voltage must not exceed the breakdown rating of
the 1N4149-approximately 100 V.
523
100 K MEGOHM DC PROBE
,_...__--<:>+
6
TO MUl TIMETER
.,-gv
__.__
I
9V
Fig. 67-6
I'
~ R1
~22M
Circuit Notes
A 741 op amp is used with 100% ac and de

feedback to provide a typical input impedance
of 1011 ohm and unity gain. To avoid hum and rf
pickup the input leads should be kept as short
as possible and the circuit should be mounted in
a small grounded case. Output leads may be
long since the output impedance of the circuit is

a fraction of an ohm. With no input the output
level is indeterminate. Including R1 in the circuit through lowers the input impedance to 22
M.
AUDIBLE TTL PROBE

o OSCILLATOR
Fig. 67-7
47kfl
0.22f1Fd TANTALUM
ALL GATES ARE 2 INPUT NANOS

I.E. 7400
+5 V TO PINS 14
OV TO PINS 7
Circuit Notes
When the probe is in contact with a TTL low (0) the probe emits a low note. With a
TTL high (1). a high note is emitted. Power is supplied by the circuit under test.
524
LOGIC PROBE
+5
'"'
"'
06
PROBE 2.7k
270U
1N914
T"JI/
'"
+5Vk
'"
GREEN
f"""---- --1
CIRCUIT TO ADJUST
'
THRESHOLDS
PROBE
't
Fig. 67-8
LED
l-------~
ov
Circuit Notes
Transistors Ql and Q2 form a buffer, providing the probe with a reasonable input impedance. Q3 and Q4 form a level detecting circuit.
As the voltage across the base-emitter junction
of the Q3 rises above 0.6 V the transistorturns
on thus turning on Q4 and lighting the red
(high) LED. Q5 and Q6 perform the same func-
tion but for the green (low) LED. Ql, Q4, Q5

are all PNP general purpose silicon transistors
(BC178 etc). Q2, Q3, Q6 are all PNP general
purpose silicon transistors (BC 108 etc;) The
threshold low is,; 0.8 V, and the threshold high
is "' 2.4 V.
LOGIC TEST PROBE WITH MEMORY
Circuit Notes
'
II/LED
~-----~,.__
: ::1
There are two switches: a memory disable

switch and a pulse polarity switch. Memory
disable is a push-button that resets the memory
to the low state when depressed. Pulse polarity
is a toggle switch that selects whether the
probe responds to a high-level or pulse (+5 V)
or a low-level or pulse (ground). (Use IC logic
of the same type as is being tested).
Fig. 67-9
525
LOGIC PROBE
"
IIIIPUT
1%
!Jo..
.1.
'"
d
""~'
'
"
'"
WJ,
'"
~'
""
""
..
1J
Fig. 67-10
""L'~'
mil
22K
MPSAI~
-
Circuit Notes
The probe indicates a high or low at 70%

and 30% of V+ (5 to 12 V). One section of the
voltage comparator (LM393) senses V in over
70% of supply and the second section senses V
in under 30%. These two sections direct-drive
the appropriate LEDs. The pulse detector is a
CMOS oneshot (MC14538) triggered on the

rising edge of the LM393 outputs through
1N4148 diodes. With the RC values shown, it
triggered reliably at greater than 30 kHz on
both sine and square waves.
SIMPLE LOGIC PROBE
-z'
..;::
LE02
~E01
Fig. 67-11
270R
"~
,.,
CLIP TO
IC 5V
~
'""
_G "'E''"
~
CLIP TO
IC OV
..ooo
'"
Circuit Notes
If the probe is connected to logic 0, Q1 will be turned on lighting Dl. Atlogic 1, Q2
will be turned on lighting D2. For Ql and Q2 any NPN or PNP transistors will do.
Similarly, D1 and D2 can be any LEDs.
526
AUDIO-RF SIGNAL TRACER PROBE
+
4.7k,
PROBE
"
+6V
Circuit Notes
This economical signal tracer is useful for

servicing and alignment work in receivers and
low power transmitters. When switched to RF,
the modulation on any signal is detected by the
diode and amplified by the FET. A twin-core
.shielded lead can be used to connect the probe
to an amplifier and to feed 6 volts to it.
2N3819
.:L____j!---.fTO AUDIO
2N545it.......-... r--:1~
AMP
f.._ J--l
O.OtliF
'-
o.~~F
s;;;;t--t
.~
......
_ '25F
...
.
':"
ct-.
A~OA91
AUDIO
RF
2.2fo'l
1k
SLIDE
SWITCH
Fig. 67-12
TTL LOGIC TESTER
MONSANTO MAN lOA"
A----,
"'
R1
1-SOH
INPUT
3kn
l~
'Gf'- 'G2'
(PROBE)
,.:..
,.....,_
r ...!
RJ
san
200
Fig. 67-13
.,7"-~
R4
Gl, G2. G3 = SN7400
n
RS
100
COMMON
ANODE
IV
Circuit Notes
Gates Gl and G2 together with resistors

Rl and R2 form a simple voltage monitor that
has a trip point of 1.4 volts. Gate G3 is simply
an inverter. The display section of the tester
consists of a common anode alphanumeric LED
and current-limiting resistors. It indicates

whether the input voltage is above or below 1.4
V, and displays a H or a L (for high or low
logic-level) respectively.
527
68
Pulse Generators
The
Pulse Generator
Single Op Amp Oscillator
Programmable Pulse Generator
Unijunction Transistor Pulse Generators
Pulse Generator
Pulse Generator
Free-Running Oscillator
Pulse Generator with 25% Duty Cycle
Pulse Generator
555 Timer Oscillator
Versatile Two-Phase Pulse Generator
528
PULSE GENERATOR
+10
Circuit Notes
,,
The duty cycle of the output pulse is equal

to R4/(R4 + R5) x 100%. For duty cycles of
less than 50%, D1 can be eliminated and R2
raised according to the following formula:
~,,
IN914.,:
'
561( <!
f" IN914
,,
'
16~
5601( !'
,,
O.DDl
'
-lDDII:"
'
~ "
1/4 L161
~
,,
1001(
R5 x R4(ef0
R4(actual) =
R5- R4(ef0
~
R4(ef0 is the effective value of R4 in the circuit

and R4(actual) is the actual value used; R4(actual) will always be larger than R4(ef0.
Fig- 68-1
SINGLE OP AMP OSCILLATOR

Circuit Notes
This circuit has a Schmitt trigger and integrator built around one op amp. Timing is
controlled by the RC network. Voltage at the
inverting input follows the RC charging exponential within the upper and lower hysteresis
levels. By closing the switch SW1, the discharge time of the capacitor becomes ten times
as fast as the rise time. Thus a square wave
with an 10:1 mark space ratio is generated.
tOOk
c
tOOoT
l7fT7
10k
SWI
1N914
'--VIIv--*--'
Fig- 68-2
PROGRAMMABLE PULSE GENERATOR
Circuit Notes
Fast rise and fall times require the use of

high speed switching transistors for the differential pair, Q4 and Q5. Linear ramps and sine
waves may be generated by the appropriate
reference input.
t-----<i'"_n__
""
""
"'.
10oo!Vol1
,.,s .. v llt011
Fig- 68-3
529
UNIJUNCTION TRANSISTOR PULSE GENERATORS
.,
.,
,,
'
., T
0
Fig. 68-4
.,
,,
'
IREO
,,,
,,,
'"
(._) Putser Wltfl Complementary (c) Pulstr Wltll Prqrammable

Unljunctlon Transistor
Uni)Unction Transistor
(a) PUtser With Unljunctlon

Tntnslstor
PULSE GENERATOR
"
"'
Output is TTL compatible
Duty cycle _is adjusted by Rt
Frequency is adjusted by C
Fig. 68-5
,,'"JLJL
"
I= 1 MHz
Duty cycle= 20%
PULSE GENERATOR
R1
01
1NI14
11k
1.0M
....
"'
100.
Fig. 68-6
D2
1Nt14
1.0M
1.0 M
"fOR LAROE RATIOI OF R11R2,

D1 CAN IE OMITTID
530
PULSE GENERATOR
FREE-RUNNING OSCILLATOR
15
v
1 kll
20 kll
15
,...----~..!.ft~
'
OUTPUT
I
>-OUTPUT
,!2-1.~
1' +
.n
2 k!l"
1Kn(MINI
-HiV
181!.!!
88kO
30 k!t
1f1f
JU1
15V
DUTY
n._n_c:_
CYLCE
ADJUST
I ,, I ,, I
c~ao.to-6t
F<djusts
T1
r,
Fig. 68-7
PULSE GENERATOR
WITH 25% DUTY CYCLE
Fig. 68-9
555 TIMER OSCILLATOR
''"
[,+
~.+~
1..
"='"='
'
Llo!S55
u-,
oo--
'
'
'h
'
'
oo1"FT
'
1.44
f =
(A.-.+ 2 Aa) C
Ro
duty =
cycle
RA + 2 Re
a. f"" 120kHz, C = 1200 pF, RA = Ra = 10 k 0
Fig. 68-8
Fig. 68-10
531
VERSATILE TWO-PHASE PULSE GENERATOR
....
REFERENCE
PIN 1 IC2
REFERENCE
PIN 6IC2
ClOCK
1-
,,
f----"nl-rl-
CLOCK
tO
l50.SC
Typic;lll Waveforms of the Two Phase

Pulse Generator
'"
ISUPPL V l5C .,,o,
lisen
250K'
10M<!
"
Fig. 68-11
Circuit Notes
Two,phase clock generator uses two Ll6ls to generate pulses of adjustable widths
andphase relationships. Ramp generator feeds two variable window comparators formed
by IC2A-IC,s and JC,c-IC2o respectively.
532
69
Radiation Detectors
~The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Dosage~Rate Meter
Wideband Radiation Monitor
Gamma Ray Pulse Integrator
Sensitive Geiger Counter

Geiger Counter
Nuclear Particle Detector
533
DOSAGE-RATE METER
200 k!l
100 k!l
+15
GAIN
ADJUST
Fig. 69-1
10
....-'iii
2:.
"
0
4
2
0
200
400
600
BOO 1000
DOSE RATE (RADS/MIN)
Circuit Notes
A commercial diode is the detector in this

highly accurate radiation monitor. The lowdrift
FET -input op amp amplifies detector current
to a usable level, and the chopper-stabilized
amplifier then provides additional gain while
minimizing any error caused by ambienttemperature fluctuations. Gain is adjusted so
534
that the output voltage is 1% of incident radiation intensity in rads per minute; therefore
voltage can be displayed on 3.. digit DVM for
direct reading of dosage rate. Output voltage
from the monitor is linearly proportional to
radiation intensity at the diode.
WIDEBAND RADIATION MONITOR
~------------------,----------,
lil~F
-,
,--+-1
-:?-
4.3
200 n
4.3
sso
k!l
2 Mn
2N22l",-.;-l- - - - - - ,
I
I
2-Mn
611 nF
v,
IM!l
PHOTOOtOOE
BPDP-30,
I
I
I
/.
sso kn
100 pf
51 kn
47 kn
10m
~~-~~t:'i~~--- _':'~': ),_ L---
f ~'-- _J
33nfor1~F
(SEE TEXT)
$1
~-l.
Fig. 69-2
Circuit Notes
A sensitive radiation monitor may be simply constructed with a large-area photodiode

and a quad operational amplifier. Replacing the
glass window of the diode with Mylar foil will
shield it from light and infrared energy, enabling it to respond to such nuclear radiation as
alpha and beta particles and gamma rays. A4
~integrates
the output of A3 in order to drive a

microammeter. A 1 microfarad capacitor is
used in the integrating network. A lower value,
say, 33 nanofarads, will make it possible to
drive a small loudspeaker (50-bertz output signal) or light-emitting diode.
535
GAMMA RAY PULSE INTEGR.<\TOR
Fig. 69-3
SENSITIVE GEIGER COUNTER
02 2N4&4
COLLECTOR
LLECTOA
EARPHONE
Ct
BASE
022
VI
"' ''" "'

300
"2J-.vou
., .
;=r-.1.5VOLTS
.~~ '$.~.
536
2.2meg
EMITIER
Fig. 69-4
GEIGER COUNTER
RV1
1k
T1
240V-9-0-9
: ~~
+
~~~
..
.,,
v)
1 ~~
SOOn
oov
,.....:!" ooe
. ...
' '"a,
\!!
NOTE:
011S2N2926
01&2 ARE BV100
C4
c~ ~
=~~.
12V
'"'"+
GEIGER TUBE
CV2249
:;p;:
C5
SOOn
600V
01
SW1
SPST
::.,...,
lin
- c:lHODE
ci:...
RZ
1M
CRYSTAL
EAAPIEC E
~
-IV
Fig. 69-5
Circuit
The Geiger tube needs a high voltage sup
ply which consists of Ql and its associated
components. The transformer is connected in
reverse; the secondary is connected as a
Hartley oscillator, and Rl provides base bias.
Notes
Dl, D2, C4, and C5 comprise a voltage doubler.
RVl should be set so that each click heard is
nice and clean because over a certain voltage
range all that will be heard is a continuous buzz.
NUCLEAR PARTICLE DETECTOR

H~ 4
t150V
rARTIClE '\..,.
-......
Fig. 69-6
L-+--D-15V
537
70
Ramp Generators
Staircase Generator
Linear Voltage Ramp Generator
538
Precision Ramp Generator

Ramp Generator with Variable Reset Level
STAIRCASE GENERATOR
. -,..,
IIUET
ov--'
L..
"
4.1t
~~m
uv
CLOCK
:::n.n_ o-----1"'"""+.,....":!!.......
- -:'
"
Fig. 70-l
"
'""
Q.DipFT
Fll
4.7k
"
INII14
__
...'11\,.........0 ' "
..
"
*JUDpf
"::"'
*Select for st11p height
50k....,., 1VStep
LINEAR VOLTAGE RAMP GENERATOR

Vee
9 VC<C
2N4403
"'
Fig. 70-2
Circuit Notes
In the monostable mode, the resistor can be replaced by a constant current source to
provide a linear ramp voltage. The capacitor still charges from 0 to 2/3 Vee. The linear
ramp time is given by the following equation:
Vee- Vs- VBE
= ---,RE,.---
Vee
.t=---
If Vs is much larger than VsE, then t can be made independent of Vee.
539
PRECISION RAMP GENERATOR
"'
022pFt~
II
'':f-----''f-~
16
"
,s
lk -
A2
JlflJL-+-1----1
'""''
0'
F~~
I ~.k
,ov
1M
3 ::::.---..----.-- lM
~=~Ft
lk RAMP OUT
l :1
CLOC. INM
~~
.,.h.
_SV
Fig. 70-3
5061
RAMP GENERATOR WITH VARIABLE RESET LEVEL
'"
"
_,.,
y..:
~:~~; o-1
RESH
INPUT
:~:rL
LFlt8
A2*
I
)o'---+-4-o()OIHPUT
Fig. 70-4
--~eft*
RAMP
t.V
select for ramp rate

A;::_ 10k
540
'~
~~113
r I.ZV
1.2V
"' - - l!.T
m2)(Ch)
71
Receivers
The
Clock Radio
AM/FM Clock Radio
AM Radio
FM Stereo Demodulation ~ystem
Analog Receiver
FM Radio
Simple LF Converter
CMOS Line Receiver
Squelch Circuit for AM or FM
VLF Converter
541
CLOCKRADfO
'"
"'""
SUPPLY
""'
I
ZENER
ICM7223VF
TYPICAL AUTO CLOCk/RADIO
APPLICATION
t.
15V
t--------"~--4.,r,oo;;-;..-
~ !
!RADIO
,..,....----"
0
!''"""
1 A~,~:~:~;cJ::t~=tA="+'="=;::::=t---10~
r-----+----~:~~~~~~_L!-+--trJOL20pF
I
0
..
""
INDIC.
,.
""
l"
"
.,., 'rl'r r-;::=::=l

SNOOn
I I
"
(,
"
I{;M7223 VF
"
"
:!~ ~~~~t~~ENT
'-
'----
"'
I I
' ''
'
'
r-rov
' '' ' ' '' ' '' ' ' ' '
'
' '
A
,...,
0151'-
'' '' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '' ''
' 'I 'I ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' I '
I
I
I '--------+--___j
BRIGHT!
NEC L0811W V.F. DISPLAY
20kfl
542
T OFF
RADIO
r-lll
TRANSOIJCER
.~l
"'"
ON
RADIO
OISI'lAY BRIGHTNESS
AM/FM CLOCK RADIO
Nlh31E5
NR~61F
NA461ES
.. ~hr=t=;!';
NR461ES
;~-M::. ,
- ~u.,H i qH
. '.:. Jt~ . . ;:[,:~
j ..
n~
-...,.
~, ~
"I
:!'"
Ll SWGI22,N~&.-n.Dilo .......
1.2 SWGI22,frt4T,O,.._
L3 SWGI22,IriU,O.lmm
L6
~::G
~
L4
L5
l1
T1-T3
" . :,r-::<>
~.o;___::,
Fig. 71-2
AFC holdirlg range:
Bandwidth:
................ '
...~::~
T4
::,r-::<>
EE
T5
'"'""'
17
"" ::,r-:"
ffi:~
.,.__,:: . "
:;.._7::
.~::E
.
T6
..
.,
"'
...~---
JP
maximum sensitivity:
10DpY/M
20dB quieting sansh.l'lrit\r.

selec:tivity 10KHZ:
AGC figure of merit:
OV.rlcd distortion:
:IBOjiV/M
e
e
.....
...
-28dB
TS
'" .,
~.:G:
>lli<Otc-"lOW<
AM pertortnlilnc. (52&-1160 kHz)
20#V
800KHil'
180KHz
.I
N 1.6T, PHtt,.ll'$ fUt:l----liMOI
S#V
.....
I'
MG#ai,N2llT,Dlmm LO.ls.u+
F*lor"*- (88-108 MHd
30dB quieting ~ensitivity;

limitingwntitivity:
AM rejection:
~r
MT:I'(,L~.Cl$1:100
tOo. , , _ , , . .
FM
.;.~..,
TCI<OoVHC-\-
AUDIO part.....e gain &t 1 KHz:
10" THO output power.

frequency response:
typ~l svst8m din:
rm tone frequency:
:zOO
!IOOoi.w
70Hz -12KHz
0.8'0
""""'
AM RADIO
TUNING CAPACITOR TOKO 2A-20HOZ

FfRRIH HEAD PHiliPS 1809-34401 13 TURNS THROUGH BEAll)
TOKO RHC-1A5006DX
650,.H 0"
250
Fig. 71-3
FM STEREO DEMODULATION SYSTEM

v nv
~~~~~~....--,.---------------------+-------,
':"CIIMPDSITE,.__r;
INPUT...,.,_.
AI
.HK
C6
l,f
...
lllllmA
STEREO
""
"'
ADJUST
TOP VIEW
Fig. 71-4
544
ANALOG RECEIVER (LOW TEMPERATURE DRIFf)
~~~~~---------------r----------------~~----------------1
v~
-~
r---
:-
h
0.01,#
,.
1M
1....
Fig. 71-5
...
....
... ""
FM RADIO
0~20.10.1MHl
"tl.5-3.0~<H
""5POLE FllT5R,
TRW 125579 OR EDUIV
IO.l"f
""
0.1 JJF
TO.OII'F
0.1 ,.F
Fig. 71-6
545
SIMPLE LF CONVERTER
" f---8
i:OFIT PIECE
~F
COAX TO RECEIVER
TERMINALS
'"
Fig. 71-7
'"
50 0K
8c LOOPSTICK
L-:--..--:-::---@
;}J
TO OUTSIDE
WIRE ANTENNA
Circuit Notes
This converter allows covera~e from 25

kHz up to 500 kHz. Use short coax from the
converter to receiver antenna input. Tune the
receiveno 3.5 MHz, peak for loudest crystal
calibrator and tune your receiver higher in fre-
quency to 3.6 MHz and you're tuning the 100

kHz range. 3. 7 MHz puts you at 200kHz, 3.8
MHz equals 300kHz, 3.9MHz yields 500kHz,
and 4.0 MHz gives you 500 kHz.
CMOS LINE RECEIVER
Circuit Notes
The trip point is set half way between the

supplies by Rl and R2; R3 provides over 200
mV of hysteresis to increase noise immunity.
Maximum frequency of operation is ~about 300
kHz. If response to TTL levels is desired,
change R2 to 39 K. The trip point is now centered at 1.4 V.
,,
lOOK!!
546
"'
1 ME011
Fig. 71-8
SQUELCH CIRCUIT FOR AM OR FM
High Pass Filter

High Pan Filter
Given: A 0 , Q
w0
=-27rf
ChOOse: C --Cl = C2,-A Convenient Value
A3C4
Calculate:
Wher.,: Tin 15 the period of v; 0
>
5 T;n
"
Squelch
ThFeehold Adj
..,
0 =Quality Factor
A 0 =High Frequency Gain
Gain of Audio Stage
"
W 0 =Break Frequency
Fig. 71-9
Acl"'- R;
VLF CONVERTER
....
.--H---_., TO RECEIVER ANT- INPUT

>:TAL fSEE TEXT)
.003
I
Fig. 71-10
"""'
"'"
j o_r
+tV
OFC
IMH
30l
Circuit Notes
kHz crystal, 3500 kHz on the receiver dial
This converter uses a low-pass filter incorresponds to zero kHz; 3600 to 100 kHz;
stead of the usual tuned circuit so the only
3700 to 200 kHz, etc. (At 3500 khz on the
tuning required is with the receiver. The dualreceiver all one can hear is the converter osgate MOSFET and FET used in the mixer and
cillator, and VLF signals start to come in about
oscillator aren't critical. Any crystal having a
20 kHz higher.)
frequency compatible with the receiver tuning
range may be used. For example, with a 3500
547
72
Resistance and
Continuity Measuring Circuits
The
Linear Scale Ohmmeter
Ohmmeter
Low Parts Count Ratiometric Resistance
Measurement
Audio Continuity Tester

Low Resistance Continuity Tester
"Buzz Box" Continuity and Coil Checker
Linear Scale 0 hmmeter
Bridge Circuit
548
LINEAR SCALE OHMMETER
'"
ON-OFF
Circuit Notes
This circuit is designed to provide accurate measurement and a linear resistance .scale
at the high end. The circuit has four ranges.
Another meter with a current range of 10 p.A to
10 rnA and sensitivity of 10,000 ohms per volt
is needed for setting up.
""'
"11155
"
~901<
TO IIIUO
52 RANGES.
...
a
OIK
0-IOK
OIOOK
OIIIIEG
VR6
SET 2ERO
d" .
3\1-=.
470D.
LINEAR
'--------'-----"'
b-e e
IC 107
Fig. 72-1
8C214L
LEAD-OUTS
LEAD-OUTS
OHMMETER
9~
2.7K
IK
(standard resistor,
see text)
Rx
Unknown
3v.
1N54
HEP R134
Fig. 72-2
2.7K
HEP Z0206
Zener
0-1mA
Circuit Notes
This circuit has a linear reading scale, requires no calibration, and requires no zero
adjustment. It may be made multirange by switching in different standard resistors.
549
LOW PARTS COUNT RATIOMETRIC RESISTANCE MEASUREMENT

Circuit-Notes
,,,.NDA<D
The unknown resistance is put in series

with a known standard and a current passed
through the pair. The voltage developed across
the unknown is applied to the input and the
voltage across the known resistor applied to
the reference input. If the unknown equals the
standard, the display will read 1000. The displayed reading can be determined from the
following expression:
COD """A'
Rut.JKNOWN~6.---,--j~,~,"~~A -----;1- I 9 B31

L
ANALOG
COMMON
Displayed Reading =
~., x 1000
""""'""
The display will overrange for Rw;.,..,, ;;. 2 x

R,..,...
Fig. 72-3
AUDIO CONTINUITY TESTER
+9~c
22 kfi
~
'
V2W
>
~R1
8
7
NE555
TIMER
R,
-~~2
kn
Y2W
10
Fig. 72-4
500:8 n
LED'"
,::::
DIAL LIGHT
521-9200
Circuit Notes
This low-current audio continuity tester indicates the unknown resistance value by
the frequency of audio tone. A high tone indicates a low resistance, and a tone oi a few
pulses per second indicates a resistance as high as 30 megohms.
550
LOW RESISTANCE CONTINUITY TESTER

+11.2 v
'~"~'
a1
VISUAL
INDICATOR
(LED)
430
a
PROBES
3
100K
6 2.2K
741
4.7K
sy
5.1 v
sa
0.5WATI
SPEAKER
ZENER
DIODE
11>1751
1 4
2N491B
81
4.7K
100K
UNIJUNCTION
TRANSISTOR
1K
Fig. 72-5
1OK POTENTIOMETER
(FOR SETIJNG THRESHOLD)
NOTE: ALL RESISTANCES ARE IN OHMS
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
Circuit Notes
This tester can be used to check IC

printed circuit boards. Two 4. 7 K resistors and
the transistors connected to them prevent currentflow through the operational amplifier
until the probe circuit is completed. The zener
diode in series with the operational amplifier

output prevents audio oscillator operation until
the positive output of the operational amplifier
has sufficient amplitude.
"BUZZ BOX" CONTINUITY AND COIL CHECKER

~1216~~
SPEAKER
Fig. 72-6
Ia
"
I'
I'
I'
TEST PROBES
LM3909
~~'"'
I'
1'
::f:
0.1
+
'v
Circuit Notes
Differences between sborts, coils, and a
few ohms of resitance can be heard.
551
LINEAR SCALE OHMMETER
0
9V
'"
I
rvi"'
'"
RV7
31i3
'"
'"
lOOk
7M
\...."
~ZD1
~r-tv "'
10M
~ ~5V6
r;
'"
ov
< '"
<
LL
v
NOTE
IC1 IS 741
01 IS 2N3704
-01 is 1N34A
"'
Fig. 72-7
"'+
." rr
07,
'"
02 IS 1N914
MliS 1m,._
02,
Circuit Notes
sembled, .a 10 K precision resistor is placed in
One preset resistor is used for all the
ranges, simplifying the setting up. Diode
the test position, R,; the meteris set to the lOK
clamping is included to prevent damage to the
range and RVl is adjusted for full scale deflecmeter if the unknown resistor is higher than the
tion.
range selected. When the meter has been as-
BRIDGE CIRCUIT
4.7
'~'R2
!OK
1.5v.
or sn
Rl
!OK
0-100/JA
........
Rx
Fig. 72-8
Unknown
Circuit Notes
For measurement of resistances from about 5 ohms down to about 1/10 ohm.
552
73
RF Amplifiers
100 W PEP 420-450 MHz Push-Pull Linear
Amplifier
140 W (PEP) Amateur Radio Linear
Amplifier (230 MHz)
160 W (PEP) Broadband Linear Amplifier
80 W (PEP) Broadband/Linear Amplifier
Single-Device, 80 W, 50 Ohm VHF
Amplifier
600 W RF Power Amplifier
Wideband UHF Amplifier with HighPerformance FETs
10 MHz .Coaxial Line Driver
VHF Preamplifier
Shortwave FET Booster
Low-Noise 30 MHz Preamplifier
Low-Noise Broadband Amplifier
Two-Meter 10 Watt Power Amplifier
Two-Stage 60 MHz IF Amplifier
28 V Wideband Amplifier
200 MHz Cascode Amplifier
135-175 MHz Amplifier
100 MHz and 400 MHz Neutralized Common Source Amplifier
Ultra High Frequency Amplifier
UHF Amplifier Inverting Gain of 2 with
Lag-Lead Compensation
Transistorized Q- Multi pi ie do rUse with
!Fs in the 1400kHz Range
60 MHz Amplifier
30 MHz Amplfier
Two Meter Amplifier, 5 W Output
200 MHz Neutralized Common Source
Amplifier
450 MHz Common-Source Amplifier
553
100 W PEP 420-450 MHz PUSH-PULL LINEAR AMPUFIER

+28
C9
:J;:
RFC1
AFC2
"'
RFCS
C21J
RFC4
C22I
Tl & T2 - B:ohn. I,Jnbalanc&d 10
Balan~ad
RG 58, 1 ~ 2.s
C>9
+ 28
R1-1~,112W
-R2-
ton.
112
RJ- 10 fl. 112 W

R4- s.s n. 1 w
"'
AS- s.IS n, 1 w
R6- 2.7 U, 114 W
Zl & Z3
Micronr~p-
200 mils,
I~
C23l
C24I
u
Filtar
"
C3
RF O"t
C21, 24- Underwood 10 pF

C2.6 - A reo 403
Cl 7; 19 - Underwood J 102. 1000 pF Feed Thru
C25, 26-0.1 !>F. Eri" As<:! Cap
L1 -24 nH, #14Wirs,l: 12"
L2- 12 nH, 1114 W<re, I~ 0.6"
L3 - 24 nH, .,-14 Wire, I - 1.2"
1.8"
Z2 & 24- Mocrostrlp - W = ZOO milo, I ; 300 mils
ZS 8r Z6- Mlc~ostrip - W = 150 mils, t ~ 300 mils

Z6 & 28- Microstrip- W 150 mils, I- 1.4"
RFCl, 4- Ferroxeuba B"ad 56-590-65-38
RFC2,3- 0.15 IJH Cambion Moldlld Coil
RFCS, 6 - 1 Turn #20 Enameled Wire Wound on 5/16" Bolt
RFC7, 8 - VK200 20/48
C1,3,4,5, 7,8, 11,15- Underwood 40 pF
C12;16- Underwood 25 pF
C13, 14, 22, 23- Wnd.,rwood 16 pF

C9, 10,18,20- 1 i'F Tantalum
Board- G10, cA ""5. 1 ~ 0.062 , 1 ~ 8.0", W- 4.0'"
01
020304-
2NSI92
2N5194
MAF309
MAF309
D l - 1N4001
Fig. 73-1
Circuit Notes
This 100 watt linear amplifier may be constructed using two MRF309 transistors in
push-pul!, requiring only 16 watts drive from
420 to 450 MHz. Operating from a 28 volt
supply, eight dB of power gain is achieved
along with excellent practical performance
554
featuring: maximum input SWR of 2:1, harmonic suppression more than-63 dB below
100 watts output, efficiency greater than 40%,
circuit stability with a 3:1 collector mismatch at
all phase angles.
140 W (PEP) AMATEUR RADIO LINEAR AMPLIFIER (2-30 MHz)
AFoutrPr-<7
RFC1
--
13.6 Vdc
C4
R4
C22
~C2
C10
Cl
Rl
R2
R3
C3
R7
Dl
Kl
f'-f--....--o +
C1
33 pF Dipped Mica
C2
C3
18 pF Dipped Mica
13.6 Vdc
10 pF 35 Vdc for AM operation,
100 pF 35 Vdc for SSB operation.

C4
C5
C6
C7
C8,9
R1
R2, 3
R4
R5,6
.lJJFErie
= 10 pF 35 Vdc. Electrolytic
11JF Tantalum
.001 JJ.F Erie Disc
330 pF Dipped Mica
=
100 k!l 1/4 W Resistor

tOkn 1/4W Resistor
= 33 f2 5 W Wire Wound Resister
R7
RFC1
D1
D2
01,02
03,4
T1, T2
C20
C21
C10
C22
K1
"'ton 1/2W-Resistor
100
1/4 W Resistor
9 Ferroxcube Beads on #18 AWG Wire
1N4001
1N4997
2N4401
MRF4S4
16: 1 Transformers
910 pf Dipped Mica
1100 pF Dipped Mica
24 pF-Dipped Mica
500 J..IF 3 Vdc Electrolytic
Potter- & Brumfield
KT11A 12 Vdc Relay or Equivalent
Fig. 73-2
Circuit Notes
This inexpensive, easy to construct amplifier uses two MRF454 devices. Specified
at 80 W power output with 5 W of input drive, 30 MHz, and 12.5 Vdc.
555
160 W (PEP) BROADBAND LINEAR AMPLIFIER

L9
R6
C2
L1
At
C19
*
rlf---'>-------1
R12
~C22
01
C5
C23
C6
C7
cs
R11
Cl
0.033 i-<F mylar
C2, C3- 0.01 J.J.F mylar

C4 - 620 pF dipped mica
Tl - 4: 1 Transformsr, 6 turns, 2 tw"sted pairs of #26- AWG
CS. C7, C16- 0.1 j..<F ceramic

C6- 100 J.I.F/15 V elecuolyt;c
CB
500 J.J.F/6 V electrolytic
T2
C9, C10, C15, C22

C11, C12- 0.01 !-!F
T3- Collector choke, 4 turns, 2 twisted pairs of #22 AWG
enameled wire (8 twists per inch)
1000 pF feed through
enameled wore (6 twistS par inch)
C13, C14 - 0.015 ).IF myl~r

Cl7- lO).IF/35 V nlectrolytic
C18. C19, C21
T4- 1:4 Transformer Balun, A&B- 5 turns, 2 twisted pars

of #24, C- 8 turns, 1 tWisted pair of #24 AWG enameled
Two O.OS8 J.-<F my Iars in parallel
wire (All windings 6 twists per inch). (T4- Indiana

General F624-1901,- All others are Indiana Gener11l
F 627 -SO 1 ferrite toro ods or E!q uivalent .)
C20- 0.1 ).IF disc car~m1c

C23
0.1 ).IF disc cetamic
Rl --220 U. 1/4 W catbon
R2- 47 n, 1/2 W carbon
PARTS LIST
R3 -820 H, 1 WwireW
R4- 35 n, 5 WwireW
AS, R6- Two 150 n, 1/2 W c~rbon in patalle!
"A7, R8- 10 .n, 1/2-W carbon
R9, R11 -1 k,1/2Wcarbon
R10- 1 k, 112 W potentiometer
R 12 - 0.85 !1 (6 5.1 H or 4 3,3 .1! 1/4 W resistors in
divided equally between both emitter leads)
Fig. 73-3
556
- 1:1 Balun, 6 turns, 2 twisted pairs of #24 AWG

.enameled wira (6 twists per inch)
L1 -
.33 ).IH. molded choke
L2. L6, L7- 10).1H. molded choke

L3- l.811H (Ohmite 2 144)
L4. L5- 3 ferrite beads
e~ch
t.8, L9- .22/lH. molded choke

par~llel,
01 -- 2N6370
02, 03- 2N594-2
04- 2N5190
01 -
1 N4001
02
1N4997
J1. J2- BNC connectors
80 W (PEP) BROADBAND/LINEAR AMPLIFIER
RB
L5
c"
A
T4
C5
c"
C22
02
C20
C13
~12.5V
C14 ....._C15 AlO
C1, Cl-4, eta - O; 1 llF- ceramic.

C2, C7, C13, C20- 0.001 IJ.F feed through.
C-3 -100,.,.F/3V.
C4, C6 - 0.033 JlF mylar
C5 - 0.0047 IJ,F mylar.
CB, C9- 0.015 and 0.033 IJ.F my tars in parallel.

C10- 470 pF mica.
C11, C12 -560 pF mica.
.C15 -1000~J.F/3 V
C16, C17- 0.015 j.I.F mylar
C19 -lOpF 15 V
C21, C22 -two 0.065 JAF my Iars in parallel.
C23 - 330 pF mica
C24- 39 pF mica
C25 - 680 pF mica
C26- .01 IJ.F ceramic
R1, R6, R7- 10 H, 1/2W carbon.
R2- 51 n. 1/2 W carbon
A3- 240 n, 1 wire W
A4, R5 - 18 n, 1 W carbon
RS, R9 - 27 n, 2 W carbon
R10- 33 n, 6WwireW
C19
L 1-- 0.22 IJ.h molded choke

L2, L7, LB- 10 ,uh molded choke
L5, L6- 0.15 iJ.h

L3 - 25 t, -#26 wire, wound on a 1 DO
L4, L9 - 3 ferrite b.eads each.
n. 2 W resistor. ( 1.0 llh)
T1 - 2 twisted p.air~of #26 wire, 8 twists per inch. A == 4 turns,

B ~ 8 turns. Core- -Stackpole 57-9322-11, Indiana General
F627-8Q1 or equivalent
T2 - 2 twi5ted pain of #24 wire, 8 twists per inch, 6 turns.
(Core as abOvtl.)
T3 - 2 twisted pairs of #20 wire, 6 twists par inch, 4 turns.

(Core as above.)
T-4- A and B = 2 twisted pairs of #24 wire, 8 twists per inch.

5 turns each. -c = 1 twisted pair-of H24 wire, B turns.
Core . -Stackpole 57 -9074-11, Indiana General F624-19Q 1
or equivalent.
01 - 2N6367
02, 03 --2N6368
D1-1N4001
D2- 1 N4997
J1, J2 - BNC -connectors
Fig. 73-4
557
SINGLE-DEVICE, 80 W, 50 Ohm VHF AMPLIFIER
13.5 Vdc
.___]C.._c'_,_JS
....c-"'3'--~0 _
Ll
L2
L3
L4
C11
AF In
Cl
MRF245
C2
C5
C4
Cl, 11 - 500 pF Dipped mica

_C2, 9- 10 pF UNELCO
C3 - 60 pF UNELCO
C4, 5-250 pF UNELCO
C6, 7- 250 pF UNELCO
C8- 80 pF UNELCO
C10- 40 pF UNELCO
C12- 0.1 p.F Erie Redcap
C13- 1 p.F Tantalum
C14- 680 pF Allen Bradley Feed-Thru
C6
C7
L1
L2
L3
L4, L5
L6
L7
LS
CS
1.2
3.5
4.0
0.3
2.7
0.8
3.0
X 0.3
X 0.3
X 0.3
X 0.3
X 0.3
X 0.3
X 0.3
C9
em
em
em
em
em
em
em
Airl
Airl
Airl
Aid
A-irl
Airl
Airl
C10
ne
ne
ne
ne
ne
ne
ne
Inductor
Inductor
Inductor
Inductor
Inductor
Inductor
Inductor
soard: G10, Er""" 5, t ~ 0.16 em, 57 gm,-Copper-Ciad

connectors = BNC
AFC 1 -0.15p.H Molded choke

AFC 2- 10 T NO. 18 AWG Enameled Wire, 1/4" J.D.
B - Ferroxcube Bead 56-590-65, 3-Beads
Fig. 73-5
Circuit Notes
The amplifier uses a single MRF245 and provides 80 W with 9.4 dB gain across the
143 to 156 MHz band.
558
600 W RF POWER AMPLIFIER
All
R15
n-
Cl8
Bias
R7
R6
12
11
R4
R18
3 Ra
4
IC1
R9
ctsJ+----ov"
05
C12-not used
At-As-to kn trimpot
C15- tO tJ-F, 100 v electrolytic

C16-10QO_pF ceramic
C17,Ct8-two 0.1 tJ-f. tOO V ceramic each,
{ATC 200/823 or equivalent)
REi-1.0 k0/1.0W
R7-to n
RS-2.0 kO
R9,R21-R24-10 kO.
01-04-IN4148
05-28 V zener. IN5362 or equivalent
Rto-a.2.kn
R11-R14-100 fl
R15-R18-1.0 0
L1,L2- Two Fair-Rile 2673021801 ferrite beads
each or equivalent 4.0 tJ-H
A19-R20-10 11/2.0 W Carbon
R25-tl\ermistor, 10 kO (25"C). 2.5 kfl (75"C)
Ct-not used
C2-820 pF ceramic chip
C3-C6, C13,Ct4-0.1 ~F ceramic
C7-C10-0.1 f'F ceramic chip
T1-T3-see
te~t
01-04-MRFtSO
IC1-MC1723CP
All resistors are O.SW carbon or metal film
unless otherw'1se designated.
Ct 1-1200 pF each. 680 pF miCa In parallel with
an Arco 469 variable or three or more smaller value

mica capacitors in parallel
Fig. 73-6
Circuit Notes
A unique push-pull parallel circuit. It uses

four MRF150 RF power FETs paralleled at
relatively high power levels. Supply voltages
of 4:0 to 50 Vdc can be used, depending on
linearity requirements. The bias for each device is independently adjustable; therefore, no
matching is required for the gate threshold
voltages.
559
WIDEBAND UHF AMPLIFIER WITH HIGH-PERFORMANCE FETs

Circuit Notes
The amplifier circuit is designed for 225
MHz center frequency, l dB bandwidth of 50
MHz, low input VSWR in a 75-ohm system, and
24 dB gain. Three stages of U310 FETs are
used in a straight forward design.
AFC,
RFC,
c,c,_c,.c.. sapF
c,,c,
=500pF
c,.c,.. c~
Oo, Oo 0,
~,;
lOOOpF
Solooonox U310
l 1 V,
120nHy
L1.l,.L 0,
=l22~Hv
AFC 1,AFC,
R,, 'I)
v"-
+2011
Fig. 73-7
~2.2nHy
~ ~~~!
10 MHz COAXIAL LINE DRIVER

Circuit Notes
r.~
rc;_2_:v
B.W 10MHz
Vo :!:2V
t 0 40mA
3<
"
COAXIAL
1000
,,,;::!:: ~
""1
=~
r
. ..~
""
'--<
The circuit will find excellent usage in

high frequency line driving systems that require wide-power bandwidths at high output
current levels. (!C=HA2530) The bandwidth of
the circuit is limited only by the single pole
response of the feedback components; namely
f(-3 dB)= v, 71' RICt. As such, the response is
flat with no peaking and yields minimum distortion.
Fig. 73-8
VHF PREAMPLIFIER
,--,--,--v'"':vv-:6;;v _
,.,
~v
~~: ~~i':ilf-""'....__-\-(v-(.v 1-)-+-l:n~output

-\"
"
""";":.~!i;"-1
"""'
,;w
'"
CircuitNotes
This simple circuit gives 15 dB gain and
can be mounted on Lin 'PCB. Coil data is given
for 85 to 95 MHz. For other frequencies modify
coil as required.
........... 3'11 turns

To coaJCial outer (if use-d)
"'22 s.w.g.
v. In fanner
iron core
Fig. 73-9
560
SHORTWAVE FET BOOSTER

r--------1~----~----0+
9VOC
ANT
R2
c
R3
TO RECEIVER
Rl
3L-_.__.___
PARTS LIST FOR
SWi!S FET BOOSTER
Miller C-5495A, 12-36 MHz use

Miller D-5495-A
Q1-RCA 40468 FET transistor (Do
not substitute)
Q2-2N3394 npn transistor
Rl-470-ohm, 2-watt resistor
R2-2400-ohm, 'h-watt resistor
Fig. 73-10
R3-4700-ohm, 2-watt resistor
Cl-365-pF tuning capacitor

C2, C3-0.05-uF, 25-VDC capacitor
C4-470-pF, 25-VDC capacitor
D1-1N914 diode
L 1-Antenna coil: 1.7-5.5 KHz use
Miller 8-5495A, 5.5-15 MHz use
Circuit Notes
This two transistor preselector provides up to 40 dB gain from 3.5 to 30 MHz. Ql

(MOSFET) is sensitive to static charges and must be handled with care.
LOW-NOISE 30 MHz PREAMPLIFIER
r---14-----<>
...
,.
RFC2
/OJJH
+10 llf}C
22
"""
"
04
''"""'
"'"
"""
--7
o~J;'
'"'"
""
'AS
roJ-F
Fig. 73-11
Circuit Notes
Low-noise preamplifier has a noise figure of1.1 dB at 30 MHz and 3 dB bandwidth of
10 MHz. Gain is 19 dB. Total current drain with a+ 10 volt supply is 13 mA..All resistors
are V watt carbon; bypass capacitors are 50-volt ceramics.
561
LOW-NOISE BROADBAND AMPLIFIER
Fig. 73-12
Circuit Notes
The amplifier provides 10 dB of gain from
10-600 MHz and has ~a 1.5-to-1 match at 50
ohms. The BFR91 has a 1.5 dB noise figures at
500 MHz. The circuit requires 13.5 Vdc at
about 13 rnA. Keep the leads on the 150 pF
emitter bypass capacitor as short as possible.
The 16 nH coil is 2.5 turns of #26 enamel wire
on the shank of a #40 drill. The 93 nH inductor
is 10 turns of the same material.
TWO-METER 10 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER
,.
F!
Circuit
This 10-watt, 144-MHz power amplifier
uses a TRW PT5757 transistor. Ll is 4 turns of
no. 20 enameled, 3/32" ID; L2 is 10 turns of
no. 20 enameled, 3/32" !D. Transformer T1 is
562
".""
04./TPVT
Fig. 73-13
Notes
a 4:1 transmission-line transformer made from
a 3" length of twisted pair of no. 20 enameled
wire.
TWO-STAGE 60 MHz IF AMPLIFIER

(POWER GAIN = 80 dB, BW = 1.5 MHz)
Vt (AGCJ
'"
.....
S.H
(110~
1500) 24 pF
200pH
UlO)pF
t;:..:.:.J:+__J
0.002 pF
pf
Fr r->
T2: Primii'V Willd1111 ~ 10 Tum&, 122 AWG Wn, lf4" 10 Aif Core
S.tond.ry Wil!di111 2 TurN, 122 AWG Wir.,
COiflitilnt ol Cou~Jiint "" 1.0
Tl' Pl'irn.ry Windilll M 15 Turl'll, 122 AWG Wif1, 1/4' 10 A.r Core
S.C:onchiry Wllldint 4 Turn'- 122 AWG Wir~.
Cafilicitnt at Couplllll .. l.IJ
Fig. 73-14
28 V WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER (3 to 100 MHz)
Vos
Vos28V
t 00 1.25A
$ftoD
0.530"~
~ ......
~:.:. =I
Vos
1001"fll
FERROXCUBE
IOKn
II
V K200/09/3B
om.,F
BALUN CORE
Fig. 73-15
=
40 x s1 n
I~
1/2 W RESISTORS
r~NC~P
12.5 fl: TOTAL)
oan
.,
.,
Parts List
.,
.. ,,I .,
.,
T f, 20 turns 30 n, #30 bifilar on micrometals T -50-6 Toroid

T2, t turn of 2-50 Slcoax cables in parallel through 2 balun
cores stack pole #57-9130 PD = 125
563
200 MHz CASCODE AMPLIFIER
Circuit Notes
This 200 MHz JFET cascode circuit features low cross-modulation, large signal handling ability, no neutralization, and AGC controlled by biasing the upper cascade JFET. The
only special requirement of this circuit is that
lnss of the upper unit must be greater than that
of the lower unit.
-..:-.. 'i';;,
tNrUT
-1"l
AGC range 59 dB
power gain 17 dB
L 1 = 0.07 _uHy center t.p

L2 = 0.07 ~H\' tap 1/4 up from ground
Fig. 73-16
135-175 MHz AMPLIFIER

'
;
~
'
c,
~trotA
BUSW!ME
ON
IOOil!'
t"-
OIA
C6
wi ~~1
~
-=-
'
'
vos
t2.5V
t00 -a.sA
Pouret75MH
''
''
,,
a TVI'IOIS o20 AWG

J TUIINS Zit AWG
"
'
'"
Parts List
.,.
.,,
INPUT IH LOSS
J<IB.135MI1<
20 d~ " 115 ..,H<
"'
."111</DIV
fAEOUEI'IICY IMI1<1
'"
C1. C2 ARCO *462, 2 to 80 pf, trimmer capacitors

L1, 3 turns b\.155 wire *20 AWG on 1/4" diameter
L2. 8 turns *20 AWG on 1/4" diameter
T1. 1 turn of 25 n coax on 2 balun cores.

Stackpole *57-0973 p.o =35.
Fig. 73-17
564
200 MHz CASCO DE AMPLIFIER
+-.,H"'-(O)ouT,UI
4GC ~AIIGt U II
'OiftA GAIN fiji
!loF
":'
l1 01-HvCEIITERTAP
u~ OJ""ylAP't."'FROMGROU-0
ircuit Notes
This 200 MHz JFET cascode circuit features low cross-modulation, large signal handling ability, no neutralization, JUld AGC controlled by biasing the uppercascodeJFET. The
only special requirement of this circuit is that
loss of the upper unit must be greater than that
of the lower unit.
Fig. 73-18
100 MHz AND 400 MHz NEUTRALIZED COMMON SOURCE AMPLIFIER
Fig. 73-19
ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER

()f'l'IQN,U
OI'FSH
'"
''"
., c--..y.----o
-
"
"
"
1$\1
Fig, 73-20
"'
-
111 : 751/ 5 ... CANON
R2 "' 75!/ s... CAMOit
IIJ = 75\/ 5 ... CA. .ON
A3M5 .. CAI'I80ft
R5"' 2011. TIMFOT (CE-T)

R,"' 1.511 121. . OAIN)
Re " 10!1 5,. CAII8C*
M'C 3T Zfl .UIIIWIIII: ON
-n:....oxcUif n zoo ot.'38 COllE

IYI'AII CN'ACITOIIS
TIII'CE!lAAIIC
I. .PCO 0111 IOUIV.I
565
UHF AMPLIFIER WITH INVERTING GAIN OF 2 AND LAG-LEAD COMPENSATION (GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT 350 MHz)
....
1k!!
"'
NOTE
RFC3T ft26 tlus wirt on Ftrro~<:ube VK200 08138
wldttltnd thrttde<l cort
Fig. 73-21
TRANSISTORIZED QMULTIPLIER
FOR USE WITH IFS IN THE 1400kHz RANGE
,....
RFC
f~
...
IZCH:SO
Fig. 73-22
566
60 MHz AMPLIFIER
I
I
I
I
Ll
1Too~ 2)AW6W~t
on$/lr P Form.
Tl
CloWooiHIO .. r 11" Fo""

Pr......,.Wind"'t 16 T'"' 26.lWG.ton!orToppH
SocofHioryWto~<"' 2 Turno HAWG
S/I"Lon1
Fig. 73-23
30 MHz AMPLIFIER (POWER GAIN = 50 dB, BW = 1.0 MHz)
11-JOipF
::u~,
--tlf-.........-11-0-
+lZVIII:
Lll2liii',.IUAWGWW.TIio!CO...
IT3Hi MiiH .._. ar Ell!"iol
n: '""*'nr-noAwawn ... r... c-.

IT44-611ict11MMII ot E....!
s.can..ry zr-na Aw&.,.
Fig. 73-24
TWO METER AMPLIFIER, 5 W OUTPUT
,.~, ~~~~n~
'"
I'IFC
-:
-:;-
Parts List
L1, 60nHy4T1122.AWGclosewound0.125.1.D.
L2. 54 nHy 3112T *22 AWG close wound0.125-to.
-::-
C1, C2, C3, ARCO *<162 5-80 pf
Fig. 73-25
80 MHz CASCODE AMPLIFIER
J JOpF
_J
3-JOpF
o.~M
O.l ... H
Fig. 7326
567
200 MHz NEUTRALIZED COMMON SOURCE AMPLIFIER

As50u
. 7pF
7;
,,
1-!0pF
NF T~ l.&dl
G" Typ lldl
1-1/2 turn1, 20 un.-1 wi,., 11 10, Lenrt~ J/8"

L2 3112wrno. 18 tinnH wi<e, 3/8'' 10. L"""" 112"
Tol!l*lotl 1/4 turn from droon
L1
\los u&v
VosO
Fig. 73-27
450 MHz COMMON-SOURCE AMPLIFIER
i-
c.
IN520(~
~l
,,
v.,
[Cf ~
,,
'
"-
,,
~'
AFC 1
T-
,,
2N53117
1_ '~
t,,
~'
~-
II!FC~
v,
v,
c,...., -C.8- 12pF Jollomon type29&0

Cs- 40pf OMS.,,_ mu:o
c 1 _f- IOOOpF AII..,.Srodloy type FA5C
L 1- l.l''long; 22 -mtt 1*'8d 0.1" loom L1
L,- l.l''long; 15 solid COlli*
L 3 - I 3''1ong; Ill solid COppt<
NF Typ 2.8cl8
G.., Typ 18<11

IIOG +IOV
lo IOmA
L4 --1.4"1-; :22 ~namlltp-cl O.l"lrom L,

RFC 1 2 - O.IS,.H O.llo'tln type 1537-00
L,.- :IT, 22 _..,.,; 0 25" doom . ..,.,.,.., form;

tlum.num tlug, ,_,.,..
Fig. 73-28
568
74
RF Oscillators
500 MHz Oscillator
Low Distortion Oscillator
400 MHz Oscillator
2 MHz Oscillator
1.0 MHz Oscillator

Hartley Oscillator
Colpitts Oscillator
RF Oscillator
569
500 MHz OSCILLATOR
__,.,. ,. .~.--,'--~r~
.
.
dlL
---t--;
I.~
IHOTE
RFC
liOOM~OUTI'UT
-~tOiln
1)
Nott: 2 turns No. 16 AWG wire, 3/Binch 00, 1114 inch long.
Not. 2: 9 turns No. 22 AWG wire, 3/16 Inch 00, 1/2 Inch long.
~l
-v
'"
Fig. 74-1
LOW DISTORTION OSCILLATOR

20 MHz oscllletor
,.
<~1iue1
C1 a 700pf
L1 .. 1.3J.!H
C2=75pf
v 0 o"' 1sv
lo 1 mA
L2- 10T 3/8" di 3/4" long
+-..,';;'t..'....,., ..
20 MHZ oscillator perform1nc1
Low distortion 20 MHz osc
2nd h1rmonic - 60 dB
3rd harmonic> -70 dB
Fig. 74-2
Circuit Notes
The 2N5485 JFET is capable of oscillating in a circuit where harmonic distortion is

very low. The JFET local oscillator is excellent when a low harmonic content is required
for a good mixer circuit.
570
400 MHzOSCILLATOR
1.0 MHz OSCILLATOR
12.5V
]::-,-------------,
Parts List
L1-8 turns 6 22 closewound on 1/4" diameter
L2-112 inch "'16 wire
LJ-11nch"16wire
Fig. 74-5
Fig. 74-3
2 MHz OSCILLATOR
HARTLEY OSCILLATOR
+6.2V
+V__gc
#
C1
10k
601201'H
2N2222
c!OUTPUT
Fig. 74-4
Fig. 74-6
Circuit Notes
Miller 9055 miniature slugtuned coil; all

resistors l/4W 5%; all caps min. 25 V ceramic.
Circuit Notes
Resonant frequency is \12 7T
vLlCl.
571
COLPITTS OSCILLATOR
+Vee
Circuit Notes
When calculating its resonant frequency,
use C1C2/Cl +C2 for the total capacitance of
the L-C circuit.
1
R
~
11
II
0UTPUT
II
II
Fig. 74-7
L
RF OSCILLATOR
II
SK3007
__.----(TYPICAL)
PNP TRANSISTOR
Circuit Notes
This rf oscillator is useful up to 30 MHz.
An SK 3007 PNP transistor is recommended.
(\_ ./)11---__.__---.
470-1000.11
'Y
1o-12K
3V
572
lol
;;;f'I'F
::;~
UP TO
30MHz
L..........,.L_,-C CIRCUIT
Fig. 74-8
75
Remote Control Circuits
The
Radio Control Receiver/Decoder
Carrier Operated Relay
Remote Control Servo System
Tone-Actuated Relay
Radio Control Motor Speed Controller
Remote On-Off Switch
Automatic Turn Off for TV Set
573
RADIO CONTROL RECEIVER/DECODER
R1
20
TOMOTORSo-~~vv-~------t-----------------~----------~--------~
AND LOADS
:+----,--....
c1 r.:-.0:::1
6V:
T C5
100 ,.F
2 ;1
D1
(DIGITAL OUTPUTS)
C10
0.01
.d
5~
MIX IN
LO
V+
CHA
CHB
(COLLECTOR) (COLLECTOR)
LM1872
AGC
16
17
C7
0.01-:f"
~-~Y~ C,
R3
200
R2
470k
R3 - Mixer decoupling
C1 - LO bypass: optional
C2 - LO tank; C2 = 22 pF 72 MHz
C3 - Ant. input tank; C3
= 24 pF@ 72 MHz
C4 - V81 As bypass
CS - Motor decoupling
C6 - Sync timer; C6
C7 - Mixer decouple; 0.01 JLF ,;; C7
C10- V+ byp"ass; 0.01 J.Lf

C12- Ant. input tank; C12
'=6
1 JLF
,;;:.; C10 ~ 0.1 ,uF
= 160 pF 72 MHz
L1 - LO coil
Toko' I Ok typa (KENC) 4T; 0.2 I'H
574
L1 could be made a fixed coil, if desired.

T1 - 455 kHz mixer transformer
Toko' 10 EZC typa (RMC-502182), Qu = 110
Pin 1-2, 82T; pin 2-3; 82T
Pin 1-3, 164T; pin 4-6, 30T
T2 - 455 kHz IF transformer
Toko' 10 EZC typa (RMC-502503), Qu = 110

Pin 1-2, 82T; pin 2-3, BT
= 'SYNC
O. R , C6 + 0.5 J.LF
7 2
CS-AGC
C9 - IF bypass; optional
J1..
(ANALOG OUTPUTS)
100k
Rl -Motor decoupling
R2 - Sync timer; R2 =
J1..
R2
Fig. 751
SYNC
13
f:
T1 3
IF OUT GND
15
14
CHA
(EMITIER) CH 8
CH 2
CH 1 (EMITIER)
72 MHz
T3 - Ant. input transformer

Toko 10k typa (KENC), 4T sec. & 2T pri. of 0.2 I'H
72 MHz
X1 - 5th overtone crystal, parallel-mode, 72 MHz
D1 - Electrostatic discharge (ESD) protection
Toko America, Inc.
5520 West Touhy Ave.
Skokie, Ill. 60077
(312)677-3640 Tlx: 72-4372
CARRIER OPERATED RELAY

7
8
To Output of Board
4
3
'"
C1
5
To Input of Board
R2
C1 -3.0 pF Olp Mica

C2 - 0.001 ~F Disc
I
_L
v
vD
r--.0'
C2
"'
01
lr
K1
01-1N4001
Q1 - 2N4401
K l - NF2-12 V (Arrow-M)
or Equivalent
'---
A1 -1.0kll
R2- 470 kn
L - - - - - - - - - - - - - ( ) 1 3 . 6 Vdc
Fig. 75-2
REMOTE CONTROL SERVO SYSTEM
'"
~N4S1
'"
SERVO MOTOR
"'
Fig. 75-3
575
TONE-ACTUATED RELAY
100mv
(volts RMS)
Circuit Notes
The circuit is built around the LM567 tone
decoder IC that requires about 100 millivolts at
its operating frequency. The frequency is set
by a 10 K variable resistor and can be between
700 and 1500 Hz. When a tone at the set fre
quency is present, the 567's output goes low to
energize a relay through a 2N3906 PNP trans-
, l-'o"-u':,...-'..,"v'.,..'-1
LM567
'
'
4.1K.U
10K!.l
istor.
4.7KH
?.N3906
Relay up to
50ma.
1N4001
Fig. 75-4
+5 to +9v.
RADIO CONTROL MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER

PULSl
~Ul
-;, >
\
17
~~
<C
~>_:.-'\/VI/'--JVL.Jy..__,._._____.__..,,
t--'~"f"'..,__/_.=~_,.:,_]~_--~M--:_..,JI
i ~g.,,
EXPANDlO
PULS( OUT
ov
""
576
Fig. 75-5
REMOTE ON-OFF SWITCH

Circuit Notes
LOAD RECEPTACLE
500WATTS MAX
This~circuit provides power control without running line-voltage switch leads. The
primary of a 6-volt filament transformer is connected between the gate and one of the main
terminals of a triac. The secondary is connected to the remote switch through ordinary
low-voltage line. With switch open, transformer blocks gate current, prevents the triac
from firing and applying power to the equipment. Closing the switch short-circuits the
secondary, causing the transformer to saturate
and trigger the triac.
"'
LOW-VOLTAGE NBELL" WIRE
Fig. 75-6
AUTOMATIC TURN OFF FOR TV SET
~N/OFF
1 Mn
PUSH
BUTTON
AGC
VOLTAGE
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
...
1K
-::-
POWER TO
TV SET
-::-
SET TURNS OFF SHORTLY AFTER TV
STATION STOPS BROADCASTING
Fig. 75-7
577
76
Safety and Security Circuits
Tarry Light
Ground Tester
Ground-Fault Interrupter
Single Source Emergency Lighting System
Power Failure Alarm

Ac Hot Wire Probe
Power Failure Detector
Power-Failure Alarm
Electronic Combination Lock
578
TARRY LIGHT
AC LOAD
RECEPTACLE
111l
AC
666
'T'i''i'
Dl
Jl
,---''
r o1
'
SW}I'
''
''
._
' ___
OJ
04
---
BUILT-IN
-- i NEON LAMP
AND RESISTOR
y
~'
I
'
'
'
?S
NC
SW1/,
yNo
R1
06
110 K
Rl
RJ 1100 Q
4700 Q
IVD
Cl~ ~so "f
Fig. 76-l
R4
lmeq
Circuit Notes
The push button and potentiometer

initiate a time delay that turns a light on then
automatically turns it off again after a predetermined time. The potentiometer can be set
~for a delay of a few seconds to just under three
minutes. When the push-button switch SW2 is
pressed, capacitor Cl gets charged through D5
to the full de voltage developed by the diode
bridge. When the button is released, the
charged capacitor is connected across the
series combination of R2, R3, and potentiometer R4 whose setting determines the totaLresistance and thereby sets the time it takes for
the capacitor to discharge. A steering diode,

D6, connected to the junction of R2 and R3, and
potentiometer R4 whose setting determines
The total resistance and thereby sets the time it
takes for the capacitor to discharge. Diode, D6
picks off a portion of this decaying de voltage
and applies it to the gates terminal of Ql, the
SCR, triggering it into a conductive state. This
SCR will remain on as long as there is sufficient
voltage on its gate. As soon as this voltage
decays below the minimum holding voltage of
the SCR, it will tum off on the next line alternation.
579
GROUND TESTER
CB1
r-f~~
~~-_j--~~G~0R~N~':,~-1~t-----~S~0~1~--
117V
60Hz _1
u+
BRASS
WHT
R2
h'VV__.
R1
47kll
NE1
SILVER
NE 2 47kll
o---------------._----~
Parts list
B2-DPDT Swifch
CB1-10A fuse or circuit breaker
801-Radio Shack 61-2760, 3 terminal socket
R1, R2, A3-47kn,- V2W
NE 1, NE2, NE3-GE NE-2
S1-SPDT, Lafayette 34P0238V
Fig. 76-2
Circuit Notes
plugged into circuit outlet SOl. neon lamps

NEl and NEZ will light if the appliance is safe.
If neon NEZ is lit the appliance is dangerous,
because the neutral lead is llO Vac above
ground.
This rircuit checks the reliability of

appliances so that the equipment may be used
safely. The test circuit must be plugged into a
properly wired three terminal wall outlet.
When a two-lead or three-lead appliance is
GROUND-FAULT INTERRUPTER
(120Hz NEUTRAL TRANSFORMER APPROACH)
SENSE
COil
G~D/NEUTRAl
COIL
LD.. D{
KDT
IIEUTAAL
.--1-.. 1
r----.
o--~~---i-----<>.-;,i""b-----1
--
ZIMI.I
M'1
M'1
ttiGII~
COlt
CIRCUIT
BRfAI(EFI
'-"'"' : =
A.---:-:____.
V
,. .
...,.
____! TIMING
CAf
r~+---1--t---'l' ICA
TIIUIGER
_!
-
==~~Hi1
LMII&I
Of.WP
OUTI'UT
~U\/41110V
;:~~~;
I!___
-1ft ,----- - : : L.!IIIJl
"'T"
+IN J
llsn
..L,
- j
!H 'F
4
Vee
}""
GNO
::;::0.81
:.;:. ~.OyF
lTANT
Adjust RsET tor (!HI,..;! sensitivity
Fig. 76-3
580
SINGLE SOURCE EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM
c,
AI4F
r
R 1 /l
SELECT TO GIVE DESIRED CHARGE

RATE (VALUE AND WATTAGE)
SGR1
CR2
CIQ6Yl
AI4F
IM~oUT
6.3\1
S0-60
HERTZ
6.3\1
CR3
AI4F
I '---+-i>f----l
r,
150
,.
+
~
-=-
6VOLT
BATTERY
Fig. 76-4
Circuit Notes
This emergency lighting system maintains a 6 volt battery at full charge and
switches automatically from the ac supply to the battery.
POWER FAILURE ALARM

5oon
II RELAY
SIGMA
RESET
BUTTON
SILICON
BfUDGE
TYPE IIF
.1
>OV
PRV
Circuit Notes
If the power fails, the radio alarm goes on.
No loud siren, bell, or whistle. Even if the
power is restored, the alarm stays on until
RESET button is pushed.
tt:E
115\IAC
112A
COMMON GROUND
OF RADIO ONLY
Fig. 76-5
AC HOT WIRE PROBE
24n
+
.:_ 3V
2.4M
2.4M
PROBE
TIP
1M
Circuit Notes
Insert the probe tip into either terminal of
an ac outlet and hold the probe body against
anything that the circuit ground is connected
to. The LED will glow when the hot terminal
is touched. Two 2.4 M resistors are used in the
probe tip for safety (redundancy) reasons.
METAL
PROBE
BOOY
Fig. 76-6
581
POWER FAILURE DETECTOR

2Mn
R'
470KO
4011
1MO
6
2Mn
+9v.~
A
n
100K
Rese1
10KH
R1
33KO
..........
100KH
Fig. 76-7
Circuit Notes
This circuit indicates that a power outage occured for 1, 10, 100, and 500 seconds
with the values given for R* and c. After a power failure, the circuit can be reset by
pushing the Reset button.
POWER FAILURE ALARM
~QOmA
.200PIV
10.ooon
BUZ ZE: R
OR
l/2 W
SONAL ERT
l
117V
~""'"
..=.. tr.S REOUIIUO
30oo-~ooon
ev BuZZER
RELAY
Circuit Notes
While the power is on, the relay is held
open, but when the power fails the buzzercircuit contacts close.
582
Fig. 76-8
ELECTRONIC COMBINATION LOCK
100K
Disable switches
1K
~
52
01
5K
5K
S3
02
~
5K
03
5K
04
08
07
All diodes
06
= 1N4148
05
100K
100K
100K
55
010
10K
Fig. 76-9
Circuit Notes
Switches Sl through S5 must be operated in rapid sequence to operate the lock.
They can be any numbers on a 10-button switch pad. If an incorrect button is pushed,
alarm sounds and the circuit is disabled for two minutes.
583
77
Sample and Hold Circuits
The
Peak Detect and Hold
Low Drift Sample and Hold
JFET Sample and Hold
High Speed Sample and Hold Amplifier
High Speed Sample and Hold
584
Sample and Hold with Offset Adjustment

Differential Hold
x 1000 Sample and Hold
Sample and Hold
High Accuracy Sample and Hold
PEAK DETECT AND HOLD
RESET
PEAK DETECT
HIGH IMPEDANCE
BUFFER
AND HOLD
INPUT
TO NEXT STA.GE
Q1
RESET
~~
OUTPUT VOLTAGE !NEGLECTING

DC SHIFT INTRODUCED BY 01 AND IC21
INPUT VOLTAGE
Fig. 77.1
Circuit Notes
If the voltage at the input exceeds the

voltage on the capacitor, then the output of the
741 goes positive, the diode conducts, and the
capacitor is charged up to the input voltageforward voltage drop of diode. When the
voltage at the input is less than that on the
capacitor, the output ofthe 741 goes negative,
and the diode cuts off. To prevent the capacitor

from discharging through the input resistance
ofthe next stage, a high input impedance buffer
stage (IC2) is used. The circuit can be reset by
means of a FET or similar high impedance
device connected across the capacitor.
585
LOW DRIFT SAMPLE AND HOLD
Circuit Notes
The JFETs, Ql and Q2, provide complete

buffering to Cl, the sample and hold capacitor.
During sample, Ql is turned on and provides a
path, fd''""' for charging Cl. During hold, Ql is
turned off, thus leaving Qllv<ofO (< 100 pA) and
Q2 !Gss ( < 100 pA) as the only discharge paths.
Q2 serves a buffering function so feedback to
the LM101 and output current are supplied
~from its source.
INPUT
1""""'1
....J
r-15V (SAMPlE!
15V (HOlD)
LJ
Fig. 77-2
*Potycarbonate dielectric capacitor
JFET SAMPLE AND HOLD
Fig. 77-3
Circuit Notes
>-...<>
586
OUTPUT
The logic voltage is applied simultaneously to the sample and hold JFETs. By
matching input impedance and feedback resistance and capacitance, errors due tor'''""' ofthe
JFETs are minimized.
HIGH SPEED SAMPLE AND HOLD AMPLIFIER
, ..
~ANAlOG
1
T;::,,
CH
~..
1
+15V
0 - - - - - , - - - - - - -,_--;------,
LOGIC
ON
I
'
"' ~'
OUTPUT
SAMPLE +1SV
HOLD -7V
":' GFIOUND
....
.,,
1N914
-15V
0-------+-----------__j
Fig. 77-4
HIGH SPEED SAMPLE AND HOLD
,.,,
"n
)1:.:.1 ~t--o
...
""
!'"'''
OUTPUT
y-
LOGIC
COtmiOL
Fig. 77-5
587

1k
1k
Fig. 77-6
-15
":"'
-15
Circuit Notes
This circuit exhibits a 10 V acquisition

time of 900 ns to 0.1% accuracy and a droop
rate of only 1001.1. V/ms at 25 C ambient condition. An even faster acquisition time can be
obtained using a smaller value hold-capacitor.
By decreasing the value from 1000 pF to 220

pF, the acquisition time improves to 500 ns for
a 10 V step. However, the droop rate increases
to 500 ~.tV/ms.
SAMPLE AND HOLD WITH OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
Fig. 77-7
OUTPUT
'='
588
l.t~F
,.
*Polycarbonate dielectric
Circuit Notes
The 2N4393 JFET was selected because

ofits low loss ( < 100 pA), very low ln<ofil (< 100
pA) and low pinchoff voltage. Leakages of this
level put the burden of circuit performance on
clean, solder-resin free, low leakage circuit
layout.
DIFFERENTIAL HOLD
OUTPUT
~ Vs WHEN IN
HOLO MODE
I
I
....L.
Vs-=T
- (Vs VcM)
WHEN IN
SAMPLE MODE
..n..
r
I
I
I
NC
_..J.,
I VcM l
',./
I
Fig. 77-8
-'-
x 1000 SAMPLE AND HOLD
1N457
~3
1M
1%
15
"'f
v
R2
2M
100 k
OFFSET
ADJUST
-15
2
R4
1k
1%
YtN
Notes
For lower gains, the !J.A 108 must be frequency compensated
100
Use :::>:: A pF from comp 2 to ground
v
Fig. 77-9
589
SAMPLE AND HOLD
coG' '"
m>-------+
0----1--v
'"
"
Fig. 77-10
"
HIGH ACCURACY SAMPLE AND HOLD
6y closong the loop through A2 the Your accuracy wtll be determoned untquely by
A1 No Vos adtust requort!d tor A2
T A can be estomated by same consoderattons as prevoously b\.11. t>ecau~~e of the
lddell on propagatoon delay tn the leedbac~ loop IA2t the overshoot 15 not
neglogoble
Overall system slower than fast samp"' and hold.
~1. Cc: addotional compensation
Use LF356 for
.J. FilS! Hltlmg tome
J. Low vos
Fig. 77-11
VQUT
ICHARQE Of BUF03 IS tiOwoA. THEREFORE THE SLEW

IIATE INTO A atiOIIF HOLD C.VACITOR WILL IE 120VMlEC
THUS THE SLEW IIATE OF THE &AM~LE AND HOLD
CIIICUIT IS LIMITED IV THE CAPACITOR CHARGING TIME
590
Fig. 77-12
78
Schmitt Triggers
The
Schmitt Trigger Without Hysteresis
Schmitt Trigger with Programmable
Hysteresis
Schmitt Trigger (Zero Crossing Detector with

Hysteresis)
Schmitt Trigger
591
SCHMITT TRIGGER WITHOUT HYSTERESIS

+15V
3.3k
3.3k
2N3643
Circuit Notes
By replacing the common-emitter resistor

in a conventional Schmitt by a zener diode, the
hyoteresis normally associated with these circuits is eliminated.
2.4k
INPUT
1Bk
=
IN747
Fig. 78-1
SCHMITT TRIGGER WITH PROGRAMMABLE HYSTERESIS
'(V-)- (V+)MUST
NOT-BE GREATER
THAN SV
VlN
Z OUT= 4k7
+5V
HYSTERESIS LEVELS
=4K7
lA
6
VOUT
R1
100k
R3
33k
R2
4k7
-15V lA
Fig. 78-2
-15V
Circuit Notes
CA 3088 is used as a versatile Schmitt trigger. The size of the hysteresis levels is
determined by lA that flows out of the amplifier's output and through R2. Increasing lA
increases hysteresis and vice versa. The positive and negative hysteresis levels are
symmetrical about 0 V.
592
SCHMITT TRIGGER (ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR WITH HYSTERESIS)

"--~
>-----<1--<1
VQH1t14.2V
""'
'""""'
'""
Input to Output Waveform

Showing Hysteresis Trip Points
-15V
Fig. 78-3
Circuit Notes
This circuit has a 100 mV hysteresis

which can be used in applications where very
fast transition times are required at the output
even though the signal is very slow. The hys-
teresis loop also reduces false triggering due to

noise on the input. The waveforms show the
trip points developed by the hysteresis loop.
SCHMITT TRIGGER
""L.r
Outpu~
Input
Upper TrltiKJer
Point Contr1
!Input Anee 1/3 Vee to Vee!

Note: Lower Trigger Point Is
fixed 11 113 Vee
Fig. 78-4
Circuit Notes
Tbe lower trigger point is fixed at% Vee, but the upper trigger point is adjustable by
means of Pin 5 from \-3 Vee to slightly less than Vee. The Schmitt trigger will operate with
input frequencies up to 50 kHz.
593
79
Smoke and Flame Detectors
The
Photoelectric Smoke Detector (NonLatching)
1.9 V Battery Operated Ionization Type
Smoke Detector
594
Line-Operated Photo-Electric Smoke

Alarm Using Light Sensitive Resistor
(Includes Detection of Open-Circuited
LED)
PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR (NON-LATCHING)
SMOKE CHAMBER
r-1
I
100,..F
=r
,K
1 IR
NOTEl
9V
.___~IL=E~O~I~----------t-----+--1
T
I
:NOT~
I
2
r-_.____1f--1
BATTER
DISABLE
ALARI\o1
./_
-----0"
r-:1
15~~---r-~2~N3~7~04:...
l--
4
5
SD2
,.-
son
-4:-
13r
12
2Mn
-
,...---.
2
0.05uF
LOW
It-:J..
"
11
10-
r~----..J
OPTIONAL
LED
Fig. 79-1
INDICATOR
22Mn
30K
~~
PIEZOELECTRIC HORN
CATT -101FB
Notes: -1. IR Diode RCA Type SG 1010A or Spectronics Type SE 5455-4

Clairex Type CLE01
2. IR Photo detectors Vactec VTS4085
Circuit
The LED predriver output pulses an extemal transistor which in tum. switches on the
infrared light emitting diode at a very low duty
cycle. The desired IR LED pulse period is
determined by the value of the external timing
resistor. The Smoke Sensitivity is adjustable
through a trimmer resistor which varies the IR
Notes
LED pulse width. The light sensing element is
a silicon photovoltaic cell which is held at near
zero bias to minimize leakage currents. The
circuit can detect signals as low as 1 mV and
generate an alarm. The IR LED pulse repetition rate increases when smoke is detected.
595
1.9 V BATTERY OP~RATED

IONIZATION TYPE SMOKE
DETECTOR
...."
"
Fig. 79-2
~~~~
BIASAIIIO
AEBIILATOII
'
I'
.." '
~!%..
'-
'
..."
~..,;;;- "
AMIEII
4.7M
w
COMMON
ALARMS
,"
AS
'"
2M
13
12
.r-
120V.u;;
c2=!'
F11r
AlO 100
:::f:-10;<1
14
LINE-OPERA TED PHOTO ELECTRIC

SMOKE ALARM USING LIGHT SENSITIVE RESISTOR (INCLUDES DETECTION OF OPEN-CIRCUITED LED)
1'-
111
10
I
BIAS AND
REGULATOR
I'
'
"'
t ,CD ,",;. CD:"

B..._
CLAIAEX
CL-7905 .,..
596
'
'" r--
r--
10M
"'
510k
A,.~
fi
CLAIREX
CL-7905
A3
8.2
.,..
'AS
"" ~
AS
''" '"
Fig. 79-3
- .~::*
tsuPPL y
TDCD-011
ALAIIMI
...."
...."
1.9 V BATTERY OPERATED

IONIZATION TYPE SMOKE
DETECTOR
"'"
lidly'\
IIOIIN
:::
'!~
lllpF_;;
"
In
"
LMIIOI
LDWIATTiiiY
OlTECTOII
AND DICILLATOII
'"
'
."
'
~.iet
!~"~
\..._
pq
'
~H
ItA$ AND
flUULATDII
11
"*'
"='
',Ill
~~
j
13
J'
"""
'
I~~:-
~ ::-"
;;;
"411~f
'
"
MIEII
UM
w
COMMON
ALARMS
LED 1
N~O
~;J
Cl
" =:'.101'1
14
13
~7
12
I'
AI
"~t
JD
CLAi~x
CL-7905
596
'
All
3.9M
CD;
R,
CLAIREX
CL-7905
BS
"
I
R5
'" "''"
R2
1:-:-::-
,(
"'
f--
'
\c
IM
S10k
10M_
HORN
--rh
~~OV,r;
p:'
"
D<J
10
]n
BIAS AND
REGULATOR
'
"
6.6k
LINE-OPERATED PHOTO ELECTRIC

SMOKE ALARM USING LIGHT SENSITIVE RESISTOR (INCLUDES DETECTION OF OPEN-CIRCUITED LED)
100 I'F-:-
LM1601
LOWBATIERY
DETECTOR
AND OSCILLA
TOR REF
01
y,
" cz;
"'"
Fig. 79-2
MALLDIIY MNII04 ..:..

PANAIDNIC . ., ..=.,
Oil EQUIVALENT
Fig. 79-3
80
Sound Effect Circuits
Voltage-Controlled Amplifier or Tremolo Circuit
Music Synthesizer
Preprogrammed Single-Chip Microcontrollerior
Musical Organ
Musical Envelope Generator and Modulator
Stereo Reverb System
Four Channel
Tone Burst Generator

Musical Chime Generator
Sound Effect Generator
Programmable Bird Sounds
Stereo Reverb Enhancement System
Siren/Space War/Phasor Gun
Synthesizer
597
VOLTAGE-CONTROLLED AMPLIFIER OR TREMOLO CIRCUIT
~12V
1k
+lOV
""
'"''Lf
5.6k
'"
11
Fig. 80-1
"OPTIONAL
TREMOLO
INPUT
'"
SIGNAL
2.1k
"TREMOlOFREQ. .;
1
-~
-
h!R + 10k)-c
1601-llASSHOWN
Circuit Notes
The transistors form a differential pair

with an active current-source tail. This configuration, known technically as a variabletransconductancemultiplier, has an output
proportional to the product of the two input
signals. Multiplication occurs due to the dependence of the transistor transconductance on
598
the emitter current bias. Tremolo (amplitude

modulation of an audio frequency by a subaudio oscillator-normally 5-15 Hz) applications require feeding the low frequency oscillator signal into the optional input shown. The
gain control pot maybe set for optimum depth.
MUSIC SYNTHESIZER
,,....!!.
G2
T.' 1,
RESET
Do
UPPER!
o,
LOWER
-1I~
02
03
:t
D3
INO
444lEYAL
IN,
OSCILLAT
;--1-
CKI
IN2
_.1
CKO
IN3
L7
CKI
CKO
1M
2MH
6-31pF
-4:-' -4:-'
--SI
GO
21
28
27
26
25
>'%
,.
)'
>' >' >'
,. y
)'
)'
>'
,.
)'
>' >' >'
c
19
10
>'
>'
'h
Fig. 80-2
20
16
)'
)'
SKIFT
""'>'
PLAY
>'
~c~
SPEAKER
CKBCKO
,.'FI 200pFI
--m~~c
PIEZOCERAMIC
TRANSDUCER
SUGGESTED OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS

CRYSTAL NETWORK RECOMMENDED FOR
ACCURACY AND STABILITY
Circuit Notes
Three modes of operation are available in the music synthesizer mode: play a note,
play one of four stored tunes, or record a tune for subsequent replay.
599
PREPROGRAMMED SINGLE-CHIP
MICROCONTROLLER FOR MUSICAL ORGAN
"'"
"
..
" .."
""
""
..
"n
llt$.4141
"
"
"'
., "
-5 LJ
UM
-:::>
COP421-HGZ
"'
,,
"
r:.Nl 1
SIC 11
."'
LOO
"'1:~
:~ }
"'
"
I,." ... ...

...
F)
'="
":"
...
Fig. 80-3
Circuit
Twenty-five musical keys and 25 LEDs
are provided to denote F to F" with half notes in
between. Memory can store a played tune.
There are ten pre programmed tunes (each has
an average of 55 notes) masked in the chip. Any
600
Notes
tune can be recalled by depressing the Tune
Button followed by the corresponding Sharp
Key. In learn mode, the player can learn the ten
preprogrammed tunes.
MUSICAL ENVELOPE GENERATOR AND MODULATOR
47k
+10V
L..fGArE
o;;l-LillL]""
-t-
ON . r Ut
;F
Fig. 80-4
GATE
47k
03
NPN
10k
47k
1k
TONE
INPUT
nJL
10V
OUTPUT ENVELOPE
Circuit Notes
chopper. A musical tone in the form of a
When a gate voltage is applied, Ql is
squarewave is connected to the base of Q3.
turned on and capacitor C is charged via the
This turns the transistor on or off and thus the
attackpot in series with the 1-K resistor varyenvelope is chopped up at regular intervals, the
ing this pot, attact time constant_ A fast attack
intervals being determined by the pitch of the
gives a percussive sound, a slow attack the
squarewave. The resultant waveform has the
affect of "backward"' sounds. When the gate
amplitude of the envelope and the harmonic
voltage returns to its off state, Q2 is turned on
structure of the squarewave. IC2 buffers the
and capacitor is discharged via decay pot to
signal and Dl ensures that the envelope dies
ground. The envelope is buffered by !Cl and
away at the end of a note.
applied to Q3, which is used as a transistor
601
STEREO REVERB SYSTEM
"'
lc.,
T'U1
,,"
,"'..
~L
,.,...
,."'
,,
no
I&I,F
""
'"'
IOpf
,,
2.2M
t~r:~.. :~+j~
..
r~ ,.~,+lf
~
lEfT
'
____fo
-!~
~~'T,f'o----t-------t----i--,
'tID, 1l,1l
lM378
tM387
-= '""
Rlh
,,
0.12
Ci
ID.,
I-=
,, l.........,.w---if----
UIS"
R3
1111
='
I L ____ _J
ACCUTRO!IICS
4&B2CIA
,,
,...
""'
>.--c>-.--l
REVERB
C2
llll~f
DRIVER AMPLIFIER
.,
"' '"'
J3..~
..
.....,
At
2211<
""
"" '"'
"'
"
C7
IOpF
~
RECOVERY AMPlifiER
""'
li,...C1J
ra.o1
MutiNG AMPLIFIER
Fig. 80-5
Circuit Notes
The LM378 dual power amplifier is used as the spring driver. The recovery
amplifier is a low noise dual preamplifier. Mixing of the delayed signal with the original is
done with another LM387 used in an inverting summing configuration.
FOUR CHANNEL SYNTHESIZER
LEFT
IN
NOTE
IC1,2 OUAD OP-AMP
IC3 DUAL OP-A.MP
All re:!>IStOr:!> 100k
RIGHT
IN
Fig. 80-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit will synthesize two rear channels for quadraphonic sound when fed with a
stereo signal. The rear output for the left channel, is a combination of the left channel input
180 out of phase, added to a proportion of the

right hand channel (also out of phase). The right
hand rear output is obtained in a similar way.
603
TONE BURST GENERATOR

4
AT
+15
~Vee
Reset
14
14
AA
Vee
13 Ois<:l'lerge
Triggr
5 Output
Tri11er
10
Reset
1/2 MC3556
1/2 MC3556
Olscherge
Thr...-
e1-; ~hold
Ond
0.01
~F;;;
8 Trigger
r:+
~
trol
~Control
Out-
P"'
"
12 Thr"hold
;
7
C2
0.01 l<lF;
Gnd
Gnd
f -
t1.1ATC1
1.44
(RA + 2A 8 )--C
Fig. 80-7
Circuit
The first timer is used as a monostable and
determines the tone duration when triggered
by a positive pulse at pin 6. The second timer is
Notes
enabled by the high output of the monostable. It
is connected as an astable and determines the
frequency of the tone.
MUSICAL CHIME GENERATOR

II
c"
..
~ ,~
VIN
.1'
__ft_
,c,
II
;/'
PULSE FROM A
RHVTH~ GENERATOR
VOUT~
~
<
100k
for
Jss X 1000X c
Fig. 80-8
"'
>
SET
0
220R
nln
Circuit Notes
The circuit is that of a multiple feedback stant. Highfrequencyresonance s resemble
bandpass filter. A short click (pulse), makes it chimes, lower frequencies sound like claves or
ring with a frequency which is its natural reso- bongos. Several circuits, all with different
nance frequency. Oscillations die away expo- tuning, driven by pulses from a rhythm
nentially and closely resemble many naturally generator can produce an interesting pattern of
occuring percussive or plucked sounds. The sounds.
higher the Q the longer the decay time con-
604
SOUND EFFECT GENERATOR
4.., ,
10k
1K
9v
9V
1/P
10M
1K
1K
"'
1k
2 Signal
-+-
Diodes
1M
ov
.._
ATTACK
DfcAY
20k
2M
''
r>DDC>
e
OUTPUT O
ov
AFTER MODULATION
Fig. 80-9
Circuit Notes
This waveshape generator is basically a shows an add-on circuit which should be used if
a low impedance output is required. Some of
slow running oscillator with variable attack and
the output waveforms that can be produced are
decay. A variable amplitude (high impedance)
output is available via the 2M potentiometer. B shown in C.
PROGRAMMABLE BIRD SOUNDS
390kU
330kl!
180kU
471<.11
't
I
21
11
11
11
11
1~
14
13
12
11
10
SN74UH
1:23411
71t1011121314
1214517
Fig. 80-10
605
STEREO REVERB ENHANCEMENT SYSTEM

LEFT IW
'" ""
...
,,,
,.
~
OUT
ILEFT
m
R!CDVfRY
,.,
DL~VJ
IMV!RTER
14V
IV
"
"'Hr-Y!,!Y,--+
1ft
lillpF
1061*-=-
.:;n~~.s
,.
1111X!RS
,. "" 1
11D
11Dk
l.fl
'"'
t;o
MOt
OUT
-lfti~HT
Fig. 80-11
Circuit Notes
The system can he used to synthesize a stereo effect from a monaural source such as
AM radio or FM-mono broadcast, or it can he added to an existing stereo (or quad)
system where it produces an exciting "opening up" special effect that is truly impressive.
SIREN/SPACE WARJPHASOR GUN
Fig, 80-12
Circuit Notes
The one shot and decay functions could he added to make an ideal phasor gun sound.
606
'
DUAY)
81
Sound (Audio)
Operated Circuits
The
Voice Activated Switch and Amplifier
Audio Operated Relay
Sound-Modulated Light Source
Audio-Controlled Lamp
Sound Activated Relay
Sound Operated Two-Way Switch
607
VOICE ACTIVATED SWITCH AND AMPLIFIER

v
D. I llf
MIC
....
,..
IN~ f-t---'i
Rsn
UM
1N914
lOOk
Rsn
10
~:...--o AUDIO OUT
'"'
1.3M
Fig. 81-1
AUDIO OPERATED RELAY
0
Fig. 81-2
NE 555
AUDIO
INPUT
:or
)---l
,,,
Circuit Notes
Q 1 and Q2 are general purpose transistors. The 10 K input pot is adjusted to a point
just short of where Q1 turns on as indicated by
K pulling in. K is any 5 V reed relay. With the
values shown for R (100 K) and C (47 p.F),
608
timing values from .05 to slightly over 5 seconds can be achieved. B shows the addition of a
22 K series resistor to the 10 K input pot if a 12
V supply is used. A suitable _12 V reed relay
must be used at K.
SOUND-MODULATED LIGHT SOURCE
1N4001
5-12Vac
6-12V
AMP
BULB
OUT
PUT
Circuit Notes
This circuit modulates a light beam with

voice or music from the output of ao amplifier.
If the 10 K pot is adjusted to slightly less thao
the y,., of the transistor, the circuit forms a
peak detector. This drives the gate of the SCR,
lighting the bulb whose brightness will vary as
the sound level varies. C2 may he removed for
a faster response.
Fig. 81-3
AUDIO-CONTROLLED LAMP
LAMP
120 V AC
SCR
GE C6U
AUDIOo---vvv--'~ C106Y
INPUT
1V o-------~~------~
120V
1K
TRIAC
Fig. 81-4
R1
100
NOTE: T1 IS A 6.3V, 1A. "FILAMENT"TRANSFORMER. ADJUST
R1 FOR MAXIMUM RESISTANCE THAT WILL NOT TURN
ON LAMP WITH ZERO INPUT.
-
Circuit Notes
This is an on-off control with isolated, low produced with audio input is similar to a provoltage input. Since the switching action is
portional control circuit. If the input signal to
very rapid, compared with the response time of the SCR consists of phase-controlled pulses,
the lamp and the response of the eye, the effect
full wave control of the lamp load is obtained.
609
SOUND ACTIVATED RELAY

A1
1K
R2'
1001<
v.
C3
1~
01
D3
1N914
1N4007
R3
220
Fig. 81-5
01
2N2222
RS
25K
'SEE TEXT
Circuit
The device remains dormat (in an off condition) until some sound causes it to tum on.
The input stage is a 741 operational amplifier
connected as a noninverting follower audio
amplifier. Gain is approximately 100. To in-
Notes
crease gain raise the value of R2. The amplified

signal is rectified and filtered to a de level by
R4. Then R5 is set to the audio level desired to
activate the relay.
SOUND OPERATED TWO-WAY SWITCH
'"
4.7k
47k
02
CrTROL
...,.,_.
SENSITIVITY
Vee PIN 14
--,
QPIN8
I_
BC108
CLOCK
PIN&
PIN 12
"'
BFYSI
L---~----~----~L-----~------._------------~--------------4---o~
Fig. 81-6
Circuit Notes
This circuit operates a relay each time a

sound of sufficient intensity is made, thus one
clap of the hands will switch it one way, a
second clap will revert the circuit to the original condition. Q2 and Q3 form a Schmitt trig-
610
ger. The JK flip-flop isl!sed as a bistable whose

output changes state every time a pulse is
applied to the clock input (pin 12). Q4 allows
the output to drive a relay.
82
Square Wave Oscillators
The
RIC Oscillator
1 kHz Square Wave Oscillator
TTL Oscillator
Square Wave Oscillator
Adjustable TTL Clock
Oscillator/Clock Generator
CMOS Oscillator
Free-Running Square-Wave Oscillator
Precision Squares
0.5 Hz Square-Wave Oscillator
Simple Triangle/Square Wave Oscillator
Squarewave Oscillator
611
R/C OSCILLATOR
fa -
2 C[0.41 RP
,,
+ O.?OR1]
,Rp~~
R1 + R2
,,
+c
L_~
a. If R1 ~ R2 ~ R1, f
.,
L1
Gates are 74C04
= 0.55/RC
b. If R2 >> R1. f " 0.45/R, C

c. If R2
R1. f" 0.72/R1C
a. f ~ 120 kHz, C ~ 420 pF

R1 ~ R2 ~ 10.9 k ll
b. f ~ 120kHz, C
R, ~ 8.93 k n
420 pF, R2
~50
c. f ~ 120 kHz, C
R1 ~ 27.3 k ll
220 pF. R2
k ll
5 k ll
Fig. 82-l
l kHz SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR
L2
1.0
II
Is
]7
ro-
0.6
SYMMETRY
~
0.2 "F:
+=
OUT
0.8
f-..
i
LM3909
0.0
Y' I'
I'
~l.SV
0.2
2K
-.;,.
1m
2m
Note: Output Voltage Through a 10K Load to Ground
Fig. 82-2
612
TTL OSCILLATOR
I
l
"
"'"'
""' ,,"
"''"
"''
c'
-~
/
I ~
/
0001 "'"
"
[;>-
Fig. 82-3
Circuit Notes
TTL inverter stages, Ul and U2, are cross-connected with a crystal Yl. A resistor
in each stage biases the normally digital gates into a region where they operate as
amplifiers. Inverter stage U3 is used as a buffer.
SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR
Oaclllator Frequency for Various Capacitor Values
"'
'
10'
........
I'
~
I
w
tJ
10'
"c
104
1 k!!
10'
.._r--..
~
~
620 0
......... ....
I
"A73~
~ii/
10
I I.
'
--MEASURED
CALCULATED~ ~
ruJ '
f--T--1
I ~ 1/T
I'"'
II
I
1
100
,_,
~
I
i
I '...........
~
2(R1
R2)CLn[AY ....!!!.!!__-1]
R1 + R2
i i1
I "' 3.4 1 10JC
1.0 k
10 k
FREQUENCY -
i
100 k
1M
10M
Hz
Fig. 82-4
613
ADJUSTABLE TTL CLOCK (MAINTAINS 50% DUTY CYCLE)

ALL INVERTERS:
c,
tis 7405
10~F
+5V
+
R1
1 kH
Fig. 82-5
OUTPUT
-4-20Hz
C2
R2
R3
so 11 F
2.5kn
2.2kn
Circuit Notes
Symmetry of the square-wave output is
quency limit is set by capacitor C2. With the
maintained by connecting the right side of R2
components shown, the frequency of oscillathrough resistor R3 to the output of the third
lion can be varied by R2 from about 4 to 20
amplifier stage. This changes the charging curhertz. Other frequency ranges can be obtained
rent to the capacitors in proportion to the setby changing the values of Cl and R3, which
ling of frequency-adjusting potentiometer R2.
control the upper limit of oscillation, or C2,
Thus, a duty cycle of 50% is constant over the
which limits the low-frequency end.
entire range of oscillation. The lower freSQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR
+10 II
0.1
~F
0.01
~F
100Kn
"'
300Ku
i"
~ 0.001 ~F
'
100 pf
.,
300Kn
,1
"'"
f - FFIEOUENCY (Hz)
Fig. 82-6
Frequency vs the Value of
c1
for the Squarewave Oscillator
Circuit Notes
This generator is operable to over 100kHz. The low frequency limit is determined
by Cl. Frequency is constant for supply voltages down to +5 V.
614
OSCILLATOR/CLOCK GENERATOR
,.
!~91 ~
Circuit Notes
.,
~'
UOK
f.'r
1501(
ILJ'
lloHA ..t
.-~;A;.;.
.. -
UOil
...
'
f~Dll'jr,
'"
Fig. 82-7
This self-starting fixed frequency asciilator circuit gives excellent frequency stability. Rl and Cl comprise the frequency determining network while R2 provides theregenerative feedback. Diode Dl enhances the
stability by compensating for the difference
between VoH and Vs..,.,,.Jn applications where a
precision clock generator up to 100 kHz is
required, such as in automatic test equipment,
Cl may be replaced by a crystal.
CMOS OSCILLATOR
Circuit Notes
~ ~CO<O"
Varying the 100 K pot changes the discharge rate of Cr and hence the frequency. A
square wave output is generated. The
maximum frequencyusing CMOS is limited to
2 MHz.
fU"L
""
"'" h
FREQUENCY
POT
220p,c,.
220k
Fig. 82-8
FREE-RUNNING
SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR
PRECISION SQUARER
.."'
'"
,,
I MI!
0.001
'" =
...
...
jJf
'"
'"
MC3302
COMPTA
"'
Rl!
,,
r-
"'leu=_
rq~
Nlll
l,.J11
"
1111m
"
---
"
"
lUll'
'
OUTPUT
-.,
... ....
"
1N91'
~"
VII
'Solodllnltllml.
"'
]f::'..
'/ '
'
Fig. 82-9
V'UII
IS..F'
.....
lNlllr ..."'
"
1~1122
I~PUT
"'
'"
Fig. 82-10
615
0.5 Hz SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR
SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR

+vee ;;. v
'"'
100 k
+15
330 k
Cf, 3.3pF
330 k
330 k
,, ___
T1 T2 0.69 RC
1 ..
..!..:.!._
C!~FI
R2R3R
Fig. 82-11
R 1 ., R2//A3//A4
3.3 kfl:
9.1 kfl:
2.,.. RF CF
Fig. 82-12
SIMPLE TRIANGLE/SQUARE WAVE OSCILLATOR

741s POWERED FROM
12V
100n
47k
Fig. 82-13
15k
IV\
15k Rr
Circuit Notes
By making Rr variable it is possible to alter the operating frequency over a 100 to 1
range. Versatile triangle/square-wave oscillator has a possible frequency range of0.1 Hz
to 100kHz.
SQUAREWAVE OSCILLATOR
r'
1001<!!
t '""
~--
~f-_._'-1
!186!cH
1001<!!
Fig. 82-14
616
83
Stereo Balance Circuits
The sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section heginning on page 730. The
figure numher contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Stereo Balance Meter
Stereo Balancer
Stereo Balance Meter
617
STEREO BALANCE METER
r----------r----,---r---------------r--~r----o~
11V
.,.
I
,.
....
1C1
"I
+ ('
--..
i.ED1
UOa'
UD:II
!c::J c::J c::J!

LifT
DOIIItMANT
IIIGMT
DOIIItMANT
""".
Fig. 83-1
...
lr. .GREEN LED1
f-~
+ocz~
~CJ..-->--L-~>--4
...
.,,
Dllf'LAY
...
:,
-GfiiEENLED3
"'~
NOTE:
IC1,2.3ARE741
ALL LEDS ARE 0.2'' Ofll SQUARE
Circuit Notes
Outputs from each channel are fed to the

two inputs of !Cl connected as a differential
amplifier. IC2 and 3 are driven by the output of
!Cl. Output of !Cl is connected to the noninverting inputs of IC2 and 3. If the output of !Cl
approaches the supply rail, the outputs of !Cs 2
and 3 will also go high, illuminating LED3. This
618
.
...
,
would happen if the right channel were

dominating. If the left channel was dominant,
the outputs of !Cs 2 and 3 would be low, illuminating LEDl. If the two channels are equal
in amplitude, the outputs of !Cs 2 and 3 would
be high and low respectively, lighting up
LED2.
STEREO BALANCER
R2'
R2'
~
vvv
LEFT
CHANNEL
R1
D1_ fLED
'V
D2 ..
LED
R1
>
>
RIGHT
CHANNEL
Fig. 832
rR3
10000
rt7
BALANCE
'VALUE DEPENDS
ON THE POWER LEVEL
Circuit
This circuit will allow you to set the gain
of two stereo channels to the same level. The
signal across the two channel-load resistors is
sampled by resistors R2. (Values of these resistors will depend upon the power level.) For
most 20 milliampere LED, use approximately
2.5 K per watt. (For a 10-watt system use a
25,000 ohm resistor.) To set up, short the two
inputs and connect them to one channel of a
power amplifier. Apply a signal and adjust R3
Notes
until both LEDs glow at the same brightness
level. The balancer is ready for use. Connect
the inputs of the stereo balancer across the
output of the power amplifier, and then turn up
either the independent volume controls, or the
balance control until both LEDs glow at the
same level. To use this circuit in-line with
loudspeakers, disconnect hath Rls, and use the
speakers as the load.

Ht-FI AMPLIFIER
RIGHT
LEFT
IS> I
liS>
PARTS LIST FOR
01, 02-Silicon rectifier rated 100
PIV at any low current
M 1-Zero-center DC mA meter (see
text)
R1, R2-1000-ohm, .!-watt resistor,
5% or 1%
...,
~
01
Rl
IK
R2
1K
~-0-lmA
02
Fig. 83-3
Ml
Circuit Notes
Play any stereo disc or tape and then set the amplifier to mono. Adjust left and right
channel balance until meter Ml indicates zero; then the left and right output level are
identical.
619
84
Switches
The
DTL-TTL Controlled Buffered Analog
Switch
High Toggle Rate High Frequency Analog
Switch
620
Differential Analog Switch

High Frequency Switch
Two-Channel Switch
10 A, 25 VDC Solid State Relays
DTL-TTL CONTROLLED BUFFERED ANALOG SWITCH
A~ALOG
lrfPUT
'
r---------,
'
'
Fig. 84-1
IAJAl06
I INPUT
on
: ,
IIIP\H
'
CONTROL
'
11191(
,.
I
'
L.---------...l
0$7808
VOLTAGE
TRANSLATOR
ADDITIONAL STA6ES
IF REQUIRED
Circuit Notes
This analog switch uses the 2N4860JFET

for its 25 ohm r"" and low leakage. The LM102
serves as a voltage buffer. This circuit can be
adapted Jo a dual trace oscilloscope chopper.
The DS7800 monolithic IC provides adequate

switch drive controlled by DTLITTL logic
levels.
HIGH TOGGLE RATE HIGH FREQUENCY ANALOG SWITCH
Fig. 84-2
Circuit Notes
Commutator circuit provides low impedance gate drive to the PN4091 analog switch
for both on and off drive conditions. This circuit
also approaches the ideal gate drive conditions
for high frequency signal handling by providing

a low ac impedance for off drive and high ac
impedance for on drive to the PN4091
621
DIFFERENTIAL ANALOG SWITCH
Fig. 84-3
TOGGlt
Dlllvt
- - - TO .IIOOITIOIAL
---IIIIIILTirltiSTAGU
Rs - scaling re5istors
Circuit Notes
The NPD5566 monolithic dual is used in a
differential multiplex application where R,,<oN>
should be closely matched. Since R,,,oN> for the
monolithic dual tracks at better than 1% over
wide temperature ranges (-25 C to+ 125C),
this makes it an unusual but ideal choice for an

accurate multiplexer. This close tracking
greatly reduces errors due to common-mode
signals.
HIGH FREQUENCY SWITCH
Fig. 84-4
IIV
Circuit Notes
The 2N4391 provides a low ON resistance of 30 ohm and a high OFF impedance ( <
0.2 pF) when off. With proper layout and an ideal switch, the performance stated above
can be readily achieved.
622
TRIAC ZERO VOLTAGE SWITCHING

Circuit Notes
I.ZK
<OW
''
AI4B
,.
'"'"
1!!5\1
!50/&0HI
Al48
Al48
CI03B
TRIAC
''
"'"
"
,.
TRIGGER
"
The triac will be gated on at the start of the

positive half cycle by current flow through the 3
!LF capacitor as long as the Cl03 SCR is off.
The load voltage then charges up the 1 !LF
capacitor so that the triac will again be energized during the subsequent negative half cycle
of line voltage. A selected gate triac is required
because of the III+ triggering mode.
Fig. 84-5
TWO-CHANNEL SWITCH
"'
Gain
"A" INPUT
.,_....,
~0.02%
1 t0.2%
z,N
1010n
BW
o.1 MHz
"'400 kHz
Crosstalk
-90dB
-90d8
o:;:6mV
:s: 75 mv
47 kn
@1kHz
"A"'SELEI:T
Offset
,_. L..
"I" SELECT
Fig. 84-6
10 A, 25 Vdc SOLID STATE RELAYS
0.05
CONTACTS
330
044
H2
Normally Open
Normally Closed
Fig. 84-7
623
85
Telephone Related Circuits
Portable Tone Generator
Tone Dial Decoder
Telephone Status Monitor Using an OpTelephone Relay
toisolator
Telephone-Controlled Tape Starter (TCTS)
Telephone Tone Ringer
Telephone Line Powered Repertory Dialer
F.C.C. Approved Telephone Tone Ringer
Telephone Off-Hook Indicator
Telephone or Extension Tone Ringer
Telephone Handset Tone Dial Encoder
Telephone Line Monitor
Low Line Loading Ring Detector
Tone Dial Generator
Phone Auto Answer and Ring Indicator
Tone Dial Encoder
Autopatch Telephone Phone Line Interface
Tone Dial Sequence Decoder
Telephone Ringer Uses Piezoelectric DeRemote Ring Extender Switch
vice
Electronic Phone Bell
624
PORTABLE TONE GENERATOR
lo.l D1
~:02
I. 0.0022;. F
II
,..~:D3
, , 0.02"" F
Lc ~ :=:;
1
16
r-2
15
0)
COM
'---
0
0
0
.-.
1ROW1
ROW2
ROW3
COL2
ICM
13
7206A
i-'
h
h
h
10f-'
"
2.2Kn
-v
]~
P-ill
19 v
; ~5o,F
4.7K!l
:.;; ~D4
----;:-
y'
,b
IO:l
.:! ~D5
12 i-'
STANDARD TELEPHONE
KEYBOARD
COL1
14
r.
[
4 X 3 KEYBOARD
2 CONTACTS
PER KEY
--,
r-3
'--
r-5
v
,..,.
h
i-'
(470~l
FOR
6 VOLT SUPPLY)
-1
COLJ
COL4
D 8 [] D
D [] G c:J
D c:J c:J G
D c:J D G
ROW4
I - - - - - F U L L KEYBOARD-----
Fig. 85-1
625
TELEPHONE STATUS MONITOR USING AN OPTOISOLATOR
+----......----------C:=::l
PHONELliNFEt--------------------------------------------t_T_E-LE~P=H~O--N_Ej
SET
+6
+6
v
470
MCT-2
LED
TIL209
33 kfl
.,.
2N3390
1N4154
RINGING
+6
1N4154
10kfl
DIFFERENTIATOR
100 kfl
1N4154
0.47 1-'rONE-SHOT
1/4CD401 1
1 M!!
0.47 1-<F
L__---111-------'
Fig. 85-2
Circuit Notes
The LED indicates the status of a remote

telephone. The light is off if the phone is hung
up. It shines steadily if the phone is off hook,
and it flashes on and off while phone rings and
for 5 seconds after ringing stops. The flashing
626
oscillator operates continuously but can drive

the LED only when a ringing signal discharges
the one shot capacitor to enable NAND gate
G3. Thus, one oscillator handles several phone
lines.
TELEPHONE TONE RINGER
j"C
180 k
1f:\J
4.7 k 1.0 ~F
Tip
"
"
RC
,!,
Ac 1
RF
AC2
RS 6
'~ 1 0 ~F
+ lOV
Ring
1.8k
AI
RO
Piezo Sound
Element
MC340121: C = lOOOpF
MC340122: C = 500 pF
MC34012-3: C = 2000 pF
Fig. 853
Circuit Notes
This is a complete telephone bell replacement circuit with minimum external
components with on-chip diode bridge and transient protection and direct drive for
piewelectric transducers.
F.C.C. APPROVED TELEPHONE TONE RINGER
V1250 VRMS
'"
l.OpF
47!1
,,
,----'!'
13 k!!
,,
,,
"v
5.1
,,
160 k!!
ML8205
R3
5 3!HJ k!'
Fig. 85-4
10 k!!
"
0.0027pF
,,
"
220!!
,,
0.22
~f
1300!!
ll[}nJ
I!!SPEAKEII
627
TELEPHONE OR EXTENSION TONE RINGER
"
H!'
To-1
',,"
R
cs
rI
I
-----
'
----~
3
: ' ~c,
Rsl
(Ml8205)
0.22Jif
"'
Ml8204
,,
191 k ll:t1%
,,
0068
,, .
T ,, "
,,
10 k!!
VOL
~f
,,
5%
510'!
165kll1%
15pF
35V
11
0.47 JJF5%
I
I
I
,,
15 k<O'
I
I
~~~~
1300''
8!
Fig. 85-5
Circuit Notes
This circuit uses ML8204/ML8205 devices. With the components shown, the
output frequency chops between 512 Hz (nu) and 640 Hz (flu) at a 10 Hz (a) rate.
TELEPHONE LINE MONITOR
"''
------i-l"'"
''
TELCO:
'
......-'c'
SPOT
. .,____
"
"
"
"
S.IV
ZEN[ II
'"
'"
IOOV
...
I/2W
'17Q_..F
2:50V
r--,
1200.0.
114W
"
'"
Zl2~~ "'"
22f'F
250V
Fig. 85-6
IOO"F
"'
1/"1'1
'"
/" .:
100
114W
IN4148
"
IO..,F
02
IN41.8
'"
.." ~
_O~F
Circuit Notes
Using rectified audio as a power supply, this monitor will send the telephone line
audio into an 8 ohm speaker.
628
TONE DIAL GENERATOR

...--------
"
'
r----.
4
7
'
8
'
6
"!!!!!!!'
MHI
L ___r~ M!C~~O~E J
r-----------~
.: ~-::~-:e~~ ~11
,----,!
2
Ji iii1UTM45
10..
:~ ..~
.-----!
!~'~:~
"
.-----t '
--- ...
ll
TO OliVE SPt:AK1'1
Fig. 85-7
- - - - - - - - - - - ___________ J
II!
~!Ho~i!!HP3---I"
...
"
Circuit Notes
The circuit requires a minimwn of parts and uses a low cost standard 3.579545-MHz
television color-burst crystal. The speaker can be eliminated and the output fed directly
into the microphone input of a transmitter.
TONE DIAL ENCODER

+t2V
+12\1
.,.
"
"
"'"
3.3-
- .,
'"
' ':-J
'
' ' ._____
' ~'r
'
""'
.2.2.
"
2.4.
..
4.3-
'"
"'
L.-
'
.h
'"
""'
"""'
lOD47
l"'''
c= -
'"l~=
'
'
.h..."'
HIGH
10HS
"'
"'"
,.(..._
I
'
ll
...,
m'
"~
+12V
.~" I
..."""'
'
"''"
~--
;!,'
:;
..'" ..
"'
,-'
...
,___,
;!,
+12V
112
0.05
.. ~---1t------oTliiO-l'OM:OUTPUT
.....,,
""'
"""'
m'
'
Fig. 85-8
Circuit Notes
Tone dial encoder with automatic PTT control uses the 555 timers.
629
TONE DIAL SEQUENCE DECODER

8-16V
+5Vdc
7805
27
At
470k
51k
U3A
2
TT 1
FOR OUTPUT Hr DIAL "123"

FOR OUTPUT "LO" DIAL t24"
ON POWER UP OUTPUT Q IS
LOW
CK
15
3
U2A
7474
U1
CK
7432
5
14
6
10 p.F
U38
5
TT2)-----------------_J
7432
7
TT3)------------------------------'
TT 4 )-------------------------------'
Fig. 85-9
Except as indicated. decimal

values of capacitance are in microfarads (p.F): others are m picofarads (pF): res1stances are in ohms
k = 1.000 M = 1.000.000
Circuit Notes
The circuit takes active low inputs from a Touch Tone decoder and reacts to a
proper sequence of digits. The proper sequence is determined by which Touch Tone
digits the user connects to the sequence decoder inputs TTl, TT2, TT3, and TT4.
REMOTE RING EXTENDER SWITCH
m,.~'~-~-,
u'J~,
,ro
3.6K
IOM
',,
""
Circuit Notes
The circuit can operate lamps and buzzers
from the 120 V, 60 Hz power line while main
taining positive isolation between the telephone line and the power line. Use of the isolated tab triac simplifies heat sinking by re
moving the constraint of isolating the triac heat
sink from the chassis.
Fig. 85-10
630
TONE DIAL DECODER
TELEPHONE RELAY
Pin 7
470 Kl!
1N4001
R1
1"1
Connect across
phone line
2M!l
~--4-1-N~40-01_-J-1~
1 "'
NOTE
+6v. or +12v. to Pin 14 of

4011 return to Pin 7 of
4011
L-....-J
7402
o
7421
Circuit Notes
~;~~~~==]--;c,:m:ponent values ITypic:al!

R1
Ra
R3
8.9 to 151( ohm

4.71< ohm
c.
O.tOmld
c,
c,
Fig. 85-11
Co
Connected across the bell circuit of phone,

this circuit closes a relay when the phone is
~ringing. Use the delay contacts to actuate any
bell, siren, buzzer or lamp.
201( ohm
1 .Omld
~v
2.2mld 6V
250 "F 6V
Fig. 85-12
631
TELEPHONE-CONTROLLED TAPE STARTER (TCTS)
R3
33 K
D1
.-----t--loll--'----o +
1N645
R1
TO
TELEPHONE
LINE
2N4954
(2)
270K
TO TAPE RECORDER
REMOTE CONTROL
JACK
R2
R4
+ o-'f"E-...JIN\,-~
1.5 K
C1
L - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - - - - TO TAPE RECORDER
.22 ,.F
MICROPHONE
L-------------------+INPUTJACK
Fig. 85-13
Circuit Notes
This circuit converts a tape recorder into a

completely automatic telephone conversation
recording instrument that needs no external
power source. Voltage at the switch terminals
of tape recoraer applied to a pair of
Darlington-connected transistors, Ql and Q2,
will turn on and start the tape recorder. To tum
the transistors off, and thereby stop the
machine, apply a negative voltage to the base of
Ql from the phone line. When the telephone
632
receiver is on the hook, there is typically about

50 volts de across the phone divided across Rl,
R2, and R4 in such a way that the base of Ql is
sufficiently negative to keep the tape recorder
off. When the phone's receiver is picked up, the
voltage on the telephone line drops to about 5
volts, which leaves insufficient negative voltage on the base of Ql to keep it cut off, so the
tape recorder starts and begins to record.
TELEPHONE-LINE POWERED REPERTORY DIALER
......
OFF-HOOK P'llwt:K
ff--- OOTI'UTDR
IH~LPIILH
Sl'~AE
....,
'itC wt: CEl ST
110 G1
MO
...,.
D!
""
"
"""
"
.,
"
..."'
Gz
83
01
f-
.....I
vee
flfiTtCill
LCD OISfUl
ss~-
" ;....__
"'~~
f--
CKI~~
f-
-~ *
'"'
IN!
Jl
f-- "
DSt
"
f.
11115452
Fig. 85-14
... "
lEYIIIUD
IN3
r"""
USC MMS4S2
l ...
G~D
oa a, a: 113
cK _____
ftEIET
COPI!OC
...I
DirA_____
vja
a;o
..
AU3R!R1
MM531lD
IOI'TIONALI
,!,I
MUTE
TO~
'"'
Circuit Notes
Repertory dialer phone has a library of

fifteen frequently used numbers, (plus the last
number dialed) stored in a standard CMOS
RAM. A pushbutton keyboard enables tele-
phone numbers to be keyed in and dialed out

directly or a telephone number to be stored in
the RAM and dialed automatically.
TELEPHONE OFF-HOOK INDICATOR
"""
.,,
INf>UT FROM
PHONE LINES
"""
IN914 I <I)
!BATTERY
MAY BE
5-15VOLTSI
Fig. 85-15
Circuit Notes
The LED flickers when the phone is ringing or being dialed. It glows steadily when
the phone is off the hook.
633
TELEPHONE HANDSET TONE DIAL ENCODER
.02Z,F
@

~ @ 0
G)
4 X 3 MATRIX
KEYBOARD
(ONE CONTACT
PER KEYI
"'
Z.7K
,,
AJ
"'
2.2K
Fig. 85-16
Circuit Notes
than 1 volt negative with respect to the negative supply V-. The circuit operates over the
supply voltage range from 3.5 volts to 15 volts.
This encoder uses a single contact per key

keyboard and provides all other switching fuoction electronically. The diode between terminals 8 and 15 prevents the output going more
LOW LINE LOADING RING DETECTOR
TELEPHONE
LINE
40VRMS
20Hz
HIIBX522
-----./-'......---<> +-1 mA
Fig. 85-17
75K
22M
Circuit Notes
Low line current loading is provided by the H11BX522 photo darlington optocoupler, which provides a 1 rnA output from a 0.5 rnA input.
634
PHONE AUTO ANSWER AND RING INDICATOR

,------< ?~ ~~::~EANO
+SVdc
DISCONNECT LINE
Circuit Notes
Jt
J2
4.n
Ring detect circuit for automatic

phone answering or tone generation
for reverse autopatch use.
CLOCK COUNTER TO
AUTOMATICALLY
ANSWER PHONE
WILL WARBLE OSCILLATOR TO
INDICATE PHONE IS RINGING
(FOR REVERSE PATCH USE)
Except as indicated, dectmal
values ot capactlance are 1n m>ero

tarads (~>F): others are 111 p>eofarads (pF): resostances are in ohms
k = 1,000 M = 1.000.000
RING
AUDIO
0 47
------It-~~
OUT
R2
0 05
Fig. 85-18
LEVE'rh10k,};
AUTOPATCH TELEPHONE LINE INTERFACE

600 OHM TO 600 OHM
CENTER TAPPED
TRANSFORMER
10 J.<F
rll-''-r-~..,..~
:t--"'V\~TO TOUCH-\,
TONE
DECODER
12 Vdc
'
'
~-,r-,
"'"
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides for the
receiver-to-phoneline and phone
line-to-transmitter link, with
both using an op amp for gain.
LINE
SEIZE
GROUND FOR
PHONE LINE
CONNECT
WILL MUTE PHONE;:-TO

TRANSMITTER AUDIO
WHEN PATCH IS OFF
RECEIVER CRt tOOl\

SQUELCH
~
PROVIDES AUDIO
DIRECTION -SWITCHING
Except as indicated. Oecomat

values of capacotance are on mo;ro
farads (,.F): others are 1n pooofar
ads (pF): resistances are on onms
kootOOO
Moot.OOOOOO
Fig. 85-19
635
TELEPHONE RINGER USES PIEZOELECTRIC DEVICE
Fig. 85-20
'
C2
z.z ... F
16-35V
_,.
1.5V
..."
' "w
VOLTAGES
TYPICAL
Circait Notes
The electronic bell needs no power supto store. !fit has two leads, connect the red lead
ply. Most of the resistors are not critical, alto the collector and the black lead to the emitthough C2, R2, and R3 work best at the values
ter of Ql. If a third (blue) lead is present,
connect it to the base of Ql.
given. Leaving out Rl will make the unit ring
louder. The piezo buzzer may vary from store
ELECTRONIC PHONE BELL
'"
+~15V
"'
500K
.
"'"
"'
"
oo,.f
ro,.f
Fig. 85-21
Circuit Notes
The speaker emits a distinctive warble

tone when ring pulses are applied to the phone
line. Use this circuit as a remote bell or disconnect the phone's ringer for direct use. Rl adjusts the duration of the output; R2 and R3
636
control the tone's duty cycle and frequency.

The transistor is a general-purpose NPN
photodevice. The neon bulb and transistor are
coupled with the heat-shrink tubing to form an
optoisolator.
86
Temperature Controls
The
Boiler Control
Heater Control
Two-Wire Remote AC Electronic
Thermostat
Three-Wire Electronic Thermostat
Temperature-Sensitive Heater Control
Temperature Controller
Single-Setpoint Temperature Controller
Temperature Control
Portable Calibrator
637
BOILER CONTROL
TO BOILER
+V
THI
+V
+V
RY1
R3
Fig. 86-1
R1
Circuit Notes
The purpose of this circuit is to control the

water temperature in a hot-water heating sys
tern. What it does is to lower the boiler temperature as the outside air temperature increases. The op amp is used as a comparator.
Thermistor TH2 and R2 form a voltage divider
that supplies a reference voltage to the opamp's inverting input. Thermistor TH2 is
placed outdoors, and the values of TH2 and R2
should be chosen so that when the outside
temperature is 25 f, the resistance of the
thermistor and resistor are equal. Resistor Rl
638
and thermistor THl make up a voltage divider

that supplies a voltage to the op amp's noninverting input. Thermistor THl is placed inside
the boiler and the values ofTHl and Rl should
be chosen so that when the boiler's temperature is 160 f, their resistances are equal. The
output of the op amp controls Ql, which is
configured as a transistor switch. When the
logic output of the op amp is high, Ql is turned
on, energizing relay RYL The relay's contacts
should be wired so that the boiler's heat supply
is turned off (relay energized).
HEATER CONTROL
"
, ~F
v'
"
4.1k
"
"
1m
Circuit Notes
This proportional control crystal oven

heater uses lead/lag compensation for fast setting. The time constant is changed with R4 and
compensating resistor RS. If Q2 is inside the
oven, a regulated supply is recommended for
0.1 C. control.
"'
UIJJSZ
"
lJDk
"'
uv
'""'
"
"'"'
TEM,SH
IIS"tl
solid tantalum
I myla<
~ close thermal coupling between ser~sor and oven shell
os
Fig. 86-2
recommended
TWO-WIRE REMOTE AC ELECTRONIC

THERMOSTAT (GAS OR OIL FURNACE CONTROL)
LOAD
~,
11l40DZ
f--
NSL~Q ~ ~
Uk
k2N290S
.
~II
26VAt
COUAOL
liiANSf!liiMEII
BDH1
sn'
m
Ok
,,.~
zuo
~;
II
S.t.R.I.
J-4:'"
2111nM
UM
IN4SII
"
,.
Fig. 86-3
tRIIUl
LIIIJIIlt
"
~ 1N4i7
"~
"
lS2ll
Xl.li
REMOTE
,.
~
..;
, 1N4S1
TEMP
~-~
..
f'""'
...
~
'"
Suio<>u<dur6-15Whutwo
""' wtll pnH atol 1 U f to SO F IOlbn! ,.,.._Tho trom '"'''"' l!IHllo) solt<10d to broov JlrF
""'!lit mi. . . ol tloo '"'
639
THREE-WIRE ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT
"'
IU~
"'
'""
Fig. 86-4
ZN5llll4
TD110~Ac
'O,.rdrt ~ 111 for 1 nomrnol D [ - 125 C ''"'"

Woro w<>und """'"" wrll p<<IVrdo "''"mum
tompiii1UIIItobrht'1
' 'Alman an~ TRI.IIC <ttod 1 10 35 lfnpt<n
1tbl1 ,.;,h o~proptii!O lood
TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE HEATER CONTROL

r---t-----------------~-----,
"'
... r:'t
I
12 k
1W
'LTJ'
I
I
t----,
02
1115 VAC
60Hz
, __j
2N6346
04
@ l
I
'-----r
.. L
,T . .
I
I
I
I
. __ _ _ _ _ _. __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ . . _ - _ _ _ _. __ _j
Fig. 86-5
640
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
ZEROPOINT SWITCH
CONTROL CIRCUIT
01
1N4003
R1
R4"
20 k
C3
2F
200
7W
R2
470
3k
04
2N63415
150
1W
115 \lAC
60Hz
1.2 k
5W
R3
330 k
C1
40 JlF
50 v
01
2N4870
04
05
1N4003
1N4001
AS"
82 k
Q2
2N3906
08
1N4003
03
1N4003
+ C4
03
2N6239
1 F
200
R10
1k
v
Heater
Load
2W
Low Temp_ Coefficient

Fanweu-OR51J1 100 k Thermistor
Fig. 86-6
SINGLE-SETPOINT TEMPERATRE CONTROLLER
-,
....,
I
I i~~~:T
I
.J
,,
"
0.1%
Fig. 86-7
,,
'""",,
1.23V
Circuit Notes
The AD590 produces a temperature-dependent voltage across R (C is for filtering
noise). Setting R2 produces a scale-zero voltage. For the Celsius scale, make R = 1 K
and Vrero = 0.273 volts. For Fahrenheit, R = 1.8 K and Vrero = 0.460 volts.
641
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
~OUTPUT
l"
"']I
01
C1
25JJF
"
IN4001
D3
1N4001
+
R6
12k
24 v0 c
50 111A
RELAY
R4
,..
02
lOOk
20"C
R2
"0.11'f 10M
"'
2
Fig. 86-8
1N457
R1
Z lX5&00/
LX5700
SET
60"C
TEMP
Rl
'"
*For low co5t applications, an
LM3911 can be used
Circuit Notes
The sensor is a standard T0-5 or T0-46

package. For surface or air temperature sensing. Small clip-on heat sinks can be used. A
simple probe can be made using heat-shrink
tubing and RTV silicon rubber. Three-leadsplus-shield cable is a good choice for wire with
the shield connected to pin 4. The controller

can be used for baths, ovens, oven-temperature
protection, or even home thermostats. Longterm stability and repeatability is better than
0.5 C.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
LM33S
5V~O\I
Fig. 86-9
...
642
"
TEMPEATURE CONTROLLER
VI12YTOl2VI
------,
~ "'
21KU
------
~
~
~ EUMENT
f'
L
---,
...' .,
HAT!NG
ISHMlHll
R~0-02
'":
~ ~ ~~~ ~ ~~~,~
'
'~1
('
' '
'
'
I
I
I
I
r-.Jo...I'.A---
"'
l.:ll.fl
1.,
~..
c--o2 v-
"
UK!l
~"
I
I
I
'
' :,~
Fig. 86-10
l.ftll:!)
~ ~~
"'
2.211.!1
f"
~TU
2 7Kl'
'
-~~~~~~
'
'
RfiHI2 SHOULD BE THEI'IMALLY

OONftEC:HD TO SU ISTANCE BEFOIH
8EIIf0 HEATED
NUMBERS IN P""REN THfS[$ARE

,OR A SfTI'OINT TE MPERATURf
OF80"C
Circuit Notes
Temperature control is achieved using the
perature drops below a setpoint temperature
REF-02 +5 V Reference/Thermometer and a determined by the ratio of Rl to R2. The circuit
CMP-02 Precision Low Input Current Com- also provides adjustable hysteresis and single
supply operation.
parator. The CMP-02 turns on a heating element driver (Ql) whenever the present ternTEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
Fig. 86-11
643
PORTABLE CALIBRATOR
l.lk
1%
12V TO
:.=-
~ ~1
21111k
LM112
1IY-
;r
v--
0UTPUT
I DV
..
Fig. 86-12
+
Ilk
] TEMPERATURE
STABILIZER
...":
u&v~
LM1H
1%
~
~
"' E+-
TRIM
-w.n'll tinM11 MeiMIIs, i"lermitttnt OPftllien don not llepatl~ IO"'ttiWI niiMiity.
644
.i
87
Temperature Sensors
sources of the following circuits~ are contained in the Sources section beginning on page 730. The
The
Linear Temperature-to-Frequency
Transconducer
Temperature Meter
Four-Channel Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
Integrated Circuit Temperature Sensor
PrecisionTemperatureTransducer with
Remote Sensor
Centigrade Calibrated Thermocouple
Thermometer
!LP Controlled Digital Thermometer
Isolated Temperature Sensor
Digital Thermometer
Variable Offset Thermometer
Differential Thermometer
Basic Digital Thermometer, Kelvin Scale
Basic Digital Thermometer, Kelvin Scale
with Zero Adjust
Thermocouple Amplifier
Optical Pyrometer
Remote Temperature Sensing
Simple Differential Temperature Sensor
Differential Temperature Sensor
Centigrade Thermometer
Meter Thermometer with Trinrmed Output
Kelvin Thermometer with Ground Referred
Output
Lower Power Thermometer
0 F-50 F Thermometer
Temperature-to-Frequency Converter
0 C-100 C Thermometer
Ground Referred Fahrenheit Thermometer
Ground Referred Centigrade Thermometer
Ground Referred Centigrade Thermometer
Temperature Sensor
Positive Temperature Coefficient Resistor
Temperature Sensor
Basic Digital Thermometer
Fahrenheit Thermometer
645
LINEAR TEMPERATURE-TO-FREQUENCY TRANSCONDUCER
+18-36V
R7
11<0
>
~.
NOTE:
IC11S LM331
IC21S 741
.....
_,>
....
PR1
R1
R2
1...
....
nJ,'
70R
R3
>_
ICZ
}Q'2N3906
..._101
~
"4k7
Fig. 87-1
~1
""'
,..
~ ~01
:?-
...
>
5V<I
OUT
1...
nfn
Circuit Notes
This circuit provides a linear increase of

frequency of 10 Hz/C over 0-100 C and can
thus be used with logic systems, including microprocessors. Temperature probes Q1 y,,
changes 2.2 mV/C. This transistor is incorporated in a constant current source circuit. Thus,
a current proportional to temperature will be
available to charge C1. The circuit is powered
646
via the temperature stable reference voltage

supplied by the 741. Comparator IC1 is used as
a Schmitt trigger whose output is used to discharge C1 via Dl. To calibrate the circuit Q1 is
immersed in boiling distilled water and PR1
adjusted to give 1 kHz output. The prototype
was found to be accurate to within 0.2 C.
TEMPERATURE METER
SW1
:a--
~C1
<:</OFF
J:10u
r----.--..-----l10
R2
<
>100k
<
11
">
~TH1
<
<Rv1
':>0!;.,:.--'1'--~ 8
<
10k
LIN
.?'RV2
< R1
<47k
j>
IC1
14
~~
4WRv
13
AR~
~7bRv
:~
~:a:
<;. 10k
.~
~E;:
,!.,.
1
L E~
&
.......
HOT
WARM
"T"
I 9V
I
Fig. 87-2
___j__
COLD
NOTE
IC1 ~ TCA965
LED1-3 are TIL209
LIN
Circuit Notes
TCA965 window discriminator IC ~allows

the potentiometers RVl and RV2 to set up a
window height and window width respectively.
Rl and thermistor THl for a potential divider
connected across the supply lines. Rl is chosen
such that at ambient temperature the voltage at
the junction of these two components will be
approximately half supply. As the temperature
of the sensor changes, the voltage will change.
RVl will set the point which corresponds to the

center voltage of a window the width of which
is set by RV2. The switching points of the lC
feature a Schmitt characteristic with low hysteresis. The outputs of !Cl indicate whether
the input voltage is within the window or outside by virtue of being either too high or too
low. The outputs of !Cl drive the LEDs via a
current limiting resistor.
647
FOUR-CHANNEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR (0-50 C)
+16\1
"'
'"
Fig. 87-3
~
"
"~
-1511
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
r------------.------------------.------------------------.---------o+&VO~TS
""
>--'----~Ot,jTPUT
DESIGN EQUATIONS
~VaE~
'~"
IF
lESS TliAN :ZO,.A
(~)
~85.8LN (~) I~VI'KI

IIOUT
111 AND 112lt!OULO liE SELECTED TO KEEP lc1 AND IC2
LN
1011~\/BEI
3.2 THE 'I TCVOUT 10..11/ C
GNO
Fig. 87-4
648
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

9V
Fig. 87-5
PRECISION TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER WITH REMOTE SENSOR
.,.,
RESISTOR VALUES
TCVour SLOPE {S)
10m\f/'C
100mVI'C
10mV/'F
TEMPERATURE
-5!5'Cto
-55'C to
+125"C
-67'F to
-0.87V to
RANGE
r----+---1-~~~~
-16V
FOR TH~OI'IY Of OPERATION AND CALIBRATION ~ROCEOURE CONSULT

""PliCATION NOTE lt. "THERMOMETER APl'LICATIONS OF THE AEF-02".
+~7'C
-0.55V to
+1.25V
-5.5V to
+12.5V
+2.57V
ZERO SCALE
OV@O'C
OV@O'C
OV@O'F
R8 ( :t 1% resistor)
9.09k0
15kO
7.5k0
Rb 1 ( ~ o/o resistor)
1.5k0
1.82k{}
1.21k(l
Rbp (Potentiometer)
'UP TO 10 FEET OF SHIELDED
._CONDUCTOR CAlli
+125'C
OUTPUT VOLTAGE
RANGE
Rc ( :t 1% resistor)
200n
soon
200n
5.11k0
S4.5kn
8.25kO
For 125'C operation, the op amp output must be able to swing to + 12.5V,
lrwrease V 1111 to +18V from + 15V if this is a problem.
Fig. 87-6
649
CENTIGRADE CALIBRATED THERMOCOUPLE THERMOMETER
11121:
ZM~
.---..-4~.;"iil.--.-~.;."iil.----.--.p-"'"";..... "'
.__..Y"iil.---~::.
....
Terminate thermocouple refell!nce junction in close proximity

to LM335.
Adjustments:
-11iV
1. Apply signal in place of thermocouple and adil.lst R3 for a

gain of 245.7.
2. Short
non-inverting input of LM308A and output of

LM329B to ground.
3. Adjust Rl so that VouT- 2.982V@ 25C.
4. Remove short across LM329B and adjust A2 so that VouT ~
246 mV@ 25C.
5. Remove short across thermocouple.
Fig. 87-7
ILP CONTROLLED DIGITAL THERMOMETER
SENSOR
SAMPLE
AND HOLD
MULTIPLEXOR
DIGITAL READOUT
BIAS CIRCUIT
[>
SD
5002
IC = NE/SE5514
CKT
CKT
2 CKT 4
1
3
Fig. 87-8
650
___r-""1_
SAMPlE
HOLD
AID
I I
ISOLATED TEMPERATURE SENSOR

LMns
L=~~:J.,,..
"'
-ffi'i"\.._4151--IIIIIJ
l.f
510
111114
...
Fig. 87-9
DIGITAL THERMOMETER
560
+~V
1
41
Is
Fig. 87-10
555 ~
OUTPUT
'~ r IN914
(2)
SENSOR
Circuit Notes
The sensor consists of two seriesconoected 1N914s, part of the circuit of a 555
multivibrator. Wired as shown, the output
pulse rate is proportional to the temperature of
the diodes. This output is fed to a simple
frequency-counting circuit.
651
VARIABLE OFFSET THERMOMETER
...
'"
t~OSii~
FOR
l'lfC
":'
,.
~ .
~
-15: ~
,...vre
r--
IMtf
...
'
v..
zuo':
U13ltl
'-------''<~ ~ "~.-+--.....,~t-,_,
Fig. 87-11
ll'--::-:,..~
liTURIIS
T
p:t
r Adjust for
IIIDtf
zero with sensor at OQC and 10T

set at oc
*Adjust for 1ero output with lOT pot set at 100C and sensor
:.'Hill..
at 100c
:j:Ouwut reads dofference between temperature and dial setting
of lOT pot
DIFFERENTIAL THERMOMETER
"
liD.
-------+
ourPur-----"""1r----~w....
.. "
"
'---1:-__ r- ~f~
lr.l1t11
0.001
Fig. 87-12
""...J'
"'
'"
~ouDOI
Ou10UI
')
..
--R-,-- lf,-1 11
(,,.
'"'''""!
l~o;
!D.~
....f. .
-
652
100
L__.~ ZERO
----.-;j TRill!
'"''"'"""''""''moodon<O
rno D 01 '" ~ ..,,,. ...,.,,."'" '"'n ol
"'
"'
-I!V
v w VI
c_ 10d , nul1 ol Ill bo~c a 01 v K '""'''"'" ol '''""'""'
BASIC DIGITAL THERMOMETER, KELVIN SCALE
,.
,,...
l ....,
''" ~
....
2.2811!!
....
REFlO
ICL71oe
~ 307
COM
IN HI
'"""'
Circuit Notes
The Kelvin scale version reads from 0 to
1999 K theoretically, and from 223 K to 473
K actually. The 2.26 K resistor brings the
input within the ICL7106 VcM range: two
general-purpose silicon diodes or an LED may
be subsitu ted.
INLO
~
_(
~-
Fig. 87-13
BASIC DIGITAL THERMOMETER, KELVIN SCALE WITH ZERO ADJUST
ICL~.o;t-'
1.235V
121110
jl
ZERO
...
,....
I
""" r:,:<:.,,J--,
!-OJ
Fig. 87-14
HI
SkO ~ REF LO
7 '"" ,.
ADJ
1kii,0.1%
' - - - l i N HI
+--------jiNLO
____,
~ ...._307
Circuit Notes
This circuit allows zero adjustment as
well as slope adjustment. The ICL8069 brings
the input within the common-mode range,
while the 5 K pots trim any offset at 218 K
(-55 C), and set scale factor.
653
REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSING
C>
""',,
v'
"'"
IS Voc:l
511 kil
SENSOR
5.1k
.....
c'
100pF
;=~forbesiCMA
R3"
511 kO
"'
R2
'\
'"'"
Rt = R4
510 0
= R5
....- /
GP,=~+(2~1)
10k
4.3k
loti
DC GAINS
1000
BANDWIDTH .,. DC TO 540 Hz
EQUIVALENT INPLIT NOISE = 0.24 ~tVrms
1M
..,.,
"lll(llcates 1'1> matallilm resistors recommended for
temperature stability.
Pin numbers are shown lor metal package
on~
Fig. 87-17
Fig. 87-15
SIMPLE DIFFERENTIAL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OPTICAL PYROMETER
SOURCE
lll'llSS
~ ~ !UTOf
'
01
02
.-----15V
.,tt
1!k
"""
..,.
a
,".
Fig. 87-16
654
::~('"'
rt.._..............
tc.....-ho4Sioo,nSS . .
ILI1S~st
Fig. 87-18
1!k
KELVIN THERMOMETER WITH

GROUND REFERRED OUTPUT
DIFFERENTIAL
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
,."'
'"
'
J.Ok
12~
Ilk
'"
OUTPUT
IOOmvrc
Fig.
87~19
Fig. 87-22
lflllli
LOWER POWER THERMOMETER
CENTIGRADE THERMOMETER
'"
"'
...
1.JTO
uv>
8k HI
mt
LMU!:]i;....-+~'"'
100 pf
I fo~
,..
Adjo"
73V "oo<po< of LM308
* 2N3638 or 2N2907 select tor inverse HfE"'-5
Fig. 87-20
I Select lor operation at 1.3V
Fig. 87-23
f IQ ;;o 600 J<A to 900 I' A
METER THERMOMETER
WITH TRIMMED OUTPUT
0 F-50 F THERMOMETER
,.
'"
,,.
+
OUTPUT
LMJ911
lfiPUT
""
""
*Stlto:lotl H lot moh!r rhormon~t~or .. ctpl T0 should

bo s K mort Tho~ dn,,.d ond 10 lOCI~A
L.
""
""'
fCohlnolu T0
""
Fig. 87-24
Calibration
Fig. 87-21
1 Short LM385-1.2, ad)USI RJ lor loUT= lemp at 1 8 !'AioK
2.
Remo~e
short, adJust R2 tor correct read1ng m "F
655
TEMPERATURE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
,- 8
r----s
f-
f>
A A A-
.~"
~R3
01 is 1N914
~ 10\c
01 IS ZTX300
0215 ZTXSOO
ICliS 4007
14
'-- 10
390-5
+9V
NOTE
) R4
> 10k
'
IC1
<
12
: ;: 2o5
L~
R2
4k7
Fig. 87-25
Fo,.t
2M2
4
02
; ; ,"o"o,
~ l'
~
01
A-
','O,v
,r
-
Fo1
ov
Circuit Notes
The circuit exploits the fact that when fed

from a constant current source, the forward
voltage of a silicon diode varies with temperature in a reasonably linear way. Diode Dl and
resistor R2 form a potential divider fed from
the constant current source. As the temperature rises, the forward voltage of Dl falls
0 OC-100 C THERMOMETER
.....0-1001JA
tending to turn Ql off. The output voltage from

Ql will thus rise, and this is used as the control
voltage for the CMOS VCO. With the values
shown, the device gave an increase of just
under 3 Hz/C (between 0 C and 60 C) giving
a frequency of 470 Hz at 0 C.
GROUND REFERRED
FAHRENHEIT THERMOMETER
'"
...
.."
' "'l
~'
-:
" ~M385-1.2
~
r:J~
,-
:- :i
..
5
:-1.6VIt
"
~J
Remove short. adJuSt A2 lor correct readmg
at 1 "AI"K
1n
Adjust R-1 for correct output.
centrgrade
Fig. 87-27
......
OI.IWUT
*Adjust R2 for 2.554V across LM336.

lour: temp
IQal 16V;;;2.4 mA
656
...
1Jaa113V;;;50Q~A
Fig. 87-26
LMlH--:
"
Cllibration
2
'"
"
"'
1 Sholl LM385-1 2. adJust R3 lor
...
"
"
.vr'
GROUND REFERRED
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
JOOk!!
160kH
...
T+
INPUT
lMJ911
OUTPUT
,..
-15V
.... :"'
u !.~
J~
"
100h
7'
1N4141
OUT'"!
-15Y
"~
Ilk
.,
11fiEF
COMMON
3
IOikr-o:
"
~ ~
.,.
ZERO
wl
FACTOR
,.,,~
TSC7106A
POSITIVE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR COEFFICIENT
RESISTOR
,.
SCAU
"'
..,...
v;N
Fig. 87-30
GROUND REFERRED
~~MJJ5
"IN
VFs20V
Fig. 87.28
v.
vREF
'J;-
so1 "'"
Mlkl!
.,
'-SENSOR
50kn
.,.
JOOkH
'""
'
11
G.k
15V
0- OUTPUT
160 k!!
56 k!'
tomvrc
~~
v'
.,
1N914
20
VIN
k~!
.,~
':"'
b,07%/
'
"'
.,
vtN
.,
TSC7106A
vRu
20 k!!
JUt
,.
VfiEF
COMMON
-lSV
Fig. 87-29
Fig. 87-31
657
BASIC DIGITAL THERMOMETER (CELSIUS AND FAHRENHEIT

SCALES)
..
, lr-'"'"'--1
/'-:::t'B
::J . ',,
-COMMON
IIHO
Fig. 87-32
Circuit Notes
Maximum reading on the Celsius range is 199.9 C, limited by the (short-term)

maximum allowable sensor temperature. Maximum reading on the Fahrenheit range is
199.9 F (93.3 C), limited by the number of display digits. VREF for both scales is 500
mV.
FAHRENHEIT THERMOMETER
"'
...
Fig. 87-33
*To cal,brete adjust R2 for 2.554V across LMJ36.

Adjust R1 for correct output
658
88
Timers
The
figure numhe;contained in the box of each circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
Thumbwheel Programmable Interval Timer
Sequential Timer
Sequential Timer
Sequential UJT Timer Circuit
Time-Delayed Relay
0.1 to 90 Second Timer
Sequential Timing
Solid-State Timerfor Industrial Applica
tions
Precision Solid State Time Delay Circuit

Electronic Egg Timer
On/Off Controller
Timing Circuit
Simple Timer
Long Interval RC Timer
Timer
741 Timer
Washer Timer
Simple Time Delay
659
THUMBWHEEL PROGRAMMABLE INTERVAL TIMER

BCD THUMBWHHL
m TCHES
,.,
00
01
f-'--
-o
-0""
tJ
TIME 2
05
'"~ "'
'
'
'--
TIME 1
{]
' "'"
li'F
''
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
____1!
_,.----"
START
SEG
:::t:
50160 Hz
'
''
'
Vs~
I
I
: :
._ -
OJONCH
LEOS
TBASE
~'
TRIG
WDSS
0'
"":r
"n '"'
~0'
"'
" ' ('1
" '"
00
tS oNO
~tMt
ToM1
ALARM
'" ,
"' r---
02 J]
'oo
J-'"
"
"
"
ULN200;?
_,
,--
25
~r-
lkJ-
"''
r-----
-"
OVTPUT 1
.,
-~-<>.
L~UIPUT1
.,
Fig. 88-l
Circuit Notes
Switch programmable on/off or interval

timer, has three relay-switched outputs. Output one is active for the duration of time I,
output two is active for the duration of time 2,
and output three is active for the duration of
both one and two. Timing data is input through
6 BCD-encoded thumbwheel switches. Three
SPST switches inform the WD-55 to interpret
660
this data as NNN seconds. NNN seconds,

NNN minutes, or NNN hours. The LED display
will show the time remaining and the
countdown when operating. Since the data is
input through switches, the display may be
deleted. Also, since the timing information is
read from switches, the data is nonvolatile and
no battery backup is required.
SEQUENTIAL TIMER
vee
'"
Ill
vee
RESET
121
OUTPUT
TRIGGER
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
,I!L CONTROL
VOLTAGE
,,
I ~;
THRES.
GND
::;
HOlD
]111
Ill
Vee
RESET
.,,~. ~
ll
w.
~
141
33kn
!31
121
OUTPUT
TAIGGEA
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
131
!4)j
33 kn
_1\ ~
,,
0.001
w.
j!8)
vee
RESET
II
TRIGGER
OUTPUT
SE555/NE555
DISCHARGE
...!!!. VOLTAGE
c
131
CONTROL
,[CONTROl
VOLTAGE
::;c.
O.O
THAES. ~
HOLD
GND
";T
1(1)
:;::
[:;co
:;
,, ::;
.,!.
CA10,.F
AAtOOkn
THAfS-
GND
HOLD
f!!!.
;
!UJ
[:;cc
Cc
14.7 ~tf
Rc 100 kn
OUTPUT A
OUTPUT 8
OUTPUT C
S clo ... momentarily at t- 0.
See
F_i~ure 24
OUTPUT A
lwA = 1.1 RACA
lwA
>
>
lwB!"""~
I
twa= 1.1 RaCe
OUTPUT B
'?
Fig. 88-2
>
OUTPUTC
~we-
lwC = 1.1 RcCc
,...._t=O
I
t- T1me-1
s/d1v
Circuit Notes
Many applications, such as computers, require signals for initializing conditions during
start-up. Other applications such as test
equipment require activation of test signals in
sequence. SE555/NE555 circuits may be con-
nected to provide such sequential control. The

timers may be used in various combinations of
astable ormonostable circuit connections, with
or without modulation, for extremely flexible
waveform control.
661
SEQUENTIAL TIMER
101(
.,
.,
,,.,...
,.,..
10
-101(
-14
...
IIIII'UT
"''
o--ft--'----1
1------<>ouwur2
ALL AUISTO~ VALUU ARE IN OHIIlS
Circuit Notes
By utilizing both halves of a dual timer it is
possible to obtain sequential timing. By connecting the output of the first half to the input of
the second half via a .001 JLF coupling capacitor
sequential timing may be obtained. Delay l1 is
determined by the first half and b by the second
half delay. The first half of the timer is started
by momentarily connecting pin 6 to ground.
When it is turned out (determined by
l.lRlCl), the second half begins. Its duration
is determined by 1.1R2C2.
Fig. 88-3
SEQUENTIAL UJT TIMER

1.0
~F
1+24 v
C1
1 kO
1k0
10k
10 k
100
27
STAGE 1
UJT
= 2N4853
SCR
= 2N5061
TRANSISTORS= 2N4125
Fig. 88-4
662
STAGE 2
STAGE 3
TURN OFF
CIRCUIT
TIME-DELAYED RELAY (FOR PATIO-LIGHT, GARAGE LIGHT, ENLARGER PHOTOTIMER, ETC.)

3.3K I2Wl
Rl
RELAY
12!50K
IK
< (TIME ADJUST)
"COIL
"RESET'
(-r---
'---'
OPOT
Al48
100 ,.,.F
Cl
GE
Al48
120VRMS
Fig. 88-5
SO CPS
f.~CI068
\Jf')
SCR
AI 4 U
IM
NOTE: ALL RESISTORS 112 WATT
Circuit Notes
This simple timing circuit can delay an output switching function from .01 seconds
to about 1 minute. The SCR is triggered by only a few microamps from the timing
network R1-C1 to energize the output relay.
SEQUENTIAL TIMING
0.1 TO 90 SECOND TIMER
...
VC(.
START
'"'
OUTPUTS
':."1>~1---<,t-4-71!-+---<~>~ll-..,<~ ll
>330
>-~
I"F ' ,.-,::oBI
..=..tzv c . . r JA D!:iK
'l:: 82
:; '"'
!""
'"
'
'"
..,
..
".. :F~50-!
LL: ...
1 t"' t"'
'~' ~c,
B22N2646
f--*f-<(..-'B'2-IJ'"'"
CGE BLUE JAY AAI8Ai05C
GE BlACK HAWK
7!iF3R5A224
Fig. 88-6
Circuit Notes
The timer interval starts when power is
applied to circuit and terminates when voltage
is applied to load. 2N2646 is used in oscillator
which pulses base 2 of D5K. This reduces the
effective 1 of D5K and allows a much larger
timing resistor and smaller timing capacitor to
be used than would otherwise be possible.
'
"
'" '"
'
130K-
'"'
...
OUTPUT 1
OVIPUT 2
Fig. 88-7
Circuit Notes
By utilizing both halves ofthe dual timerit
is possible to obtain sequential timing. By connecting the output of the first half to the input of
the second half via a .001 ~-tF coupling
capacitor, sequential timing may be obtained.
Delay b is determined by the first half and 12 by
the second half delay. The first half of the timer
is started by momentarily connecting pin 6 to
grouod. When it is timed out (determined by
1.1R1Cl) the second half begins. Its time duration is determined by 1.1R2C2.
663
SOLID-STATE TIMER FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS

~~~r--r~-------r~--------------~--,
,.
"'
,
. ..
I IO<>,.f
50V~C
120VACt
y,~m6
.,
..
"'
,,
lo't,
"
Fig. 88-8
TIMING CIRCUIT CHARACTERISTICS
v 011 M eov
"
Coonoii-DubolirEioclrMi<o-TyP!I MMW or oqufVolont

R control duroMn ollim&delov- At A 60 Mfl up 10
T A -:MC to
Sm1nuto dolov IlAC'"''"' TyptCGH oroquo1111lontl

nio ci.eioit can oloo bo u - ol oupply ""''"~~"'"1240 V AC
Acwrocv :tHI"- lo-llrnpouot ... ol
r o.SA
ond 24V AC 160Hol by ctuonging tho ,..lun of AI ond 03
Rtputobihty; ~ lot 25CI

11-Tlrno' L. . tl,.n lf>Om>
VR 60V
02
or :zoo,.,..
+eo"C
PRECISION SOLID STATE TIME DELAY CIRCUIT

+28'1
Rl
2.211: TO
.,
"0
"])01
390K
IK
2W
IOOMEG
2N491
Fig. 88-9
C9F,C12F
Cl
.I TO
z,..t
OR C40F
"
.05
Circuit Notes
Time delays from 0.3 milliseconds to over

three minutes are possible with this circuit
without using a tantalum or electrolytic
capacitor. The timing interval is initiated by
applying power to the circuit. At the end of the
timing interval, which is determined by the
value of RlCl, the 2N494Cfires the controlled
rectifier. This places the supply voltage minus
664
about one volt across the load. Load currents

are limited only by the rating of the controlled
rectifier which is from 1 ampere up to 25 amperes for the types specified in the circuit. A
calibrated potentiometer could be used in place
of Rl to permit setting a predetermined time
delay after one initial calibration.
ELECTRONIC EGG TIMER
"
'"
"
",0,
oo
'"" "'
"'
' '
IQVW
IOVW
'
TIL209
BCI07
""
"oo
' "
""
".ot_..F
"' '
Circut Notes
The IC functions as an af multivibrator which
is controlled by the external transistor. SlA/B is
the on-off toggle switch.
"'
04
IOOpF
'"
",,,
cD
'"
,a:A,e
76~
555[T0P)
Fig. 88-10
12S4
ON/OFF CONTROLLER
IN4004
'"
,,
'"
IN4004
TBASE
'
RESET
I"'
" "
"
O>
HOURS
CONTINOUS
OPERATION
0"
WD-~~
OH
" '"
ONB HRS
TIM I
" '"'
" "'
IS
T1~008
INO
1--1
OFF:!O HRS
~
'"
TIM2-
NC
HAS
L__ _,,_, 00
1"'4148
T2020 HRS
Fig. 88-11
Circuit Notes
The ac line-operated on/off controller is a fered by a transistor to supply gate current to a
simple, reliable solid-state alternative to a mo- triac which switches the output load. When
tive driven cam switch. Time 1 and time 2 are power is applied to the circuit, the output load
programmed by diodes to be 8 hours and 20 is switched on for 8 hours then off for 20 hours
hours respectively. The T!Ml output is buf- repeatedly.
665
TIMING CIRCUIT
RESET
.--~-----i'----r--o
TIME
1K
c
~~
+ 100V
de
100K
+
10K
R~
TO 10MEG
2W
soon
IN4148 '-
Circuit Notes
Load current starts approximately 0.5 RC
after the switch is thrown.
~"'
TO 50'/; l\
3N85 \i ':;)
>
100K ~
100K
Fig. 88-12
SIMPLE TIMER
Fig. 88-13
Circuit
Press Sl. The 100 !LF electrolytic
capacitorrapidly charges up at about 0. 7 V. The
transistor will be forward biased, and collector
current will flow operating the relay. Release
Sl. The capacitor will begin to discharge via
the 33 K resistor at the base ofthe transistor.
When the voltage across the capacitor gets
down to half a volt or so, the transistor base will
no longer be forward biased, collector current
666
Notes
will cease, and the relay will drop out. The
capacitor will continue to discharge via the 47
K resistor. With the values shown, the relay
will remain operated for about eight seconds.
Long times are possible with lower values of
capacitance by substituting a Darlington pair
for the 2N2926. In this case, increase the two
resitor values into the megohm range.
LONG INTERVAL RC TIMER

. .._71
+15
v"o--.--",~"..,'~-l_~~'-"-,._",..'_:_
r'-:rlf::<.~" -<>_j
c:
Cleer
_15
"'
Fig. 88-14
"""
R~
Polycerbonet or
Polystyrene CepiJCitor
If I'll fl2: t 0.693 R4C
Design
E~emple:
100 Second Tmer
Vf11QV
CHF
A3R4144M
Fl.620k
R52k
R1R2-1k
741 TIMER
+6-35V
'>
>
>
R1
4k&
'>
>
>
R3
t---+---+2-1~
IC1
7
6
Fig. 88-15
0/P
';> R2
'>
>4k7
R4
~
ov
Circuit Notes
Rl and R2 hold the inverting input at half tive line potential. If reverse polarity operation
supply voltage. R4 applies feedback to increase is required, simply transpose R3 and C. R3 and
the input impedance at pin 3. Pin 3, the nonin- C can be any values. Time delays from a fracverting input, is connected to the junction of R3 tion of a second to several hours can be oband C. After the switch is opened, C charges via tained by judicious selection. The time
R3. When the capacitor has charged sufficiently delay-independent of supply voltage-is
for the potential at pin 3 to exceed that at pin 2 0. 7CR seconds where C is in farads.
the output abruptly changes from 0 V to posi-
667
TIMER
Circuit Notes
;;-----..
T
""
"
"
':'.._
220,.,
"..J
'
R2
@)I.".,.,, I '"
The timer can be used wherever time

periods of up to seven minutes duration are
needed. To tum on just touch the tum-on plate,
and after the selected time has elapsed, an
alarm will sound for a short period, then automatically tum off. The tum-on touch plate,
labeled TP in the diagram, is made up of two
metal strips about 1/16-inch apart. Bridging
the gap with your finger activates the timer.
For more time range, increase R1 and/or Cl.
R2 and C2 determine the period of time that the
alarm will sound. Increasing eitber will extend
the time. The tone of the alarm is determined
by R3 and C3. Increasing eitber lowers the
tone, decreasing them raises tbe tone .
,j.
Fig. 88-16
>OK
.J " ""''
[E)"
' _!:F}-
''"''"
NPN
(-
WASHER TIMER
LENGTH Of CYCL IS 5WtTC1i PROGRAMMABLE
WITI1 THIS SOLID STATE CONFIGUIIATION
DELICATE
HEAVILY
fABRICS
SOILED
Fig. 88-17
"'
"
'
"
,_
3 -oZOMOTOR
CIRCUITRY
'
'
~L EVH
TOWATER
SWITCH
SIMPLE TIME DELAY
.. _L'~
~
'
'"
'
Fig. 88-18
'"
r
668
-~
'
'
r--
4.7K
~~
'=
RElAY
'"
COIL
-~
I
I
I
I
..!..
T
I
I
89
Tone Controls
The sources of the following circuits are contained in1he Sources section beginning on page 730. The
Stereo Phonograph Amplifier with Bass
Tone Control
Equalizer
Three-Channe!Tone Control
IC Preamplifier with Tone Control
Amplifier with Bass Boost
Active Bass and Treble Tone Control with
Buffer
Passive Bass and Treble Tone Control

Baxendall Tone-Control Circuit
High Quality Tone Control
Microphone Preamplifier with Tone
Control
Hi-Fi Tone Control Circuit
Three-Band Active Tone Control
Tone Control Circuit
669
STEREO PHONOGRAPH AMPLIFIER WITH BASS TONE CONTROL
IOD~fr
"
-o.n,F
""
510~
""
v,
...
fp}r ,.
-::-
I
I
I
STEREO
CERAMIC
CARTRIDGE
'"
...
ft
--
"
,..
CUT
~-
lOOk ":"
BOOST
""
D.lhF
"
+
riOO,F
~
~
65
p..t-
"
MAXIMUM
BOOST
~ ESPONSE
--~
~ TONE_f'.
CONTROL FLAT
---i-Y
" l.l fA
'
1--..l-----_--.L
'+'--t-+
MAKIMUM
25
:::
>
"
CUT
~ -+-' -+-RESPONS:
t "-"t-...+-~
'
20
~0
100 200 SOD
n lk
FREQUENCY IH)
670
'''"'
51t IOk 20
Fig. 89-1
2.7!!
I T''"'
51Dk
.I
...
TO.l/.JF ':'
"
'1
2.7~!
.,.
I
I
I
50D,f
I!!
':'
EQUALIZER
""
R825k
R72.4k Rl240k
to
23Hz
50Hz
72 Hot
108Hz
158Hz
238Hz
290Hz
350Hz
425Hz
508
"'
721Hz
1082Hz
1588Hz
2382Hz
2904Hz
3502Hz
4253Hz
5068Hz
7216Hz
10827 Hz
15880 Hz
23820 Hz
..
C5
co
. t~F
.47p.F
.047p.F
.33~otF
.033~o~F
.022p.F
.015p.F
.tp.F
.Otp.F
.082p.F .00821LF
.068~o~F .006a,.F
.056p.F .0056p.F
.047p.F .0047/JF
.033p.F .0033p.F
.022p.F .0022p.F
.22p.F
15,uF
.015~F
.Ot_uF
.0082/.IF
.0068/.IF
.0058/.IF
.0047/.IF
0033/.IF
.0022/.IF
.0015~F
.001_uF
820pF
680pF
580pF
470pF
330pF
220pF
.0015~o~F 150pF
100pF
.OOt~o~F
......."' -....
...... -
---
" .....
""" ......
COIIIPONI!NT V.UUU
COMPONENT VALUE TABLES
Rl50k
A75.1k All10k
to
25Hz
36Hz
54 Hz
79Hz
119Hz
145Hz
175Hz
212Hz
253Hz
380Hz
541Hz
794Hz
1191Hz
1452Hz
1751Hz
2126Hz
2534Hz
3609Hz
5413Hz
7940Hz
11910 Hz
14524 Hz
17514 Hz
21267Hz
Rl100k
R710k Rl1meg
co
co
to
.47~F
.047p.F
.33,.,.F
.22p.F
.033,uF
12Hz
18Hz
27Hz
39Hz
59 Hz
12Hz
87Hz
106Hz
126Hz
180Hz
210Hz
397Hz
595Hz
726Hz
675Hz
1063Hz
1267Hz
180.4 Hz
2706Hz
3970Hz
5965Hz
7262Hz
8757Hz
10633 Hz
12670 Hz
18045 Hz
.15/lF
.022p.F
.016,uF
.tp.F
.01p.F
.082p.F .0082p.F
.OBB.uF .0068p.F
.05B~o~F
.047,uF
.033p.F
-D22p.F
.Ot5.uF
.01-JLF
.0082_uF
.00681-1F
.0066_uF
.0047~F
.0033/.IF
.0022_uF
.0016_uF
.001~o~F
820pF
880pF
560pF
.0056p.F
.0047p.F
.0033/lF
.0022p.F
.0015.uF
.001~F
820pF
680pF
580pF
470pF
330pF
220pF
160pF
100pF
82pF
....
56pF
co
co
.47p.F
.047~
.33,uF
.033#'
.22~o~F
.02211F
.15p.F .016JLF
.Otp.F
.tjtF
.082/lF .0082p.F
.068~JF
.0088p.F
.056p.F
.047p.F
.033p.F
.022/lF
.0056p.F
1.1t
I!I!.TAILI!
"" -
(poi)HITAI~I
ll!fTAIILI.
""
~
~
IDTQI.I
HI!TAILI!
lllll<{tiT ... GUI
.0047.uF
.0033,11F
.0022p.F
.015.uF .0015_uF
.01~F
.001#
.0082.uF 820pF
.00681-1F BaOpF
.0056/.IF 6aOpF
.00-47/.IF 470pF
.0033_uF 330pF
.0022~F 220pF
.0016/.IF 160pF
.0011-1F 100pF
820pF
82pF
880pF
88pf
560pF
56pF
470pF
.47pF
330pF
33pF
Fig. 89-2
671
"'""
"'
THREE-CHANNEL TONE CONTROL

r
-----------------~--------------------------r---~
0~
SW1a
+9V
C347n
R410k
RS 10k
.-rv~~~~V\/V~~rv~~~
BASS
R7 10k
C4 4n7
R9 3k9
R63k9
MID
R3 lOOk
RV2 lOOk lin+
SKl
C5 22n
~I
I[+ R1100k
R61k8
..
RV3 500k lin
ovnD'"
R11 270A
'
HIGH
Cl 4u7
ov
')
C64n7
~~lSK2
CS 4u7
ov
IC1,2"'741
SW1b
Fig. 89-3
-9V
o----0
Circuit Notes
The input signal is fed via SKl to the first

active stage built around !Cl. Configured as a
noninverting amplifier whose gain is set by the
ratio of R3 and Rl. In this case, the gain is set at
unity. This initial stage is required to isolate
the following stage from any loading effects.
The output from !Cl is fed via three frequency
shaping networks to IC2. The three networks

built around RVl, RV2, and RV3 are also ineluded in the feedback path of IC2, another
inverting op amp stage. The components associated with the three variable resistors are
chosen to give the required frequency control.
IC PREAMPLIFIER WITH TONE CONTROL

IC PREAMPLIFIER RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS
25
TREBL..:::
TA = 25C
See Fi ure 30
10
0
0
-~
--
vee= 15 v
15
"I
11..:.:~1
II IIIII
MAX BASS
20
0.
<(
I
'
I
-5
!1,
Fig. 89-4
'
I,;
"0 -10
>
' I
'
-15
:MIN_-
-20
i~r,w
MIN BASS
-25
20
40
100 200400
1k
2k 4k
10k 20k
f-Frequency-Hz
220kll
0.00376t~F
0.003$lf
10kll
O.OliJF
27 kil
3.3 Hl
,,,
"on
MON
MIN
vee+
0.01$lf
100kll
TREBLE
MAX
MAX
OUTPUT
O.OliJF
INPUT
O.OOJ~o~F
VeeBALANCE
ooon
47krl
'""
47 jlf
50,,
75j~F
AMPLIFIER WITH BASS BOOST
'
...
"
F+T...
""''
'":1.
..1
r-~~--r<-r~-r
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Fig. 89-5
~0 lOCI 20G SDG 1~ llo
~ IGk 20k
fAEOUENtV Ui>l
':"'
':'
673
ACTIVE BASS & TREBLE TONE CONTROL WITH BUFFER
BASS
100~
""
""
0.05"
+16\!
0.06
""
OUPtiCATE fOR RIGHT CHANNEL
,,
'"
T o.oos
soo
l.6k
3.6k
LEFT
DOT
-=-
TREBLE
'"
'"
.,.
.,
-15'J
t'
_,.
_,.
_,.
oo
"
1Dk
"
lOOk
Fig. 89-6
fREQUENCY IH<l
PASSIVE BASS & TREBLE TONE CONTROL
o-1,,'
'
;
..
O.D15
"'
,..
0.033
"..
,,
,..
"'"
_,.
~
oo
(lOGl
_,.
-30
"
"'
"
r-f'+Jlf-Ht',,IHUT
II
-oni
I I
FI~~L CUr
~LW_LLW_LLW~UL
IDHI
lO(IIb
lkH1
10UII
IGDkH1
Fig. 89-7
BAXENDALL TONE-CONTROL CIRCUIT

"~
'"'
"
50" II
t lho.
...
'"'
FEEDBP.CK
,.,
~'
T
674
"
Fig. 89-8
HIGH QUALITY TONE CONTROL

.-----""T---,r---..,--..,--~
Ub1
(IRUH
~our-uT
Fig. 89-9
Circuit Notes
The circuit is based on an inverting op amp
using discrete transistors to overcome poor
slew rate, fairly high distortion, and high noise
problems. The output stage is driven by a constant current source, biased by a green LED to
provide temperature compensation. With the
controls flat, the unit provides unity gain so the
stage can be switched in or out. The design is

suitable for inputs between lOOmV and 1 V and
provides a good overload margin at low distortion for the accurate reproduction of transients.
The usual screening precautions against hum
should be carried out.
MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER WITH TONE CONTROL

10kn
0.1
100kn
1""
0.06p.F
~F
~n
1,F
Fig. 89-10
10kn
50kn
100kn
0.002ji.F
2.7 kn
100
kn
210n
+
-=
20p.F
0.003 j.l~
0.001 ,..F
10kn
100kn
son
0.02~F OJ,
675
HI-FI TONE CONTROL CIRCUIT (HIGH Z INPUT)
Fig. 89-11
>-<1-<lOUTPUT
Circuit Notes
The 2N5458 JFET provides the function of a high input impedance and low noise
characteristics to buffer an op amp feedback tone control circuit.
THREE-BAND ACTIVE TONE CONTROL
10k
9V
100k
1000oF
O.Q1 ~F
10uF
+
100k
t-----+-"'0"'"!!!:',11-+-,
+
I
1000 oF
2.2 M
EXIST,_G
VOL~~
I
BC109
INPUT
676
I
I
I
Fig. 89-12
TONE CONTROL CIRCUIT
BOOST .. CUT
lASS
IN O-r
'"
~ISV
MIDRANGE
Uk
J.lk
1.8k
1.1k
TREBLE
.,.
......
>.!-oaur
."
z
"
~
_,
-10
-15
_,.
"
... .
IOk
lOOk
FREQUENCY (HJI
Non1: Allcontrolsflat.
Note 2: Baa and treble boost. mid flat.

Note 3: Bass and trebl11 cut, mid flat.
Note 4: Mid boost, bass ;md treble flat.
N01e 6: Mid cut, bass ami treble flat.
All potentiometers are linear taper
Use the LF347 Quad fOf 1tereo applications
Fig. 89-13
Circuit Notes
A simple single-transistor circuit will give

approximately 15 dB boost or cut at 100Hz and
15 kHz respectively. A low noise audio type
transistor is used, and the output can be fed
directly into any existing amplifier volume con

trol to which tbe tone control is to be fitted.
The gain of the circuit is near unity when con
trois are set in the flat position.
677
90
Transmitters
The
Wireless AM Microphone
27 MHz and 49 MHz RF Oscillator/
Transmitter
678
1-2 MHz Broadcaster Transmitter

One Tube, 10 Watt C.W. Transmitter
Simple FM Transmitter
WIRELESS AM MICROPHONE
Transistor Ql and its associated components comprise a tuneable rf oscillator. The

rf signal is fed to transistor Q2, the modulator. Operational amplifier !Cl increases the
audio signal and applies it through resistor R4 to the base of Q2. Tune an AM radio to an
unused frequency between 800 to 1600 kHz. Tune L1 for a change in tbe audio level
coming from the radio. Peak tbe output by adjusting L2. If Ll is disturbed, it may be
necessary to readjust L2 for peak performance. Depending on the impedance of the
microphone audio sensitivity can be increased by decreasing the value of RIO and vice
versa.
679
27 MHz AND 49 MHz RF OSCILLATOR/TilANSMITTER
2 Turns
Ts
L1
3 Turns
1 Turn
TOKO KXN K4636 BJF
TOKO KEN K4635 BJE
MILL.EA 14611
5.4 pF
6.2 pF
1.15tl
3.78ll
,,
"
MILLER lf9338.10
C1
1000 pF
220 pF
C2
660pF
20 ,,
24k
47 pF
C3
R10
or ~1.0178 and 132 wire
6 Turns
Tp
c,
'"
Uae TOKO form lfi1.01l6-02 and 130 wir
48MHz
27MHz
Component
_,.
33 pF
_,
47k
.,
J\
I'/ ~
;--31
/
yi~.,-....----,
,, 1..
ZJ MHr 011 41 Mill

lRO 0\IEIITON 111\ES
L1
MDOE CRYSTAL
c::::::l"
, :'1
"
I WillE
TWO FOOT 8.W DIAMETER
IOUIV.t.LEIIIT CIRCUIT
''
't~
11 -1GkHr
~f
fe
Envelope of Transmitted
Spectrum for Circuit
Fig. 90-2
Circuit Notes
The modulator and oscillator consist of two NPN transistors. The base of the
modulator transistor is driven by a bidirectional current source with the voltage range for
tbe high condition limited by a saturating PNP collector to the pin 4 VREG voltage and low
condition limited by a saturating NPN collector in series with a diode to ground. The
crystal oscillator/transmitter transistor is configured to oscillate in a class C mode.
Because third overtone crystals are used for 27 MHz or 49 MHz applications a tuned
collector load must be used to guarantee operation at the correct frequency.
1-2 MHz BROADCAST TRANSMITTER
"""
I
ANTENNA
"
'"
Circuit Notes
Tl is a low impedance output transformer
5000-8 ohms.
TAPPED
LOOP$TIClC
tiROAOCAST
llANO TYPE)
'"
Fig. 90-3
680
ONE TUBE, 10 WATT C.W. TRANSMITTER
Crystal~
"'
" 1rd-Y.6BM8
1mH
RFC
L2
365pF
.01
I
-
#20e.
#28e.
#20e.
#20e .
#20e.
L2'" lOT
#25e .
fl
L2 wind on bottom of
L1 in the $lime dire<:tiOI'I
..._KEY
1K
350
lOw.
1%" dia.
1mF
r--
1000 PIV
RFC
160- L1 82T
L2 30T
80- L1 = 40T
L2=15T
40- L1 15T
K
2.5mH
10K
1w.
1mH
RFC
22K
1w.
300-0-:xJQa.c. 1N4007 (2)
.01
003
Transformer
':::~
22K
.00>
1J
365pF
3 ---
~~
""
..6BM~~ 7
50pF
Plug in ooils
2kV
j
1N4007
180K
.,!.To receiver
~~,,
filament
~
1K
1w
40mF
<OmF
"""'
"""'
~-
""
.r:--arotef1na
onput
-l/
-----.o Antenna
TIIA ..Sr
Switch
120v.a.c.
Fig. 90-4
SIMPLE FM TRANSMITTER
'\17
19 '"--....
'"
330!(
~" ll
''.
"'
15oF
r----2N7~
,_,
2N::?
\t::
"
"
''"
\t::
4700
"
Fig. 90-5
5of
r-
"
"
Circuit Notes
This transmitter can be tuned to the FM broadcast band, 2 meters,-<Jr other VHF
bands by changing C5 and Ll. The values given for C5 and Ll will place the frequency
somewhere in the FM broadcast band. Ll is 4 turns of lf20 enameled wire airwound, v,
inch in diameter, 5mm long and center-tapped. The microphone is an electret type and
the antenna is 18 inches of any type of wire. Keep all leads as short as possible to
minimize stray capacitance. The range of the transmitter is several hundred yards.
681
91
Ultrasonics
The
Ultrasonic Switch
Ultrasonic Bug-Chaser
Ultrasonic Pest Repeller

Mosquito-Repelling Circuit
40 kHz Ultrasonic Transmitter
682
ULTRASONIC SWITCH
NOTES:
VOLTAGES MEASUREOWITH NO INPUT
SIGNAL USING A VOL TMETEA WITH
10 MEG OHM I_"'~UT II
,.........
~
01-03 ARE 2N3904

01
IS 1rr.l914
02.03 ARE 1N400t
116\f
.......
".
R91f A
C4 IS USI:O INSTEAD
MONOSTABLE ACTIOI
;REQUIRED.
receiver.
Circuit diagram of
"'~
\.!:
~
"
1 "'
""'
"'
~~:
.,
"'
-
~--
..'j>~
'-'!"~
-,;......
,r-~
}~~~7
1--- --+"''O:r-- , '"
" "'~
""
95~
_.r.
CG!v--.._
.
)Tff
-
."
"'
~0--
..
..-J:v.._,
O"""'_r
"'
r-
...
.:
..0 <O> '''~"".
"" .
01\f_.)
""
"
"
"
""
.lllf
..
"~
w
:.;
"N
NOTE:
VOLTAGES MEASURED USING
A VOLTMETER WITH 10 MEG
OHM INPUT IMPEDANCE.
~_)
Fig. 91-1
Receiver. Output from the transducer is

amplified by Ql and Q2, ahd rectified by Dl.
Voltage on pin 2 of!Cl will go more negative as
tbe input sigoal increases. !Cl is used as a
comparator and checks the voltage on pin 2
(i.e., the sound level), to that on pin 3 which is
the reference level. If pin 2 is at a lower voltage
than pin 3 (i.e., a sigoal is present), the output
of !Cl will be high (about 10.5 volts) and this
will turn on Q3 which will close the relay. The
"'
1001<
-- -
~~~)._
"
"
oN
$':~
~
.,"'
M
Circuit diagram of the transmitter.
Circuit Notes
gJ
..
..L..co
,_..,..,
111
01-2 ARE 2N3904
~113
'"'
"'"
converse occurs if pin 2 is at a higher voltage

than pine 3.
Transmitter. The oscillator frequency is
determined by tbe transducer characteristics
[(minimum (series resonance) at 39.8 kHz followed by a maximum (parallel resonance) at
41.5 kHz.)) Two transistors from a noninverting amplifier and positive feedback is supplied
via the transducer, R6 and C3. At tbe series
resonant frequehcy, this feedback is strong
enough to cause oscillation.
ULTRASONIC BUG-CHASER
I ~~""
""J
~liOHz
"'
' "'
FUSE
12:.5V
300m A
11s 213-lln
'
Fig. 91-2
3.!1" PIEZO
SUPEI't MOAN
IIS.<I0-1311
Circuit Notes
Low-intensity ultrasonic sound waves in

the 30-45kHz frequency band repel insects and
small rodents. The unit is designed to generate
a swept square wave from 30 to 45 kHz. The
LM555 IC is wired as an ultrasonic oscillator
driving a piezoelectric speaker ofthe hi-fi

super-tweeter type. The output of the oscillator is swept by a 60-Hz sigoal from the ac
input of the bridge rectifier. The LED acts as a
pilot.
MOSQUITO-REPELUNG CIRCUIT
A1
+3 TO 9V
220 H
SK
555
VOLUME
Fig. 91-3
100 JJ.F
10 v
Circuit Notes
In the 555 oscillator circuit, adjusting R2

will provide output frequencies from below 200
Hz to above 62kHz. Use a good quality minia-
684
ture speaker so that it will produce frequencies

on the order of 20 kHz.
ULTRASONIC PEST REPELLER

z. PIEZOELECTRIC
+V
R1
1.8K
R3
R2
15K
r:
22
SPEAKER
~
,kc3
TOOl
+V
4 13 12
,,fw
C4
To'
J'
I"'
IC1
556
1
+V
31.' 15
6-f
+V
R6
R4
100K
R5
1K
:r I~g~
;:K
.Q1
16V
'--
+V
W)~'
~ 2N2907
.
Fig. 91-4
Q~:
LED
.,-{ l
'
D1 IN4001
JO
+V (9-12 Vdc)
D3
IN4001
f\N4001
D2
IN4001
+V
81 T
: C5
:.J...
16V
912V~
~ "470/
16 v
C5
D4
J_
'
.b
Circuit Notes
The device emits ultrasonic sound waves

that sweep between 65,000 and 25,000 hertz.
Designed around a 556 dual timer, one half
operated as an astable multivibrator with an
adjustable frequency of 1 to 3 Hz. The second
half is also operated as an astable multivibrator
but with a fixed free running frequency around
45,000 Hz. The 25-65 kHz sweep is accomplished by coupling the voltage across C2
(the timing capacitor for the first half of the
556) via Ql to the control voltage terminal (pin
11) of the second half of the 556. The device
that radiates the ultrasonic sound is a piew
tweeter.
40kHz ULTRASONIC TRANSMITTER

'TOII.O HAN
.IJI(IIt
1MII-VEZ
~
... ~
'""' =~
'"
TRANSOUtER
,.t.~ ~~
"::~!lOT
SW11tG
~:
"f:
UT
OJ~
11
""),
01
.4
=::HIII1
vee, nv
Fig. 91-5
~1001tF
"'
685
92
Video Amplifiers
sources of the following circuits are contained in the Sources section~beginning on page 730. The
The
Video IF Amplifier and Low-Level Video

Detector Circuit
Television IF Amplifier and Detector Using
an MC1330 and an MC1352
Two-Stage Wideband Amplifier
Video IF Amplifier and Low-Level Video
Detector Circuit
TV Sound IF or FM IF Amplifier with Quadrature Detector

IF Amplifier
FET Cascode Video Amplifier
High Impedance Low Capacitance Amplifier
JFET Bipolar Cascode Video Amplifier
Video Amplifier
Video Amplifier
686
VIDEO IF AMPLIFIER AND LOW-LEVEL VIDEO DETECTOR CIRCUIT

CJ
RJ
R4
""'
.J,
c5
+18Vdc
R5
C7
C1
lnp
--"'
--
"'
Output
~;
4
45M
Auo<iliary Vide
91
R5
"7\>
,:;-;~ ' 'L2
r- ~
1-
MC1350
R1
5
r-
C4
C2
'f 'f
R2
-:: AGC
OfC5
'---
R7
MC1330
CB
'
~~
~
Primary Video
And Sound Output
1
AFTIOutput
RB
~J
g ffi-f3:-l p 11
Turns:?-Ll
L2
Turns
All winding11 #30 AWG tinned nylon

acetate" wire tuned with high permlablllty slugs. Coil Craft #4786
differential transformer.
C1 -0.001 JJF
C2 =- 0.002 JJF
C3 = 0.002 /-IF
C4- 0.002 JJF
C5"' 0.002 JJF
C6 ,. See Table
C7"' 0.1 f.lF
CS- See Table

C9=68pF
C10 "'See Table
Al,. son
R2 = 5 k
R3=470S1
R4=220.11
R5 ~ 22 n
-4
L3 w-ound with 11'26 AWG tinned nylon
acetate wire tuned by distorting winding
fC omponent VI'""
T bl
R6=3.3kS1
Compontnt
36MHz
-46 MHz
58MHz
R83.9kH
CB
24pF
10pF
All Resistors
1/4-W .10%
CB
18 pF
C10
LJ
33 pF
15 pF
12 pF
33pF
10 Turn
R7=3.9kS1
All Caps Marked IJF Ceramic HiK

All Caps Marked pF Sliver Mica 5%
12 Turns
10 pF
18 p~
10"Turnl
Fig. 92-1
Circuit
The circuit has a typical voltage gain of 84
dB and a typical AGC range of 80 dB. It gives
very small changes in bandpass shape, usually
less than 1 dB tilt for 60 dB compression.
There are no shielded sections. The detector
Notes
uses a single tuned circuit (L3 and ClO). Coupiing between the two integrated circuits is
achieved by a double tuned transformer (Ll and
L2).
687
TELEVISION IF AMPLIFIER
AND DETECTOR USING AN MC1330 AND AN MC1352
v'
12 Vdc
"
RF AGC
To Tuner
v'
~;':'
r-
n-:- _,
2
R6
;-----10V
R3
tc6
AGC Input
5o
o Tob'o'
RS
tea
'0
" "
-'J'
C'
,.
C2
.~
C3
F R4
7
R7
"
,,~l'~
I'<
MC1352
-f"'
18V
18 Vdc
i}c5
AF AGC
R2
FC4
RS
A uJCHiary
Video
Output
-;;
--
ary Video
AoO
Soun d Output
c'o
I 'fC9
l~J
"'0
MC1330
7.7
~~
'
R9
Af<
0 utput
Flyback Winding -8.0 V Pulse
,..
"
r,.1..1
~ ~16 _i
Dl~;v:;ID
All windings #30 AWG tinned nylon IIC811118 wire v
tun111d with high permiablllty slug1. Coil Craft
L1
#4786 differential transformer,
Pin 6
Voltage
V1deo
Polarity
Negativ.,.
Sync
::Y
0
Posotive
Adj.
.0-8.0 Vdo:-
Going
Sync.
Nom 4.5 v
~---
Fig. 92-2
688
L~
'"
Tuml
Turns
All Aellltors 1 /4-WIItt .5%
<'YVV'
I_It~
I
,.
Wound with 126 AWG tinned nylo;~n
acetate wire tuned by distorting

winding.
SH Table II
TABLE I
,--;-c----
Going
C10" 62 pF
C11 (SHTable Ill
-3"
TABLE II
Pin 10
Voltage
R4
Component
C7
C9
c"
C3
AdJ. 1.0-4.0 Vdc
36MHz
24 pF
18 pf
33 pf
45 MHz
58MH:~:
15 pF
10pF
tOpF
18 pF
10 Turns
12 pf
33 , ,
12 Turns 10 Turn
0
Rpb
Nom 2.0 V
:Jl
(Sn TeMt)
R2~3.9kfl
R3
(Se~
Text)
R4 {See Table I)
3.9 I<
A10"' 3.9 kO
R114.7kU
Rt .. 5o n
R5 .. 220 k.ll
R6,.220!l
R7"' 22 n
R8 ~ 3.3 kfl
R9 3.9 krl
Cl 0.001
~iF
C20.1 ,.,_F
C3"' 0.251'f
C50.1,uF
C6"' 0.1 ~o~F
C7"' ISH T111ble II)
C80.1~o~F
C9 (See Tble II)
TWO-STAGE WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER
..
.,
Circuit Notes
A wide band high gain configuration using
two SL550s connected in series. The first
stage is connected in conunon emitter configuration, the second stage is a common base
circuit. Stable gains of up to 65 dB can be
achieved by the proper choice of Rl and R2.
The bandwidth is 5 to 130 MHz, with a noise
figure only marginally greater than the 2.0 dB
specified for a single stage circuit.
Fig 92-3
VIDEO IF AMPLIFIER AND LOW-LEVEL VIDEO DETECTOR CIRCUIT

20Voc
1-:::,.j~f--4 AfT OUTPUT
39.
"'
5.11.
,,
L( ... undwol~ 26 AWG MniO nfiQn

Kfll.ll*"'tOnodbfdlOIO<tlog"nd""J
Fig. 92-4
s..
Jiolt I IINit Jl,and Cl, Pom lo (pqolllat ,~,...,..,(,.oti.., an'~' MCI:U!tP Dolo &.nl
""Sn lniJ<II O.. rlood Sec:uan altho 01S11Jn Choraolonlll" Pogo 3. ond Gonorol lnlarmo"an. P"'l" 5 ~"'" 6
689
DET~CTOR
TV SOUND IF OR FM IF AMPLIFIER WITH QUADRATURE
_,,
l1
""
"d
I
" 12 ylU
13
2
T"-ir-0........:"---"-.1..--'-'-"-.:...'
,
N~UT ~~~~
ll.l~f
_:_
MC1357
MCU16
.... '"' 2
'zM
ro '--:o--.--,..,----.-.Jr.__
..
;;r0111F
aA
s
O.l"F;;:f'
+---!-'__,R.,.2~-t.._Jt!S tJ
~o_,~.,F
14
,~~,'
r-1-
100 k
=4--:
Rl
""""''I
5k
;:I~ 01 $1F
VOLUME
!Optoonal) ~ _
Typit~l
Performance:
2 WamOutput
2% OoJtortion
250 11V S.nsiti~ity 13 rt8 Lim.)
Cl 120 pf
L1 14 11H
A120Hl
Q~
30
Fig. 92-5
IF AMPLIFIER
-TYPICAL APPLICATION OF MC1341P VIDEO IF AMPLIFIER
1nd MC1330 LOWLI!VIL VID!O DI!TE:CTOR CIRCUIT
+18 Vdc
r---j-.... AfT OUTPUT

3.9 k
'"
,,
'"
,..
~J
~,---
-,Et . .
All wondongs 122 AWG rinntd nylon
r;gl_1
r:IL+s
TUAtiS
LJ wound With =26 AWG wmed "'iOn

tPiille wire tuned by dostonmg Wollding
ocetate w"etuned woth Coolcreh 161

~ugs, loU 10-32, Of tQUI~IItnt
"S" ~<~ott IIPIOJt 3J. and C4. Ports Loll (pf!ll 4) ollhilopocili.tion
Fig. 92-6
690
FET CASCO DE VIDEO AMPLIFIER

SHUNT,,
P~GCOit
'"o-r
.
Circuit Notes
The FET cascode video amplifier features

very low input loading and reduction of feedback to almost zero. The 2N5485 is used because of its low capacitance and high Yt..
Bandwidth of this amplifier is limited by RL and
load capacitance.
o--_,_---th
2NS41S IP51J)
'"
Fig. 92-7
HIGH IMPEDANCE LOW CAPACITANCE AMPLIFIER
"'
"
K '"""""
VIN
2Ni485
0-.--+1-,''5&1 R2
""
...
""
L-.,
Fig. 92-8
r---Vour
"
Circuit Notes
This compound series-feedback circuit provides high input impedance and stable,
wide-band gain for general purpose video amplifier applications.
691
JFET BIPOLAR CASCO DE VIDEO AMPLIFIER

Circuit Notes
The JFET -bipolar cascade circuit will

provide full video output for the CRT cathode
drive. Gain is about 90. The cascade configuration eliminates Miller capacitance problems
with the 2N4091 JFET, thus allowing direct
drive from the video detector. An m-derived
filter using stray capacitance and a variable
inductor prevents 4.5 MHz sound frequency
from being amplified by the video amplifier.
,.
Fig. 92-9
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
VIDEO AMPLIFIER
,,
0.001
1.0 .uF
5.6 k
VI (AGC) o-~w~-o--!
1.0 .uf
,,,
'
;;>-:=--:--< Your
T50pF*
BW"' tMHz
l.O,uF
*A smlll lo.ad npKitlnet<-uf 1t lnst

30pf (includin& strty ctpt~;:itlntfl) is
recummtndtd to prevent possible high
frequency oscillttions.
O.OOl,uF +12Vdc
692
GAIN= 40dB
0.001 .uF
Fig. 92-10
IC = HA2620
2.2KH
~-..--,
Fig. 92-11
-93
Voltage and
Current Sources and References
Bilateral Current Source
0 V to 20 V Power Reference
Programmable Voltage Source
Bilateral Current Source
Noninverting Bipolar Current Source
Voltage Reference
Low Voltage Adjustable Reference Supply
Voltage Reference
Low Power Regulator Reference
High Stability Voltage Reference
3 V Reference
5 V Reference
Zenerless Precision Millivolt Source
10 V Reference
Precision Reference Square Wave Voltage
Reference
Inverting Bipolar Current Source

Precision Reference Micropower 10 V
Reference
Precision Reference Low Noise Buffered
Reference
Constant Current Source
Precision Dual Tracking Voltage References
Precision Reference Bipolar Output Reference
Precision Reference 0 V to 20 V Power
Reference
Precision Reference Standard Cell Replacement
693
BILATERAL CURRENT SOURCE

Circuit Notes
"" 2Ml!
The circuit will produce the current relationship to within 2% using 1% values for R1
+15V
through R5. This includes variations in RL from
100 ohm to 2000 ohm. The use of large resistors
for R1 through R4 minimizes the error due
-15V
AS
to RL variations. The large resistors are possible because of the excellent input bias current
R.
performance of the OP-08.
"
lk!'
'------;-------~---1 '!\
~~
IF RlR3 AND R2RR~ THEN

IL IS INDEI'ENOENT OF VARIATIONS
IN Rl
Fig. 93-1
0 V TO 20 V POWER REFERENCE
25VT040 v
..
. ,
, 120 "
.IV
A~
,....! ':'--.,
"'
lM108A ~
,,J_
"
' ~-(''
'"'
......
......
l M11S
Fig. 93-2
'"
MYLAR--
=f'"''
'"
OV TO 20V
lA
1k
-4:-SV
PROGRAMMABLE VOLTAGE SOURCE
r
Fig. 93-3
tASE
.f'""'l 0_ I ~ F
VH
1Cho~~c~~~"'
VE
II 'o-' I Q '"'<looOm. I 201+1
694
BILATERAL CURRENT SOURCE
LOW VOLTAGE
ADJUSTABLE REFERENCE SUPPLY
Rl
Uk
"
"""
INPUT
v-s.ov
!iiD
"
"'"
0.1"
0.1%
.9.51<!1
o.t%
.,,
"
0.1%
"
V'
1001<!)
0.1%
AlVIN
our" RTRSAlRRS
Rl A2
Fig. 93-4
Fig. 93-7
"Sohd IOnlolum
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
NONINVERTING
BIPOLAR CURRENT SOURCE
,,
,,
!Ok~!
"'
101<!"
vee
E(o2VI
IOI<H"
V 0 "' 2.5 V(l + :;)
"MATCHED SO
IL-
THAT~:~
~5 -~
Fig. 93-8
COMPLIANCE OF ABOVE CIRCUIT L>VL)IS 8V WHEN
Fig. 93-5
E 2V AND AL ~ 1.6k!L NOTE THAT VQ IS lOV

UNDER THESE CONDITIONS.
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
LOW POWER REGULATOR REFERENCE

+ SU,LY
"
"'
Fig. 93-6
"
"'
Fig. 93-9
Yo=fi1~ R2
Vo~Ycc
Circuit Notes
This simple reference circuit provides a
stable voltage reference almost totally free of
supply voltage hash. Typical power supply rejection exceeds 100 dB.
695
HIGH STABILITY
VOLTAGE REFERENCE
ZENERLESS PRECISION
MILLIVOLT SOURCE
"
~ 2mA
+l!IV
~lfN
. '
~
r~:
"
"
::; ~ !~t57~
.tlv ..
RtT;~
R ~
2
Sppml C
10 -Vz
1 , to-3
R3 .......:fl.._
1 to--J
"
.}
"'="
Fig. 93-10
'.
'
AVCl 1.11
-~
Fig. 93-13
3 V REFERENCE
+7.6V 110%1
10 V REFERENCE
+7.15V
2
'"
~ t5V
'
"'vour
...
JIU.QZHJ
vorl +l.OV
"
r-
RH-01
~J
"'
13.3k{l
+111V
t ..
"""
!-'---<>
'"
1/2 Ol'.oii:IC
IIM<!l
L-
K:.15V(!IOII.l
'11a 01'-ux~e AZ /
.. rv "'
2.1111n
.}
-UV 11011ol
Fig. 93-ll
5 V REFERENCE
l:"v
v,.
v,
""
TRIM
f'--<>
Fig. 93-12
696
K:
~v
,_.
.........
...v'
~,STAIIUlUI
101.!!
'----~"
+!IV
101<!!
'"
Fig. 93-14
PRECISION REFERENCE SQUARE
WAVE VOLTAGE REFERENCE
FIH-02
o-->
-15V
l.llkn
-IOV
'"'
Vol-1 -a.ov
LMI.
-OV
-I
*
Fig. 93-15
,.
~,...~,
~ 11417
. .,
+'f
ITO-ltv
IGU.-IIEWA'tl
Olll'UT
INVERTING BIPOLAR
CURRENT SOURCE (HIGH SPEED)
PRECISION REFERENCE
MICROPOWER 10 V REFERENCE
- - " f ' - - V I N ~ ISV
'"
MATCHED SO
THAT~~ :~
COMPLIANCE Of AB0\1[ CIRCUIT I.JVLI 15 SV

WHEN E
2\1 AND ~l
16k, NOH THAT
\IQ" 10V UNDER THESE CONDITIONS
to:!20 I'A star1dby current
Fig. 93-16
Fig. 93-17
PRECISION REFERENCE LOW NOISE BUFFERED REFERENCE

+9V-30V
R1
LOAD
1k2
Fig. 93-18
02
L---~---------------t
2NJOSS
Z01
5V6
R2
5k6
'""
r,
~3 ~R4
56R
lW
SR6
10W OV
Circuit Notes
The circuit will provide 3 preset currents

which will remain constant despite variations
of ambient temperature or line voltage. ZDl
produces" temperature stable reference voltage which is applied to the noninverting input
of ICI. 100% feedback is applied from the output to the inverting input holding the voltage at
Q2s emitter at the same potential as the noninverting input. The current flowing into the load
therefore is defined solely by the resistor
selected by Sl. With the values employed here,
a preset current of 10 rnA, 100 rnA or 1 A can be
selected. Q2 should be mounted on a suitable
heats ink.
697
CONSTANT CURRENT SOURCE
2.1\1
...
'"
Fig. 93-19
PRECISION DUAL TRACKING VOLTAGE REFERENCES
.,
.,
.,
R6==::~;
V2
Fig. 93-20
PRECISION REFERENCE BIPOLAR OUTPUT REFERENCE

l~v--.,...---,
...
15V
TEIIIPlRATUflt
STAIIliZER
U5V
... ~--'!
1aTUI'Itol
OUTPUT
ADJUST
-11iV
Fig. 93..21
698
PRECISION REFERENCE 0 V TO 20 V POWER REFERENCE

15'1 TO 4d
'
.
TEM~EAo\TURE
STAIIliUA'''';
6tsV
.I
..2. r_:.....,
LMUJU.
...
.. . l.
"
)~.("I
'"'
r;;
'
Mn.1i.--
llllll'lll
,.
=r
M19SK
OV TO MIV
llA TO lA
"
Fig. 93-22
PRECISION REFERENCE STANDARD CELL REPLACEMENT
15VTOlDV--..----..-------------,
..
1%RGULATED
TEMniiATUAE
STABiliZR
...'"
,.
6.!15V
"
G. I%
Fig. 93-23
699
94
VoltageControlled Oscillators
The
Linear Voltage Controlled Oscillator
10 Hz to 10kHz Voltage Controlled Oscillator
Precision Voltage Controlled Oscillator
Voltage Controlled Oscillator
700
Simple Voltage Controlled Oscillator

Three Decades VCO
Two-Decade High-Frequency VCO
LINEAR VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
HIGH
~~
FREQUENcY ---:;
SYMMETRY
['~.N753A
"'"
~(1.2V)
Uk!l
Ukn
""
1MU
1,000p,
L-~1
-~
VtN
1kfl
~""'
,UNCTION GENERATOR
10kn
OFFSET
'
"
11
"''"
nn '----- c-..:..-
ICL8031
10
"'"
'"'
"''"
LOW
...
,I'll!QUINCY
SYMMETRY
L~
-I
SINE-W
OUTPUT
1"\..,
741
Fig. 94-1
_c
I;Y
15V
10011:1\
w~INE-WAVE
DISTORTION
15V
Circuit Notes
The linearity of input sweep voltage versus output frequency is significantly

improved by using an op amp.
10Hz TO 10kHz VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
."
u .. v---11'1
u ... ~":~:
-"2
---<~>----+--...:,;"~'~--.--'!
'"
Ad;..!for""'"'_l,..rt
_,.,,-v..,i.lmV
'"'"'"'" ..PK'"'"""2e,F.
liloormu10 f..,.uncy
kM
..."'
.....
"
.
,.,,
Fig. 94-2
."'
.."" ..""
701
PRECISION VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
100k
o-JII'vv
,__..-;~15V
VoN
-;.,......
+15V
100k
5k1
.2
,AA
,..:
-15V
> OFFSET ADJUST

rTfn ,_ 10k
Fig. 94-3
3
.~o
15-vJVvVVv~)~--_j~~~~~7_____________J
o4
RC4151
OUTPUT
1n r
U U
&......_____
5k1
'" *
v;,;
nfn
~.
liNEARITY 0.05%
RESPONSE TIME 10~sec
FREQUENCY 0-+ 10kH;r
~ 10k
>
mn
+15V
Circuit Notes
RC 4151 precision voltage-to-frequency converter generates a pulse train output
linearly proportional to the input voltage.
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
Vee s.o v- 14 v
Circuit Notes
'
10'
VCO Input
(Input
Rantc~
to Vccl
>--<>---1
1/3
Vee
MC1422
--;
L_,----,---,-.J
2
'
"'
Output
,. ' "'
The VCO circuit, which has a nonlinear

transfer characteristic, will operate satisfactorily up to 200 kHz. The VCO input range is
effective from \Ia Vee to Vee - 2 V, with the
highest control voltage producing the lowest
output frequency.
Fig. 94-4
702
SIMPLE VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR

WAVEFORM AT
EMITTER OF 02
1/1/1
VVI
R4
Json
Fig. 94-5
OUTPUT
WAVEFORM AT
BASE 2 OF 02
r-r-1
Circuit Notes
With the component values shown, the oscillator has a frequency of 8kHz. When an
input signal is applied to the base of Ql the current flowing through Ql is varied, thus
varying the time required to charge Cl. Due to the phase inversion in Ql the direction of
output frequency change is 180 degrees out of phase with the input signal. The output
may be used to trigger a bistable flip-flop.
THREE DECADES VCO
'
Ut~F
+IIY
,."'
Fig. 94-6
."
f
Vc (R8+R71
[8VpuRBR1]C
..
,.
"
':'
,O::;_Vc:5:30V,10H:r~f:5:10kHz
R1, R4 matched. Linearity 0.1% over 2 decades.
703
TWO-DECADE HIGH-FREQUENCY VCO
,.
,.
'"
FIIEQU(~Y
COioiTRO~
VOL TAG~
INPUT
+250mVoc
Fig. 94-7
:s Vc :s +SOVoc
100Hz :S 10 :S 1001cHz
'""'
Fig. 94-8

c
28pf
VIN-t
,,.--4C6V R1
wha ...: A2.,2A1

+.amplifier Input voltage .. o.ev
411
=DM7414
:S MHz operation
T2L ouput
704
hyatereal~~o,
typ IV
Fig. 94-9
95
Voltage-to-Frequency
Converters
The
10 Hz to 10 kHz Voltage/Frequency Converter
Voltage-to-Frequency Converter
Voltage-to-Frequency Converter
V/F Conversion, Positive Input Voltage
Ultraprecision V/F Converter
V/F Conversion, Negative Input Voltage
705
10Hz TO 10kHz VOLTAGEIFREQUENCY CONVERTER

W
~-------- ----v~'--- - - - - - - - - - ,
I
6 GND
-
10
3"' DELAY
lcOMP
11
IN
'I
-2.SV
I AMP
-SV
7 VREF
800pf
0-l==~~~j''~ou~,~==~::~~~~~~~
CtNT
!INPUT
IB
,,
'"
CREF
200pf
~::
12pF
v,. _ _...,Vv_.__..__~,f"''",.--._~O-U>V . .
:r:+--'l',..",..'~r-'-2~0~F~F~SE~'---I-SV
L_____
101(
1BIAS _ _ _
v~----------J
1
Rat AS
1001(
J;>s TVP
AMF
0"
1. To adjun fmin set VtN- 10mV and 11djust tt'le SDK offset for 10Hz out.
2. To adjust fmax sat VtN lOV and adjust AtN or VREF for 10KHz out.
3. To increase fouTMAX to 100KHz etlen;t~ CA-eF to 15pF and CtNT to 75pF
4. For high performance epplications use high stabilitY components for RtN CAEF VAEF (metal
film retiators and glass fllm capacitors). Also separate the output ground (Pin 91 from the inPut ground (Pin 6).
Output Waveforms
Fig. 95-1
706
VOLTAGE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
Circuit Notes
..
'
Fig. 95-2
The Dl69 serves as a level detector and

provides complementary outputs. The op amp
is used to integrate the input signal VIN with a
time constant of RlCl. The input (must be
negative) causes a positive ramp at the output
of the integrator which is summed with a negative zener voltage. When the ramp is positive
enough Dl69 outputs change state and OUT 2
flips from negative to positive. The output
pulse repetition rate J;., is directly proportioned
to the negative input voltage VIN.
VOLTAGE-TO-FREQUENCY CONVERTER
..
'"
FREQUENCY
FD333
00>
50 kHz MAX
'------<oo
%&0-1C
"
10 k
10 k
Fig. 95-3
"}---------,
..
V/F CONVERSION,
POSITIVE INPUT VOLTAGE
Fig. 95-4
.
AOVFC32
707
ULTRAPRECISION V/F CONVERTER
,,
3.
,..
~
.,
"'
"' ~
"3 ~
~
ITJIIMI
..
"
u.n
...
lMlJIA
~
;._~
"
'"
"
'
OUTPUT
,,
u~
~~
Fig. 95-5
,~
',~
4.7nf
101k"
-l,h
.. ,'='
o.oe~
.,."'" hl ,.. ....
stALE
FACTOR
.... J
0V TO -IOV
"
tz.n
'
4lllltNOM
,,
OffS~~o'
' '
3~~
.-'_,,
''""'t_.. "" '"''t
four
~.~-'-
Full-scale output 10kHz
2. 09V Rt
R-fCT
*Stable co mponents with lOW tempco: see tell!
Cy is Tefl on or Polystyrene
All diode s 1N457, 1N484, or F0333 (low-j,eskage silicon)
Circuit Notes
The circuit is capable of better thao 0.02% error and 0.003% nonlinearity for a
20C range about room temperature.
V/F CONVERSION, NEGATIVE INPUT VOLTAGE
"
.-------1
''
.:r".. :
OFFSET
A.OJUST
-t&V
708
_J
Fig. 95-6
''"'
96
Voltmeters
figure number contained in the box of eaeh circuit correlates to the source entry in the Sources section.
3-% Digit DVM, Four Decade, 0.4 V, 4
V, 40 V, and 400 V Full Scale
Automatic Nulling DVM
3-~ Digit True RMS AC Voltmeter
3-~ Digit DVM Common Anode Display
DVM Auto-Calibrate Circuit
FET Voltmeter
Extended Range VU Meter (Bar Mode)

High Input Impedance Millivoltmeter
Wide Band AC Voltmeter
Suppressed Zero Meter
Ac Millivoltmeter
4~ Digit LCD-DVM
Sensitive Low Cost VTVM
709
Auto~ ~ccf'-"++tt-f1~~
~cc
~4--t---'
~
!
~
710
Vflf.
~c
AUTOMATIC NULUNG DVM
~ "" I "''
+' I. ,'
'
m " "".
1'-
rr---"':.,...:_~
["
C_fkn
'""'0 .,
!Ole[!
C11200p' MICA
C312Cijl'
C41-.F
ALL RESISTOIII tR, 0.12& WATT
lftT.\l FILM UNLIIS NOTED
~--------------------------------~~~~~====:j==~------------1-----~==~-,
~1
. z
lllliF{U
Fig. 96-2
711
3-\lz DIGIT TRUE RMS AC VOLTMETER
IN4148
200 mV
v,N
9 M:~
..,~TSC7106A
2V
900
k~:
90
~~~:
200
"
VREF
COMMON
0.01
""
VfiEF
J2 ANALOO
10 k'!
COM
"
"'
hJ~r~~~~1:E~E
"
vjN
30
v,N
26
Fig. 96-3
3. DIGIT DVM (200.0 mV) COMMON ANODE DISPLAY
,,
"'"
1r'"
+I
-I.
MAN""
~'
'
'
'I
-,, I=
'
MANq10
r<ao
,'I
MAN4610
r<.
''I
MAN4810
~g
Az~
...,~
"'
'I
r<MP~lJ
'"
""
. .,
4.3Ku L
MPSA13
,--
...
'
~ ''
I
p-;::
d ""
'
OH
"
'
0.01 "F
O.OOH"F
~
::r-
7~1 0
10f--
-12~ r -~1
"
IOKu
a, I~
...._... +
+12\1
712
'
115DK!l
.,
D<"
o.~!F:
folATIOI>IAL
Fig. 96-4
'"
t LDUIA U
~ 7
'
12K ll
,,
.f(t.022~F
"",. 1-
LDIIO
,,
'
'""
10K ll
"I-', H "I" r--- L'
"
'
'
"
'
r-:
r
....
I '*'
,,
.." f--
''
MPS..t.13
"'
........
-,,
"
., ~
"
1--:
1-+.1
l-1 I= Cl 11:'~-- l-1 R
~
H
I= 7.
H&,
,,
0.00112 ~F
DVM AUTO-CALIBRATE CIRCUIT

+15V
' '
REF OlEJ
'~"
101<!)
-15V
"
Fig. 96-5
O~C20
'
''
''
PUSI-1 TO
CAliBRATE
FET VOLTMETER
,.
,.
..
..
..,~
"'
"'
.
,.
'"'
...
...
'"
..
"
..
...
'"
Circuit
This FETVM replaces the function of the
VTVM while at the same time ridding the instrument of the usual line cord. In addition,
drift rates are far superior to vacuum tube cir-
Fig. 96-6
Notes
cuits allowing a 0.5 volt full scale range which
is impractical with most vacuum tubes. The
low-leakage, low-noise 2N4340 is an ideal device for this application.
713
EXTENDED RANGE VU METER (BAR MODE)

IIMDDI
... '"
~"
~"
_,.
_,
~"
Tl: U VAC
-x2.Z
_,
~"
_,.
C~IITUI
UPPED
..
..
_,
'
HI
'
\f lEO
..
ItO It
LMlll&
Lllllll!
..."'
."
"'
'"
'"'
.~
111111111
'
'
MOOE
'
.."'
V' (12V TIIJt\11
"'"
T~oo o~piK:oloon ahowo thai I"" LEO lupj>11

~u""" m!nomol lohlng
-6ft Af>jlloc.olo"" Honta tor 0111lono1 P!"'"
"'"""'-O.t..:lat
1 ~lull 113 too 3 dl dotftlronce !>111-n
LED 111 on<ILEO 112
"
113 ,R~
,OI!ollo
~~~8
Fig. 96-7
HIGH INPUT IMPEDANCE MILLIVOLTMETER
.-----_,.....".___ ,.
.."
T.,
II "
11M
WcDFF
~~.,0 ~~
l_ o-;t
fVOK
Tu
I
..L
'"
"
"
"
"
1x tcate calibrate
714
'
..
!hoY
IGQooV
,.
'"
- - ., ....
"
RAI&E
t 3x lute caHbrata
t lncludas rewwelng Itch
"'
'"
"
"
..~
"
X4LE
o"
,.,.,
!.~ ...
Fig. 96-8
WIDE BAND AC VOLTMETER
..
Circuit Notes
"
'"
..
This voltmeter is capable of measuring ac

signals as low as 15mVat frequencies from 100
Hz to 500 kHz. Full scale sensitivity may be
changed by altering the values R1 through R6
(R=VIN/100 p.A).
..........
\10
Ill
Fig. 96-9
""'
SUPPRESSED ZERO METER

Circuit Notes
A zener diode placed in series with a
voltmeter will prevent the meter from reading
until the applied voltage exceeds the zener
voltage. Thus, a 10 volt zener in series with a
5-volt meter will allow the condition of a 12 V
car battery to be monitored with much greater
sensitivity than would be possible with a meter
reading 0-15 volts.
Fig. 96-10
AC MILLIVOLTMETER
Fig. 96-11
715
BAC.PlAN{
~c.'"''
'<39~
.
.
=
SfGMHHS
fOR POS
SIGN
4030
J:m I
0
l:401ll
I
I
I C1 C/CI C/
I.Ll.l:::t.l 1./:::t
SEGMHITS
F0ROIGIT5
' ~= ~' ~: ~:
:':
::':'
:':S
.. .. .. ..
~
o,
.,
s~o---
8~
~)i'
~?
"
"
., .,
"
" " '
g
"'t-
"
"oo
OF412
r- ""
D 4 D3 t> 2 D 1 ho6 1 8 2 AJ
''
S\GNIOR.'LPR
r4013J
SIOIU
"'
t>4t>3o 2 o 1 6aS1S18J
"'
GNO
I ~1 il
"'"
.. .. ~
::~:
. l'
" "'
''
"'
~ ;'
-tr
*---<> ""
dl v
lt>l2tl
H!QGNO~
--o>"
Vss
l0111A
"oo
INPLJT
V0lTA<iE
Fig. 96-12
'
I I
"'
0001-F
BollSBI
'"11f
..
CRllG
VRH
'
~~
~v
J-1:'cs;1.
SENSITIVE LOW COST "VTVM"
..
\IV
1'1
. . . .v
Fig. 96-13
.
716
...
97
Waveform and
Function Generators
The
Low Cost Adjustable Function Generator
DAC Controlled Function Generator
Programmed Function Generator
100-kHz Quadrature Oscillator
Strobe-Tone Burst Generator
Low Cost High Frequency Generator
Tone-Burst Oscillator and Decoder
Triangle and Square Waveform Generator
10 kHz Oscillator
50 kHz Oscillator
Variable Audio Oscillator, 20Hz to 20kHz
Gated Oscillator
Exponential Digitally-Controlled Oscillator
Function Generator
Clock Source
Precision Oscillator with 20 ns Switching
Oscillator with Quadrature Output
Wide Range Variable Oscillator
Frequency Divider and -staircase Generator
Precision Oscillator to Switch 100 rnA
Loads
717
LOW COST ADJUSTABLE FUNCTION GENERATOR
v"
V2 1N5236V
....
i,
v,
s,
o,
~
1N4148
R/100
.,.
(A)
v,
(V)
v, I
lv,
v,r
v,
Vzll
-v,W
-,
(B)
(C)
Fig. 97-1
Circuit Notes
This low -cost operational-amplifier circuit (A) generates four different functions with
adjustable periods. For the components shown
here, the period of the output waveforms is
given by T =4RC and T =2RC. With switch Sl
718
in position A, Vl is a triangular waveform,

while V2 is a square wave (B). With the switch
in position B, a sawtooth waveform is generated at Vl and a pulse at V2(C).
DAC CONTROLLED FUNCTION GENERATOR
+15
AMPliTUDE
'"
+15
SYMMEtRY/
TRIM
"'
-15V
WAVESKAI'E/
TRIM
>-+-<>'V
SIN WAVE
OUTI'UT
"
..
+1$
"
....
DAC0130
A o louu
.., ,.... +15

u -15
ONDGND
SQUAll WAVE
'"'""
OAC controls the freQuency of sine. square. and triangle

outputs.
I= 256( 20k)C for VoMAX .. vOMIN of SQuare wave output
and R1 "'JR2
255 to 1 linar freQuency range; oscillator stops with 0:: 0

Trim symmetry and waveshape lor mlntmum stne wave
distortion.
Fig. 97-2
719
PROGRAMMED FUNCTION GENERATOR
"ou
"~
""
"
AEF-02
VAOJ
" "
fULL
'"
2.5K
SCAlE
'"
~ "'"
;;td
..q
Trr
AEFII
' '"
""
><~~
DA.C 20
"'1
"
:;;'
'"""
SVMMfHIY
'"
'"
"''
"
.
"
. 'j
~rt '
"
'"
LF CAL
"
'
'
"
./.
CUT
''"
"'~
oo
SYMMTRY
'"
oo
"
'"
'""
1000 pF
-J;'"
AHI I
~"'
,.
"'
,.'
'
oo
"'
'
~Nf
'"
'"
DISTORTION
SWITC><
6CO SWITCH
V -15V
Fig. 97-3
100-kHz QUADRATURE OSCILLATOR
6sin wt
18 kn !See Note Al
1N4148
.--+41---..-~w.~--o -15
18 pF
18 pf
""
88.4 kn
L--~~---~~~----Q+15V
1N4148
18 kn (See Note A)
=
88.4 kn
Note A:
Thua rasiuor valulls may be adjusted for a symmetrical output.
Fig. 97-4
720
STROBE-TONE BURST GENERATOR
t15V
"'
Circuit Notes
ICL8038
!l1Nt14
11
10.
~~
fIN114
STROBE
2N4382
[_
-111V
'""
OFF
V"
ON
With a dual supply voltage, the external

capacitor on pin 10 can be shorted to ground to
halt the 8038 oscillation. The circuit uses a
FET switch and diode ANDed with an input
strobe signal to allow the output to always start
on the same slope.
5V(+10V)
-1 5V(-10V}
Fig. 97-5
LOW COST HIGH FREQUENCY GENERATOR
r-----~R2Y-----------------------------Eo,~
AMPLITUDE ADJUST
I~ 4R;C3t::)
2
~Vz
(Eo)pp
~ 2V~~)
IC =HA2650/26555
Fig. 97-6
721
TONE-BURST OSCILLATOR AND DECODER
TRAt.ISIIIIT
~VOLTS"-")
Decoder and logic.
Tone-burst oscillator.
Fig. 97-7
Circuit Notes
A tone burst sent at the beginning of each transmission is decoded (at receiver) by a
PLL causing output from pin 3 of logic gate to turn on carrier-operated switch (COS).
TRIANGLE AND SQUARE WAVEFORM GENERATOR
'
2lillpf
Fig. 97-8
v2UVJL.f
"
h:: 1 MHz
"
"Ooo-"'Yo4--"""'"'
__.,.
V2 output is TTL compatible

A2 edjusts lor symmetry of tile triangle waveform
Frequency is adiusted with A5 and C
722
10kHz OSCILLATOR
+1!5V
o.ekn
Circuit Notes
~.OipF
IOO..uH
OUTPUT
47fl
The capacitor charges until switching voltage is reached. When SUS switches on, the
inductor causes current to ring. When the current thru SUS drops below the holding current,
the device turns off and the cycle repeats.
Fig. 97-9
50 kHz OSCILLATOR
VARIABLE AUDIO
OSCILLATOR, 20Hz TO 20kHz
+10V
1
+V 'IOVOLTS
[~~~LE
a-
....
.1,.,
R
100
,.
Uk
"'
CUJT
./1
"""
Bl
B2
'
G-E
D5K
Kn
'"
FREQUENCY
...
15M.-:
;-
ICL8038
"
:
11
.0047~F
12
2--
""'
~DISTORTION
?.
10011
tOY
Fig. 97-ll
Fig. 97-10
Circuit Notes
A 50 kHz circuit is possible because of the
more nearly ideal characteristics of the D5K.
Circuit Notes
To obtain a 1000:1 Sweep Range, the voltage across external resistors RA and RB must
decrease to nearly zero. This requires that the
highest voltage on control pin 8 exceed the
voltage at the top of RA and R. by a few hundred
millivolts. The circuit achieves this by using a
diode to lower the effective supply voltage on
the 8038. The large resistor on pin 5 helps
reduce duty cycle variations with sweep.
723
GATED OSCILLATOR
GATE OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY
vee
_._RCTIMI CONSTANT
l ,--;:., - ________ ,:'

MC751401'1
v,.
:v
''
~--Ot---
~.
tw'
'
OUTPUT
..
''
~
_____ ,:
,
"
STRO~~
STROBE
VccSV
s +lSGC
''
~ ~
o.o
o.
0.2
2.0
RC TIME CONSTANT !l<il
"
0.0
Fig. 97-12
EXPONENTIAL DIGITALLY-CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
I'"
'""
''"
2N3906
+!iV IV+!
"'
. :.:.n
"'
'-"
"~
.
..
IQI-)t
"'"
m. f.f,f.f.Y,
'
CHORD
SELECT
tot+lloH
'
V+
Vt.C
lfJc~l+
LOWER LIMIT""
~V
1~-PIN
DIP
":'
NETWOR~
-~~
BOURNS #411'1HIQ1-103S
~~~
'"A"'
f-.- T ---!
10
j"
U
L oJ~
a
~ '"
~.01"~
4
LL
-15V
CMP-02
----~
>---'-1~(1'.
........ ~
17
UPPER LIMIT ., 0V
"ALL !OleO RESISTOI\S ARE PI\RT OF
IQ(+)
+C1CICII1111&MI/D. 14
-1004+ 11
VREr DAC-711CX AI
l~
V-
' ~
~MP.(I;I
"'
S~LECT
6" 6.
CURRENT MIRROR
DIQITAL INPUTS
12 -
"
~n
I"'"'
~n
~n
<1%
...... 2N3908
"r:J
IReF"
"
'""
'-w.,j
' ' !'
ov
-6V
___s-u
.l
000
OUT
LIL
-'-"''"
f---- T ----1
T
lA I"
j~j ~ 2Je~
WHERE
NORMALIZED DIGITAL INPUT
Fig. 97-13
Circuit Notes
The microprocessor-controlled oscillator

has a 8159 to 1 frequency range covering 2.5 Hz
to 20 kHz. An exponential, current output IC
DAC functioning as a programmable current
source alternately charges and discharges a
724
capacitor between precisely-controlled upper

and lower limits. The circuit features instantaneous frequency change, operates with +5
1 V and -15 V 3 V supplies, and has the
dynamic range of a 13-bit DAC.
"
FUNCTION GENERATOR
Fig. 97-14
'\.- OUTPUT
OUTPUT
IC
= HA-2620
CLOCK SOURCE
+SY
1kll
16kll
S&kll
Circuit Notes
A clock source using LM311 voltage comparator in positive feedback mode to minimize
clock frequency shift problem.
Fig. 97-15
OSCILLATOR WITH
QUADRATURE OUTPUT
PRECISION OSCILLATOR
WITH 20 NS SWITCHING
.,
2
":"
CONNECT I'IN 3
TO 2.1VTO
INVERT OUnliT
f-
c,t l"' *
,.,
Fig. 97-16
Fig. 97-17
725
WIDE RANGE
VARIABLE OSCILLATOR
"" I.~
I ('
'
STAIRCASE
OUTPUT
.,
~"1914
'
~
''"
,..
FJT1100
'"'
'"
~
.,[o-
'
~
.1' "? '"
1
......
T.
-l-
C2
'"
1N914
FREQUENCY DIVIDER
AND STAIRCASE GENERATOR
..
v-
~Nnn
v-
QUARE WAVE OUTPUT
'"
1N914
'
~~---
'" 10 ...... ,
RoANGl E WAVf OUTPUT
lfl.[o
FREOUf:N CY AOJUST
1N914
YJN
_J,I.-
~
VReF- - -
\r\r'
,
MUST IE IUFFf:RED
FOIIIIL lOll
ivReFi 2Vo + N [3.5T + 2Vo- Coc:IN
T in Seconds
v 0 lor FJT 1000
Fig. 97-18
0.31 V
Fig. 97-19
.,
726
, --0.2 V
.J I-
PRECISION OSCILLATOR
TO SWITCH 100 rnA LOADS
Fig. 97-20
9-8
Zero Crossing Detectors

The
Zero Crossing Switch
Zero Crossing Detector
Zero Crossing Detector with Temperature

Sensor
727
ZERO CROSSING SWITCH

Circuit Notes
TRIGGER----,
~~.' Dl
R1
100k
02~
;3,~k
.
'
'
) R2
..
LOAD
,~
'--?,
'
When switching loads with the aid of a

thyristor, a large amount of RFI can be generated unless some form of zero crossing switch
is used. The circuit shows a simple single
transistor zero crossing switch. Rl and R2 act
as a potential divider. The potential at their
junction is about 10% of the ac voltage. This
voltage level is fed, via R3, to the transistor's
base. If the voltage at this point is above 0.2,
the transistor will conduct, shunting any thyristor gate current to ground. When the line potential is less than about 2 V, it is possible to
trigger the thyristor. The diode Dl is to remove any negative potential that might cause
reverse breakdown.
I
AC
SCR1
,.. 01
Q1=GENERAL PURPOSE GERMANIUM

D1.2GENERAL PURPOSE SILICON
SCR1aTO SUIT APPLICATION
Fig. 98-1
SkU
'l'o..' 'hl' '':',"' 'l'o..'

IN.uT --r-=-j ......_::::-..._,---11'D'Ml--j"f-<r--t='l '"'.:>....::---- OUTPUT
__.!_ _.. ..., _ / tr\.J
r-
5011
5011
v ,I
.~
1 kH
10
kl!
kll
-~-,}
728
~ ul.
C=r
*.,.
Total Delay = 30 ns
Input frequency
300 Hz to 3 MHz
Minjmum input voltage 20 mVpk-pk
"A~
100pP
...
""'
0.1 " '
OUTPUT
Fig. 98-2

Circuit Notes
ZERO DETECT INPUT
OUTPUT
This detector is useful in sme wave

squaring circuits and AID converters. The
positive input may either be grounded or connected to a nulling voltage which cancels input
offsets and enables accuracy to within microvolts of ground. The CMOS output will switch
to within a few millivolts of either rail for an
input voltage change of less than 200 p. V.
Fig. 98-3
ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR WITH TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1'1:1 and R2 ~ontrol the switching voltage

of thlll z111ro crossln!J detector
Vee
"'
"'
"'
IC = MC3405
T111mpc1rature S1msor
Fig. 98-4
ZERO-CROSSING DETECTOR
Vee+
r--
----,
20kH
_,.-+1-4.,_- OUTPUT
I
.,.
VouT
_ _ _ _JI
vee-
Fig. 98-5
Fig. 98-6
V-
729
Sources
Chapter 1
Fig. 1-1: The Build-11 Book Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1498,
p. 73.
Fig. 1-2: QST. 7/81, p. 28.
Fig. 1-3: Radio Electronics, 10/78, p.
41.
Fig. 14: "73 Magazine, 10/77, p. 122.
Fig. 1-5: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p.
50.
Fig.
1~6:
Electronics Today lnterna-
lional, 3/82, p. 69.

51.
Fig. 1-8: Electronics Today International, 4/83, p. 72.
Fig. 1-9: 101 Electronic Pmjects,

1977, #64.
Fig. 1-10: Electronics Todav lntl!Ynalional, 10/78, p. 94.
55.

48.
Fig. 1-13: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
p. 26.
Fig. 1-15: Electronics Today Interna-
tional, 3/83, p. 23.

Fig. 1-16: National Semiconductor,
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3-288.
Fig. 1-17: Electronics Today1nterna-
tional, 3/83, p. 23.

p. 22.
Fig. 1-19: 101 Electronic Projects,
1977, #65.
Fig. 1-20: Modern Electronics, 6/78,p.
58.
Fig. 1-21. Modern Electronics, 6/78, p.
55.
Chapter 2
69.
730
Fig. 2-2: Electronics Today International, 10/78, p., 30.

Fig. 2-3: CQ, 5177, p. 50.
Fig. 2-4: Ham Radio, 10/78, p . .14.
Fig. 2-5: Ham Radio, 10/78, p. 89.
Fig. 2-6:--7.1 Magazine, 7/78, p. 62.
Fig. 2-7:101 EkctronicProjects, 1975,
p. 22.
Fig. 2-8: 73 Magazine, 7/82, p. 46.
Fig. 2-9: 73 Magazine, 7/83, p. 103.
1975, p. 13.
Fig. 2-11: Ham Radio, 5/78, p. 87.
Fig. 2-12: 73 Magazine, p. 164.
16.
Fig. 2-14: 73 Magazine, 10/77, p. 52.
Fig. 2-15: 73 Magazine, 7/77, p. 34.
Fig. 2-16: 104 Weekend Electronics
Projects, TAB BookNo.1436,p.120.
Fig. 2-17: Ham Radio, 10/70, p. 76.
Fig. 2-18: Electronics Today Internalional, 7/77, p. 72.
Chapter 3
Fig. .1-1: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera
& Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 4-119.
Fig. 3-2: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1982, p. 3-83.
Fig. .1-.1: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. 11207.
Fig. 3-4. Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1983, p. 10-99.
Fig. 3-5: Reprinted with the permission
of National Semiconductor Corp. Data
Conversion/Acqui$ition Databook,
1980,p. 3-107.
of National Semiconductor Corp.
Tran$istor Databook, 1982, p. 11-29.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-67.
of National Semiconductor Corp. Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p. 7-7.

Fig. 3-9_ Electronics Today International, 2/82, p. 58.
Fig. 3-10. SigneticsAnalogDataManual, 1983, p. 10-100.
Fig. 3-11: Precision Monolithics Incorporated 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
12-50.
Fig. 3-12: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 9-17.
Fig. 3-13: Signetics AnaWg Data Manual, 1977, p. 35.
Fig. 3-14: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument.Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 5-39.
Fig. 3-15: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
6-10.
Fig. 3-16: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.

Motorola Semiconductor Library, Volume 6, Series B, p. 8-21.
Fi"g. 3-17: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1983, p. 17-17.
Fig. 3-18: Intersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
5-36.
Fig. 3"19: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p.
3-17.
Hybrid Products Databook, 1982, p.
1-83.
Fig. 3-21: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line CataWg, p.
16-160.
6-127.
Fig. 3-24: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.,
3-83.

3-1.11.
Fig. 3-26: Harris Semiconductor,
Analog Data Book 1984.
-S-36.
16,17.
3-31.
Fig. 3-30: Siliconi.x Analog Switch &
IC Product Data Bonk, 1182, p. 6-21.
Fig. 3-31: Siliconix Analng Switch &
IC Product Data Book, 1/82, p. 6-15.
Fig. 3-32: Precision M onolithics IncorfxJrated, 1.981 Full Line Catalog, p.
16-37.
Fig. 3-33: Siliconix Analog Switch &
IC Product Data Book, 1182, p. 7-56.
Fig. 3-34: Reprinted with permisst"on of
Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition
Databook, 1982, p. 4-119.

Databook, 1982, p. 4-42.
Linear Integrated Circuits, p. 3-17.
6-23.
Fig. 3-38: Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Linear Control
Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p.
145.

Linear Integrated Circuits, 197.9, p.
3-83.
Databook, 1982, p. 4-41.
Fig. 3-41: Canadian Projects Number
1, Spring/78, p. 29.
Fig. 3-42: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Application Note AN125, p. 2.
Linear & Data Acqui..!iition Products, p.
2-58.
Fig. 3-44: Reprinted with permission of
Anabw Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition
Databook 1982, p. 4-98.
Application Note AN1:t5, p. 3.
Chapter 4
Fig. 4-i: Courtesy ofFairchild Camera
& Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 7-8.

4-83.
Fig. 4-3: Ferranti, Technical Handbook Vol. 10, Data Converters, 1983, p.
7-10.
Fig. 4-4: Precision Monulithics Irn:orporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
16-12.
Fig. 4-5: Reprinted wilh permission of
Databook, 1982, p. 10-241.
Fig. 4-6: Precision Monolithics IncorfxJrated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
8-13.
of National Semiconductor Corp. National Semiconductor CMOS Data~
book. 1981.
p. 3-63.

Analog Devices, Iru. Data Acquisition
Databook, 1982, p. 10-240.
Fig. 4~9: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Data&DesignManual, 1981,p. 7-39.
Databook, 1982, p. 10-50.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-32.
Fig. 4-12: Precision Monolithics Incorporated 1981 Full Lim Catalog, p.
8-13.
Chapter 5
of National Semico-nductor Corp. Data
Conversion/Acquisition Databook,
1980, p. 3-22.
Fig.- 5-2: Reprinted with the permission
Tr-ansistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-29.
Fig, 5-3: Reprinted with the permissUm
of National Semiconductor Corp. Data
1980,
p.
8-64.
Fig. S-4: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.

12-39.
Chapter 6
Fig. 6-2:101 Electronic Projects, 1977,
!C 23.
Fig. 6-5: No reference.

Fig. 6-9: Electronics Today International, 5!78, p. 85.
Fig. 6-10: Modern Electronics, 7178, p.
58.
Chapter 7
Fig. 7-1: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera
& Instrument Corporation. Fairchild
Semiconductor Application Note 300.
Fig. 7-2: Ham Radio, 1/78, p. 78.
Fig. 7-3: Courtesy of Mot(Jro/a Inc.
6-23.
Fig. 7-4: 73Magazine, 12/76, p. 97.
Fig. 7-5: 7.1 Magazine, 7177, p. 34.
Linear Applications Handbook, 1982,
p. AN29-9.
P. LB16-l.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-.'11.
Linear Databook, 1-982, p. 10-25.
Fig. -7-10: How to Design/Build Remote Control Devices TAB Book No.
1277, p. 230.
Fig. 7-11: Radio Electronics, 7/83, p.
7.
Fig. 7-12: Electronics Today International, Summer 1982, p. 45.
Fig. 7-13: 73 Magazine, p. 31.
Fig. 7-14: Reprinted/rom Electronics,
11/8.1. Copyright 1983, McGraw Hill
Inc. All rights reserved.
3-42.
Fig. 7-17: Reprinted with the permission of Natiunal Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Databook, I 982, p. 3-171.
Chapter 8
Fig.8-l: CourtesyofFairchil-dCamera
& Instrument-Corporation, Fairchild
Progress, 11-12/76, p. 26.
Fig. 8-2: Courtesy ofFairchild Camera
& Instrument Corporation. Fairchild
Progress, 5-6177, p. 22.
731

Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980,p. 4-44.
Fig. "8-5: Reprinted with the permisSion
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 7-23.
Application Note AN/25, p. 6.
N ationalSemiconduc tor Application
Note AN125, p. 7.
5-17.
17-170.
National Semiconductor, Corp. Application Note AN69, P- 4.
Fig. 8-23: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
732
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear

Databook, 1982, p. 4--89.
National Semiconductor Corp. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 10-203.
Chapter 9
Fig. .9-1: Canadian Projects Number 1,
Spring/78, p. 27.
Fig. 92: No reference.
Fig. 9--3: Electronics Today International, 4/79, p. 18.
National Semiconductor Corp. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 3-389.
ofNational SemU:onductor Corp. Transistor Databook, 1982. p. 11-29.
National Semiconductor Corp. Data
1980, p. 3-91.
Fig. 9-7: Reprinted with permision of
National Semiconductor Corp. Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 2-45.
Fig. 9--8: Reprinted with permission of
National Semiconductor Corp. Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-28.
Fig. 9-12: SigneticsAnalog Data Manual, 1977, p. 466.
National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 9-16: SigneticsAnalogData Manual, 1977, p. 466.
National Semiconductor Corp. Data
1980, p. 3-88.
National Semiconductor Corp. Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980. p. 2-21.
Fig. 9-20: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1977, p. 466.

Chapter 10
p. AN162-10.
Fig. 10--3: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
p. 24.
Fig. 10-6: Ele.ctronics Today International, 7181, p. 22.
Fig. 10-8: Reprinted with the permission of National SemU:onductor Corp.
p. LB33-1.
3-138.
Fig. 10-12: 73 Magazine, 7/77, p. 34.
Fig. 10-13: Modern Electronics, 2178,
p. 56.
Fig. 10-15: The Build-it Book Of
Electronic Projects, TAB Book No.
1498, p. 80.
Fig. 10-16: 73 Magazine, 1/82, p. 41.
Fig. 10-18: Modern Electronics, 9/78,
p. 37.
Fig. 10-20: The Build-It Book Of
Electronic Projects, TAB ..Book No.
1498, p. 111.
p. 7.
Fig. 10-22: Reprinted with the permi..'isUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 1023: Reprinted with the permission from General Electric Semiconductor Department. General Electric
SCR Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p.
207.
Chapter 11
Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 7-32.
Fig. 11-2: 101 Electronics Projects,
1977,
p. 97.
Fig. 11-3: Courtesy of M-otorola Inc.

Application Note AN-294, p. 6.
Fig. 11-4: 73 Magazine, 2/79, p. 156.
Fig. 11-5:73 Magazine, 7/77.
Fig. 11-6: Ham Radio, 12/79, p. 67.

'Fig. 11-7: 73 Magazine, 2/83, p. 99.
Fig. 11-8: 44 Electronics Projects For
SWLS, CBers & Radio Experimenters,
TAB Book No. 1258, p. 153.

Fig. 11-9: Yuasa Battery (America)
Inc. Application Manual for NP type
battery.
Fig.ll-10: Electronics Today International, 11/EfO.
Fig. 11-11: 73 Magazine, 7177.
Fig. 11-12: Reprinted with permission
from General Electric Semiconductor

Department. General Electric SCR
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 203.

17-131.
Fig. 13-3; Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line -catalog, p.

16-160.
Fig. 1.1-4: Precision Monolithics Imorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.

7-17.

Fig. 13-6: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog. p.
16-159.
Fig. 13-7: Reprinted with the-permission of National-Semiconductor Corp.

Fig. 13-9: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Cataloff, p.
6-35.
Fiff. 13-10: Precision MonolithU:s Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
7-11.
Chapter 14
Fig. 11-15: Reprinted with the permis...sion of National Semiconductor Corp.

Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10141.
Fig. 14-1: Radio. Electronics, 1/67.

Chapter 12
Fig. 12-1: NASA Tech Brief, B73I0~49.
Fig. 12-2:Electronics Today International, 1/75, p. 66.
Fig. 12-3: Electronics Australia, 2/76,

Department. General Electric, 2/68.
Chapter 15
Fig. 15-1. Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
p.
AN146-1.

Fig. 15-3: Supertex-Data Book, 1983,
p. 5-23.
Fig. 15-4: Supertex Data Book, 1983,
p. 5-22.
Fig. 15-5: How To Design/Build Remote Control Devices, TAB Book No.
1277,
p. 287.
Fig. 15-6: How To Design/Build Re

mote Control Devices, TAB Book No.
1277,
p. 289.
Fig. 15-7: How Tv Design/Build Re

mote Control Devices, TAB Book No.
1277,
p. 290.
Fig. 15-8: How To Design/Build Remote Control Devices, TAB Book No.
1277,
p.
2.91.
Fig. 15-9: Signetics Analog Data Man

ual, 1982, p. 16-28.
Chapter 16
tional, 5/75, p. 68.
Fig. 16-1: Reprinted from Electronics,

6/78, p. 150. Copyright 1978, McGraw
Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
tional, 4/78, p. 81.

Fig. 16-3: 303 Dynamic E kctrnnic Circuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 290.
Fig. 16-4: 73 Magazine, 2/79, p. 79.
Fig. 16-5: Wireless World, 12/74, p.
17.
Fig. 14-5: ModernElectrontcs, 6178, p.

14.
tional, 6/79, p. 103.

Department. General Electric, 2/68.
Fig. 12~6: Ham Radio, 9/82, p. 78.

Fig. 12-7: Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Optoelectronics
Fig.14-8: Modern Electronics, 2/78, p.
6-123.
16.
Fig. 16-7: Electronics Today Interna

tiona/, 3!78, p. 51.
p. 91.
Fig. 12-4: 73 Magazine, 2/79, p. 78.
Databook, 1983-84, p. 15,5.
Fig. 12-8: 73 Magazine, 2/79, p. 78.

Fig. 12-9: Siliconix incorporated.
Siliconix Analog Switch & IC Product
Data Book, 1182, p. 6-19.
Fig. 12-10: Reprinted with the permisst'on of National Semiconductor Corp.

Chapter 13
Fig. 13-1: Intersil Data Book, 5/8..1, p.
5-238.
tional, 6/74, p. 67.
Fig. 149:Siliconix incorporated.

TI OO/T300 Applications.
Fig. 14-10: Reprinted with_permission
Fig. 14-11: Reprinted with thR permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
504.

6-17.

Linear Interface Integrated Circuits,
1979, p. 7-8.

Siliconix Application Note AN154.
FiK. 16-11: Courtesy of Motorola Inc

Linear Interface Circuits, 1979, p. 7-8.
69.
6-123.
tional, 6/82, p. 69.
733
Fig. 16-13: Siliconix Application Note

AN73-6, p. 5.
8-31.
Fig. 16-15: Precision Monolithics Incorporated 1981 Fall Line Catalog, p.
8-31.
Fig. 16-16: Teledyne Semiconductor,
-Databook, p. 9.
Fig. 16-17: ._')iliconix incorporated.
Siliconix Analvg Switch & IC Product
Data Book, 1182, p. 6-4.
Fig. 16-18: Signetics Analog Data
Manual, 1982, p. 8-14.
Fig. 16-19: Precision Monolithics Incorporated 1981 Full Line Catalog, P8-12.

Manual, 1982, P- 3-38.
Linear & Data Acquisition Products, p.
2-46.
Fig. 16-22: Harris Semicondudor ApPlication Note 509.
Chapter-17
Fi/?. 17-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
p. AN240-5.
Fig. 17-2: Electronics Today International, L0/77, p. 45.
Data Book, 1/82, p. 7-29.
National Semiconductor CMOS
Databook, 1981, p. 3-61.
Fig. 17-5: Precision Monolithics Incorporated 1981 Full Line Catalog, p. 16142.
Siliconix Analvg Switch & I C. Product
Data Book, 1/82, p. 7-29.
Fig. 17-7: Electronics Today Internatwnal, 10/77, .p. 39
Fig. 17-8: ~?.eprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 17-9: Siliconix Incorporated.
TIOO/T3(}() Applications.
p. AN240-2.
Fig. 17-11: Siliconix incorporald.
Data Book, 1/82, p. 7-30.
Manual, 1982, p. 3-71.
734

Manual, 1982, p. 6-20.
Ft'g. 17-14: Signetics Analog Data
Manual, 1983, p. 10-99.
of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Databook, 1982, p. 6-27.
Fif.[. 17-16: Reprinted with the permissio-n of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 17-17: Reprinted with the permi._~
sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Data Book, 1/82, p. 7-..11.
Manual, 1982, p. 3-15.
Fig. -17-21: RCA Corporation, Solid
Stat Division, Digital Integrated Circuits Application Note ICAN-6346, p.
4.
MOSPOWER Design Catalog, 1/83,
p. 6-42.
Manual, 1982, p. 8-14.
of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Databouk, 1982, /J. 4-56.
Chapter 18
Fig. 18-2: Reprinted with the pemlission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Chapter 19
Fig. 19-1: Caurtesy of Motorola Inc.
Application Note AN-417B, p. 5.
Application Note AN417B, p. 3.
Fig. 19-3: The Complete Handbook of
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivibrators, TAB Book No. 1230, p. 326.
Fig. 19-4: Electronics Today Inlrnational, 1/76, p. 46.
Fig. -19-5: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 40.
Fig. 19-6. Electronics Today International, 8/83, p. 57.
Fig. 19-7: Ekctronics Today International, 11176, p. 44.
Fig. 19-8: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 40.

Fig. 19-9: Ham Radw, 2/79, p. 42.
Fig. 19-10: Ham Radw, 2/79, p. 41.
Fig. 19-11: Ham Radw, 2179, p. 43.
Fig. 19-12: Ham Radw, 2/79, p. 43.
Fig. 19-13: Ham Radw, 2/79, p. 43.
Fig. 19-14: Ham Radio, 2179, p. 43.
Fig. 19-15: Ham Radw, 2/79, p. 38.
Fig. 19-16: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 39.
Fig. 19-17: Ham Radio, 3/82, p. 66.
Fig. 19-18: Electronics Today International, 8/7.1, p. 82.
Fig. 19-20: Ham Radio, 4/78, p. 51.
p. 57.
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivibrators, TAB Book No, 1230, p. 336.
Fig. 19-23: 73 Magazine, 8/78, p. 80.
Fig. 19-24: Third Book Of Electronic
Projects, TAB Book No. 1446, p. 22,
Fig. 19-25: CHRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Mat
thys, Copyright 1983, john Wiley &
Sons, Inc. Reprinted by permission of
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f. Design,
5-6183, p. 69.
Fig. 19-26: CHRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Matthys, Copyright 1983, john Wiley &
fohn Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f Design,
5-6183, p. 64.
Fig. 19-27: Ham Radw, 4178, p. 50.
Fig. 19-2& CHRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Matthys, Copyright 1983, john Wiley &
Sons, Inc. Reprinted by permissUm uf
Fig. 19-29: CHRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Matthys, Copyright 1983, john Wiley &
john Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f Design,
5-6/83, p. 63.
Fig. 19-30, CHRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Matthys, Copyright 198.1, fohn Wiley &
Sons, Inc. Reprinted by pennission of
5-6/83, p, 63,
Fig. 19-.11: CHRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS, Robert]. Matthys, Copyright 1983, john Wiley &
6-6/83, p. 63.
Fig. 19-32: CHRYSTAL OSCIL-
LATOR CIRCUITS, Robert j, Matthys, Copyright 1983, john Wiley &

Sons, Inc. Reprinted by-permission of
fohn Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f Design,
5-6/83, p. 63.
Fig. 19.J3: Third Book Of Electronic
Projects, TAB Book No. 1446,
p.
21.
Fig. 19-34: lntersil.

Fig. 19-35: The Complete Handbook Of
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivi-
brators, Tab Book No. n30, p. 324.

Fig. 19-36: CHRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CiRCUITS, Robert j, Matthys, Copyright 1983, john Wiley &
5-6/83, p. 64.
Fig. 19-37: The Complete Handbook Of
-Fig. 19-38: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 41.
Fig. 19-40. The Complete Handbook Of
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivi-
brators, TAB Book No. 1230, p. 330.

Fig.19-41: TheComp/eteHandbookOf
Fig. 19-42: Ham Radio, 4/78, p. 50.
Fig. 19-43: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 40.
Fig. 19-44: 73 Magazine.
.Fig. 1945: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig.19-46: TeledyneSemiconductor
Databook, p. 9.
Fig. 1947: Reprinted with the permission-of National Semiconductor Corp.
Application Note 32, p. 8.
Fig. 19-49: Ham Radio, 2/79, p. 40.
Fig. 19-50: CHRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS, Robert j. Matthys, Copyright 1983, john Wiley &
john Wiley & Sons, Inc. r.f. Design,
5-6/83, P. 66.
Chapter 20
5-289.
Fig. 204: Reprinted with permission

Department. GE Semiconductor Data
Handbook, Third Edition, p. 305.
Chapter 21
Transistor Datalmvk, 1982, p. 11-30.
Fig. 214: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Chapter 22
Fig. 22-3: Electronic Today International, 8/79, p. 99.
Fig. 224: Siliconix incorporated.
Data Book, 1/82, p. 6-15.
p. 6-41.
Fig. 22-6: SignetU:s AnaWg Data Manual, 1982, p. 6-21.
Chapter 23
Fig. 23-1: Ham Radio 11/78, p. 64.
Data Conversion/Acquisition Databook, 1980, p. 2,5.
Fig. 23-3: Sigmtics Analog Data Manual, 1983, p. 11-15.
Fig. 23-5: SigneticsAnalogData Manual, 1982, p. 16-28.
Fig. 23-6: Signetics Analog Manual,
1982, p. 16-"8.
Chapter 24
Fig. 24-1 :Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,
p. 19.
Fig. 24-2: Courtesy of Motorola Inc:
Linear Inteiface Integrated Circuits,
1979, p. 7-30.
Fig. 24-3: Electronics Today Internatianal, 1/76, p. 45.

Fig. 244: Precision Monolithics Incorporated 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.,
8-33.
Application Note AN294.
p. 20.
Chaptei" 25
Fig. 25-1: Radio-Electronics, 2/83, p.
76.
6-98.
77.
Fig. 254: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
14-17.
Fig. 2.5-5: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line CataWg, p.
14-17.
Fig. 25-6:-Electronics Today International, 3/78. p. 50.
Fig. 25-7: RCA Corp., Solid State Division, Digital Integrated Circuits Application Note JCAN-6346, p. 5.
Fig. 25-8: Reprinted with the permissUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-25.
Fig. 25-10: Reprinted with the permissUm of NatUmal Semiconductor Corp.
National Semiconductor, Application
Note LB-25.
Fig. 25-12: 104 Weekend Electronics
Projects, TAB Book No. 1436, p. 56.
Fig. 25-13: CourtesyofFairchildCamera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 4-180.
Siliconix Analog SWitch & JC Product
Data Book, 1/82, p. 6-9.
Manual, 1983, p. 10-100.
Siliconix Application Note AN73-6, p.
4.
735

Manual, 1983, p. 13-6.
Fig. 25-18: Signetics 555 Timers,
Databook, 1.982, p. 7-7.

Fig. 26-10. Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
1973, p. 17.
11-55.

Circuits Data Book, Second Edition, p,

Fig. 26-12:Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Linear Integrated CircuiJs, 1979, p.
205.

of Analvg_Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Databook, 1982, p. 10-50.
Fig. 26-14: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1.981 Full Line Catalog, p,

Siliconix AnaloK Switch & IC Product
Data Book, 1/82, p, 6-14,
Manual, 1983, p. 11-9.
Manual, 1983, p. 11-9,
Fig. 25-24:Signetics Analog Data
Manual, 1983, p. 10-100.
FiK. 25-2.5: Courtesy ofFairchildCamera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 5-38.
8-12.

Manual, 1977, p. 264.
Linear Databook, 1982, p, 9-31.
Fig. 25-29: Courtesy ofFairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 5-38.
Chapter 26
Data Book, 1/82, p. 8-5.
Fig, 26-2: Siliconix incorporated.
Data Book, 1/82, p. 84.
Fig. 26-3: Precision Monolithicsincorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
3-17.
11-54.
Fig. 26-1.5: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.

16-159.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Chapter 27
27-I:Ham Radio, 8/81,
27-2: Ham Radio, 8/81,
27-3: Ham Radw, 8/81,
274: Ham Radio, 8/81,
27-5: Ham Radio, 8/81,
27-6: Ham Radio, 6/77,
27-7: Ham Radio, 8/81,
p. 27.
p. 28.
p. 27.
p. 26.
p, 26.
P. 42.
p, 27.
Chapter 28
12/74. p. 105. Copyright 1974, Mc-
Graw Hill Inc. All ril{hts reserved.

Fig. 28-2: Electronics Today Inkrnational, 10/82, p. 80.
1979, p. 5-102.
Department GE Semiconductor Data

Handbook, Third Edition, p, 577.
Handbook, Third Edition, p. 1&1.
Chapter 30
Databook, 1981,
p.
8-44.

Fig. 30-3: SGS-ATES Databook
COS/MOS B-Series, 2/82, p. 548.
p.
6-60.

Databook, 1982, p. 4-81.
Fig. 30-7. Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 30-B.Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalvg, p.
16-i59.
Fig. 30-9. Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line CataLJg, p.
16-159.
Fig. 30-10: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p,

7-11.
6-10.
Fig. 28-6: Intersil Data Book, 5!83, p.
1-21.
Fig. 26-4. Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalvg, p.
6-52.

11-55.
Fig. 26-5: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Fuil Line Catalog, p.

16-TO.
Fig. 26-6: Ferranti, Technical Handbook Vol. 10, Data Converters, 1983, p.
1-25.

Linear Integrated Circuits, 1979, p,
4-50.
Siliconix Analog Switch & JC Product
Data Book, 1/82, p. 8-5.
Fig. 26-9. Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
736
Fig. 28-7: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.,

Fig. 28-8: Electronics Today International. 3/78, p. SO.
Ft"'g. 28-.9: Intersil Data Book, 5!83, p.
6-34.
Chapter 29
Fig. 29-1: Ham Radio, 1/78, p. 94
Fig, 29-2: Reprinted with permission
Fig 2.9-3: Reprinted with permission
17-167.
COS!MOS B-Series, 2/82, p. 548.

of AnaLJg Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Databook, 1982, p. 4-123.
of Analog DevU:es, Inc. Data Acquisition Databook, 1982, p. 4-123.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-39.
Fig. 30-17: S_GS-ATES Databnnk

COS/MOS B-Series, 2/82, p. 548.
Chapter 31
Department. Optoelectronics, Second
EditUm, p. 113.
13-11.
Fig. 31-3: RePrinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
17-153.
13-14.
Hybrid Products Databoak. 1982, p.
13-20.
Fig 31-6: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
13-20.
Chapter 32
47.
Fig. 32-5: The Giant Book Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367,
p. 480.
Fig. 32-6c The Giant Book Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367,
p, 114.
Fig. 32-7c The Giant Book Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367,
p.
114
Chapter 33
6-58.
Fig. 33-2: lntersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
3-135.
F-ig. 33-3: Precision MonolithUs Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
16-114.

Fig. 33-5: Electronics, 9176, p. 100.
Fi'g. 33-6: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Data Conversion!Acquision Databook, 1980, p. 3-117,
12/78, p. 124. Copyright 1978, Me-
Craw Hill Inc. All rights reserved.

Hybrid Products Databook, 1982. 17132.
Fif(. 33-9: Reprinted with the permission of Nah'onal Semiconductor Corp.
Application N ole LB -5, p. 1.
Fig. 33-10. Ekctronics Today International, 11174, p. 67.
Fig. 33-11. Courtesy ofFairchildCamera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1.982, p, 4-180.
Fig. 33-12. Courtesy ofFairchildCamera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 4-179.
Fig. 33-13. CourtesyofFairchildCamera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 4-41.
F:'g. 33-14. Courtesy ofFairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 4-119.
Databook, 1982, p. 4-178.
Fig. 33-17: 7.1 Magazine, 4/79, p. 42.
Fig. 33-18: 303 Dynamic Ekctronic
Circuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 289.
Data Conversion/Acquisition Databook, 1980, p. 3-15.
Fig. 33-20:Signetics Analog Data
Manual, 1982, p. 3-77.
2-85.
Fig. 33-22: Siliconix incotporate.d.
Data Book, 1/8'2, p. 6-9.
Data Conversion/Acquisition Databook, 1o80, p. 3-23.
16-116.
Fig. 33-26; Signetics Analog Data
Manual, 1982, p. 4-8.
16-115.
16-116.

Linear& Data Acquisition Product~. p.
2-84.
Fig. .13-30: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.

Motorola Semiconductor Library Vol. 6,
Series B, p. 3-126.
Fig. 33-31: Ham Radio, 2178, p. 72.
Fig. .1.1-32: Signetics Analog Data
Manual, p, 401.
Fig. 33-.13: Signetics Analog Data
Manual, p. 75.
of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Databoak, 1982, p. 4-97.
Fig. .13-37: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
7-11.
Fig. 33-38: Precision Monoiithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
16-158.
Fig. 33-39: 73 Magazine, 1/79, p. 127.
3-131.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p..'!-59.
Audio/RadioHandbook, 1980, p. 2-56.
Fig. 33-43:Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Audio!Radt'oHandbook, 1980, p. 2-58.
Chapter 34
Department. GE APPlication Note
201.10.
Fig. 34-2: Electronics Today International. 4/75, p. 42.
Fig. 34-3: Siliconix intorjJorated,
Fig. 34-4: Reprinted wt'th the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Handbook, Second Edition, p. 905.
84.
737
Fig. 34-8:49 Easy To Build Electronic

Fig. 34-9:49 Easy To Build Electronic
Projects, TAB Bonk No. 1337, p. 98.
Fig. 34=10: Electronics Today International, 12/74, p. 66.
Fig. 34-12: Ekctronics Today International, 5-75, p. 67.
Fig. 34-15: Reprinteci vith the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 34-16: Siliconix incorporated,
Fig. 34-17: it Siliconix incorporated,
Pig. 34-19: OSiliconix incorporated,
Fig. 34-20: it Siliconix incorporated,

Fig. 34-21: Siliconi:c incorporated,
Fig. 34-22: Siliconix im:orporated,
Chapter 35
649.
Fig. 35-2: The Giant Book Of Electronic Projects, TAB Book No. 1367, p.

6-99.

Chapter 37
Fig. 37-1: Teledyne Semiconductor
Publication DG-114-87, p. 7.
Analog Switch & IC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 7-30.
Fig. .17-4: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Databook, 1982, p. 12-20.
Fig. 37-6: Reprinted with the pennis
Linear Databook, 1982,_p. 8-257.
Chapter 38
Chapter 41
Databook, 1983-84, p. 15-12.
Fig. 41-2: 73 Magazine, 7/77, p. 35.
Fig. 41-..1: Electronics Today Internatwnal, 6176, p. 40.
Fig. 41-4: Repn"nted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 41-5: Courtesy -of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Optoelectronics
Databook, 1983-84, p. 15-11.
Book, 1182, p. 6-14.
Fig. 41-9: Reprinted from E4ectronics,
3/7.1,
p. 119. Copyright 1973, McGraw
Chapter 42
Fig. 42-1: Reprinted with the Pirmis
sion of National Semicondw.:tor Corp.
Fig. 42-2: SuPirtex Data Book, 1983,
1, Spring 78, p. 55.
p. 5-20.
Chapter 39
Fig. 39-1: Modern Electronics, 2178, p.
49.
Fig. 39-2: Electronics Today Internalwnal, 10/78, p. 103.

76.
Fig. 39-4: Popular Mechanics, S/78, p.
738
EB-33.
Fig. 38-3: Electronics Today Interna

tiona!, 10/76, p. 66.
Fig. 38-5: Canadian Project Number
Fig. 35-3: 73 Magazine, 6/83, p. 106.

Fig. 35-4: 104 Weekend Electronic
Chapter 36
EB-33.

Communications Engineering Bulletin
1975, 1132.
109.
Fig. 36-1 :Reprinted with the permission

Fig..16-2: Reprinted with the permissUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Chapter 40
Control Engineering, 1301 S. Grove
Ave. Barrington, 11linois 12/73, p. 43.
Fig. 42-3: Plessey Semiconductors,

Linear IC Handbook, 5/82, p. 86.
Linear JC Handbook, 5/82, p. 91.
Fig. 42-5: Reprinted with the Pirmission of National Semiconductor Corp.
1-74.
Chapter 43
45.
Fig. 39-5:303DynamicElectronic Circuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 36.

Fig. 39-7: Electronics Today InUrnational, 4/78, p. 77.
Fig. 39-9: No reference
Fig. 39-10: Electronics Today Internatwnal, 2/77, p. 73.

Linear & Data Acquisition Products,
1977, p. 2-85.
Fig. 4.1-2: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.

6-77.

Databook, 1982, p. 4-178.
Fig. 434: Courtesy of Fairchild Cam-
era & Instrument Corporation. Linear

Databook, 1982, p. 4-43.
Appliwtion Note LBl, p. 2.
Fig. 43-7: Courtesy of Texas Instrnments Incorporated. Linear Control
Cin-uits Data Book, Second Edition, p.
120.
Fig, 43-8: Siliconix incorporated.
T100/T300 Applications.
Fig, 43-9: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Data Conversion/Acquisition Databook, 1980, p. 427.
Fig. 43-10: Reprinted with the permission of NatUmal Semiconductor Corp.
p. AN24215.
Manual, 1982, p. 371.
Fig. 4.1-12: Siliconix incorporated.
Application Note, AN73-6, p, 3.
37,
Data Conversion/Acquisition Databook, 1980, p. 3.102.
3-82.

6171.
Fig. 43-17,' Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Linear Control
122.
Fig, 43-18: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
7-11.
76.
16159.
of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Databook, .1982, p. 4-56.
of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Databook, 1982, p, 4-92.
6-50.

1637.
Manual, I982, p. 3-15.
Chapter 44
TJatabook, 1983, p. 15-13.
Fig. 442: CO, 3/78, p. 72.
Fig. 44-3: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1982, p. 376.
Fig. 444: Courtesy of Texa..'> Instruments Incorporated. Linear Control
207.
Department. General Electric Newsktter, Vol. 11. No. 1, p. 5.
from G~neral Electric Semiconductor
Edition, p. 112,
Databook, 1982, p. 4-42.
Fig. 44-8: Electronics Today International, 5177, p. 77.
Fig 44-9: Reprinted/rom Computers &
Electronics, Copyright Ziff-Davis Publishing Company. 4/83, p. 109.
1498, p. 42.
Fig. 44-11: Copyright by Computer Design. All rights reserved. Reprinted by
permission. 1/83, p. 77.
from General E kctric Semiconductor
Fig. 44-13: Copyright by Computer Design. All rights reserved. Reprinted by
permission. 1/83, p. 77.
Fig. 44-15: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, Linear & Conversion IC
Products, 7/78, p. 7-12.
Fig. 44-16: Electronic Projects, 1977,
p. 82.
Fig, 44-17: Reprinted with the permission of National Semicvnductor Corp.
Linear Datab(}(lk, 1982, p. 3-109.
Edition, p. 111

Data Conversion/Acquisition Databook, 1980, p. 3./38.
Chapter 45
Fig. 45-1: RCA Corporation, RCA
Solid-State Devices Manual, 1975, p.
734.
Department. GE Project H5, p. 157.
Fig. 4.5-3: Solid State Products, New
Design Idea, No. 5.
Fig. 454: Reprinted/rom Electronics,
12/74, p. 111. Copyright 1974,
McGraw Hill Inc. All rights reserved.
from General Electric Semicondudor
Handbook. Second Edition, p. 585.
1975.
Fig. 45-8: Courtesy of -Motorola Inc.
Motorola Semiconductor Products.
Circuit Applications for the Triac (AN466), p. 12.
Fig, 45-9: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Motoria Semiconductor Products Circuit Applications for the Triac (AN466),
p.
5.

Manual Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 264.
Motorola Semicondudor Products Circuit Applications for the Triac (AN466),
p.
6.

Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p, 443.
Manual Sixth Edition, 1979, p. 114.
from General Electric Semt'conductor
Handbook, Third Edition. p. 64.
from General E Jectric Semiconductor
Department. GE SemU:onductor Data
Handbook, Second Edition, p, 727.
Fig, 45-17: Solid State Products, New
Design Idea, No. 9.
Fig. 45-18, Reprinted with the permis-
739

Fig 45-19: Reprinted with permission
Departnumt. GE Semiconductor Data
COS/MOS B-S"i", 2/82, p. 548.
Chapter 46
Fig. 46-l: Machine Design, 9/80, p.
126.
Fig. 46-2: Machine Design, 9/80, p.

127.
Fig. 46-3: Reprinted with the permission of Nah'onal Semiconductor Corp.

linear Databook, 1982, p. 9-191.
Data Conversion/Acquisition Databook, 1980, p. 3-.91.
1-89.
Chapter 47
Fig. 47-1: NASA T.ch Bri<fs, Spring
1983, p. 249.

Databook, 1983-84, p. 15-9.

Fig. 47-5:-ModernElectronics, 7/78, p.
Chapter 48
Manual, St'xth Edition, 1979, p. 438.
Unear Integrated Cin:uits, 1979, p.

3-1.18.

Chapter 50
Fig. 48~5: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear

Databook, 1982, p. 5-46.
Databook, 1982,
p. 5-48.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-25.
Fig. 49-18: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalng, p.

10-8.

1977, p. 48.
Chapter 51
8-32.

3-139.

Databook, 1982, p. 5-46.
Chapter 49
Databook, 1981, p. 8-124.
Fig. 49-3: Intersil Data Book, 1978.

Fg. 49-4: Reprinted w#h the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 51-1: ETI Canada,?/78, p, 46.
Fig. 51-2: The Build-It Book Of Electronic Projects, TABBookNo.1498,p.

/31.
Fig. 51-3; Modern Electronics, 3/78, p.

7.
Chapter 52
Fig. 52-1: Reprinted with the Permis
Application NotR AN69, p. 6.
Fig. 52-2: Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Complex Sound

Generator,.Bulletin No. DL-S 12612,
p.
13.

p. 6-60.
Fig. 52-4: SigJwb"cs Analog Data Manual, 1983, p. T0-99.
Fig. 52-S:SigneticsAnalogDataMan-
72.
ual, 1983, p. 10-99.

55.
Fg. 49-7: Third Book Of Electronic

tional, 8/73,
tional, 8/74, p. 66.
Fig. 49-9:303 Dynamic Electronic Circuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 153.
68.
Manual, 1983, p. 9-40.
Manual, 1983, _p, 9-38.

Department. GE Semiconductor Application Note, 200.35, p. 14.
Fig. 47-8: MotkrnElectronics, 3/78, p.
68.
55.

740
p. 82.
16-157.
p, 6-42.

Department. GE SemU:onductor Data
Handbook. Second Edt'b'on, p. 727.Fig. 52-9: Reprinted with the permis
sion--of National Semiconductor Corp.
3-139.

3-139.

/6-163.
Manual, 1982, p. 3-50.
Manual, 1983,
p.
10-20.

6-10.
Fig. 52-18: FERRANTI, Technical

Handbook, Vol. 10, Data Converters,
1983, p. 7-26.
Fig.--52-19: Reprinted with the permission of NatWnal Semiconductor Corp.
Manual, 1982, p. 4-8.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-38.
Chapter 53
Fig. 53-1: -Siliconix incorporated.
Data Book, 1/82, p. 4-24.
Data Book, 1/82, p. 4-23.
Linear Integrated Circuits, I979, p.
6-99.
Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. II178.
-Fig. 53-5: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Motorola Semiconductor Library, Vol.
6, Series B, P- 8-58.
-Fig. 53-7: Reprinted with the permissifm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databonk, 1982, p. 11-34.
Chapter 54
Fig. 54-1: ModernElectronU:s, 3/78, p.
6.

1977, p. 25.
-Fig. 54-3: 101 Electronic Projects,
1975, P- 53.
Chapter 55
Fig. 55-1: Courtesy of MotonJla Inc.
Application Note AN-829.
Fig. 55-2: Radio-Electronics, 8/78. p.
41.

Department. Project H13, p. 191.
Fig. 57-3. Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Circuit APPlications for the Triac, AN466, p. 7.
AN-443.
288.

6-137.
AN-198.
6-122.
Fig. 55-6: 44 Electronics Projects for

Hams, SWLs, CBers, & Radio Experimenters, TAB Book No. 1258, p.
133.
Fig..'55-7: Signetics 555 Timers, 1973,

p. 23.
3-17.
Fig. 55-9: ElectronU:s Australia, 4178,
p. 51.
Manual, 198..1, p. 11-9.
Fig. 55-11; Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorpor.ated. Linear Control
288.
6-98.
Databook, 1982, -p. 4-81.
6-16.
Fig. 55-16: The Giant Bonk Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367.
Chapter 56
6.

Chapter 57

5-261.
/977,p.98.
Department, GE Application Note
201.7.

Linear Interface Integrated Circuits, p.
5-145.
17-167.

1975, p. 55.
Fig. 57-13: Electronics Today International. 6!75.
Fig. 57-14: RCA Solid State Devices
Manual, 1975, p. 501.
p. 56.
Department. GE Project H16, p. 203.
AN-443.
Fig. 57-19: Reprinted with the permission ofNational Semiconductor Corp.

Databook, 1982, p. 4-114.
Fig. 57-21: Reprinted with permissWn
1977, p. 93.
Databank, 1982, p. 4-114.
Chapter 58
-Fig. 58-1: Courtesy of Texas 1nstru-
741
ments Incorporated. Linear Contr-ol

285.
Fig. 58-2: Courtesy of Texas Instruments I-ncorporated. Linear Control
286.
Fig. 58-3: RCA Corporation, Solid
State Division, Digital Integrated Circuits Application Note, ICAN-6346, p.
5.
Fig. 58-4: Precision Monolithicslncorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
16-154.
Application Note, AN294.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-47.
p. 22.
8-32.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-46.
Databook, 1982. p, 5-46.
Chapter 59
Fig. 59-2: Popular Electronics, 4/75,
p. 87.
Fig. 59-..1: Electronics Today Interna#onal, 4/78, p. 30.
Fig. 59-4: Popular Electronics, 12/76,
p. 28.
Fig. .59-5: The Radio Hobbyist's Handbook, TAB Book No. 1346, p. 256.
Chapter 60
Fig. 60-1: Reprinted from Electronb,
7172, p. 77. Copyright 19i.J, McGraw
10/73, p. 125. Copyright 1973,
Fig. 60-3: 73 Magazine, 12/76, p.170.
Fig. 60-4: Electronics Today International, 1978.
Fig. 60-6: Cl.i, 11/83, p, 72.
742
Chapter 61
Fig. 61-1: Machine Design, 7175, p.
39.
Fig. 61-3: Signetics Analog-Data Manual, 1982, p. 16-28.
Fiff. 61-4: Teledyne Semiconductor
Book, 1/82, p. 6-4.
Chapter 62
Fig. 62-1: Electronics Today International, 4/82, p, 39.
Fig. 62-2: Western Digital, Components Handbook, 1983, p. 577.
72.
1, SJ>rinf< 1978, p. 78.
1977, p. 49.
The Darkroom, TAB Book No. 1248,
p. 282.
The Darkroom, TAB Book No. 1248,
p. 284.
1973,_p. 23.
Chapter63
Fig. 63-3: Courtesy of Texas lnstru
ments Incorporated. Linear Control
374.
Fig. 63-4: Repn'nted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Application Note 222.
6, Series B, p. 8-58.
Chapter 64
p. 6-71.
Fig. 64-2: Ferranti Semiconductors,
Technical Handbook, Volume 10,

Data Converters, 1983. p. 3-12.
Linear Inte.grated Circuits, 1979, p.
5-144.
5-201.
Fig. 64-5: Sil(netics 555 Timers, 1973,
p. 27.
Circuit Applications for the Triac, AN466, p. 12.
Fig. 64-14: Courtesy of Motnrola Inc.
4-50.
Fig. 64~15: 73 Magazine, 3/77,p.152.
Fig. 64-16:IntersilDataBook, 5/83,p.
5-77.
Fig. 64-17: IntersilData Book, 5/83, p.
5-77.
Fig. 64-18:lntersil Data Book, 5/83, p.
5-77.
Fig. 64-19:lntersilDataBook, 5/BJ,p.
5-77.
Fig. 64-20: IntersilDataBook, 5/83,p.
5-76.
4-105.
4-105.
4-105.
Fig 64-26: Electronics Today International, 6/77, p. 77.
4-15.
4-15,

Manual, 1982, p. 6-14.
Fig. 64-.10: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
3-147.

-Voltage Regulator Handbook, p. 10179.

Manual, 1983, p. 12-28.
Chapter 65
Linear Databook, 1982, p. 2../3.
4-23.

Linear Integrated --Circuits, 1979, p.
4-152.

4-15.

Linear Integrated Circuits, 1W9, p.
5-147.
Fig. 6.S-21: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.

CMOS Databook, 1981, p. 6-38.
Chapter 66
Fig. 66-2: 73 Magazitw.
Fig. 66-3: Ekctronics Today InternaHanal, 3/77, p. 71.

Circuit Applications for the Triac, AN466, p. 14.
Fig. 66-5: Electronics Today InternaHonal, 1/79, p. .9.5.

Chapter 67
Fig. 65-4: 101 .Electronic Projects,

1975,
p. 49.
Fig. 67-1: Ham Radio, 8/80, p. 18.

Fig. 67-4: Ekctronics Today Interna-
Honal, 1/75, p. 67.
tional, 3/81, p.19.

Voltge Regulator Handbook, p. 10-15.
Hanal, 4/82, p. 29.

Vottaie Regulator Handbook, p. 10-
p. 5-24.
ual, 1982, p. 16-29.
Fig. 68-9: Signetics AnaWg Data Manual, 1982, p. 16-29.
Fig. 68-10: TeledymSemiconductor,

Databoak, p. 8.

Anaiog Switch & IC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 6-20.
Chapter 69
Fig. 69-1: Reprinted from Ekctronics,
3/75, p. 117. Copyright 197.5, McGraw

Fig. 69-2: Reprinted/rom Ekctronics.
Honal. 5177, p. 37.
2-15.
1975, p. 47.

Fig. 69-4: 49 Easy To Build Projects.
TAB Book No. 1337, p. 77.
Fig. 69-5: Electronics Today InWrnaHonal, 1/79, p. 97.


Honal, 1176, p. 51.
2-16.
Manual, 1982, p. 6-25.
tional, 8/78, p. 91.
198~.
Fig. 68../3: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Fig. 69-3: Reprinted with the permis-

Fig. 65~13: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Ft'g. 65-15: Reprinted with the--permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Manual, 1982, p. 6-25.
Manual, 1982, p. 6-25.
Databook,

J.p. 86.
tional, 11/75, p. 74.

Fig. 67-9: Ham Radio, 2173, p. 56.
Fig. 67-10: 73 Magazine, 10/83, p. 66.
142.

Databook, 1982, p. 548.
Fig. 68-7: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instroment CotjJoration. Linear
Honal, 6/79, p. 103.

Fig. 67-13: Reprinted/rom Ekctronics,
Chapter 68
Analog Switch & JC Product Data
Book, 1/82, p. 6-20.
Fig. 68-2: Electronics Today InternaHanal, 6/79, p. 17.

Motorola Semiconductor Library, --Volume 6, Series B, p. -s-52.
Chapter 70
Fig. 70-3: Ferranti. Technical Handbook Vol. 10, Data Converters, 1983, p.
7-13.
Fig. 70--4: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.

4-23.
Chapter 71
7-83.
Fig. 71-.1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semicondudor Corp.
743
Fig. 714: Reprinted with the permission of Natio-nal Semiconductor Corp.

Fig. 71-5: Reprinted with the permissi<m of National Semiconductor Corp.
13~17.

5~77.
FiK. 71-7: 73 Maf(azine.

Book. 1/82, p. 6~18.
6~123.
Fig. 71-10: Ham Radio, 7/76, p. 69.
Chapter 72
Fig. 72~2: CO, 6178, p. 32.
Fig. 72-3: Teledyne Semicondudor,
Databook, p. 11.
Fig. 724: Reprinted-from Electronics
4176, p. 104. Copyright
, McGraw
Fig. 72-5: Reprinted by permission from
the Aug. 1981 issue --of Insulation/
Circuits magazine. Copyright 1981,
Lake Publishing Corporation, Libertyville, Illinois, 60048-9989, USA.
Fig. 72-8: CO. 6/78, p.33.
Cbapter73
EB~67.
Fig. 73-2:-Courtesy of Motorola Inc.

EB~63.

Fig. 734: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
Applimtion Note AN-593, p. 6.
EB-46.
Fig. 73-6: Microwaves & RF, 1/83, p.
89.
Fig, 73-7: Siliconixincorporated,
Small Signal FET Design Catalog,
7/83, p. 5-52.
1977, p. 7~54.
76.
744
Fig 73-10: 101 Electronic Projects,

1975. p. 3.
Fig 73-11: Ham Radio, 10/78, p. 38.
-Fig. 73-12: 73 Mqgazine, 4/83, p.106.
Fig. 73-13: Ham Radio, 1/74, p. 67.
6, Series B, p. 8-59.
Fig. -73-15: Silit:onix incorporated.
p. 5-36.
FiK. 7.1-16: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-.13.
p.
5~10.

Fig, 73-19: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Manual, 1983, p. 17-13.
Manual, 1983, p. 17-15.
Fig. 73-23: Courtesy of Motorola Inc
6, Series B, p. 8~58.
6, Series B, p. 8-58.
MOSPOWER Design Catakig, 1/83,
p.
5-10.

Data & Design Manual, 1981, p. -11178.
Chapter 74
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11---32.
Fig. 74---3: Siliconix incorporated.
MOSPOWER Design Catakig, 1/83,
p.
5~6.
Fig. 744: Tlw Giant Book Of Electronics Projects, TAB Book No. 1367.
Linear Databook, 1982:, p. 12-14.

Fig. 74-6: Radio-Electronics, 7/8.1, p.
7.
Fig. 74~7: Radio-Electronics, 7/83, p.
7.
Fig. 74-8: 73 Magazine, 7/77, p. 35.
Chapter 75
Fig. 75-1: Reprt'nted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 75-2: Courtesy of Matorola Inc.
Communications Engineen'ng Bulletin, EB46.
Fig. 75-3: Signetics Analog Data Manual, p. 556.
55.
Fig. 75--5: Electronics Today International, 6/79, p. 43.
Fig. 75-6:-Radio-Electronics, 8/69, p.
74.
p. 25.
Chapter 76
Fig. 76-1: The Build-It Book Of ElectronicProjects, TABBookNo.1498,p.
20.
Fig. 76-2:30.1 Dynamic Electronic Circuits, TAB Book No. 1060, p. 153.
from General Electric Semicondudor
Fig. 76-5: '73 Magazine, 9175, p. 105.
Fig. 76-6: HowardS. Leopold.
50.
Fig. 76-8: 73 Magazine, 6/83, p. 106.
Fig. 76-.9: Modern lectronics, 2/78, p.
50.
Chapter 77
Fig. 77-1: Electronics Today International.
Transistor_Databook, 1982, p. 11--30.
Fig. 77-3: Reprinted with the permission of National SemicondUctor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. 11--31.
Fig. 77--4: P-recision Monolithics bu:orporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
7~18.
Fig. 77-5: Reprinted with /he permission of National Semiconductor Corp.

Linear Databook, 1982, p. 3--325.
sion of National Semicondw.:tor Corp.

17-162.
Fig. 77-7: Reprinted with the permission ofNational Semicondw:tor Corp.
Fig. 77-8: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporatirm. !.inear
Databook, 1982, p. 7-2S.
Fig. 77-9: Courtesy of Fain:hild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
fJatabook, 1982, p. 7-25.
Fig. 77-10: Sif{netics Analof{ Data
Manual, 1982, p. 3-50.
Fig. 77-11: Signelics Analrw fJata
Manual, 198::!, p. 3-15.
Fig 77-12: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
16-159.
Chapter 78
Fig. 78-1: Electronics Today international. 9/72, p_ 86.
FiJ,?. 78-2: Electronics Today international, 1978.
p. 9-76.
Linear & Data Acquisition Products.
1977, p. 2-96.
6-17.
Chapter 79
Fig 79-1: Superlex Data Rook, 1983,
p. 5"26.
Fig. 79-2: Reprinted with the pemlission of National Semiconductor Corp.
p. 9-75.
Fig. 79-::J: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear !Jpplications Handbook, 1982,
p, 9-76.
Chapter 80
Fig. 80-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semicunduttor Corp.
Fig. 80-2: Reprinted with the pennission of National Semicondw:tor Corp.
COPS Microcontrollers Datahook,
1982,
p.
9-123.
Fig 80-..1: Reprinted with the permission of Natirmal Semiconductor Corp.

COPS Microcontrollers Databook,
1982, p. 10-3.
Fig. 80-4: Hlectronics Today International, 4/78, p. 31.
sian of lv'ational Semiconductor Curp.

Audio/R(J{lio Handbook, 1980, p. S-8.
Fig 80-7: Courlesy of MDtorola Tnc.
Linear Integruted Circuits, 1979, p.
6-136.
Fi}?. 80-8: Electronics Today International, 4/78, p ..:!9.
Fig. 80-.9: Eln:tronirs Today International, I/76, p. 4Y.
Fig. 80-10: Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Bulletin No. DL-S
12612,
p. 14.

Audio/Radio Hand/wok, 1980, p. 5-.9.
Fig 80-12: Courlesy of Texas rnstruments Incorporated. Bulletin No. DL-S
1::!612, p. 12.
Chapter Rl
Fig 81-1: Reprinted with the pennission of National Semicondwtor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982. p. 3-204.
Fig. 81-.::!: 73 Magazine, 10177, p. 115.
Fig. -81-4: Reprinted with permissirm
from General lectn"c Semicondw:tor
Department. GE Application .Vote
200.35, 3/66, p. 14.
FiJ,?. 81-5: 104 Weekend /ectronics
PrOjats, TAB Book No. 1436, p. 64.
Fig 81-6: Electronics Today Tnternational, 1975, p. 72.
Chapter 82
Datahook, p. 8.
Fig 82-2: Siliconixincorporated. Application Note AN154.
Fig 82-..1: The Complete Handbook of
Fig. 82-4: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Liflear
Databook. 1!182, p ..9-28.
'!J77, p. 107. Copyright 19 , McGraw
Hill inc. All rights reserved.
Book, 1/82, p. 6'-19.
Fig. 82-7: Harris Semironductor,
1.977, p. 2-96'.
Linear interface Integrated Circuits, p.
7-30.
Fig. 8:!-W: Reprinted with the permission of National Semicondudor Corp.

Data Conversion/Acquisition Datahook, 1980, p. 13-50.
Fig. 82-11: Courtesy of !v!otorola Inc.
1.97.9, p. 7-Y.
Fig. 82-12: Courtesy of Texas Inslrumrnts Tncorporated. Linear Control
145.
Fig. 8-~-l::J: Electronics Today International, 7/78, p. 16.
8-.JL
Chapter 83
Fig 83-1: Electmnics Today Intenwtiona.l, 7181, p. 72.
Fig. 83-2: 104 Weekend Elel"fronirs
Projects, TAR Rook l-,'o. 14.'16, p. :!.'1:1.
1977, p. 40.
Chapter 84
Fig 84-1: Reprinted with the pennission of l\'ational Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Datahook, l98i-!. p. 11-3:!.
Fig. 84-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semimnductor Corp.
Tmnsistor Databook, 1982, p. 11-..13.
Fif!. 84-3: Repnnted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982. p. Il-28.
Fig. 84-4: Reprinted with the permis
sion of National Semiconrludor Corp.
Transistor TJatabook, 198?, p. 11-29.
Department. r;eneral Electric SCR
Fig. 84-6: Reprinted with the pemliSsion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Edition, p. 141.
Chapter 85
Fig. 85-1: IntersillJata Book, 5183, p.
7-48.
Fig. 85-2: Reprinted from Hlectronics,
1 1!75, p. 120. Copyrif{ht 1975,
Fig. 85-3: Courtesy of Motorola inc.
Fig. 85-4: Mite! fJatahook, p. 2-17.
Fig 86-6: Mite! Databook, p. 2-13.
Fig. 85-6: 73 Magazine. 12/83, p. 115.
Fig 85-7: Ham Radio, . !/77, p. 70.
Fig. 85-8: Ham Radio, 8177, p. 41.
745
sian of National Semicondw.:tor Corp.

17-152.
Transistor Databook, 1982, p. n -25.
Fig. 77-8: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Corporation. Unear
Databook, 1982., p. 7-25.
Databook, 1982, p. 7-25.
Fig. 77-10: Si;;netics Analog Data
Manual, 1982, p. 3-50.
Fig. 77-11: Signetics Analo;; Data
Manual, 198,':!, p. 3-15.
Fig. 77-12: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full l-ine Catalog, p.
16-15.9.
Chapter 78
Fig. 78-J: Electronics Today international, 9/72, p. 86.
Fig. 78-2: Electronics Today International, 1978.
.Fig. 78-3: Repn'nted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
p. .9-76.
1977,
p. 2-96.
Fig. 78-4: Courtesy of Motorola inc.

6-17.
Chapter 79
Fig. 79-1: Supertex Data Book, 1983,
p. 5-26.
Fig. 7.9-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Linear Applicatinns Handbook, 1982,
p. 9-75.
p,
9-76.
Chapter 80
Fig. 80-1: Reprinted with the pennissiun uf National SemU:ondudor Corp.
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, P- 4-40.
Fig. 80-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiamdw:tor Corp.
COPS Micrncontrollers Databook,
1982,
p.
9-123.

1.982,
p.
10-3.
Fig. 80-4: Electronics Today inter-national, 4/78, p. 31.

Fig. 80-5: Repn'nted with the pennis-
sion of National Semicondudor Corp.

Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, p. 5--8.
Fig. 80-6: lilcctronics Today international, 1179, p. 68.
Fig 80-7: Courtesy of Motorola lnr:.
6-136.
FiJ:. 80-8: Rlectronics Today International, 4/78, p..:!9.

Fig _80-9: Electronics Today International, I /76, p. 4Y.
Fig. 80-10: Courtesy vf Texas instruments lncorporated. Rulletin No. fJL-S
1261;!, p. 14.
Fig. 80-11: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp,
Audio/Radio Handbook, 1980, P- S-9.

Fig 80"12: Courtesy of Texas Instruments Incorporated. Bulletin No. DL-S
1261:!, p. 12.
Chapter Rl
Fig 81-1: Repn'nted with the pennission ofNational Sem.imndudor Corp.
Linear Databook, 1982, P- .1-:::!04.
Fig. 81-.::!: 73 Magazine, 10/77, p. 115.
Fig. 81-3: Electronics Today Intenlfltional, 7/81, p. 75.
from General R lectn"c Semiconductor
TJepartment. GE Application .Vote
200.35, 3/66, p. 14.
FiJ:. 81-5: 104 Weekend Jilectronics
PrOjeds, TAB Book No. 1436, p. 64.
Fig 81-6: E ledronics Toda-y I nternational, 1975, p. 72.
Chapter 82
-Databook, p. 8.
Fig 82-2: ..Siliconix incorporated. Application Note A1'v'154.
Fig 82-3: The Complete Handbook of
Amplifiers, Oscillators & Multivibrators. TAB Book lVo. 1230, p..135.
Fig. 82-4: Courtesy of Fairchild Cantera & Instrument Corporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p..9--28.
Fig. 82-5: Repn'ntedfrom Electronics,
2177, p. 107. Copyright 19 , McGraw
Hill I-m:. All n"ghts reserved.
Fig. 82-6: Siliconix inwrporated.
Book, 1/82, p. 6-19.
Fig. 82-7: Harris Semiumductor,
1.977, p. 2-96.
Fig. 82-8: Electronics Today lnternatUmal, 7/78, p. 16.
Fig. 82-9: Courtesy of Motorola lm:.
Linear Inteiface Integrated Circuits, p.
7-30.
Fig.82-l0: Reprinted with the permission of .Vational Semiconductor Corp.

Data Conversion/Acquisition natabook, 1980, p. 1.1-SO.
Fig. 82-]1: Courtesy of Motorola in(.
Linear lnteifare lntegrated Cirr:uits.
197.9, p. 7-Y.
Fig. 82-12: Courtesy of Texas Instruments incorporated. l.inear Control
145.
Fig. 8:!-13: Electronics Today international, 7!78, p. 16.

Fig. 82-14: Precision lv!onolithirs Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
8-31.
Chapter 83
Fig. 83-i: E ledmnics Today International, 7!81, p. 72.
Fig. 83-2: 104 Weekend Electronic~
Projects, TAR Rook l\fo. 74,'-16, p. ::!:-1:1.
Fig. 83-3: 101 l:ilectronic Projects,
1977, p. 40.
Chapter 84
Fig. 84-1: Reprinted lJ.Jith the permi.~
sion of National Semiwnductor Corp.
Transistor Datahook, 1982, p. 11-32.
FiR. 84-/!: Reprinted with thr permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig 84-3: Reprinted with thr! permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Transistor Databook, 1982, P- 11-28.
Transistor fJatabook, 1982, p. 11-:!9.
Department. General Electric SC R
Manual, Sixth Edition, 1979, p_ 313.
Fig. 84-6: Reprinted with the pennission of Natt"onal Semiconductor Corp.
Data Conversion/,tcquisition natabook, 1980, p. 11-10.
from lreneml Rlectric Semiconductor
Department. Optoelectronics, Semnd
Rdition, _p. 141.
Chapter 85
Fig. 85-1: Intersil Data Hook, 5183, p.
7-48.
Fig. 85-:!: Reprinted from l!."lectronics,
11175, p. 120. Copyright 1975,
McGraw Ililllnr. All rights reserved.
Fig. 85-4: Mite! Databook, p. 2-17.
Fig 85-5: Mite! Databook, p. 2-13.
Fig. 85-6:73 Magazine, 12/83, P- 115.
Fig. 85-7: Ham Radio, .':!/77, p. 70.
Fig. 85-8: Ham Radio, 8177, p. 41.
745
Fig. 85-9: Ham Radio, 1/84, p. 94.

Edition, p. 119.
Manual, 1982, p. 16-27.
p. 56.

1498, p. 3.
1982, p, 9-118.
Fig. 85-15: 73 Magazine, 1/84, p. 115.

7-33.
Chapter 87

Fig. 87-3: SigneticsAnalogData Manual, 1.983, p. 10-65.
Fig. 87-4: Precision Monolithicsincorj>orated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.

6-147.
Fig. 87-.5: Teledyne Semiconductor,
Fig. 85-16: IntersilDataBonk, 5/83, p.
Databook, p. 12.
7-47,

from GeneratE lectricSemiconductor
DepartmentOptoelectronics, Second
Edition, p. 119.
Fig. 85-18: Ham Radio, I/84, p. 93.
/0-16,

Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
Fig. 85-19: Ham Radw, 1/84, p. 91.
book, 1980, p. 12-9.
Fig. 85-:20: 73 Magazine, 4/83.
Fig. 87-8: Signetics Analog Data Man-
Fig. 85-2L 73 Magazine, 9/82, p. 92.
Chapter 86

73.

1-87.


Circuit Applications for the Triac (AN466), p. 9.
Circuit Applications for the Triac, AN466,
p. 13.

5-68.

p. LB36-2,
16-6,
746
ual, 1982, p. 3-78.


Fig. 87-23: Reprinted with-the permissUm of National Semiconductor Corp.

Linear Databonk, 1982, p. 2-46.
Fig. 87-25: Electronics Todayinternatwnal, 10/78,
p. 101.

Fig. 87-28: Reprinted with the permissUm of National Semicondudor Corp.
Databook, p, 11.

Databook, p. 11.
Fig. 87-32:IntersilDataBook, 5/83,p.
60.
5-70,
Fig. 87-I I: Reprinted with the permi.<;sion of National Semiconductor Corp.

Data C onversionlAcquisition Data-

book, /980, p, 12-10.

Fig.-87-13: IntersilDataBook, 5/83, p.
5-71.
Chapter 88

5-71.
289.

Databook, 1982, p. 4-42.
Fig. 88.-3: Signetics Analog Data Man-
CMOS Databook, 1981, p. 6-7.

Linear Databonk, 1982, p. 9-31.
Fig. 87-20: Repn'nted with the permi.<;sUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
ual, /983, p, 15-11,

Department. APPlication Note 201.11.
p. 19.
Fig. 88-8: RCA Corporation, Linear
Integrated Circuits And MOS!FETS,
p. 437.
_Fig. 88-9: Reprinted with permission

Handbook, Second Edition, p, 412.
Fig. 88-10:73 Magazine. 8/75, p.l40.
Fif(. 88-12: Reprinted with permission
ftom General Electric Semiconductor
3-17.

p. 49.

1973. p. 26.

1973, p. 20.
Chapter 89
FiK. 89-1: Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.

130.

Fig. 89-7: Reprinted with the permissilm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Audio!RadioHandbook,1980, p. 2-49.
Fig. 89-8: Electronics Today Interna#onal, 6/79, p. 105.

52.
Fig. 90-2: Reprinted with the permission of National Semicondudor Corp.
Linear Databnok, 1982, p. 9-108.
Fig. 90-3: 73 Magazine, 6/77, p. 49.
Fig. 90-4: Ci,J, 6/83, p. 46.
Fig. 90-5: 73 Magazine, 8/83, p. 100.
Chapter 91
Fig. .91-1: Electronics Today International, 6/78, p. 29.
Fig. 91-2: 73 Magazine, 2/83, p. 90.

Fig 91-3: Radio-Electronics, 3/80, p,
60.
Fig. 91-4: Radio-Electronil:s, 8/83, p.

96.
Fig. 91-5: __Reprinted with the permission of National Semiconductor Corp.

Transistor Databook, 1.982, p. 7-11.
Chapter 92
Application Note AN-545A, p. 7.
Application Note A.N-545A, p. 12.
Linear IC Handbook, 5/82, p. 129.
5-50.
Fig. 92-5: Courtesy of Motorola Irn:.

5-73.
Fg. 92-6: Courtesy of Motorola 1nc.

5-51.

Fig. 92-9: Reprinted with the permi..<;sion of National Semiconductor Corp.
Motorola Semicondudor Library, Volume 6, Series B.
1977, p. 2-46.
Chapter 93
130.
Fig. 89-11: Reprinted with the permissitm of National Semiconductor Corp.

Transistor Databook, 1982, p, 7-27.
Fig. 89-12: Reprinted with the permission of National SemU:ondw:tor Corp.
Fig. 89-13: Electronics Today International.
Chapter 90
Fig. 90-1. Radio-Electronics, 12/81, p.

6-59.

Fi'g. 93-3: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
6-23.
Fig. 93-4: Precision Monolithics /ncor-
purated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.

7-11.

16-158.
Fig. 93-6: Signetics Analog Data Manual, 1.982, p. 3-38.

Linear Integrated Circuit.<;, 1979, p.
3-42.

6-142.
Fig. 93-11: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line Catalog,p.

10-18.

llJ-15.
Fij;:. 93-13: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line CataW!f, p.

16-16.

10-8.
Fig. 93-15: Reprinted with the permi..<;siorl of National Semiconductor Corp.


16-158.

Fig. 93-18: Electronics Today International, 8!78, P- 91.


6-78.
Fig. 93-21: Reprinted with the permissifm of National Semiconducior Corp.



Data Conversion/Acquisition Data-
747
book, 1980, p. 14-51.
Chapter 94
5-238.
Data Databook, 1982, p. '5-9.
6-17.
Data Conversion!Acquisition Databook, /980, p. 3-13.
Fig. 94-9: Reprinted with the ..permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Chapter 95
Publication DG-114-87, p. 3.
Book, 1/82, p. 1-25.
Fig. 95-3: Courtesy of Fairchild Camera & Instrument Ctrporation. Linear
Databook, 1982, p. 7-7.
Fig. 95-4: Reprinted with the permission of Analog Devices, Inc. Data Acquisition Databook, 1982, p. 12-19.
p. D-7.
Fig. 95-6: Reprinted withpermissWn of
Databook, 1982, p. 12-20.
Chapter 96
Databook, 1981, p. 3-50.
Fig. 96-2: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981, Full Line Catalog, p.
16-138.
748

Dalabook, p. 11.
Book, 1/82, p. 7-21.
Fig. 96-5: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full Line CataloK, p.
16-/4/.
Fig. 96-6: Reprinted with the_permission of National Semiconductor Corp.
Data Conversion!Acquisition Databook, 1980, p. 3-103.
HybridProducts Databook, 1982, p.
J7,54.
Manual, 1982, p. 3-50.
Fig. 96-12: Siliconix Analog Switch &
IC Product Data Book, 1/82, p. 1-7.
/-27.
Chapter 97
Data Conversi~n!Acquisition Data
book, 1980, p. 8.:33.
Fig. 97-3: Precision Monolithics Incor
porated, 1981 Full Line Catalog, p.
/6-/73.
Circuits Data Book, Second1i'dition, p.
145.
5-238.
2-58.
Fig. 97-7: 73 Magazine, 8/78, p.132.

sUm of National Semiconductor Corp.
Fig. 97-11: IntersilDataBook, .5/83,p.
5-238.
Linear Interface integrated Circuits,
1979, p, 5/19.
Fig. 97-13: Precision Monolithics Incorporated, 1981 Full I:>ine Catalog, p.
16-81.
Fig. 97-14: Harris Semiconductor
Linear - Data Acquisition Products, p.
2-46.
Fig. 97-15: Intersil Data Book 5/83, p.
4-93.
Manual, 1982, p. 16-29.
Fig. 97-17: Signetics A..nalog Data
Manual, /982, p. /629.
Fig. 9 7-18: SigneticsAnalog Data Manual, 1977, p. 264.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-25.
Manual, 1982, p. 16-29.
Chapter 98
Fig. 98-1:-Electronics Today International, 8/78, p. 69.
Databook, 1982, p. 5-32.
Book, 1/82, p. 6-18.
Fig. 984: Courtesy of Motorola Inc.
6-123.
Circuis Data Book, Second Edition, p.
205.
Book, 1/82, p. 6-14.
Index
Numbers preceded by an "I-," "II," and "Ill" are from Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits
Vol. 1., Vol. II, and Vol. Ill respectively.
0/01 percent analog multiplier, 11-392
5 MHz phase-encoded data read circuitry,

Il-365
7400 siren, Il-575
1 MHz FET crystal oscillator, 11-144

1 kHz oscillator, 11-427
1 watt/2.3 GHz amplifier, 11-54-0
10 amp regulator, current and thennal
protection with, II-474
10 MHz crystal oscillator, 11-141
10 MHz fiber optic receiver, II-205
10 watt/225-400 MHz rf amplifier, 11-548
100 MHz converter, 11-130
12 to 14 V regulated 3 amp power supply,
5 MHz VFO, 11551

5 v powered linearized platinum RTD
signal conditioner, IJ-650
5 watt ri power amplifier, 11-542
50-ohm transmission line driver, 11-192
500 kHz switching inverter for 12V
systems, 11-474
550 Hx notch fiJter, 11-399
555 timer
astable, low duty cycle, 11-267
beep transformer, III-566
integrator to multiply, 11-669
RC audio oscillator from, 11-567
square wave generator using, 11-595
565 SCA demodulator, III-150
8-amp regulated power supply, mobile

equipment, 11-461
800 W light dimmer, 11-309
8048/IM80C48 microprocessor 8-char/16seg ASCII triplex LCD, 11-116
Il-480
12-bit D/A, variable step size in, 11-181
12ns circuit breaker, 11-97

125 Watt 150 MHz amplifier, 11-544
14-volt, 4-amp battery charger/power
supply, 11-73
1800Hz notch filter, 11-398
2 MHz-square wave generator TTL
gates in, 11-598
2 to 6 Watt audio amplifier with preamp,
II-451
20kHz ring counter, 11-135

25 watt amplifier, 11-452
6-meter kilowatt rf amplifier, 11-545

6-meter preamp with 20 dB gain and low
NF, 11-543
60Hz clock pulse generator, 11-102
600-ohm balanced driver for line signals,
Il-192
600-ohm high output line driver, U-193

650 MHz amplifying prescaler probe, 11502
400Hz servo amplifier, 11-386

400V/60W push-pull power supply, 11-473
650 )(microprocessors, interface to, III-98

680 x microprocessors, interface to, 111-98
90-watt power amplifier with safe area

protection, 11-459
A
absolute value amplifier, 1-31
absolute value circuit, precision, 1-37
absolute value full wave rectifier, 11-528
absolute value Norton amplifier, III-11
ac bridge circuit, 11-81
ac flasher, 111-196
ac -linear coupler, analog, 11-412
ac motor
control for, 11-375
three-phase driver for, II-383
two-phase driver for, II-382
ac sequential flasher, 11-238
ac switcher, high-voltage optically coupled,
Ill-408
ac-coupled amplifiers, dynamic, III-17

ac-line operated unijunction metronome,
Il-355
749
accurate null/variable gain circuit, Ill-69

acid rain monitor, 11-245, III-361
active antennas, III-1-2
active clamp-limiting amplifiers, III-15
active crossover networks, 1-172-173
active filter
band reject, II-401
bandpass, Ill-190, 11-221, II-223
digitaDy tuned low power, II-218
low pass, digitally selected break
frequency, 11-216
low-power, digitally selectable center
frequency, III-186
programmable, 111-185
state-variable, 111-189
ten-band graphic equalizer using, 11-684
universaJ, 11-214
active integrator, inverting buffer, 11-299
adapter
de transceiver and, hand-held, III-461
program, second-audio, III-142
traveller's shaver, l-495
adder, !Il-327
adjustable ac timer, .2 to 10 seconds, 11681
adjustable audible continuity tester, II-536
adjustable delay circuit, III-148
adjustable oscillator, over 10:1 range, II423
adjustable Q notch fiJter, 11-398
adjustable sine wave audio oscillator, Il-
568
adjustable threshold temperature alarm,
Il-644
AGC amplifiers
rf, wideband adjustable, III-545
squelch control, III-33
wide-band, III-15
air conditioner, auto, smart clutch for, III46
air flow detector, 1-235, 11-242
air flow meter (see anemometer)
air-motion detector, III-364
airplane propeller sound effect, 11-592
a1a...TillS (see also detectors; indicators;
sensors), III-3-9
auto burglar, 11-2, 1-3, III-4, 1-7,1-10
auto, single-IC, III-7
blown fuse, 1-10
boat, 1-9
bwglar, Ill-8, III-9
burglar, one-chip, 111-5
camera triggered, III-444
capacitive sensor, III-515
current monitor and, III-338
differential voltage or current, 11-3
digital clock circuit with, III-84
door-ajar, Hall-effect circuit, III-256
750
doorbell, rain, 1-443

door open, 11-284
fail-safe, semiconductor, III-6
field disturbance, 11-507
flood, III-206, 1-390
freezer meltdown, 1-13
headlights-on, III-52
high/low limit, 1-151
ice formation, ll-58
latching bwglar,l-8, 1-12
line-operated photoelectric smoke, 1596
low-battery disconnect and, III-65
low-battery warning, III-59
low volts, 11-493
motion-actuated car, 1-9
motion-actuated motorcycle, 1-9
multiple circuit for, 11-2
photoelectric, 11-319
photoelectric system for, 11-4
piezoelectric, I -12
power failure, III-511, 1-581, I-582
proximity, 11-506, III-517
pulsed-tone, 1-11
purse-snatcher, capacitance operated, I-
134
rain, 1-442, 1-443
road ice, 11-57
security, 1-4
self-anning, 1-2
shutoff, automatic, 1-4
signal-reception, receivers, 111-270
smoke, SCR, III-251
solar powered, 1-13
speed, 1-95
Star Trek red alert, 11-577
tamperproof burglar, I -8
temperature, II-643
temperature, light, radiation sensitive,
11-4
timer, 11-674
trouble tone alert, Il-3
varying-frequency warning, 11-579
wailing, 11-572
warbling, 11-573
water level, 1-389
alarm flasher, bar display with, 1-252
alarm shutoff, automatic, 1-4
allophone generator, III-733
alternating flasher, IT-227
alternators
battery-a1temator monitor, automotive,
Ill-63
ambience amplifier, rear speaker, 11-458
ambient light effects, cancellization circuit
for, 11-328
AM demodulator, 11-160
AM integrated receiver, III-535
AM microphone, wireless, 1-679

AM radio, 1-544
power amplifier for, 1-77
receivers, 111-529
receivers, carrier-current, III-81
AM!FM
clock radio, 11-543, Ill-1
squelch circuit for, 11-547, III-1
amateur radio
linear amp, 2-30 MHz 140-W, III-260
receiver for, Ill-534
transmitter, 80-M, III-675
ambient light ignoring optical sensor, III413
anuneter, 1-201
nano, 1-202
pico, 11-154, 1-202
pico, circuit for, 11-157
pico, guarded input circuit, 11-156
six decade range, 11-153, 11-156
amplifier, 11-5-22, III-10-21
1 watt/2.3 GHz, 11-540
2-30 MHz, 140W amateur radio linear,
1-555
2 to 6 W, with preamp, 11-451
4W bridge, 1-79
5W output, two-meter, 1-567
6W 8-ohm ouput-transformerless, 1-75
10 dB-gain, III-543
!OW power, 1-76
10 x buffer, 1-128
12 W low-distortion power, 1-76
16 W bridge, 1-82
2-5-watt, 11-452
30 MHz, l-567
60 MHz, 1-567
80 MHz cascade, 1-567
BOW PEP broadband/linear, 1-557
100 MHz/400MHz neutralized common
source, 1-565
IOOW PEP 420-450 MHz push-pull, 1554
100 x bUffer, 1-128
135-175 MHz, 1-564
160W PEP broadband, 1-556
200 MHz neutralized common source,
1-568
450 MHz common-source, 1-568
600 W rf power, 1-559
absolute value, I -31
ac servo, bridge type, III-387
AGC, 11-17
AGC, squelch control, III-33
AGC, wide-band, III-15
adjustable gain noninverting, I-91
ambience, rear speaker, 11-458
AM radio power, 1-77
attenuator and, digitally controlled, 1-53
audio, III-32-39
audio, booster, 20 dB, III-35
audio, circuit bridge load drive, III-35
audio, distribution, 1-39, 11-39
audio, low power, ll-454
audio, Q-multiplier, 11-20
audio, signal, IT-41-47
audio, tone control, II-686
auto fade circuit for, IT-42
automatic level control for, 11-20
Av/200, stereo, 1-77
b.Iance, 11-46
balance, loudness control, II-47, Il-395
balancing circuit, inverting, I-33
basic transistor, 1-85
bass tone control, stereo phonograph, 1670
bridge, 1-74
bridge, ac servo, 1-458
bridge, audio. power, 1-81
bridge transducer, III-71, 11-84, 1-351
capactive load, isolation, l-34
cascaded, III-13
chopper, +I- ISV., 111-12
chopper channel, 1-350
chopper stabilized. 11-7
clamp-limiting, active, III-15
color video, 1-34, III-724
common source low power, 11.-.84
complementary-symmetry audio, 1-78
composite, 11-8, Ili-13
constant-bandwidth, III-21
current-shunt, III-21
current collector head, 11-11, 11-295
de servo, 1-457
de to video log, 1-38
detector and, MC1330/MC1352 used
in, television IF, 1-688
differential, III-14, 1-38
differential, input instrumentation, 1-347
differential, two op amp bridge type, 1183
dynamic, ac..coupled, III-17
electrometer, overload protected, ll-155
electronic balanced input microphone, I86
fast, de-stabilized, III-18
fast, summing, 1-36
FET cascade video, 1-691
FET input, ll-7
flat response, 1-92, III-673
forward-current booster, III-17
four quadrant photo-conductive detector, 1-359
gain-controlled, III-34
gate, 1-36
hi-fi compander as, 11-12
hi-fi expandor, 11-13
high-frequency, III-259-265
high gain differential instrumentation, 1353

high gain inverting ac, 1-92
high impedance bridge, 1-353
high impedance differential, 1-27, 1-354
high impedance/high gain/high frequency, 1-41
high impedance/low capacitance, 1-691
high impedance/low drift, instrumentation, 1-355
high-input-high impedance 20 dB
micropower, 11-44
high-input-impedance differential, II-19
high-performance FET, wideband UHF,
1-560
high speed current to voltage, 1-35
high speed instrumentation, 1-354high speed sample and hold, 1-587
high stability thermocouple, 1-355
IF, 1-690
infinite sample and hold, 11-558
input/output buffer for analog multiplexers, III-11
instrumentation, III-278-284, 1-346, 1348, 1-349, 1-352, 1-354
ffiverting, Ill-14, 11-41, 1-42
inverting gain of 2, lag-lead compensation, UHF, 1-566
inverting power, 1-79
inverting unity gain, 1-80
isolation rf, 11-54-7
JFET bipolar cascade video, 1-692
level-shifting isolation, 1-348
linear, CMOS inverter in, Il-11
line-operated, III~37
line-type, duplex, telephone, III-616
load line protected, 75W audio, 1-73
logarithmic, II-8
logic (see logic amplifier)
log ratio, 1-42
loudness control. 11-46
low-distortion audio limiter, 11-15
low-level video detector circuit and, 1687
low-noise broadband, 1-562
low-power conunon source, 11-84
low-signallevellhigh impedance instrumentation, I-350
magnetic pickup hone, 1-89
medical telemetry, isolation, 1-352
meter-driver, rf, 1-MHz, 111-54-5
micro-sized, III-36
microphone, III-34, 1~87
monostable usillg, 11-268
noninverting, III-14, 1-32, 1-33, 1-41
noninverting ac power, 1-79
Norton, absolute value, III- 11
op amp clamping for, 11-22

op amp, intrinsically safe protected, III
12
oscilloscope sensitivity, III-436
output, four-channel D/A, III-165
phone, 1-81
phono, 1-80
photodiode, 11-324, 1-361, III-672
photodiode, low~noise, III-19
playback, tape, III-672
pola__rity-reversing low-power, III-16
power (see also power amps), 11-46, ll451' lll-450-456
power, 90-W, safe area protection, 11459
power GaAsFET with single supply, 1110
pre-amp, NAB tape playback, professional, III-38
pre-amp, phono,magnetic, III-37
pre-amp, read-head, automotive circuits, 111-44
pre-amp, RIAA, 111-38
precision, I -40
precision FET input instrumentation, I355
precision summing, 1-36
precision weighted resistor -programmable gain, II~9
programmable, II-334, III-504--508
pulse-width proportional controller
circuit for, 11-21
PWM servo, III-379
reference voltage, 1-36
remote, 1-91
rf (see rf amplifier), Il-537
selectable input, programmable gain, 132
servo, 400Hz, 11-386
servo motor, I 452
servo motor drive, 11-384
signal distribution, 1-39
sinewave output buffer, 1-126
single-device, SOW/50-ohm, VHF, 1-558
single supply, ac buffer, 1-126
single supply, noninverting, 1-75
sound mixer and, 11-37
speaker, hand-held transceivers, III-39
speaker, overload protector for, 11-16
speech compressor, ll-15
split supply, noninverting, I-75
stable unity gain buffer, 11-6
standard cell, battery powered buffer, 1351
standard cell, saturated, ll-296
stereo, gain control, II-9
summing, Ill-16, 1-37
switching power, I-33
751
amplifier (con't.)
tape pi"Yback, 1-92
tape recording, 1-90
telephone, lli-621
thermocouple, lli-14, 1-654
thermocouple, cold junction compensation in, 11-649
transducer, 1-86, III-669-673
transistor headphone, II-43
tremolo circuit or, voltage-controlled, 1598
triple ep amp instrumentation, 1-347
TV audio, 111-39
two-meter lOW power, 1-562
two-stage 60MHz IF, 1-563
two-stage wideband, 1-689
two-wire to four-wire audio converter,
11-14
ultra high frequency, 1-565
ultra high gain audio, 1-87
ultra high Z ac unity gain, 11-7
ultra low leakage preamp, Il-7
unity gam, 1-27
variable gain, differential input instrumentation, l-349
very high impedance instrumentation, 1354
video, 1-692, III-708-712
voice activated switch, 1-608
voltage, differential-to-single-ended, III670
voltage-follower, signal-supply operation
III-20
voltage controlled, 1-31, 1-598
voltage controlled, attenuator for, 11-18
voltage controlled, variable gain, 1-28-29
volume, 11-46
walkman, 11-456
wideband unity gain inverting, 1-35
wide bandwidth, low noise/low drift, 138
wide frequency range, III-262

write, lli-18
)I( 10 operational, 1-37
)I( tOO-operational, 1-37
amplitude modulator, low distortion low
level, 11-370
analog counter circuit, 11-137
analog multiplexer,
buffered input/output, III-396
sfugle-trace to four-trace scope converter, H-431
analog multiplier, II-392
0/01 percent, 11-392
analog-to-digital buffer, high speed 6-bit,
1-127
analog-to-digital converter, 11-23-31, III22-26
752
8-bit, I-44-, 1-46

8-bit successive approximation, 1-47
!O-bit, U-28
10-bit serial output, 11-27
16-bit, 11-26
capacitance meter, 31/2 digit, III-76
cyclic, 11-30
differential input system for, 11-31
fast precision, 1-49
four-digit (10,000 count), 11-25
half-flash, 111-26
high speed 3-bit, 1-50
high speed 12-bit, 11-29
IC, low cost, 1-50
LCD display, 3 1/2 digit, 1-49
successive approximation, 11-24, Il-30,
1-45
switched-capacitor, Ill-23
three-decade logarithmic, 1-48
tracking, Ill-24
analyzer, gas, 11-281
AND gate, 1-395
large fan-in, 1-395
anemometer
hot-wire, III-342
thermally based, 11-241
angle of rotation detector, 11-283
announcer, ac line-voltage, III-730
annunciators, III-27-28, 11-32-34
electronic bell, 11-33
large fan-in, 1-395
low-cost chime circuit, 11-33
sliding tone doorbell, 11-34
antennas, active, III-1-2
antitheft device, I- 7
arc lamp, 25W, power supply for, 11-476
arc welding inverter, ultrasonic, 20 KHz,
III-700
arc-jet power supply, starting circuit, m479
astable flip flop with starter, -TI-239
astable multivibrator, III-196, ffi-233, lli238, 11-269, U-510
op amp, lll-224
programmable-frequency, lli-237
square wave generation with, II-597
attendance counter, 11-138
attenuator, III-29-31
analog signals, microprocessorcontrolled, 111-101
digitally programmab~, lli-30
digitally selectable precison, 1-52
programmable, III-30
programmable (1 to 0.00001), 1-53
variable, 1-52
voltage-controlled, 11-18, Ill-31
-auchble slow logic pulses, II-34-5
audio amplifier, III-32-39
AGC, squelch control, lli-33

audio booster, 20 dB, lli-35
audio circuit bridge load drive, 111-35
complementary..gymmetry, 1-78
high slew rate power op amp, I-82
gain-controlled, stereo, III-34
line-operated, III-37
load line protection, 75W, 1-73
low power, II-454
micro-sized, III-36
microphone, IU-34
mini-stereo, III-38
pre-amp, NAB tape playback, professional, III-38
pre-amp, phono, magnetic, 111-37
pre-amp, RIAA, lli-38
speaker, hand-held transceivers, III-39
television type, III-39
tone control, 11-686
ultra-high gam, 1-87
audio automatic gain control, 11-17
audio booster, 111-35, 11-455
audio circuits
biquad filter, IU-185
bridge-load drive, Ill-35
carrier-current transmitter, III-79
audio clipper, precise, 11-394
audio compressor, 11-4-4
audio continuity tester, 1-550
audio converter, two-wire to four-wire, 1114
audio distribution amplifier, II-39, I-39
audio frequency meter, 1-311
audio generator, lli-559
one-IC, TI-569
two-tone, 11-570
audio LED bar peak program meter
display, 1-254
audio limiter, low distortion, 11-15
audio millivoltmeter, III-767, III-769
audio mixer, I-23, IT-35
audio mixer, one transistor, 1-59
audio notch filter, II-400
audio operated circuits (see sound operated circuits)
audio operated relay, I-608
audio oscillator, 11-24, l-64, III-427
20Hz to 20kHz, variable, 1-727
light-sensitive, 111-315
sine wave, 11-562
audio-controlled lamp, 1-609
audio power amplifier, ll-451, III-454
20-W, III-456
50-W, III-451
6-W, with preamp, III-454
bridge, 1-81
audio power meter, 1-4-"88
audio-powered noise clipper, Il-396
audio Q multiplier, 11-20

audio-rf signal trncer probe, 1-527
audio signal amplifiers, II -41-4 7
audio compressor, 11-44
auto fade, 11-42
balance, 11-46
balance and loudness amplifier, 11-4 7
loudness, TI-46
microphone preamp, 11-45
micropower high-input-impedance 20-dB
amplifier, n-44
power, II-46
stereo preamplifier, Il-43, Il-45
transistor headphone amplifier, 11-43
volume, 11-46
audio sine-wave generator, 11-564audio squelch, 11-394
audio switching/mixing, silent, 1-59
audio waveform generators, precision, 111230
auto-advance projector, 11-444

auto battery charger, Ni-Cad, 1-115
auto battery current analyzer, 1-104
auto btrrg]ar alarm, 11-2, 1-3, III4, III-7,
1-7, 1-10
autodrum sound effect, 11-591
auto fade circuit, 11-42
auto :flasher, 1-299
auto high speed warning device, 1-101
auto lights-on reminder, I -109
auto-zeroing scale bridge circuits, III-69
automatic gain control, audio, 11-17
automatic headlight dimmer, 11-63
automatic keyer, 11-15
automatic level control, 11-20
automatic mooring light, 11-323
automatic power down protection cin:uit,
TI-98
automatic shutoff battery charger, ll-113
automatic tape recording, ll-21
automatic telephone recording device, 11622
automatic TTL morse code keyer, 11-25
automatic turn off for TV, ll-577
automobile locator, III-43
automotive circuits, III-40-52, 11-48-63
air conditioner smart clutch, III-46
automatic headlight dimmer, ll-63
automobile locator, III-43
automotive exhaust emissions analyzer,
11-51
back-up beeper, Ill-49
bar-graph voltmeter, 11-54
battery-alternator monitor, III-63
brake light, delayed extra,.III-44
brake lights, fia,lllng thin!, III-51
car horn, electronic, 111-50
car wiper control, ll-62
courtesy light delay switch, III-42

courtesy light extender, III-50
delayed-action windshield wiper control,
11-55
digi-tach, 11-61
directional signals monitor, III-48
door ajar monitor, III-46
electric vehicles, battery saver, III-67
garage stop light, II-53
glow plug driver, 11-52
headlight alarm, III-52
headlight delay circuit, III-49, 11-59
headlight dimmer, II-57
ice formation alann, 11-58
ignition substitute, III-41
ignition timing light, 11-60
immobilizer, 11-50
intermittent windshield wiper with
dynamic braking, 11-49
lights-on warning, III-42, ll-55
PTC thermistor automotive temperature indicator, II-56
read-head pre-amplifier, III-44
road ice alarm, 11-57
Slow-sweep wiper control, TI-55
tachometer, set point, 111-47
tachometer/dwell meter, 111-45
voltage regulator, Ill-48
automotive exhaust emissions analyzer, II51
auto tum signals, sequential flasher for,
11-109, III-1
B
back-biased GaA.s LED light sensor, II321
back EMF PM motor speed control, II
379
balanced input microphone amplifier,
electronic, 1-86
balanced microphone preamp, low noise
transformerless, 1-88
balanced modulator, III-376
balancer, stereo, 1-619
bargraph car voltmeter, 1-99
barricade flasher, 1-299
battery charge/discharge indicator, 1-122
balance amplifier, IIJ-46
loudness control in, 11-395
balance and loudness amplifier, ll-47
balance indicator, bridge circuit, II-82
band reject filter, active, 11-401
bandpass filter, 11-222
-active, III-190, 11-221, II-223
Chebyshev fowth-order, III-191
multiple feedback, 11-224
notch and, 11-223
second-order biquad, III-188
bar-code scanner, III-363

bar expanded scale meter, 11-186
bar graph
ac signal indicator, II-187
voltmeter, 11-54
basic single-supply voltage regulator, 11-471
bass tuner,II-362
12 v, 1-111
200 rnA-hour, 12V Ni-Cad, 1-114
automatic shutoff for, 1-113
batteries
fixed power 'upply, 12-VDC/120-VAC,
III464
high~voltage generator, III-482
battery charger, III-53-59, TI-64, 11-69, 1113
constant voltage, current limited, 1-115
control for 12V, 1-112
current limited 6V, I-118
gel cell, IT-66
lead/acid, III-55
lithium, 11-67
low-battery detector, lead-acid, III-56
low-battery warning, III-59
low-cost trickle for 12V storage, 1-117
Ni-Cad, 1-118
ni-cad zapper, II-66
portable, ni-cad, III-57
power supply and, 14V, III-4A, 11-73
PUT, III-54
regulator for, 1-117
simpli-Cad, I-112
solar cell, 11-71
thennally controlled ni-cad, II-68
U]T,III-56
universal, III-56, III-58
versatile design, 11-72
voltage detector relay for, TI-76
wind powered, II-70
battery condition checker, 1-108
battery condition indicator, 1-121
battery indicator, low, 1-124
battery instruments, bipolar power supply
for, Il-475
battery lantern circuit, I-380
battery level indicator, II-124
battery monitor, III-60-67, IJ-74-79, 1-106
analyzer, ni-cad batteries, III-64
automatic shutoff, battery-powered
projects, III-61
battery saver, electric vehicles, ill-67
battery status indicator, 11-77
battery-life extender, 9 V, III-62
capacity tester, 111-66
dynamic, constant current load fuel cell/
battery tester, 11-75
lithium battery, state of charge indicator,
11-78
753
battery monitor (con't.)

low-battery detector, III-63
low-battery indicator, ll-77
low-battery protector, JII-65
low-battery warning/disconnect, Ill-65
protection circuit, ni-cad batteries, III-
62
sensor, quick-deactivating, III-61
splitter, III-66
step-up switching regulator for 6V, 11-78
voltage, 11-79
voltage detector relay in, 11-76
battery-life extender, 9 V, III-62
battery-operated equipment,
automatic shutoff, 111-61
undervoltage indicator for, I-123
battery-operated fiasher, high powered, 11-
229
battery-powered buffer amplifier for
standard cell, 1-351
battery-powered calculators/radios/
cassette players, power pack, 1-509
battery-powered fence charger, II-202
battery-powered light, capacitance operated, l-131
battery-powered warning light, II-320
battery status indicator, 11-77
battery threshold indicator, 1-124
battery voltage indicator, solid state, I-120
battery voltage monitor, 11-79
HTS, precision, 1-122
battery zapper, simple Ni-Cad, 1-116
beacon transmitter, III-683
beep transformer,- III-555, III-566
beeper
back-up, automotive circuits, III-49
repeater, I -19
bell, electronic, 11-33
bell, electronic phone, 1-636
bench top power supply, 11-472
bidirectional intercom-system, III-290
bidirectional proportional motor control,
Il-374
bilateral current source, III-469
binary counter, 11-135
biomedical instrumentation differential
amplifier, III-282
bipolar de-de converter with no inductor,
!I-132
bipolar power supply, 11-475
bipolar voltage reference source, III-774
biquad audio filter, III-185
second-order bandpass, III-188
bird chirp sound effect, III-577, 11-588
blinker (see also flashers), III-193, II-225
fast, 1-306
neon, 1-303
telephone ,II -629
754
blinking phone light monitor, 11-624

blown-fuse alarm, 1-10
boiler control, 1-638
bongos, electronic, 11-587
booster
audio, III-35, TI-455
forward-current, 111-17
LED, 1-307
shortwave FET, 1-561
12ns, 11-97
high speed electronic, 11-96
bootstrapping, cable, 1-34
brake light,
extra, delayed, III-44
flashing, extra, III-51
brake, PWM speed controVenergy recovering, III-380
breaker
12ns, 11-97
high speed electronic, ll-96
breaker power dwell meter, 1-102
breakout box, buffer, 11-120
breath alert alcohol tester, III-359
breath monitor, III-350
bridge balance indicator, 11-82
bridge circuit, III-68-71, 11-80-85, 1-552
ac, 11-81
ac servo amplifier with, III-387
accurate null/variable gain circuit, III-69
auto-zeroing scale, III-69
balance indicator, II-82
bridge transducer amplifier, III-71
low power common source amplifier, 1184
QRP SWR, III-336
remote sensor loop transmitter, III-70
strain gauge signal conditioner, IIT-71,
II-85
transducer, amplifier for, II-84
two op amp differential amplifier using,
II-83
Wien bridge, variable oscillator, III-424
Wien-bridge filter, III-659
Wien-bridge oscillator, 111-429
Wien-bridge oscillator, low-distortion,
thermally stable, III-557
Wien-bridge oscillator, low-voltage, III432
Wien-bridge oscillator, single-supply, III558
bridge load driver, .audio circuit, III-35
brightness control. III-308
LED, l-250
low loss, I-377
broadcast band rf amplifier, III-264, 11-546
buck converter, 5V/0.5A, 1-494
buck/boost converter, III-113
bucking regulator, high-voltages, III-481
buffer
capacitance, low-input, III-498
capacitance, stabilized low-input, III-502
high impedance low capacitance wideband, l-127
high resolution ADC input, 1-127
high speed 6-bit A/D, l-127
high speed single supply ac, 1-127, 1-128
input/output, for analog multiplexers, III-11
stable, high impedance, I -128
unity gain, stable, good speed and high
input impedance, ll6
video, low-distortion, III-712
buffer amplifier
100x, 1-128
10x,l-128
sinewave output, 1-126
single supply ac, 1-126
standard cell battery powered, 11-351
buffered breakout box, 11-120
bug detector, III-365
bug tracer, III-358
bull hom, 11-453
bu<glar alann
auto, ll-2
one-chip, III-5
burst generator, III-72-74, 1186-90
multi, square waveform, II-88
ri, portable, III-73
single timer IC square wave, 1189
single tone, 11-87
strobe tone, II-90
tone, 11-90
tone burst, European repeaters, III-74
burst power control, III-362
bus interface, eight bit uP, 11-114
buzzer
continuous tone 2kHZ, 1-11
gated 2kHz, 1-12
cable bootstrapping, 1-34

cable tester, 111-539
cahbrated circuit, DVM auto, I-714
cahbrated tachometer, III-598
calibration standard,_ precision, 1-406
calibrator
100kHz crystal, I-185
5.0V square wave, 1-423
oscilloscope, Il-433, III-436
portable, 1-644
camera alarm trigger, III-444
camera link, video, wireless, III-718
canceller, central image, III-358
capacitance buffer
low-input, III-498
stabilized low-input, III-502

capacitance meter, 111-75-77, 11-91-94, 1400
AID, three-and-a-half digit, III-76
capacitance to voltage, 11-92
digital, ll-94
capacitance multiplier, II-200, l-416
capacitance operated battery powered
light, 1-131
capacitance relay, 1-130
capacitance switched light, 1-132
capacitance to pulse width converter, TI126
capacitance to voltage meter, 11-92
capacitor discharge,
high-voltage generator, III-485
ignition system, 11-103
capacity tester, battery, 111-66
car alann, motion actuated, 1-9
car battery condition checker, 1-108
car battery monitor, I -106
car horn, III-50
car port, automatic light controller for, 11308
car radio, receiver for, 11-525
car voltmeter, bargraph, l-99
car wiper control, 11-62
carrier-current, III-78-82
AM receiver, Ill-81
audio transmitter, III-79
FM receiver, III-SO
intercom, 1-146
power-line modem, III-82
receiver, I -143
receiver, single transistor, 1-145
reciever, IC, 1-146
remote control, 1-146
transmitter, 1-144
transmitter, integrated circuit, 1-145
carrier operated relay, 1-575
carrier system receiver, 1-141
carrier transmitter with on/off 200kHz
line, 1-142
cascaded amplifier, III-13
cassette bias oscillator, 11-426
cassette interface, telephone, III-618
centigrade thennometer, 11-648, 1-655, II662
central image canceller, III-358
charge compensated sample and hold, 11559
charge pool power supply, III-469
charge pump, positive input/negative
output, III-360, 1-418
chargers (see battery charger)
chase circuit, III-197, 1-326
Chebyshev filter
bandpass, fowth-order, III-191
fifth order multiple feedback low pass,
11-219
high-pass, fourth-order, III-191
chime circuit, low-cost, 11-33
chopper amplifier, 11-7, III-12, 1-350
checker
-buzz box continuity and coil,l-551
car battery condition, 1-108
crystal, 1-178, 1-186
zener diode, 1-406
chroma demodulator with RGB matrix,
Ill-716
chug-chug soWld generator, III-576
circuit breaker
12ns, Il-97
ac, III-512
high speed electronic, 11-96
circuit protection circuit, 11-95-99
12ns circuit breaker, 11-97
automatic power down, 11-98
electronic crowbar, 11-99
high speed electronic circuit breaker, Il96
line dropout detector, 11-98
low voltage power discoiUlector, 11-97
overvoltage, 11-96
clamp-on-current probe compensator, 11-
501
clamp-limiting amplifiers, active, III-15
clamping circuit
video signal, III-726
video summing amplifier and, III-710
class-D power amplifier, III-453
clipper, II-394
audio-powered noise, 11-396
clock circuits, III-83-85,11-1Q0-102
60Hz clock pulse generator, 11-102
adjustable TTL, 1-614
comparator, I-156
digital, with alarm, III-84
gas discharge displays, III-12-hour, 1253
oscillator/clock generator, 111-85
phase lock, 20-Mhz to Nubus, III-105
single op amp, III-85
three phase from reference, 11-101
TTL, wide-frequency, III-85
Z80 computer, 11-121
clock generator
oscillator, I-615
precision, I-193
clock pulse generator, 60Hz, ll-102
clock radio, 1-542
AM/FM, 1-543
clock source, I-729
closed loop tachometer feedback control,
11-390
closed-loop tracer, III-356
CMOS circuits
555 astable true rail to rail square wave
generator, 11-596
9-bit, Ill-167
coupler, optical, III-414
crystaJ oscillator, III-134
data acquisition system, 11-117
flasher, III-199
inverter, linear amplifier from, 11-11
mixer, 1-57
optical coupler, III-414
oscillator, III-429, lll-430
progranunable precision timer, III-652
short-pulse generator, m-523
touch switch, 1-137
universal logic probe, 111-499
coaxial cable, five transistor pulse booster
for, 11-191
code-practice oscillator, 1-15, 1-20, 1-22,
11-428 431
coil drivers, current-limiting, III-173
coin flipper circuit, III-244
cold junction compensation, thennocouple
amplifier with, ll-649
color amplifier, video, III-724
color organ, 11-583, 11-584
color video amplifier, 1-34
Colpitts crystal oscillator, 11-147
common-gate amplifiers, rf, 450-MHz, III544
communication system, optical, I-358, II416
combination lock
electronic, 11-196
electronic, three-dial, 11-195
commutator, four-channel, 11-364
compander, hi-fi., 11-12
clock circuit, I-156
comparator, III-86-90, 11-103-112, I-I57
demonstration circuit, 11-109
-diode feedback, 1-150
display and, ll-105
double-ended limit, 11-105, 1-156
dual limit, 1-151
four-channel, III-90
frequency, 11-109
frequency-detecting, III-88
high impedance, 1-157
high input impedance window comparator, 11-108
high-low level comparator with one op
amp, 11-108
latch and, III-88
LED frequency, 11-110
limit, 11-104, 1-156
low power, Jess than 10uV hysteresis,
ll-104
microvolt, dual limit, III-89
755
comparator (con 't .)

microvolt, with hysteresis, IJI-88
monostable using, Il-268
opposite polarity input voltage, I-155
oscillator, tunable signal, 1-69
power supply overvoltage, glitches
detection with, Il-107
precision, balanced input/variable offset,
lll-89
precision, photodiode, 1-360, 1-384time out, I-153
TTL-compatible Schmitt trigger, Il-111
variable hysteresis, 1-149
voltage monitor and, 11-104window, III-87, III-90, 11-106, 1-152, l154, III-776-781
with hysteresis, 1-157
with hysteresis, inverting, 1-154
with hysteresis, noninverting, I-153
compass, Hall-effect, Ill-258
compensator, clamp-on-current probe, 11501
composite amplifier, 11-8, III-13
composite-video signal text adder, Ill-716
compressor/expander circuits, III-91-95
audio, 11-44
hi-fi, de-emphasis, III-95
hi-fi, pre-emphasis, III-93
low-voltage, III-92
speech, 11-2
variable slope, III-94
computalarm, I-2
computer circuit, 111-96-108, 11-113-122
8-bit uP bus interface, 11-114
8048/IM80C48 8-char/16-seg ASCII
triplex LCD, 11-116
buffered breakout box, 11-120
clock phase lock, 20-Mhz-to-Nubus, lll105
CMOS data acquisition system, 11-117
data separator for floppy disks, 11-122
EEPROM--pulse generator, 5V-powered,
lll-99
eight-charmel mux/demux system, 11115
eight-digit microprocessor display, III-
106
flip-flop inverter, spare, III-103
high speed data acquisition system, 11118
interface, 680x, 650x, 8080 families,
III-98
logic line monitor, III-108
long delay line, logic signals, III-107
microprocessor selected pulse width
control, 11-116
multiple inputs detector, III-102
one-of-eight chaiUlel transmission
756
system, III-100
RGB blue box, III-99
RS-232 dataselector, automatic, III-97
RS-232-to-CMOS line receiver, Ill-102
RS-232C LED circuit, III-103
signal attenuator,--analog,
microprocessor-controlled, III-101
socket debugger, coprocessor, 111-104
speech synthesizer for, III-732
Vpp generator for EPROMs, 11-114
XOR gate up/down counter, III-105
ZSO clock, 11-121
computers
memory saving power supply for, 11-486
power supply watchdog for, Il-494
uninterruptible power supply for, 11-462
constant-bandwidth amplifiers, 111-21
constant-current charging time delay, 11668
constant-current stimulator, III-352
constant-voltage, current limited charger,
1-115
contact switch, 1-136
continuity tester, III-345, II-533, 11-535,
III-538-540
adjustable audible, II-536
cable tester, 111-539
PCB, 11-342, 11-535
continuous-tone 2kHz buzzer, 1-11
contrast meter, 11-447
automatic, l-472
control circuit
de motor speed/direction, 1-452
high Z input, hi-fi tone, 1-676
hysteresis-free phase, 1-373
tone, 1-677
water-level sensing, 1-389
controller, IJI-378-390
860 W limited range low cost precision
light, 1-376
ac servo amplifier, bridge-type, III-387
boiler, l-638
built-in self timer, universal motor, 1-451
de motor speed, 1-454
direction, series-wound motors, 1-448
direction, shunt-wound motors, 1-456
_driver, motor, constant-speed, III-386
driver, motor, de, speed-controlled
reversible, III-388
driver, motor, de, with fixed speed
control, III-387
fan speed, III-382
feedback speed, 1-447
.floodlamp power, 1-373
fluid level. 1-387
full-wave SCR, 1-375
heater, 1-639
high-power, sensitive contacts for, 1~371
high quality tone, 1-67:5

high torque motor speed, 1-449
IC preamplifier with tone, 1-673
induction motor, 1-454
LED brightness, 1-250
light-level, 1-380
liquid level, 1-388
load-dependent, universal motor, I-451
low loss brightness, 1-377
model train or car, l-455
model train speed, 1-453
motor speed, IT-455, 1-450, 1-453
motor-speed, closed-loop, III-385
motor-speed, high-efficiency, III-390
motor-speed, switched-mode, III-384
motor-speed, tachless, III-386
on/off, "1-665
power tool torque, 1-458
PWM motor controller, III-389
PWM servo amplifier, III-379
PWM speed control/energy-recovering
brake, III-380
radio control motor speed, 1-576
sensitive contact, high power, 1-371
servo system, III-384single-setpoint temperature, 1-641
speed, shunt-wound motors, 1-456
speed, feedback, 1-447
speed, model train or car, 1-455
speed, series-wound motors, 1-448
speed, tools or appliances, 1-446
start-and-run motor circuit, III-382
stepping motor drive, III-390
switching, III-383
temperature, 1-641-643
temperature-sensitive heater, 1-640
three-band active tone, 1-676
three-charmel tone, 1-672
three-phase power-factor, 11-388
universal motor speed, 1-457
voltage-, pulse generator and, III-524
windshield wiper hesitation, 1-105
windshield wiper, I -105
with buffer, active bass/treble tone, 1674
conversion
negative input voltage, V/F, I-708
positive input voltage, V/F, 1-707
converter, III-109-122, ll-123-132, I-503
3-5 V regulated output, III-739
4-18 MHz, III-114
5V-to-isolated 5V at 20MA, III-474
5V/0.5A buck, 1-494
8-bit AID, III-44, l-46
8-bit D/A, 1-240-241
8-bit successive approximation A/D, 147
8-bit tracking A/D, 1-46
10 bit D/ A, 1-238
10Hz to 10kHz voltage/frequency, 1706
12 V to 9, 7.5, or 6 V, 1-508
12-to-16 V, III-747
14-bit binary D/A, 1-237
+50V feed forward switch mode, I-495
+50 V push-pull switched mode, 1-494
100 M!lz, 11-130
100 V/10.25 A switch mode, 1-501
400 V, 60 W push pull de/de, 1-210
ac-to-de, 1-165
analog-to-digital, 111-22-26, III-22
BCD to analog, 1-160
bipolar de to de, no inductor, 11-132
buck/boost, III-113
calculator to stopwatch, 1-153
capacitance to pulse width, 11-126
current to voltage, 1-162, 1-165
current to voltage, grounded bias and
sensor, 11-126
D/A, 11-179-181
de 10kHz frequency/voltage, 1-316
de-de, isolated +15V., IH-115
de-de regolaling, 111-121, 1-211
de-de, step up-step down, III-118
de-to-de, 3-25 V, III-744
digital frequency meter, frequency-tovoltage, I-317
fast logarithmic, 1-169
fast precision AJD, 1-49
fast voltage output D/A, 1-238
fixed power supply, III-470
flyback, 1-211
flyback, voltage, high-efficiency, III-744
frequency, 1-159
frequency-to--voltage, 1-318, III-219-220
high impedance precision rectifier for
ac/dc, 1-164
high speed 3-bit A/D, 1-50
high speed 8-bit D/A, 1-240
high-to-low impedance, 1-41
LCD displlly, 3 112 digit A/D, 1-49
light intensity to frequency, 1-167
low/frequency, III-111
muliplexed BCD to parallel, 1-169
offset binary coding, 10-bit 4 quadrant
multiplying D/A, 1-241
ohms to volts, 1-168
oscilloscope, 1-471
photodiode current to voltage, TI-128
pico ampere 70 voltage with gain, 1-170
PIN photodiode-to-frequency, III-120
polarity, 1-166
positive-to-negative, III-112, III-113
power voltage to current, 1-163
precision 12-bit DID, 1-242
precision peak to peak ac-dc, TI-127
precision voltage to frequency, 11-131

pulse height-to-width, III-119
pulse train-to-sinusoid, 111-122
pulse width-to-voltage, III-117
regulated 15-Vout 6-V driven, III-745
regulated de to de, 11-125, 1-210
resistance to voltage, 1-161-162
RGB-oomposite video signals, III-714
RMS-to-de, 11-129, 1-167
RMS-to-dc, 50-MHz thennal, III-117
self oscillating flyback, 11-128, 1-170
shortwave, III-114
simple frequency to voltage, 1-318
simple LF, 1-546
sine wave to square wave, I-170
square-to-sine wave, III-118
temperature-to-frequency, I-168
temperature-to-time, III-632-633, III632
three-decade log A/D, 1-48
three-IC low cost A/D,-1-50
triangle to sine, 11-127
TTL square wave to triangle wave, 11125
TTL-to-MOS logic, 11-125, 1-170
two-wire to four-wire audio, 11-14
ultraprecision V/F, 1-708
unipolar-to-dual voltage supply, III-743
VLF, 1-547
voltage ratio-to-frequency, III-ll6
voltage, III-742-748, III-742
voltage, offline, 1.5-W, III-746
voltage-to-current, 11-124, 1-166
voltage-to-current, zero IB error, III120
voltage-to-frequency, 1-707, III-749-757
voltage-to-frequency, 10Hz-to-10KHz,
IU-110
voltage-to-pulse duration, 11-124
wide range current to frequency, I-164
zener regulated frequency to voltage, 1317
coprocessor socket debugger, III-104
countdown timer, II-680
counter, III-123-130, 11-133-139
8-digit up/down, 11-134
10 Mllz universal, TI-139, 1-255
20kHz ling, 11-135
100 MHz frequency, period, 11-136
analog circuit, 11-137
attendance, 11-138
binary, 11-135
CMOS programmable divide by N , 1257
frequency, III-340, III-768
frequency, 1.2 GHz, 111-129
frequency, 10-MHz, III-126
frequency, low-cost, III-124
frequency, preamp, 111-128

frequency, tachometer and, 1-310
geiger, 1-536-537
odd-number divider and, III-217
preamplifier, oscilloscope/, 111-438
precision frequency, 1-253
programmable, low-power wide-range,
111-126
ring, incandescent lamp, I-301
ring, low cost, 1-301
ling, SCR, 111-195
ring, variable timing, IJ-134
universal, 40-MHz, III-127
up/down, extreme count freezer, III-125
up/down, XOR gate, 111-105
coupler
CMOS, optical, III-414
linear, ac analog, 11-412
linear analog, 11-413
linear, de, IT-411
photon, 11-412
transmitter oscilloscope for CB signals,
1-473
TTL, optical, III-416
courtesy light delay switch, automotive
circuits, III-42
courtesy light extender, IIT-50, 198
CRO doubler, III-439
cross fader, 11-312
crosshatch generator, color TV, 111-724
crossover network, 11-35
5V, 1-518
ac/dc lines, electronic, 1515
active, 1-172
active, asymmetrical third order But-terworth, 1~173
electronic circuit for, 11-36
crowbar
electric, III-510
electronic, 11-99
SCR, I!-496
simple, 1516
crystal .calibrator, 100kHz, 1-185
crystal checker, 1-178, 1-186
crystal controlled Butler oscillator, 1-182
crystal controlled sine wave oscillator, I198
crystal OF-1 HI oscillator, international, I197
crystal OF-1 W oscillator, international, 1189
crystal oscillator, III-131-140, 11140-151,
1-180, 1-183, 1-185, 1-198
1 MHz FET, 11-144
10 MHz, 11-141
CMOS, ill-134, 1-187
Colpitts, 11-147
crystal-controlled oscillator as, 11-14 7
757
crystal oscillator (con't.)

crystal-stabilized IC timer for subharmonic frequencies, 11-151
crystal tester, 11-151
doubler and, 1-184
easy start-up, III-132
fundamental-frequency, JII-132
high frequency, 11-148, I-175
high frequency signal generator as, 11150
IC-compatible, II-145
JFET Pierce, 1-198
LO for SSB transmitter controlled by,
11-142
low-frequency-10kHz to 150kHz, 11146
\ow-frequency, 1-184
low-noise, 11-145
low-power 5V driven temperature
compensated, II-142
marker generator, III-138
mercury cell crystal--controlled oscillator
as, 11-149
overtone, III-146, 1-176, I-177, I-180
par.i..l.lel-mode aperiodic, 1-196
Pierce, 11-144
Pierce, 1-MHz, III-134
Pierce, low-frequency, III-133
quartz, two-gate, IIT-136
reflection oscillator, crystal-controlled,
III-136
Schmitt trigger, 1-181
signal source controlled by, 11-143
simple TTL, 1-179
stable low frequency, I-198
standard, 1 MHz, 1-197
temperature-compensated, III-137, 1187
third-overtone, 1-186
TTL-compatible, I-197
tube-type, I-192
varactor tuned 10 MHz ceramic oscillator, 11-141
VHF, 100-MH,, III-139
VHF, 20-MH,, Ill-138
VHF, 50-MH,, Ill-140
voltage-controlled, III-135
crystal-controlled oscillator, I-195
transistorized, 1-188
crystal-controlled reflection oscillator, 111136
crystal switching, overtone oscillator with,
1-183
crystal-stabilized IC timer for subhannonic
frequencies, II -151
crystal tester, 11-151
current analyzer, auto battery, 1-104
current booster, 1-30, I-35
758
current collector head amplifier, 11-11, II295

current limited charger, constant voltage,
I-115
current meter, 11-152-157
current sensing in supply rails, 11-153
electrometer amplifier with overload
protection, 11-155
guarded input pico ammeter circuit, ll-
156
pica ammeter, Il-154, 11-157
six decade range ammeter, 11-153, 11-
156
current monitor, 1-203
Hall-effect circuit, III-255
current monitor/alann, III-338
current readout, rf, 1-22
current sensing, supply rails, 11-153
current sink, precision, 1-206
current source, I-205
bilateral, III-469, 1-694-695
constant, safe, III-472
current, 1-697
inverting bipolar, I-697
noninverting bipolar, 1-695
precision, 1-205
precision,.1mA to 1mA, 1-206
regulator and, variable power supply,
III-490
voltage-controlled, grounded source/
load, III-468
current-limiting coil drivers, III-173
current-shunt amplifiers, Ill-21
current-to-frequency converter, wide
range, 1-164
current-to-voltage amplifier, high speed, I35
current-to-voltage converter, I-162, 1-165
groWlded bias and sensor in, 11-126
photodiode, ll-128
curve tracer, FET, 1-397
CW radio
filter, razor sharp, 11-219
transmitter, lW, III-678
transmitter, 40-M, III-684
transmitter, 902-MHz, III-686
transmitter, QRP, III-690
cyclic AID converter, 11-30
D
darkroom timer, 1-480
darkroom enlarger ti.rner, III-445
data acquisition
CMOS system for, 11~117
four channel, 1-421
high speed system for, II-118
data link, IR type, 1-341

data read circuit, 5MHz phase-encoded,
11-365
data selector, RS-232, III-97
data separator floppy disk, 11-122
de adapter/transceiver, hand-held, III-461
de generators, high-voltage, lll-481
de lamp dimmer, 11-307
de linear coupler, II-411
de motor speed control, 11-380
de restorer, video, III-723
de servo drive, bipolar control input, 11385
de-stabilized fast amplifiers, III-18
de static switch, 11-367
de-to-de converter
3-25V, III-744
bipolar, no inductor, 11-132
dual output+/- 12-15V, III-746
isolated + 15V, III-115
regulated, Ill-121, 11-125
step up/step down, III-118
de to de SMPS variable 18 to 30 V out at
0.2A power supply, II-480
deboWlcer, switch, III-592
debugger, coprocessor sockets, III-104
decibel level detector, audio, with meter
driver, III-154
-decoder, III-141-145, 11-162
10.8 MH' FSK,~I-214
24-percent bandwidth tone, 1-215
direction detector, III-144
dual-tone, 1-215
encoder and, III-144
frequency division multiplex stereo, 11169
PAL/NTSC, with RGB input, III-717
radio control receiver, 1-574
SCA, III-166, Ill-170, 1-214
second-audio program adapter, III-142
sound-activated, III-145
stereo TV, 11-167
time division muJtiplex stereo, 11-168
tone alert, 1-213
tone dial, 1-631
tone dial sequence, I-630
tone, III-143, 1-231
tone, dual time constant, 11-166
tone, relay output, 1-213
delay circuit, III-146-148
adjustable, III-148
headlights, 11-59
leading-edge, 111-147
precision solid state, 1-664
pulse, dual-edge trigger, III-147
delayed-action windshield wiper control,
11-55
delayed pulse generator, 11-509
delay relay, ultraprecise long time, 11211

delay unit
door chimes, 1218
headlight, 1-107
long duration time, 1-220
longtime, 1217
simple time, 11220, 1-668
universal wiper, 1-97
demodulator, III-149-150, II-158-160
5V FM, 1-233
12V FM, 1-233
565 SCA, III-150
AM, 11-160
chroma, with RGB matrix, 111-716
FM, ll-161
linear variable differential transformer
driver, I -403
LVDT circuit, III-323-324, III-323
LVDT driver and, 11-337
narrow band FM, carrier detect in, 11159
stereo, II-159
telemetry, 1-229
demonstration comparator circuit, 11-109
demultiplexer, III-394
descrambler, 11162
gated pulse, ll165
outband, 11-164
sine wave, fl-163
detect and hold, peak, I-585
detection switch, adjustable light, 1-362
detector (see also alanns; sensors), 111151-162, ll-171-178
air flow, 1-235, 11-240-242
air motion;l-222, III-364
amplifier, four quadrant photoconductive, I-359
angle of rotation, 11-283
bug, III-365
circuit for, video IF amplifier/low level
video, 1-687-689
decibel level, audio, with meter driver,
III-154
double ended limit, 1-230, I-233
edge, III-157, 1-226
electrostatic, III-337
envelope, precision, 111-155
flame, III-313
flow, III-202-203, III-202
flow, low-rate thermal, III-203
fluid and moisture, III-204-210, 11-243248
frequency limit, 11-177
frequency window, III-777
frequency, ~td. lll-158
frequency-boundary, III-156
gas, III-246-253, 11-278
gas and smoke, 1-332
gas and vapor, 11-279

high frequency peak, II-175
high speed peak, 1-232
infrared, lll-276, 11-289
IR, long-range objects, III-273
level, 11-174
level, with hysteresis, 1-235
light interruption, 1-364
light level, III-316
line-current, optically coupled, III-414
liquid level, 1-388, 1-390
low-light level drop, III-313
low line loading ring, 1-634
low voltage, I-224
magnetic transducer, 1-233
MC1330/MC1352 television IF amplifier in, 1~688
metal, 11-350-352
missing pulse, III-159, 1-232
moisture, l-442
motion, UHF, 111-516
multiple-input, computer circuit, III-102
negative peak, 1-234
nuclear particle, 1-537
nuli, 1-148, III-162
peak program, III-771
peak, ll-174, ll-175
peak, analog, with ~td hold, III-153
peak, ~tal, III-160
peak, high-bandwidth, III-161
peak, low-drift, III-156
peak, negative, 1-225
peak, positive, III-169
peak, wide-bandwidth, III-162
peak, wide-range, III-152
pH level, probe and, III-501
phase, III-440-442
phase, 10-bit accuracy, 11-176
positive peak, 1-225, 1-235
power loss, 11-175
precision peak voltage, 1-226
precision photodiode level, I-365
product, 1-223, 1-861
proximity, 11-135, 11136, 1-344
pulse coincidence, II-178
pulse sequence, 11-172
pulse-width, out-of-bounds, III-158
radar (see radar detector),
radiation (see radiation detector)
resistance ratio, II-342
rf, 11-500
Schmitt trigger, III-153
smoke, III-246-253, 11-278
smoke, ionization chamber, 1-332-333
smoke, operated ionization type, 1-596
smoke, photoelectric, 1-595
speech activity on phone lines, III-615,
11-617
telephone ring, III-619

telephone ring, optically interfaced, III611
threshold, precision, III-157
tone, 500-Hz, III-154
toxic gas, 11-280
true rms, I-228
TV sound IF/FM IF amplifier with
quadrature, 1-690
ulrra-low drift peak, 1-227
voltage level; 18, 11-172
window, 1-235, III-776-781
zero crossing, 11-173,1-732,1-733
zero crossing, with temperature sensor,
1-733
dial pulse indicator, telephone, III-613
dialer
pulsedialing telephone, 111-610
pulse/tone, single-chip, III-603
telephone-line powered repertory, 1-633
tone-dialing telephone, III-607
dice,_ electronic, III-245, 1-325
differential amplifier, l-38
high impedance, 1-27, 1-354
high input high impedance, II-19
instrumentation, III-283
instrumentation, biomedical, III-282
programmable gain, III-507
two op amp bridge type, 1183
differential analog switch, 1-622
differential capacitance measurement
circuit, 11-665
differential- hold, II-365, 1-589
differential-input A/D system, 11-31
differential-input instrumentation amplifier,
1-347, 1-354
high gain, 1-353
variable gain, 1-349
differential-input voltage-to-frequency
converter, III-750
differential-to-single-ended voltage amplifier, III-670
differential multiplexer
demultiplexer/, 1-425
wide band, 1-428
differential thermometer, III-638, II-661
differential voltage or current alarm, 11-3
differentiator, 1-423
negative-edge, 1-419
positive-edge, 1-420
digital capacitance meter, 11-94
digital IC, tone probe for testing, 11-504
digital frequency meter, III-344
digital logic probe, III-497
digital oscillator, resistance controlled, Il-426
digital tachometer, 11-61
digital temperature measwing circuit, 11653
759
digital theremin, Il-656

digital thermocouple thennometer, II-658
digital thennomder, Kelvin, zero adjust,
11-661
digital transmission isolator, II-414~) digital
voltmeter
3.5-digit, full-scale, four-decade, III-761
4.5-digit, III-760
digital-to-analog converter, III-163-169, 11179-181, I-241
0 to -SY ouput, resistor terminated, I239
8~bit, 1-240
8-bit, output current to voltage, I-243
10-bit, I-238
+lOY full scale bipolar, 1-242
+lOY full scale unipolar, l-244
12-bit,--variable step size, 11-181
14-bit binary, 1-237
16-bit binary, l-243
binary twos complement, 12-bit, lll-166
CMOS, 9-bit, III-167
fast voltage output, 1-238
high speed 8-bit, I-240
high speed voltage output, 1-244
multiplying, III-168
offset binary coding, 10-bit 4 quadrant
multiplying, 1-241
output amplifier, four-channel, III-165
precision 12-bit, I-242
three-digit BCD, I-239
two 8-bit to 12-bit, II-Um
digitally controlled amplifier/attenuator, I53
digitally programmable attenuators, III-30
digitally selectable precision attenuator, I52
digitally tuned low power active filter, 11218
digitizer, tilt meter, 111-644-646, III-644
dimmer, Il-309
800 W soft start light, I-376
800 W triac light, i-375
800 W, 1!-309
de lamp, II-307
halogen lamps, III-300
headlight, II-57
headlight, automatic, II-63
light, I-369
low cost, I-37:{
soft-start, 800-W, 111-304
tandem, II-312
triac, III-303, 11-310
diode checker, zener, 1-406
diode emitter driver, pulsed infrared, 11292
diode tester, 11-343, III-402
go/no-go, 1-401
760
diodeless rectifier, precision, lll-537

dip meter, IJ-182-183, l-247
basic grid, 1-247
dual gate IGFET, 1-246
little dipper, 11-183
vdricap. tuned FET, 1-246
direction detector decoder, III-144
direction-of-rotation circuit, III-335
directional signals monitor, auto, 111-48
discharge current stabilizer, laser, II-316
disco strobe light, 11-610
discrete current booster, 11-30
discrete sequence oscillator, III-421
discriminator
multiple-aperture, window, III-781
pulse amplitude, III-356
pulse width, 11-227
window, III-776-781, III-776
display circuit, III-170-171, II-184-188
3I/z digit DVM common anode, 11-713
60 dB dot mode, 11-252
audio, LED bar peak program meter, 11254
bar-graph indicator, ac signals, II-187
exclamation point, 11-254
expanded scale meter, dot or bar, II-186
LED bar graph driver, II-188
LED matrix, two-variable, III-171
display fluorescent, II-185
brightness control, III-316
comparator and, II--105
oscilloscope, eight-channel voltage, III-
4:-t'J
dissolver, lamp, solid-state, III-304
distribution circuits, II-35
distribt!tion <~mpli:fier
audio, 11-39, I-39
signal, I-39
divider
binary chain, 1-258
decade frequency, I-259
frequency, III-213-218, -II-254, 1-258
frequency, divide-by-1 1/2, III-216
low frequency, II-25~~
mathematical, one trim, m-:~26
odd-number counter and, III-217
pulse, non-interger prograrrunable, III226, II-511
Dolby B noise reduction circuit
decode mode, III-401
encode mode, III-400
Dolby B/C noise reduction circuit, lll-399
door bell, I-443
rain alarm, I-443
sliding tone, 11-34
door chimes delay, 1-218
door open al<~nn, III-46, 11-284
Hall-effect circuit, III-256
door opener, III-366

dot expanded scale meter, ll-186
double ended limit comparator, II-105
double frequency output, oscillator, I-314
double-sideband suppressed-carrier
modulator, III-377
double-sideband, suppressed-carrier rf, 11366
doubler
150 to aoo MHz, I-314
broadband frequency, 1-313
CRO, oscilloscope, lll-439
crystal oscillator, 1-184
frequency, 11!-215, 1-313
frequency, digital, lii-216
frequency, single-chip, III-218
low-frequency, 1-314
to 1 MHz, 11-252
voltage, III-459
voltage, triac-controlled, III-468
downbeat-emphasized metronome, III353-354
drive circuits, III-172-175
coil, current-limiting, III-173
line-synchronized, III-174
RS-232C, low-power, III-175
totem-pole, with bootstrapping, III-175
two-phase motor, I-456
drive interface of triac, direct de, 1-266
driver, 11-189-193, 1-260
10 MHz coaxial line, 1-560
50 ohm, I-262
BIFET cable, 1-264
bridge loads, audio circuits, III-35
capacitive load, 1-263
coaxial cable, 1-266
CRT deflection yoke, 1-265
fiber optic, 50-Mb/s, III-178
five-transistor pulse booster for coax,
11-191
flash slave, I-483
glow plug, II-52
high impedance meter, 1-265
high speed laser diode, 1-263
instrumentation meter, 11-296
indicator lamp, optically coupled, III-413
lamp, 1-380
l<~mp, short-circuit proof, II-310
LED bar graph, 11-188
line signals, 600-ohm balanced, II-192
line, 50-ohm transmission, 11-192
line, I-262
line, full rail excursions in, 11-190
load, timing threshold and, III-648
low frequency lamp flasher/relay, 1-300
LVDT demodulator and, lli-323-324, 11:{37
meter-driver rf amplifier, 1-MHz, III-545
microprocessor triac array, 11-410

motor, constant-speed, ill-386
motor, de, speed-controlled reversible,
ill-388
motor, de, with fixed speed control, ill387
motor, stepping, ill-390
multiplexer, high speed line, 1-264
neon lamp, 1-379
optoisolated, high-voltage, ffi-482
pulsed infrared diode emitter, 11-292
relay, 1-264
relay, delay and controls closure time,
ll-530
relay, with strobe, 1-266
shift register, 1-418
solenoid, 1-265, m-571-573
SSB, low <listortion 1.6 to 30MH, 11538
stepping motor, 11-376
driver demodulator, linear variable differential transfonner, I -403
drum sowtd effect, 11-591
dual-edge trigger pulse delay, III-147
dual-limit microvolt comparator, ill-89
dual-output over/under temperature
monitor, 11-646
dual-time constant tone decoder, 11-166
dual-tone decoding, 11-620
dual-tracking regulator, ill-462
duplex line amplifier, ill-616
duty cycle monitor, III-329
duty-cycle multiviDrator, 50-percent, III584
duty-cycle oscillator
50-percent, III-426
variable, fixed-frequency, 111-422
DVM
3 3/4 digit, 1-711
auto-calibrate circuit, 1-714
automatic nulling, 1-712
common anode display, 3 112 digit, 1713
four 1/2 digit LCD, 1-717
interface and temperature sensor, II- 64 7
dwenmeter
breaker point, 1-102
digital, ill-45
dynamic ac-coupled amplifiers, III-17
E
easy start-up crystal oscillator, III-132
eavesdropper, telephone, wireless, 111-620
edge detector, III-157, 1-226
EEPROM pulse generator, 5V-powered,
ill-99
eight charmel mux/demux system, III-115
eight-bit uP bus interface, 11-114

eight-digit up/down counter, 11-134
EKG -simulator, three-chip, III-350
elapsed time timer, II-680
electric fence charger, 11-202
electric vehicle battery saver, III-67
electrometer amplifier, overload protected, 11-155
electronic bell, 11-33
electronic--circuit breaker, high speed, 1196
electronic combination lock, 11-196
electronic crossover circuit, 11-36
electronic crowbar, U-99, I-515
electronic dice, III-245
electronic flash trigger, 11-448
electronic light flasher, 11-228
electronic lock, II-194-197
combination, 11-196
three-dial combination, ll-195
electronic music, III-360
electronic roulette, 11-276
electronic ship siren, 11-576
electronic switch, push on/off, 11-359
electronic theremin, IT-655
electronic thermometer, 11-660
electronic wake-up call, II-324
electrostatic detector, III-337
emergency lantern/flasher, 1-308
emergency light, 1-378
emissions analyzer, automotive exhaust,
11-51
emitter-coupled bjg loop oscillator, TI-4-22
emitter-coupled RC oscillator, 11-266
emulator, ll-198-200
capacitance muJtiplier, ll-200
JFET ac coupled integrator, 11-200
reSistor multiplier, II-199
simulated inductor, ll-199
encoder,
decoder and, III-14
telephone handset tone-dial, III-613, 1634
tone dial, l-629
tone,-1-67
tone, two-wire, U-364
engine tachometer, 1-94
enlarger timer, III-445, 11-446
envelope detectors, precision, III-155
EPROM, Vpp generator for, IT-114
equalizer, 1-671
ten-band -graphic, active filter in, 11-684
ten-band octave, ill-658
equipment on reminder, 1-121
exhaust emissions analyzer, -11-51
expanded-scale meter
analog, III-774
dot or bar, 11-186
expander circuits, TII-91-95

hi-fi, 11-13
extended-play circuit, tape-recorders, III600
extractor, square-wave puJse, III-584

extreme count freezing up/down counter,
III-125
F
fail-safe semiconductor alann, III-6
fans, speed controller, automatic, III-382
Fahrenheit thermometer, 1-658
fast and precise sample and hold circuit,
11-556
fast de-stabilized amplifiers, III-18
fault monitor, single-supply, III-495
feedback oscillator, I -67
fence charger, 11-201-203
battery-powered, ll-202
electric, Il-202
solid-state, 11-203
FET dual-trace scope switch, ll-432
FET input amplifier, 11-7
FET probe, III-501
FET voltmeter, III-765, III-770
fiber optics, ill-176-181, ll-204-207
de variable speed motor control via, 11206
half duplex information link, 1-268
high sensitivity, 30nW, 1-270
interlace for, 11-207
LED driver, 50-Mb/s, TII-178
link, III-179, 1-269
low sensitivity, 300nW, 1-271
receiver, 10 MHz, 11-205
receiver, 50-Mb/s, III-181
receiver, digital, III-178
receiver, high sensitivity, 30nw, 1-270
receiver, low-cost, 100-M baud rate,
ill-180
receiver; low sensitivity, 300nW, 1-271
receiver, very high sensitivity, low
speed, 3nW, I-269
repeater, 1-270
transmitter, III-1 77
very high sensitivity, low speed, 3nW, I269
field disturbance sensor/alarm, Jl-507
field strength meter, TII-182-183, 11-208212
1.5- 150 MH,, 1-275
adjustable sensitivity indicator, 1-274
high sensitivity, 11-211
LF or HF, ll-212
low cost microwave, 1~273
rf sniffer, 11-210
sensitive, lli-183, 1-274
761
field strength meter (con 't.)

transmission indicator, Il-211
tuned, 1-276
version II, 11-209
VOM, l-276
fifth order Chebyshev multiple feedback
low pass filter, 11-219
fifth-overtone oscillator, 1-182
filter circuits, III-184-192, 11-213-224
0.1 to 10Hz bandpass, 1-296
1.0 kHz, multiple feedback bandpass, 1297
1kHz bandpass active, 1-284
1kHz, Q/10, second order state variable, l-293
4.5 MHz notch, 1-282
_10kHz Sallen-Key low pass, 1-279
20kHz bandpass active, 1-297
160Hz bandpass, 1-296
300Hz 3kHz bandpass, speech, 1-295
500Hz Sallen-Key bandpass, 1-291
active, band reject, 11-401
active, bandpass, III-190, 11-221, II-223
active, digitally tuned low power, 11-218
active, low pass, digitally selected break
frequency, 11-216
active, low-power, digitally selectable
center frequency, III-186
active, programmable, III-185
active, RC, up to 150kHz, I-294
active, state-variable, III-189
audio, biquad, III-185
bandpass, 11-222
bandpass, active, with 60dB gain, 1-284
bandpass, and notch, 11-223
bandpass, Chebyshev, fourth-order, III191
bandpass, multiple feedback, 11-224
bandpass, second-order biquad, III-188
bandpass, state variable, 1-290
biquad RC active bandpass, 1-285
biquad, 1-292-293
CW, razor-sharp, 11-219
digitally tuned low power active, 1-279
equal component Sallen-Key low pass,
l-292
fifth order Chebyshev multiple feedback
low pass, 11-219
five pole active, I-279
fourth order high pass Butterworth, 1280
full wave rectifier and averaging, 1-229

high pass, 1-296
high pass, active, 1-296
high-pass, Chebyshev, fourth-order, 111191
high-pass, sixth-order elliptical, III-191
high pass, wideband two-pole, 11-215
762
high Q bandpass, 1-287

high Q notch, 1-282
low pass, 1-287
low pass, precision, fast settling, 11-220
MFB bandpass, multichannel tone
decoder, I-288
multiple feedback bandpass, 1-285
networks of, I-291
noise, dynamic, III-190
noisy s_igitals, III-188
notch and bandpass, 11-223
notch, I-283, 11-397, ill-402-404
notch, high-Q, ill-404
notch,-twin-T, 111-403
pole active low pass, 1-295
programmable, twin-T bridge, 11-221
rejection, 1-283
rumble, III-192
rumble, LM387 in, I-297
rumble/scratch, III-660
Sallen-Key second order W pass, 1-289
scratch, IJI-189
scratch, LM287 in, 1-297
second order high pass active, 1-297
selectable bandwidth notch, 1-281
state variable, 11-215
state-variable, multiple outputs, III-190
three amplifier active, 1-289
three amplifier notch, 1-281
tunable active, 1~294
tunable notch, hum suppressing, 1-280
turbo, glitch free, III-186
universal active, 11-214
universal state variable, 1-290
Wien-bridge, III-659
variable bandwidth bandpass active, 1286
voltage-controlled, III-187
filtered sample-and-hold circuits, ITI-550
five-transistor pulse booster for coaxial
cable, 11-191
fixed pnp regulator, zener diode to
increase voltage output of, 11-484
fixed power supplies, III-457-477
12~VDC battery-operated 120-VAC, III464
bilateral current source, Ill-469
charge pool, III-469
constant-current source, safe, III-472
converter, III-470
converter, 5V-to-isolated 5V at 20MA,
ill-474
de adapter/transceiver, hand-held, III-461
dual-tracking regulator, III-462
general-purpose, 111-465
isolated feedback, III-460
linear regulator, low cost, low dropout,
ill-459
low-power inverter, III-466

programmable, III-467
rectifier, low forward-drop, lli-471
regulated +15V 1-A, ill-462
regulated -15V 1-A, ill-463
regulator, 15V slow tum-on, 111-477
regulator, positive with PNP boost, III471
regulator, positive, with NPN/PNP
boost, III-475
regulator, switching, 3-A, III-4 72
regulator, switching, high-current
inductorless, III-476
switching power supply, III-458
switching, 50-W off-line, ill-473
three-rail, Ill-466
uninterruptible +5V, III-477
voltage doubler, 111-459
voltage doubler, triac-controlled, III-468
voltage regulator, lOV, high stability, m468
voltage regulator, 5-V low-dropout, III461
voltage regulator, ac, Ill-4 77
voltage regulator, negative, III-474
-voltage-controlled current source/
grounded source/load, III-468
fixed-frequency generator, III-231
fixed-frequency variable duty-cycle oscillator, III-422
flame ignitor, III-362
flame monitor, III-313
flash exposure meter, 1-484
flash meter, III-446
flash slave driver, 1-483
flash trigger
electronic, 11-448
remote, I -484
sound, 11-449
xenon flash, slave, III-447
flashers and blinkers, ITI-193-210, 11-225
1. 5 V. minimum power, I-308
1 kW flip flop, II-234
!A lamp, I-306
2 kW, photoelectric control in, ll-232
3V, 1"306
ac, III-196
alternating, TI-227, l-307
astable multivibrator, III-196
auto, 1-299
automatic safety, 1-302
automotive turn signal, sequential, 1-109
bar display with alarm, l-252
barricade, I-299
boat, 1-299
CMOS, ill-199
de, adjustable on/off timer, 1-305
dual LED CMOS, l-302
emergency lantern, 1-308

flash light, 60-W, III-200
flip flop, 1-299
four-parallel LED, 1-307
high efficiency parallel circuit, 1-308
high voltage, safe, I -307
high-power battery operated, 11-229
incandescent bulb, III-198, 1-306
lamp, ID-201
lamp, low current consumption, 11-231
lamp, low voltage,- 11-226
lamp, series SCR, wide load range, ll230
LED, .Jternating, III-198, III-200
LED, PUT used in, Il-239
LED, ring-around, III-194
LED, three-year, III-194
LED, UJT used in, 11-231
light control and, 1-304
light, electronic, 11-228
light,-miniature transistorized, 11-227
low voltage, 1-305
minimum component, III-201
neon, five-lamp, III-198
neon, two-state oscillator, III-200
neon tube, 1-304
oscillator and, high drive, 11-235
oscillator and, low frequency, 11-234
relay driver, low frequency lamp, 1-300
SCR, III-197
SCR chaser, III-197
SCR relaxation, 11-230
SCR ring COWlter, III-195
sequential ac, 11-238
sequential, Il-233
siDgle-lamp, III-196
transistorized, III-200, 1-303
transistorized, table of, 11-236
wriable, I -308
flashlight finder, 1-300
flip-flop
astable, with starter, 11-239
flasher circuit, 1 kW, use of, 11-234
inverter, III-103
SCR, Il-367
flood alarm, III-206, 1-390
flow detector, III-202-203, II-24Q-242

air, 11-242
low-rate thermal, III-203
thermally based anemometer, 11-241
flowmeter, liquid, ll-248
fluid and moisture detector, III-204-210,
11-243-248
acid rain monitor, 11-245
flood alarm, III-206
fluid-level control, III-205
liquid_flow meter, 11-248
liquid-level checker, III-209
liquid-level monitor, III-210

liquid-level, dual, 111-207
plant water, 11-245
plant water gauge, 11-248
rain wanring bleeper, 11-244
single chip pump controller, 11-247
soil moisture, III-208
temperature monitor, III-"206
water-level, III-206
water-level indicator, n~244
water-level sensing and control, Il-246
fluid-level controller, III-205, 1-387
flt.:..id level sensor for cyrogenics, 1-386
fluid watcher, windshield washer, 1-107
fluorescent display, vacuum, 11~185
fluorescent lamp inverter, 8-W, III-306
flyback converter, 1-211
self oscillating, 11-128, 1-170, III-748
voltage, high-efficiency, III-744
flyback regulator, off-line, Il-481
FM (PRM) optical transmitter, 1-367
FM carrier current remote speaker
system, 1-140
FM demodulator, 11-161
12 v, 1-233
5 v, 1-233
FM IF amplifier with quadrature detector,
TV sound IF, 1-690
FM generators, low-frequency, 111-228
FM MPX/SCA receiver, III-530
FM narrow-band receiver, III-532
FM optical transmitter/receiver, 50 kHz,
1-361
FM radio, 1-545
FM receivers
carrier-current circuit, III-80
zero center indicator, 1-338
FM snooper, III680
FM squelch circuit for AM, 1-547
FM stereo demodulation system, 1-544
FM transmitter
multiplex, III-688
one-transistor, III-687
optical, 50 kHz center frequency, 11-417
simple, 1-681
FM tuner, 1-231, III-529
FM voice transmitter, 111-678
FM wireless microphone, III-682, III-685,
III-691
FM/AM clock radio, 1-543
foldback current, HV regulator limiting, 11478
followers, III-211-212
inverting, high-frequency, III-212
noninverting, high-frequency, 111-212
simple, III-212
source, photodiode, III419
unity gain, 1-27
voltage, III-212
forward-current booster, III-17
four-channel conunutator, 11-364
four-channel comparator, III-90
four-channel mixer, 1-60, III-369
four track, II-40
high level, 1-56
four-channel multiplexer, III-394
four -decade variable oscillator, single
control for, 11-424
four-digit (10,000 count) AID converter,
11-25
four-input stereo mixer, 1-55
four-track four-channel mixer, 1140
free running multivibrator, 100kHz, 1465
free-running multivtbrators,
programmable-frequency, III-235
freezer, voltage, III-763
freezer meltdown alarm, 1-13
frequency comparator, 11-109
LED, 11-110
frequency control,
telephone, 11-623
frequency converter, 1-159
frequency counter
frequency counter, III-340, III-768
1.2 GHz, III-129
10-MHz, III-126
100 MHz, period and, 11-136
low-cost,III-124
preamp, III-128
precision, 1-253
tachometer and, 1-310
frequency detector, digital, III~ 158
frequency divider, 11-251 ,.JI-254,
1-258
decade, 1-259
low, II-253
frequency division multiplex stereo
decoder, 11-169
frequency doubler, 1-313
broadband, 1-313
frequency generators, fixed-frequency, III231
frequency indicator, beat, l-336
frequency inverters, variable frequency,
complementary output, III-297
frequency limit detector, 11-177
frequency meter, 11-249-250
audio, 1-311
linear, I-310
low cost, 11-250
power, 11-250
power-line, 1-311
frequency mu1tipliers/dividers, III-213218, 11-251
counter, odd-number, III-217
763
divide-by-1 112, III-216

doubler, III-215
doubler, digital, ill-216
doubler, to lMHz, 11-252
doubler, single-chip, JII-218
nonselective tripler, 11-252
pulse-width, III-214
frequency-boundary detector, III-156
frequency-detecting comparator, 111-88
_frequency oscillator, tunable, Il-425
frequency synthesizer, programmable
vohage controlled, 11-265

frequency-to-voltage converter, III-219220, 11-255-257, 1-318
de-10kHz, 1-316
simple, 1-318
zener regulated, 1-317
FSK data, receiver, III-533
FSK decoder, lO.SMHz, 1-214
FSK generators, low-cost, III-227
full-wave rectifier
absolute value, 11-528
precision, I-234, III-537
function generator, ITI-221-242, III-258274, 11-271, 1-729
555 astable, low duty cycle, 11-267
astable multivibrator, III-233, 111-238,
11-269
astable multivibration, op amp, III-224
astable multivibrators, programmable-
frequency, III-237
basic, III-240
XOR gate, III226

emitter-coupled RC oscillator, 11-266
fixed-frequency, III-231
FM, low-frequency, III-228
free-running multivtbrator,
frequency synthesizer, progranunable
voltage controlled, 11-265
FSK, low-cost, III-227
harmonics, III-228
linear ramp, 11-270
linear triangle/square wave VCO, ll-263
monostable operation, III-235
monostable mu1tivibrator, III-230
monostable multivibrator, linear-ramp,
III-237
monostable multivibrator, positivetriggered, III-229
monostable multivibrator, video amplifier and comparator, 11-268
multiplying pulse width circuit, 11-264
multivibrator, low-frequency, ill-237
mu1tivibrator, single-supply, III-232
one-shot, precision, III-222
one-shot, retriggerable, III-238
complementary signals,
764
oscillator/amplifier, wide frequency

range, 11-262
precise wave, ll-274
pulse divider, noninteger, programmable, III-226
pulse, 2-ohm, III-231
quad op amp, four simultaneous synchronized waveform, 11-259
ramp, variable reset level, 11-267
sawtooth and pulse, III-241
signal, two-function, III-234
sine/cosine (0.1-10 kHz), 11-260
single supply, IT-273
sine-wave/square-wave oscillator,
tunable, III-232
single-control, III-238
triangle-square wave, programmable,
III-225
triangle-wave, III-234
triangle-wave timer, linear, III-222
triangle-wave/square-wave, 111-239
triangle-wave/square-wave, precision,
III-242
triangle-wave/square-wave, wide-range,
III-242
tunable, wide-range, III-241
U]T monostable circuit insensitive to
changing bias voltage, 11-268
variable duty cycle timer output, III-240
voltage controlled high speed one shot,
11-266
waveform, II-269, ll-272
waveform, four-output, III-223
fundamental-frequency crystal oscillator,
III-132
funk box, 11-593
furnace exhaust gas/smoke detector, temp
monitor/low supply detection, III-248
fuzz box, III-575
fuzz sound effect, 11-590
G
GaAsFET amplifier, power, with single
supply, U-10
gain block, video, III-712
gain control, automatic, audio, Il-17
gain-controlled stereo amplifier, 11-9, III34
game feeder controller, 11-360

game roller, 1-326
games, III-243-245, 11-275-277
coin flipper, III-244
electronic dice, III-245
electronic roulette, 11-276
lie detector, 11-277
who's first, III-244
garage stop light, 11-53

gas analyzer, ll-281
gas detector, 11-278-279
analyzer and, 11-281
toxic, 11-280
gas/smoke detectors, III-246-253, 111-246
furnace exhaust, temp monitor/lowsupply detection, III-248
methane concentration, linearized
output, III-250
SCR, III-251
smoke/gas/vapor detector, III-250
gated oscillator, last-cycle completing, m427
gated pulse descrambler, 11-165
Geiger counter, 1-536-537
high voltage supply for, U-489
pocket-sized, 11-514
gel cell charger, 11-66
generator
10.7 MHz sweep, 1-472
audio sine wave, 11-564
audio, sine-wave oscillator, III-559
audio, one-IC, 11-569
battery-powered, high-voltage, III-482
burst (see burst generator)
cross-hatch, color TV, III-724
DAC controlled function, 1722
de, high-voltage, III-481
function (see function generator)
harmonic, 1-24
high-voltage, capacitor-discharge, 111485
linear voltage ramp, 1-539
low cost adjustable function, 1-721
musical chime, l-640
musical envelope, modulator and,
I-U01
noise, 1-468
oscillator/clock, l-615
portable tone, 1-625
precision clock, 1-193
precision ramp, 1-540
programmable pulse, 1-529
programmed function, 1-724
pulse (see pulse generator)
pulse, single, IT-175
ramp (see ramp generator)
ramp, variable reset level, 1-540
signal, high frequency, III-150
sound effect, III-575, 11-586, 1-605
sound: sirens, warblers, wailers, III560-568, Ul-560
square wave (see square wave generator)
staircase (see staircase generator)

staircase, 1~539
strobe-tone burst, 1-721
time delay, 1-217-218

tone burst, 1-604
tone dial, 1-629
_tone, warbling, 11-573
Touchtone, telephone, ill-609
triangle and square wavefonn, 1-726
two-tone, Il-570
uitra high voltage, II-488
unijunction transistor pulse, 1-530
versatile two-phase pulse, 1-532
very low frequency, l-64
generator circuit, noise, 1469
generator test circuit, frequency shift
keyer tone, 1-723
glitches, comparator to detect, 11-107
glow plug driver, II-52
graphic equalizer, ten-band, active filter
in, 11--684
ground tester, ll-345
ground-noise probe, battery-powered,
m-
500
guarded input pico ammeter circuit, 11-156
guitar, treble boost for, 11-683
guitar tuner, II-362
gun, laser, visible red and continuous, 111310
H
half-duplex information transmission link,
Ill-679
half-flash analog-to-digital converters, III26
half-wave ac phase controlled circuit, 1-377
half-wave rectifier, 1-230, III-528
fast, 1-228
Hall-effect circuits, III-254-258, 11-282284
-angle of rotation detector, ll-283
compass, 111-258
current monitor, III-255
door open alarm, II-284
security door-ajar alann, III-256
switches using, III-257
halogen lamps, dimmer for, III-300
handitalkies, 1-19
two-meter preamplifier for, 1-19
hands-free telephone, III-605
hands-off intercom, III-291
handset encoder, telephone, ill-613
hannonic generator, 1-24, III-228
HC-based oscillators, III-423
HCU/HTC-based oscillator, III-426
hedlight olmn, Ill-52
headlight delay unit, TII-49, 1-107
headlight dimmer, 11-63
headphones, amplifier for, 11-43
heart rate monitor, 11-348, 11-349
heat sniffer, electronic, III-627

heater, induction, ultrasonic, 120-KHz
500-W, 111-704
heater control, 1-639
temperature sensitive, 1-640
heater element temperature control, 11642
heater protector, servo-sensed, III-624

bee-haw siren, III-565, 11-578
HF or LF field strength meter, 11-212
hi-fi compander, 11-12
hi-fi compressor, pre-emphasis and, lll-93
hi-fi expander, 11-13
de-emphasis, III-95
hi-fi tone control circuit, high Z input, I676
high drive oscillator/flasher, 11-235
high-frequency amplifiers, III"'259-265
29-MHz, III-262
3-30 MHz, 80-W, 12.5-13.6 V, Ill-261
amateur radio, linear, 2-30 MHz 140-W,
III-260
noninverting, 28-dB, III-263
RF, broadcast band, ill-264
UHF, wideband with high-perfonnance
FETs, lll-264
wideband, hybrid, 500 kHz-1GHz, III265

wideband, miniature, III-265
high-frequency crystal oscillator, 11-148
high-frequency oscillator, III-426
high-frequency peak detector, 11-175
high-frequency signal generator, 11-150
high-input-high impedance 20 dB amplifier
micropower, 11-44
high-input impedance differential amplifier,
11-19
high-isolation telephone ringer, 11-625
high-level preamp and tone control, Il-688
high-output 600-ohm line driver, 11-193
high-pass filter
Chebyshev fourth-order, III-191
sixth-order elliptical, III-191
wideband two-pole, 11-215
high-performance sample and hold, 11-557
high-performance video switch, III-728
high-power battery operated flasher, 11229
high-power siren, 11-578
high-Q notch filter, III-404
high-sensitivity field strength meter, 11211
high-speed 12-bit AID converter, 11-29

high-speed data acquisition system, 11-118
high-speed electronic circuit breaker, 11-96
high-speed paper tape reader, 11-414
high-speed sample-and-hold circuits, III550
high-voltage power supply, III-478-486, 11490

arc-jet power supply, starting circuit,
Ill-479
battery-powered generator, lll-482
bucking regulator, Ill-481
de generator,-III-481
generator, capacitor-discharge, III-485
inverter, III-484
optoisolated driver, lll-482
preregulated, III-480
regulator, III-485
simple design, III-483
solid-state, remote adjustable, III-486
high/low level comparator, one op amp, 11108
high/low temperature sensor, II-650
hold button, telephone, 612m Il-628
home security monitor, 1-6
horn, auto, electronic, ill-50
hot -wire anemometer,- III-342
hour time delay sampling circuit, 11-668
Howland current pump, 11-648
humidity sensor, III-266-267, 11-285-287
HV regulator, foldback current limiting, 11478
hybrid power amplifier, III-455
I
IC timer, crystal-stabilized, subhannonic
frequencies for, 11-151
IC-compatible crystal oscillator, 11-145
ice alann, automotive, 11~57
ice formation alann, 11-58
ice warning and lights reminder, I-106
ICOM IC-2A battery charger, 11-65
ignition substitute automotive circuits, III41
ignition system, capacitor discharger, 1103
ignition timing light, 11-60
ignitor, III-362
illumination stabilizer, machine vision, 11306
image canceller, III-358

immobilizer, 11-50
impedance converter, high to low, I -41
incandescent light flasher, III-198
indicators (see also alanns), III-268-270
adjustable sensitivity field strength, 1274
alarm and, 1-337
battery charge/discharge, 1-122
battery condition, 1-121
battery level, I-124
battery threshold, 1-124
beat frequency, I-336
765
indicators (con't.)
dial pul,.,, III-613
five step voltage level, 1-337
lamp driver, optically coupled, III-413
low battery, 1-124
low-voltage, III-769
on-the-air, III-270
overspeed, 1-108
overvoltage/undervoltage, 1-150
peak level, 1-402
phase sequence, 1-476
receiver signal alarm, III-270
rf-actuated relay, III-270
simulated, l-417
solid state battery voltage, 1-120
stereo reception, III-269
SWR warning, 1-22
telephone off-hook, l-633
ten-step voltage level, 1-335
three step level, 1-336
undervoltage, battery operated equipment, 1-123
visible voltage, I-338
visuaJ modulation, 1-430
visual level, III-269
voitage, III-758-772, III-758
voltage, visible, III-772
voltage-level, 1-718, III-759
zero center, FM receivers, 1-338
in-use indicator, telephone, IT-629
induction heater, uJtrasonic, 120-KHz 500W, III-704
inductor
active, l-417
simulated, Il-199
infinite sample and hold, amplifier for, II558
infrared circuit, III-271-277, 11-288-292
detector of IR, III-276
diode emitter drive, pulsed, 11-292
laser rifle, invisible puJsed, II-291
long-range object detector, III-273
low noise detector for, 11-289
receiver, III-274, 11-292
transmitter, TII-274, III-276, III-277, 11289, 11-290
transmitter, digital, III-275
wireless speaker system, 111-272
infrared detector, low-noise, 11-289
infrared receiver, 11-292
infrared transmitter, II-289, 11-290
injector-tracer, 1-522
single, 11-500
signal, 1-521
input selector
audio, low distortion, 11-38
input-buffered mixer, III-369
766
input/output buffer, analog multiplexers,

III-11
instrumentation amplifier, 111-278-284, II293-29o, 1-346,1-348, 1-349, 1-352
+ /-100 volt common mode range, III294
current collector head amplifier, 11-295
differential, III-283
differential, biomedical, III-282
differential, input, 1-354
high gain differential. 1-353
high impedance low drift, I-355
high speed, 1-354
low signal level/high impedance, 1-350
low-power, III-284
meter driver, 11-296
pre-amp, thennocouple, III-283
preciSion FET input, 1-355
saturated standard cell amplifier, 11-296
strain gauge, ITI-280
triple op amp, l-347
ultra-precision, III-279
variable gain, differential input, 1-349
very high impedance, 1-354
wideband, III-281
instrumentation meter driver, II-296
integrated solid state relay, 11-408
integrator, III-285-286, 11-297-300
active, inverting buffer, II-299
JFET ac coupled, II-200
gamma ray pulse, 1-536
long time, II-300
low drift, l-423
noninverting, improved, 11-298
photocurrent, 11-326
programmable reset level, III-286
ramp generator and, initial condition
reset, III-527
resettable, lll-286
intercom, III-287-292, 11-301-303, 1-415

bidirectional, III-290
carrier current, 1-146
handsoff, III-291
party-line, 11-303
_pocket pager, III-288
two-way, III-292
interface
680x, 650x, 8080 families, III-98
cassette-to-telephone, III-618
DVM, temperature sensor and, 11-647
fiber optic, IT-207
optica1 sensor-to-TIL, IU-314
precision process control, 1-30
tape recorder, 11-614
interrupter, ground fauJt, 1-580
interval timer, low power microprocessor
programmable, 11-678
inverter, III-293-298
de to dcJac, 1-208
fast, l-422
flip-flop, III-103
fluorescent lamp, 8-W, III-306
high-villtage, III-484
low-power, fixed power supplies, III-466
on/off switch, III-594
picture, video circuits, 111-722
power, III-298
power, 12 VDC-to-117 VAC at 60Hz,
III-294
power, medium, III-296
powec, MOSFET, III-295
ultrasonic, arc welding, 20KHz, III-700
variable frequency, complementary
output, III-297
voltage, precision, TII-298
inverting amplifier, III-14, 1-41-42
balancing circuit in, 1-33
low power, digitally selectable gain, U333
programmable-gain, III-505
wideband unity gain, 1-35
inverting buffer, active integrator using, 11299
inverting comparator, hysteresis in, 1-154
inverting followers, high-frequency, III-212
inverting power amplifier, 1-79
inverting sample-and-hold, III552
inverting unity gain amplifier, I-80
IR link, remote loudspealr.er via, 1-343
IR receiver, compact, 1-342
IR remote control transmitter/receiver, 1342
IR transmitter, 1-343
IR type data link, 1-341
isulated feedback power supply, III-460
isolation amplifier
capactive load, 1-34
level shifter, 1-348
medical telemetry, 1-352
rl, 11-547
isolation and zero voltage switching logic,
11-415
isolator
digital transmission, II-414
stimulus, III-351
J
JFET ac coupled integrator, III-200
K
Kelvin thermometer, 1-655
zero adjust, 111-661
keyer
automatic TTL morse code, 1-25

electronic, 1-20
L
lamp-control cin::uits, 11-304-312
800 W dinuner, !I-309
audio-controlled, 1-609
automatic light controller for carport, 11308
cross fader, 11-312
dinuner, !I-309
dimmer, de, II-307
dimmer, soft-start, 800-W, III-304
dimmer, triac, III-303, 11-310
dissolver, solid-state, III-304
indicator lamp driver, optically coupled,
ill-413
inverter, fluorescent, 8-W, III-306
lamp lite extender, ITI-302
light modulator, III -302
light-controlled switch, III-314
machine vision illumination stabilizer, ll306
night light, automatic, line-voltage

operated, III-306
phase control, 11-303,-ll-305
remote-controller, 1-370
sequencer, pseudorandom, III-301
short-circuit proof lamp driver, 11-310
strobe, variable, III-589-590
tandem dimmer, 11-312
triac light dimmer, 11-310
triac zero point switch, 11-311
voltage regulator for projection lamp, ll305
lamp driver, 1-380
neon, 1-379
short-circuit proof, 11-310
lamp flasher
low current consumption, 11-231
low voltage, 11-226
series SCR, wide load range, Il-230
laser circuits, ITI-309-311,11-313-317
discharge current stabilizer, 11-316
gun, visible red, ID-310
light detector, Il-314
pulsers, laser diode, lli-311, 1-416
rifle, invisible IR pulsed, 11-291
latches
12-V, solenoid driver, lli-572
comparator and, lli-88
latching burglar alarm, 1-8, 1-12
latching relays, de, optically coupled, 111417
latching switch.
double touchbutton, 1-138

SCR-replacing, III-593
lead-acid batteries
battery chargers, III-55
low-battery detector, 111-56
leading-edge delay circuit, m-147
LED circuits
-alternating flasher, lli-198, IU-200
bar graph driver, II-188
flasher, PUT, 11-239
flasher, UJT. !I-231
frequency comparator, 11-110
matrix display, two-variable, 111-171
multiplexed common-cathode display
ADC, III-764
panel meter, III-34 7
peakmeter, ID-333
ring-around flasher, m-194
RS-232C, computer circuit, III-103
three-year flasher, m-194
level, ultra simple, 11-666
level controller
audio, automatic, 11-20
cryogenic fluid, 1-386
fluid, 1-387
liquid, 1-388
water, 1-389
level indicators/monitors, 11-174
alann, water, 1-389
hysteresis in, I-235
liquid, 1-388, I-390
meter, LED bar/dot, 1-251
peak, 1-402
sound, 1-403
three-step, 1-336
visual, III-269
warning, audio output, low, 1-391
warning, high-level, 1-387
level shifter, negative to positive supply, 1394
LF or HF field strength meter, 11-212

lie detector, 11-277
tights
automatic night, -1-360
capacitance operated, battery powered,
1-131
capacitance switch, 1-132
carport, automatic controller for, II-308
detection switch, adjustable, 1-362
emergency, 1-378
interruption detector, 1-364
level controller, 1-380
level detector, III-316, I-367
meter for, 1-383
meter for, linear, 1-382
modulator, ill-302
on/off reminder; auto, I-109
reminder and ice warning, 1-106

sensor, back-biased GaAs LED, 11-321
sensor, logarithmic, 1-366
sound-modulated source, 1-609
system, single source emergency, 1-581
tarry, 1-579
telephone, 11-625
light-activated circuits
logic circuit, 1-393
on/off relay, 1-366
optical sensor, ambient light ignoring,
III-413
power outage light, line-operated,
415
pulse generation by interrupting, 1-357
switch, IT-320
light-controlled circuits, II-318-331, III312-319
860W limited range precision, 1-376
ambient light effects cancellization, 11328
audio oscillator, light-sensitive, III-315
automatic mooring light, II-323
back-biased GaAs LED light sensor, 11321
brightness control, lighted displays, III316
complementary, 1-372
electronic wake-up call, 11-324
flame monitor, III-313
lamp switch, !U-314
light level detector, ill-316
light-operated switch, 11-320
light-seeking robot, TI-325
low-light level drop detector, III-313
marker light, III-317
monostable photocell, -selfadjust trigger, II-329
one-shot timer, III-317
optical sensor-to-TTL interface, III-314
photo alarm, 11-319
photocurrent integrator, 11-326
photodiode sensor amplifier, TI-324
photoelectric switch, III-319, 11-321
robot_eyes, 11-327
sun tracker, ID-318
switch, sOlar triggered, lli-318
synchronous photoelectric switch,II-326
thermaJly stabilized PIN photodiode
signal conditioner, 11-330
twilight-triggered circuit, 11-322
warning light, ill-317
warning light, battery powered, 11-320
light-isolated solid state power relay
circuit, 1-365
light-seeking-robot, 11-325
lights-on warning, automotive, III-42, 11-55
m-
767
limit alarm, high/low, l-151

limit comparator, lll-104, 1-156
double ended, 11-105, 1-156
limit detector
double ended, I-230, 1-233
micropower double ended, 1-155
limiters, ill-320-322
audio, low distortion, Il-15
dynamic noise reduction circuit, III-321
hold-current, solenoid driver, 111-573

noise, ill-321, 11-395
output, III-322
power-consumption, III-572
line amplifier, duplex, telephone, III-616
line driver
50-ohm transmission, 11-192
600-ohm balanced, 11-192
full rail excursions with, II-190
high output 600-ohm, II-193
video amplifier, m-710
line dropout detector, 11-98
line frequency square wave generator, II599
line receiver
digital data, IU-534
low-cost, ill-532
line sync, noise immune 60Hz, Il-367
line-activated solid-state switch, telephone, ill-617
Iine-cWTent detector, optically coupled,
lll-414
line-current monitor, ill-341
Iine-hwn touch switch, III-664
line-operated audio amplifiers, 111-37
line-synchronized driver circuit, III-174
line-voltage announcer, ac, III-730

line-voltage monitor, III-511
linear amplifier
2-30MHz, 140W PEP amateur radio, 1555

100 W PEP 420-450 MHz push-pull, 1-
554
160 W PEP broadband, l-556
amateur radio, 230 MHz 140-W, ill260
CMOS inverter, 11-11
linear coupler
analog, Il-413
analog ac, 11-412
de, Il-411
linear IC siren, ill-564
linear- optocoupler, instrumentation, ll-417
linear ramp generator, 11-270
linear regulator
fixed power supply, low dropout low
cost, 111-459
radiation-hanlened 125A, Il-468
linear triangle/square 'Have VCO, 11-263
768
link, fiber optic, III-179

-liquid flowmeter, II-248
liquid-level detectors, 1-388, 1-390
checker, III-209
control, 1-388
dual, 111-207
monitoring, III-210
temperature control and, 11-643
lithium battery
charger for, 11-67
state of charge indicator for, II-78
little dipper dip meter, II-183
locator, lo parts treasure, l-409
lock, eledronic combination, Il-194, 1-583
locomotive whistle, II-589
log-ratio amplifier, 1-42
logarithmic AID converter, three-decade,
1-48
logarithmic amplifier, II..S, 1-29, 1-35
de to video, I-38
logarithmic converter, fast, 1-169
logarithmic light sensor, 1-366
logarithmic sweep VCO, ill-738
logic/logic circuits
audible pulses, 11-345
four-state, single LED indicator, U-361
light-activated, 1-393
line monitor, UI-108
isolation and zero voltage switching, 11-415
overvoltage protection, 1-517
pulser, UI-520
signals, long delay line for, Ul-107
tester, aud:lble, UI-343
tester, TTL, 1-527
logic amplifier, 11-332-335
low power binary, to IOn gain low
frequency, TI-333
low power inverting, digitally selectable
gain, II-333
low power noninverting, digitally selectable input and-gain, 11-334
precision, digitally programmable- input
and gain, Il-335
progranunable amplifier, 11-334
logic converter, TTL to MOS, I-170
logic level shifter, negative to positive
supply, 1-394
logic probe, 1-520, 1-525, 1526
CMOS, ill-499, 1-523
digital, ill-497
memory installed, 1-525
simple, 1-526
long-duration timer, PUT, !I-675
long-range object detector, UI-273
long-term electronic timer, 11-672
long-time-integrator, 11-300
long-time timer, Ul-653
loop transmitter, remote sensors, Ul-70
loudness amplifier, 11-46

loudness control, balance amplifier with,
11-395
loudspeaker coupling circuit, 1-78
low-battery detector, Ul-56, 111-63
low-battery indicator, 11-77
low-battery protector, lli-65
low-battery warning alarm, Ill-59
low-battery warning/disconnect, III-65
low-cost chime circuit, U-33
low-cost frequency indicator, 11-250
low-current consumption lamp flasher, II231
low-current measurement system, III-345
low-distortion audio limiter, 11-15
low-distortion input selector for audio use,
Il-38
low-distortion low level amplitude modulator, ll-370
low-distortion sine wave oscillator, 11-561
low-frequency crystal oscillator, II-146
low-frequency dMder, II-253
low-frequency oscillator, III-428
low-frequency oscillator/flasher, II.Z34
low-frequency Pierce oscillator, ID-133
_}ow-frequency TTL oscillator, IT-.595
low-noise crystal oscillator, II-145
low-noise infrared detector, II-289
low-noise photodiode amplifiers, III-19
low-pass filter
active, digitally selected break frequency, 11~216
fifth order Chebyshev multiple feedback, II-219
precision fast settling, 11-220
low-power 5V driwn temperature compensated crystal oscillator, ll-142
low-power audio amplifier, 11-454
low.:power binary to IOn gain low frequency amplifier, 11-333
low-power common source amplifier, 11-84
low-power comparator, less than 10uV
hysteresis in, II-104
low-power inverting amplifier, digitally
selectable gain, II-333
low-power microprocessor programmable
interval timer, II-678
low-power noninverting amplifier, digitally
selectable input and gain, 11-334
low-power zero voltage switch temperature controller, 11-640
low-voltage alarm, II-493
low-voltage lamp flasher, 11-226
low-voltage power discormector, 11-97
low-voltage indicator, III-769
LVDT circuits, ill-323-324, II-336-339
driver demodulator, 11-337
signal conditioner, II-338
M
machine vision, illumination stabilizer for,
II-306
magnetic current lowpower sensor, III341
magnetic phono preamplifier, 1-91
magnetic pickup hone preamplifier,
I-89
magnetometer, 11-341
marker generator, Ill-138
marker light, Ill-317
mathematical circuits, ID-325-327
adder, III-327
divide/multiply, one trim, III-326
subt."'actor, ID-327
measurement/test circuits, TII-328-348,
Il-340
3-in-1 test set, III-330
anemometer/, bot-wire, lli-342
audible logic tester, III-343

breath alert alcohol tester, III-359
cable tester, III-539
continuity tester, III-345, Ill-540
current monitor/alarm, III-338
digital frequency meter, III-344
direction-of-rotation circuit, III-335
duty cycle monitor, III-329
electrostatic detector, III-337
frequency counter, Ill-340
LC checker, III-334
LED panel meter, III-347

line-current monitor, III-341
low-current measurement, Ill-345

magnetic current sensor, low-power, III341
magnetometer, II-341
motor hour, III-340
ohnuneter, linear, ill-540
paper sheet discriminator, copying
machines, Ill-339
peak-dB meter, III-348
peakmeter, LED, III-333
phase difference from 0 to 180 degrees,
11-344
picoammeter, III-338
pu1se-width, very short, ID-336
QRP SWR bridge, ill-336
resistance ratio detector, ll-342
resistance/continuity meters, m-538540, Ill-538
rf power, wide-range, ID-332
SCR tester, Ill-344
signal strength (S), IU-342
sound-level meter, III-346
stereo power meter, III-331
stud finder, III-339
tachometer, ID-335, III-340
tachometer, optical pick-up, III-347

test probe, 4-220 V, Ill-499
thermometers, III-637-643, III-637
measuring gauge, linear variable differential transformer, 1-404
medical electronic circuits, ll-347-349, III349-352
biomedical instrumentatio11 differential
amp, III-282
EKG simulator, three-chip, 111-350
heart rate monitor, 11-34-8; II-349
preamplifier for, 11-34-9
stimulator, constant-current, III-352
stimulus isolator, 111-351
thermometer, implantable/ingestible,
Ill-641
memories, EEPROM pu1se generator, 5Vpowered, lli-99
memory saving power supply, II-486
metal detectors, II-350-352
micropower, -l-408
meters (see also measurement/test circuits)
ac voltmeters,_ III- 765

analog, expanded-scale, voltage reference, III-774
anemometer/, hot-wire, ffi-342
audio frequency, 1-311
audio millivolt, III-767, ID-769
audio power, 1488
automatic contrast, 1-4 79
basic grid dip, 1-247
breaker point dwell, 1-102
capacitance, 1-400
de voltmeter, III-763
de voltmeter, high-input resistance, 111762
digita1 frequency, ID-344
dip, 1-247
DIP, dual-gate IGFET in, 1-246
dosage rate, 1-534
field strength, III-182-183, Ill-182
field strength 1.5 to 150 MHz, 1-275
flash exposure, ID-446, I-484
LED bar/dot level, 1-251
LED panel, III-34 7
light, 1-383
linear frequency, 1-310
linear light, 1-382
logarithmic light, 1-382
meter-driver rf amplifier, 1-MHz, III545
microwave field strength, 1-273
motor hour, ID-340
ohmmeter, linear, III-540
peak decibels, III-348
peak, LED, III-333
pH, 1-399
phase, 1-406
picoammeter, III-338
power line frequency, 1-311
power, I -489
resistance/continuity, ID-538-540, III538
rf power, 1-16
rf power, wide-range, III-332
rl voltmeter, ID-766
sensitive field strength, 1-274
simple fieid strength, 1-275
signal strength (S), III-342
soil moisture, ID-208
sound level, telephone, ID-614
sound level, III-346
stereo balance, 1-618-619
stereo power, III-331
suppressed zero, 1-716
SWR power, 1-16
tachometer, III-335, III-34-0, III-347
temperature, I -64 7
.thermometers, III-637-643, III-637
tilt meter, III-644-646, III-644
tuned field strength, 1-276
untuned field strength, 1-276
varicap tuned FET DIP, 1-246
vibration, 1-404
voltage, m-758-772, ill-758
voltmeter, ac wide-range, IU-772
voltmeters, digital, 3.S.digit, full-scale
four-decade, III-761
voltmeters, digital, 4.5-digit, Ill-760
voltmeters, high-input resistance, 111768
VOM field strength, 1-276

methane concentration detector, linearized
output, III-250
metronome, 11-353-355, III-353-354, 1413
ac-line operated unijunction, II-355
accentuated beat, 1-411
downbeat-emphasized, 111-353-354
sight and sound, 1-412
simple, 11-354
version II, II-355
microcontroller, musical organ, preprogrammed single-chip, 1-600
micro-sized amplifiers, 111-36
microphone
amplifiers for, 111-34, 1-87
amplifiers for, electronic balanced input,
1-86
FM wireless, Ill-682, III-685, III-691
mixer, Il-37
preamp for, 1145
preamp for, low noise transfonnerless
balanced, 1-88
769
microphone (con 't. )

_preamp for, tone control in, 1-675, 11-687
wireless AM, 1-679
micropower bandgap reference power
supply, 11-470
micropower high-input-high-impedance 20
dB amplifier, 11-44
micropower radioactive radiation detector,
Il-513
microprocessor display, eight-digit, III-106
microprocessor power supply watchdog,
Il-494
microprocessor programmable interval
timer, 11-678
microprocessor triac array driver, II-410
microprocessor-controlled analog signal
attenuator, III-101
microprocessor-selected pulse width
control, 11-116
microvolt comparator
duallinrit, Ill-89
hysteresis-including, III-88
microvolt probe, II-499
Miller oscillator, I -193
millivoltmeter
ac, 1-716
audio, III-767, III-769
high input impedance, 1-715
mini-stereo audio amplifiers, III-38
miniature transistorized light flasher, 11227
miniature wideband amplifiers, Ill-265
mixer, III-367-370
1- MHz, 1-427
audio, 1-23
CMOS, l-57
common-source, 1-427
doubly balanced, 1-427
four-channel, 1-60, Ill-369
four-channel, four-track, 11-40
four-input stereo, 1-55
high level four channel, 1-56
hybrid, 1-60
.input-buffered, III-369
microphone, 11-37
multiplexer, 1-427
one transitor audio, 1-59
passive, 1-58
preamplifier with tone control, 1-58
signa) combiner, III-368
silent audio switching, 1-59
sound amplifier and, 11-37
universal stage, lll-370
mobile equipment, III-8-amp regulated
power supply, 11-461
model rocket launcher, 11-358
modems, power-line, carrier-current
circuit, III-82
770
modified UJT relaxation oscillator, 11-566

modulated light beam circuit, ambient light
effect cancellization with, 11-328
modulated readback systems, disc/tape
phase, l-89
modulation indicator, visual, 1-430
modulation monitor, 1-430
CB, 1-431
modulator, 11-368-372, III-371-377, 1-437
+ 12V de single supply, balanced, 1-437
AM, 1-438
amplitude, low-distortion low level, 11370
balanced, III-376
balanced, phase detector-selector/sync
rectifier, 111-441
double-sideband suppressed-carrier, III377
linear pulse-width, 1-437
monitor for, III-375
musical envelope generntor, 1-601
pulse-position, III-375, 1-435
pulse-width, Ill-376, 1-435, 1-436, 1438-440
rf, III-372, III-374, 1-436
rf, double sideband, suppressed carrier,
11-369
saw oscillator, III-373
TIL oscillator for television display, II
372
TV, Il-433, 11-434, 1-439
VHF, I-440, III-684
videc, 11-371, 11-372, 1-437
moisture detector (see also fluid detectors), 1-442
momentary backup for power supply, 11464
monitor (see also controller), III-378-390
acid rain, III-361
battery, III-60-67, ill-60
battery-alternator, automotive, 111-63
blinking phone light, 11-624
current, alarm and, III-338
directional signals, auto, III-48
door-ajar, automotive circuits, ill-46
duty cycle, 111329
fiames, ID-313
home security system, 1-6
line-current, III-341
line-voltage, III-511
logic line, III-108
modulation, III375
overvoltage, 111-762
power supply balance, III-494
power supply, III-493-495, III493
power supply, single-supply fault, III495
power-line connections, ac, 111-510

precision battery voltage, HTS, 1-122
receiver, II-526
sound level, telephone, 111-614
telephone status, optoisolator in, 1-625
telephone, remote, 11-626
undervoltage, ill-762
mltage, III-767
voltage, III-758-772, III-758
monostable circuit, 11-460, 1-464
monostable multivtbrator, Ill-230, III-235,
l-465
input lockout, l-464
linear-ramp, 111-237
positive-triggered, III-229
monostable photocell, self-adjust trigger,
11-329
monostable TTL, 1-464
monostable UJT, I-463
mooring light, automatic, 11-323
MOSFETs, power inverter, 111295
mosquito repelling circuit, 1-684
motion-actuated car alann, 1-9
moti:on-acutated motorcycle alarm, 1-9
motion sensor
UHF, Ill-516
unidirectional, II-346
motor amplifier, servo,. 1-452
motor control, ll-373-390
400 Hz servo amplifier, II-386
ac, 11-375
back EMF PM speed control, ll-379
bi-directional proportional, 11-374
de servo drive, bipolar control input, 11385
de variable, fiber optic, II-206

de, low cost speed regulator, TI-377
de, motor speed control, 11-380
direction and speed, series wound, II456
direction and speed, shunt wound, 11456
driver, constantspeed, ill-386
driver, de, speed--controlled reversible,
III-388
driver, de, with fixed speed control, III387
driver, stepping motor, II-376
driver, two-phase, 11-456
hours-in-use meter, 111-340
induction, 1-454
motor/tachometer speed control, II-389
Nphase motor drive, 11-382
power brake, ac, U-451
PWM, controller, III-389
PWM, motor speed, II-376
reversing motor drive, de control signal,
11-381
servo motor drive amplifier, Il-384

speed control, II-378, II-379, I-445, I450, 1-453
speed control, back EMF PM, 11-379
speed control, closed-loop, 111-385
speed control, de, 111-377, III-380, 1454
speed control, de, direction and, II-452

speed control, feedback, 11-447
speed control, fixed, driver and, 111-387
speed control, high-efficiency, III-390
speed control, high-torque, 11-449
speed control, PWM, Il-376
speed control, PWM, energy-recover4lg
brake and, ill-380
speed control, radio control, IT-576
speed control, switched-mode, III-384
speed control, tachless, III-386
speed control, tachometer and, IT-389
speed control, tachometer feedback for,
11-378
speed control, universa1, 11-457
speed control, universal, loaddependent, 11-451
start-and-run circuit, III-382
stepping, driver for, 111-390
tachometer feedback control, closed
loop, 11-390
tachometer feedback for speed control,
11-378
three-phase ac motor driver, 11-383
three-phase power-factor controller, ll388
two-phase ac motor driver, 11-382
universal, built-in self timer, 1.::455
motorcycle alann, motion acutated, 11-9
-multiburst generator, square waveform, IT88
multifunction siren system, 11-574
multiple alarm circuit, IT-2
multiple-aperture window discriminator,
III-781
multiple-feedback bandpass filter, 11-224
multiple-input detector, III-102
multiplexed common-cathode LED-display
ADC, III-764
multiplexer, III-391-397
1-of-8 channel transmission system, III395
analog, buffered input and output, III396
analog, inputfoutput buffer for, III-11
analog, single- to four-trace converter,
11-431
de-, lli-394
four-channel, low-cost, III-394
oscilloscopes, add-on, III-437
three-channel, sample and hold, III-396
two-level, III-392
video, III-1-of-15 cascaded, III-393
wideband differential, 11-428
multipliers, IT-391-392
0101 percent analog, Il-392
analog, 11-392
capacitance, 11-200, 11-416
frequency, III-213-218
mathematica1, one trim, III-326
pulse-width, III-214
resistor, IT-199
multiplying D/A converter, III-168
multiplying pulse width circuit, 11-264
multivibrator
100 kHa free running, 11-485
astable, 111-196, 111-224, Hl-233, III238, 11-269, 1-461, 11-510
astable, digital-control, 11-462
astable, dual, 11-463
astable, programmable-frequency, III237
bistable, 11-465
car battery, 11-106
CB modulation, 11-431
current, 11-203
duty-cycle, III-50-percent, III-584
free-running, programmable-frequency,
III-235
low-frequency, lli-237
low-voltage, 11-123
modulation, 11-430
monostable, III-229, 111-230, III-235,
III-237, 11-465
monostable, input lock-out, 11-464
one-shot, 11=465
oscilloscope, II-4 74
single-supply, 111-232
sound level, 11-403
telephone line, 11-628
wideband radiation, 11-535
music circuits
bagpipes, electronic, III-561
chime generator, II -604
electronic, lli-360
envelope generatorlmodulator, II-601
hold for telephone, 11-623
synthesizer, 11-599
telephone ringer, 11-619
muxldemux system
differential, l-425
eight channel, 11-115,-1-426
N
N-phase motor drive, III-382
NAB preamps
record,--III-673
two-pole, III-673
NAB tape playback pre-amp, III-38

nano ammeter, I-202
narrow band FM demodulator, carrier
detect in, 11-159
neon flasher
five-lamp, III-198
two-state oscillator, III-200
network
filter, 1-291
speech, telephone, 11-633
ni-cad battery
12V, 200mA-hour charger for, 1-114
analyzer for, III-64
battery chargers, III-57
charger for, 1-116
current and voltage limiting charger for,
1-114
fast charger for, 1-118
packs, automotive charger for, 1-115
protection circuit, III-62
simple charger -for, I-112
thennally controlled charger for, TI-68
zapper for, 1~6
zapper II, 11-68
night light
automatic, line-voltage operated, III-306
telephone-controlled, III-604
noise clipper, audio-powered, III-396
noise filters, lll-188
dynamic, ill-190
noise generator, I-468
circuit for, I-469
pink, 1-468
wide band, I-469
noise immune 60Hz line sync, 11-367
noise limiter, III-321, 11-395
noise reduction circuits, 11-393-396, III398-401
audio squelch, 11-394
audio-powered noise clipper, 11-396
ba1ance amplifier with loudness control,
11-395
Dolby B, decode mode, III-401
Dolby B, encode mode, III-400
Dolby B/C, III-399
dynamic, III-321
noise -limiter, D-395
precise audio clipper, 11-394
noise, audio, 1-467
non-integer programmable pulse divider,
11-511
noninverting amplifier, III-14, 1-41
adjustable gain, 1-91
comparator with hysteresis in, I-153
high-frequency, 28-dB, III-263
hysteresis in, 1-153
low power, digitally selectable input and
gain, 11-334
771
noninverting amplifier (con'/.)

power, 1-79
programmable-gain, Ill-505
single supply, l-74
split supply, 1-75
noninverting integrator, improved design,
Il-298
noninverting voltage follower, l-33
high-frequency, III-212
nonselective frequency tripler, transistor
saturation, 11-252
Norton amplifier, absolute value, III-11
notch filter, II-397-403, III-402-404
1800Hz, 11-398
550 Hx, II-399
active band reject, 11-401
adjustable Q, 11-398
audio, 11-400
bandpass and,-11-223
lrigh-Q, ill-404
passive bridged, differentiator tunable,

II-403
tunable audio, 11-399
tunable audio filter, 11-402
tunable, op amp, Il-400
twin- T, III -403
Wien bridge, II-402
null circuit, variable gain and accurate, III69
null detector, 1-148, III-162
0
off-line flyback regulator, IJ-481
(llmuneter. l-549
linear, III-540
linear scale, 1-549
ohms-to-volts converter, 1-168
on/off inverter, III-594
on/off switches
touch switch, 11-691
touch, digital, III-663
touch, electronic, III-663
one-chip burglar alarm, III-5
one-chip radar detection circuit, JI-519
one-IC audio generator, 11-569
one-of-eight channel transmission system,
III-100
one-second-1kHz oscillator, Il-423
one-shot function generator, 1-465
digitally controlled, 1-720
precision, III-222
retriggerable, III-238
one-shot timer, 111-654
light-controlled, III-317
voltage-controlled high speed, 11-266
op amp, II-404-406, III-405-406
astable multivibrator, Ill-224
772
clamping for, 11-22

clock circuit using, III-85
intrinsically safe protected,--III-12
quad, simultaneous waveform generator
using, 11-259
single potentiometer to adjust gain over
bipolar range, 11-406
tunable notch filter with, Il-400
variable gain and sign, 11-405
X 10, I-37
x100, 1-37
optical communication system, 1-358, 11416
optical pyrometer, 1-654
optical receiver, 1-364, IT-418
optical Schmitt trigger, I-362
optical sensor, ambient light ignoring, III413
optical sensor-to-TTL interlace, III-314
optical transmitter, I -363
FM (PRM), I-367
optically-coupled circuits, 11-407-419, 111407-419
50 kHz center frequency FM transmitter, 11-417
ac relay, III-418
ac relay using two photon couplers, II412
ac switcher, high-voltage, ITI-408
ambient light ignoring optical sensor,
III-413
CMOS coupler, Ill-414
communication system, 11-416
de linear coupler, 11-411
de latching relay, III-417
digital transmission isolator, 11-414
high-sensitivity, NO, two-terminal zero
voltage switch, 11-413
indicator lamp driver, III-413
integrated solid state relay, 11-408
isolation and zero voltage switching
logic, 11-415
line-current detector, III-414
linear ac analog coupler, 11-412
linear analog coupler, 11-413
linear optocoupler for instrumentation,
Il-417
microprocessor triac array driver, 11-410
paper tape reader, Il-414
power outage light, line-operated, III415
receiver for 50 kHz FM optical-transmitter, II-418
relays, de solid-state, open/closed, III412
source follower, photodiode, III-419
stable optocoupler, 11-409
telephone ring detector, III-611
triggering SCR series, III-411

TTL coupler, optical, III-416
zero-voltage switching, closed halfwave, III-412
zero-voltage switching, solid-state, III410
zero-voltage switching, solid-state relay,
III-416
optocoupler
linear, instrumentation, 11-417
stable, 11-409
optoisolator
driver, high-voltage, ill-482
telephone status monitor using, l-626
OR gate, l-395
o,..,
musical, 1-415
preprogrammed single chip microcontroller for, 1-600
stylus, 1-420
oscillator, 11-420-429, III-420-432
0.5 Hz square wave, 1-616
1 kHz, 11-427
1 MHz FET crystal, II-144
1 MHz to 4MHz CMOS, 1-199
1.0 MHz, 1-571
1kHz square wave, 1-612
2MHz, 11-571
5-V, III-432
10Hz to 10kHz voltage-controlled, 11701
20Hz to 20kHz variable audio, 11-727
50 kHz, l-727
50 MHz to 100 MHz overtone, 1-181
96 MHz crystal, 1-179
400 MHz, I-571
500 MHz, l-570
500 timer, 1-531

800Hz, 1-68
adjustable over 10:1 range, 11-423
astable, 1-462
audio, 1-245, III-427
audio, light-sensitive, III-315
Butler aperiodic, 1-196
Butler common base, 1-191
Butler emitter follower, 11-190-191, 11-
194
cassette bias, 11-426
clock generator and, III-85, 1-615
CMOS crystal, I-187
CMOS, I-615
code practice, 1-15, 1-20, 1-22, 11-428,
III-431
Colpitts hannonic, 1-189-190
Colpitts, 11-147,1-194,-1-572
crystal-controlled, III-131-140, D-147,
l-180, l-184, l-185,!-195, l-198
crystal-controlled, doubler and, 1-184-
crystal-controlled, mercury cell in, 11149

crystal-controlled, sine wave, 1-198
crystal-controlled, transistorized, 1-188
crystal overtone, I -177
double frequency output, 1-314
discrete sequence, ID-421
duty-cycle, III-50-percent, III-426
emitter-coupled big loop, 11-422
emitter-coupled RC, 11-266
exponential digitally controlled, I-Z28
feedback, 1-67
fifth overtone, 1-182
flasher and, high drive, 11-235
flasher and, low frequency, 11-234
free running square wave, l-615
free running, I-531
frequency doubled output from, 11-596
gated, 1-728
gated, last-cycle completing, III-427
Hartley, 1-571
he-based, III-423
HCU/HCf-based, Ill-426
high-current, square-wave generntor,
III-585
high-frequency, III-426
high-frequency crystal, 11-148, 1-175
IC-compatible crystal, 11-145
international crystal OF-1 LO, 1-189
international crystal OF-1 HI, 1-197
JFET Pierce crystal, I-198
linear voltage-controlled, I-701
low-distortion, 1-570
low-frequency, 111-428
low-frequency crystal, 11-146, 1-184
low-frequency TTL, 11-595
low-noise crystal, 11-145
Miller, 1-193
neon flasher, two-state, III-200
one-second, 1 kHz, 11-423
one-shot, voltage-controlled high speed,
Il-266
overtone crystal, 11-146, 1-176, 1-180
overtone, crystal switching, 1-183
parallel mode...aperiodic crystal, 1-196
phase shift, 11-66, 1-68
Pierce crystal, 11~144
Pierce harmonic, 11-192, 1-199
Pierce, 1-195
precision voltage-controlled, 1-702
precision, 20 ns switching, 1-729
precision, 100 rnA load switching, 1-730
quadrature, ITI-428
quadrature output, 1..:729
quadrature-output, square-wave generator, ID-585
R/C, l-612
reflection, crystal-controlled, ill-136
_relaxation, SCR, 111-430

resistance controlled digital, 11-426
rf (see also rf oscillator), 11-550, 1-572
rf-genie, 11-421
rf-powered sidetone, 1-24
RLC, III-423
sawtooth wave, modulator, III-373
Schmitt trigger crystal, I-181
simple triangle/square wave, 11-422, 1616
simple TTL crystal, 1-179
simple voltage-controlled, 1-703
sine-wave (see also sine wave oscillator),
1-65, Ill-560
sine-wave, TII-556-559
sine-wave/square wave, easily tuned, 165
sine-wave/square-wave, tunable, ID-232
single op amp, 1-529
square wave, 11-597, 1-613-614, 11-616,
stable low frequency crystal, 1-198
standard crystal, 1MHz, 1-197
temperature compensated, low power
Sv-driven, II-142
temperature stable, 11-427
temperature-compensated crystal, 1-187
third overtone crystal, 1-186
tone-burst, decoder and, 1-726
transmitter and, 27 MHz and 49 MHz
rf, I-680
TTL, l-613
TTL, 1MHz to 10MHz, 1-178
TTL, television display using, Il-372
TTL-compatible crystal, 1-197
tube type crystal,-I-192
tunable frequency, 11-425
tunable single comparator, 1-69
varactor tuned 10 MHz ceramic resonator, 11-141
variable, II-421
variable, four -decade, single control for,
Il-424
wriable, wide range, 11-429
variable-duty cycle, fixed-frequency, m422
voltage-controlled (see also voltagecontrolled oscillators), III-735
voltage-controlled, 11-702, 1-704
voltage-controlled, precision, III-431
wide-frequency range, 11-262
wide-range, 1-69, ID-425
wide-range, variable, 1-730
Wien-bridge, l-62-63, I-70, Ill-429
Wren~bridge, low-voltage, III-432
Wien-bridge, sinewave, l-66, 1-70
Wien-bridge, variable, ID-424
XOR-gate, Ill-429
yelp, Il-577
oscilloscope, 11-430-433, III-433-439

analog multiplexer, single-trace to fourtnl.ce scope converter, 11-431
beam splitter, 1-474
calibrator for, II-433, III-436
converter, I-4 71
CRO doubler, III-439
eight-channel voltage dispiay, III-435
extender, Ill-434
FET dual-trace switch for, 11-432
monitor, I-4 74
multiplexer, add-on, III-437
preamplifier, III-437
preamplifier, counter/, III-438
sensitivity amplifier, III-436
triggered sweep, ill-438
outband descrambler, 11-164
out-of-bounds pulse-width detector, III-
158
output amplifiers, four-charutel D/ A,-lll165
output limiter, III-322
output-gating circuit, photomultiplier, 11516
output-stage booster, Ill-452
over/under temperature monitor, dual
output, 11-646
overload protector, speaker, 11-16
oven;peed indicator, I-108
overtone crystal oscillator, 11-146
overvoltage
comparator to detect, 11-107
monitor for, III-762
protection circuit, 11-96, II-496, III-513
undervoltage and, indicator, 1-150
p
pager, pocket-size, III-288
PALINTSC decoder, RGB input, III-717
palette' video' m-720
paruring circuit, two channel, 1-57
paper sheet discriminator, copying
machines, III-339
paper tape reader, 11-414
parallel connections, telephone, III-611
party-line intercom, 11-303
passive bridge, differentiator tunable
notch filter, 11-403
passive mixer, 11-58
passive tone control circuit, II-689
PCB continuity tester, 11-342
peak decibel meter, Ill-348
peak detector, 11-174,11-175,11-434-436
analog, with digital hold, III-153
digital, Ill-160
high-bandwidth, III-161
high-frequency, 11-175
773
peak detector (con 't.)

high-speed, l-232
lowdrift, III156
negative, 1225, 1234
positive, IU-169, l-225, 1-235, 11-435
ultra-low drift, 1-227
voltage, precision, 1-226
wide-bandwidth, III-162
wide-range, DI~152
peak meter, LED, III-333
peak program detector, 111-771
peak-to-peak converter, precision ac/dc,
11-127
period counter, 100 MHz, frequency and,
11-136
pest-repeller, ultrasonic, 111-699, III-706,
III-707
pH meter, l-399
pH probe, 1-399, III-50!
phase detector, III-440-442
10-bit accuracy, II-176
phase selector/sync rectifier/balanced
modulator, IIT-441
phase sequence, III-441
phase difference, 0 to 180 degree, 11-344
phase indicator, 11-439
phase meter, 1-406
phase selector, phase detector/sync
rectifier/balanced modulator, III-441
phase sequence circuits, TI-437-442
detector, II-439, III-441, II-442
detector, version II, Il-441
indicator, TI-439, 1-476
rc circuit, phase sequence reversal
detection by, 11-438
reversal, rc circuit to detect, II-438
three phase tester, 11-440
phase splitter, precision, III-582
phase tracking three-phase square wave
generator, II-598
phasor gun, 1-606
phono amplifier, l-80-81
magnetic pickup, 1-89
stereo, bass tone control. 1-670
phono preamp, 1-91
equalized, IIT-671
LM382, 1-90
magnetic, III-37, 1-91
photo conductive detector amplifier, four
quadrant, 1-359
photo memory switch for ac power control, 1-363
photo stop action, 1-481
photo conductive detector amplifier, four
quadrant, 1-359
photo memory switch for ac power control, 1-363
photo stop action, 1-481
774
photocell, monostable, self-adjust trigger,

11-329
photocurrent integrator, TI-326
photodiode circuits
amplifier, III-672
amplifier, low-noise, III-19
current to voltage converter, 11-128
sensor amplifier, TI-324
amplifier, 1-361
comparator, precision, 1-360
level detector, precision, 1-365
PIN, thermally stabilized signal conditioner with, 11-330
PIN-to-frequency converters, III-120
source follower, III-419
photoelectric ac power switch, III-319
photoelectric alarm system, IT-4
photoelectric controlled flasher, 11-232
photoelectric smoke alann, line operated,
1-596
photoelectric smoke detector, 1-595
photoelectric switch, 11-321
synchronous, II-326
photoflash, electronic, III-449
photographic circuits, 11-443-449, III-443449
auto-advance projector, 11-444

camera alarm trigger, III-444
contrast meter, II-44 7
darkroom enlarger timer, 111-445
electronic flash trigger, 11-448
enlarger timer, 11-446
flash meter, III-446
photoflash, electronic, III-449
shutter speed tester, 11-445
slide timer, III-448
slide-show timer, III-444
sound trigger for flash unit, 11-449
timer, 1-485
xenon flash trigger, slave, III-447
photomultiplier output-gating circuit, 11516
picoammeter, 11-154, I-202, III-338
circuit for, 11-157
guarded input circuit, 11-156
pico ampere 70 voltage converter with
gain, 1~170
picture fixer/inverter, IIT-722
Pierce crystal oscillator, 11-144
1-MHz, III-134
low-frequency, III-133
piezoelectric alarm, 1-12
piezoelectric fan-based temperature
controller, III-627
PIN pbotodiode-to-frequency converters,
III-12Q
pink noise generator, 1-468
plant watering gauge, IT-248
plant watering monitor, 11-245

plant waterer, l-443
playback amplifier, tape, I-77
PLL/BC receiver, 11-526
plug-in remote telephone ringer, II-627
pocket pager, III-288
polarity converter, 1-166
polarity-reversing amplifiers, low-power,
III-16
portable battery chargers, ni-cad, III-57
portable power amplifier, III-452
position indicator/controller, tape recorder,
11-615
positive input/negative output charge
pump, ill-360
positive peak detector, 11-435
positive regulator, NPN/PNP boost, III-475
power amps, 11-450-459, III-450456
2 to 6 watt audio amplifier with preamp,
11-451
!OW, 1-76
12 W low dis-tortion, 1-76
25-watt, 11-452
90W, safe area protection, 11-459
am radio, I-77
audio, 11-451, III-454
audio, 20-W, III-456
audio, 50-W, III-451
audio, 6-W, with preamp, III-454
audio, booster, 11-455
bridge audio, 1-81
bull horn, II-453
class-D, III-453
hybrid, III-455
inverting, 1-79
lowpower audio, 11-454
noninverting ac, 1-79
noninverting, 1-79
output-stage booster, III-452
portable, III-452
rear speaker ambience amplifier, 11-458
rf, 1296-MHz solid state, III-542
rf, 5W, 11-542
switching, l-33
two meter 10 W, 1-562
walkman amplifier, 11-456
power booster, I-28, 1-33
power control, burst, III-362
power disconnector, low voltage, 11-97
power failure alarm, 1-581-582
power gain test circuit, 60 MHz, 1-489
power inverters, Ill-298
12 VDC-to-117 VAC at 60Hz, III-294
medium, III-296
MOSFET, III-295
power loss detector, 11-175
power meter, I-489
audio, I-488
frequency and, 11250

rf, l-16
SWR, l-16
power op amp/audio amp, high slew rate,
I-82
power outage light, line.operated, Ill--415
power pack for battery operated devices,
I-509
power protection circuit, 1515
power reference, 0 to 20 V, l-694
power supply, 11-460--486, III--464
5V including momentary backup, 11--464
5V, 0.5A, 1-491
8-amp regulated, mobile equipment
operation, 11--461
lOA regulator, current and thermal
protection, 11-474
12-14V regulated 3A, II-480
90V rms voltage regulator with PUT, 11479
500kHz switching inverter for 12V, 11474
adustable current limit and output
voltage, 1505
arc lamp, 25W, Il-476
arc-jet, starting circuit, III-479
balance indicator, 111494
battery charger and, 14V, 4A, ll-73
bench top, Il-472
bipolar, battery instruments, 11--475
charge pool, III--469
de to de SMPS variable 18V to 30 V out
at 0.2A, II-480
dual output bench, I505
dual polarity, I-497
fault monitor, single-supply, III--495
fixed, III-457-477
fixed pnp regulator, zener diode to
increase voltage output, 11--484
general-purpose, III-465
glitches in, comparator to detect, 11-107
high voltage, III-478-486, II-487-490
high voltage, Geiger counter supply, 11489
high voltage, simple design for, 11--489
high voltage, ultra high voltage generator, 11--488
HV regulator with foldback current
limiting, Il-478
increasing zener diode power rating, 11485
isolated feedback, III--460
low ripple, I-500
low-volts alarm, 11-493
memory save on power-down, 11--486
micropower bandgap reference, 11--470
microprocessor power supply watchdog,
Il-494
monitors for, 11--491--497, III--493-495

off-line fiyback regulator, 11--481
overvoltage protection circuit, 11-496
overvoltages in, comparator to detect,
II-107
power-switching circuit, 11-466
programmable, Ill-467
protection circuit, 11--497
protection for, fast acting, I-518
push-pull, 400V/60W, Il-473
radiation-hardened 125A linear regulator, 11-468
regulated, +15V 1-A, III-462
regulated, -15V 1-A, Ill-463
regulated split, I-492
SCR preregulator for, 11-482
single supply voltage regulator, 11-471
split, I-512
stand-by, non-volatile CMOS RAMs, 11477
switch mode, ll-470
switchhig, Ill-458
switching, 50-W off-line, III-473
switching, variable, 100-KHz multipleoutput, III-488
three-rail, III-466
uninterruptible +5V, Ill-477
uninterruptible, personal computer, 11462
variable, 111-487-492, Ill-487
variable current source, lOOmA to 2A,
Il-471
voltage regulator, ll-484
power switching, complementary ac, 1379
power-consumption limiters, 111-572
power-down
memory save power supply for, 11-486
protection circuit, Il-98
power-failure alann, III-511
power-line connections monitor, ac, III510
power-line modem, III-82
power-on reset, ll-366
power-switching circuit, 11-466
power/frequency meter,-11-250
preamp, I-41
2 to 6 watt audio amplifier with, ll-451
6-meter, 20 dB gain and low NF, 11-543
audio power amplifier, 6-W and, III-454
equalized, for magnetic phono cartridges, III-671
frequency counter, III-128
general purpose, I-84
high level, tone control and, II-688
IC, tone control and, III-657
LM382 phono, I-91
low noise 30MHz, 1-561
low noise transformerless--balanced
microphone, l-88
magnetic phono, I-91, III-673
medica! instrument, 11349
microphone, 11--45
microphone, tone control for, 11-687
NAB tape playback, professional, III-38
NAB, record, III-673
NAB, two-pole, III-673
oscilloscope, III-437
oscilloscope/counter, III-438
phono, 1-91
phono, magnetic, III-37
read-head, automotive circuits, III-44
RIAA, IU-38
RIAA/NAB ~pensation, I-92
stereo, 11-43, 11-45
tape, 1-90
thermocouple instrumentation amplifier,
III-283
tone control, 1-675
tone control, IC, l-673
tone control, mixer, 1-58
transformerless microphone, unbalanced inputs in, 1-88
two meter, handitalkies, 1-19
UHF-TV, III-546
ultra low leakage, 11-7, 1-38
VHF, 1-560
precise audio clipper, 11-394
precise wave generator, 11-274
precision AiD converter, I-49
precision absolute value circuit, I-37
precision amplifier, I-40
digitally programmable input and gain,
Il-335
precision-attenuator, digitally selectable, I52
precision linearized platinum RTD signal
conditioner, 11-639
precision peak to peak ac/dc converter, TI127
precision power booster, I-33
precision process control interface, I-30
precision summing amplifier, 1-36
precision voltage to frequency converter,
ll-131
precision weighted resistor programmable
gain amplifier, 11-9
preregulated high-voltage power supply,
Ill-480
preregulator, tracking, III-492
prescaler probe, amplifying, 650 MHz, 11502
preserved input voltage-to-frequency
converter, III-753
probe, III-4960503, Il-498-504
100 K megaolun de, 1-524
ac hot wire, 1-581
775
probe (con't.)
audible TTL, 1-524
audio-rf signa] tracer, 1-527
capacitance buffer, low-input, 111-498
capacitance buffer, stabilized low-input,
III-502
clamp-oncurrent compensator, 11-501
CMOS logic, 1-523
FET. III-501
general purpose rf detector, 11-500
ground-noise, battery-powered, III-500
logic, I -526
logic, CMOS universal, III-499
logic, digital, III-497
logic, memory-tester, 1-525
microvolt, 11-499
pH, l-399, III-501
prescaler, 650 MHz amplifying, 11-502
rt, III-498, III-502, l-523
single injector-tracer, 11-500
test, 4-220V, III-499
tone, digital IC testing, 11-504
process control interface, I -30
processor, CW signal, l-18
product detector, 1-223
programmable amplifier, 11-334, III-504508
differential-input, programmable gain,
III-507
inverting, programmable-gain, III-505
noninverting, progranunable-gain, III505
precision, digital control, III-506
precision, digitally programmable, III506
variable-gain, wide-range digital control,
III-506
programmable attenuator, III-30, 1-53
programmable counters, low-power widerange, III-126
programmable-frequency sine-wave
oscillators, III-424
progranunable-gain amplifier with selectable input, 1-32
programmable gate, 1-394
programmable multi-tone ringer, 11-634
programmable twin-T bridge filter, 11-221
programmable voltage-controlled frequency synthesizer, 11-265
programmable voltage-controlled timer, 11676
projector
auto-advance for, 11-444
voltage regulator for lamp in, 11-305
proportional temperature controller, III626
protection circuit, III-509-513
circuit breaker, ac, III-512
776
crowbars, electric, III-510

heater protector, servo-sensed, ITI-624
line-voltage monitor,lll-511
logic, overvoltage, 1-517
overvoltage, fast, III-513
power-failure alann, III-511
power-line cmmections monitor, ac, III510
power supply, 11-497, 1-518
proximity sensor, 1-135-136, 1-344, 11505-507. Ill-514-518
alarm for, 11-506
capacitive, ITI-515
field disturbance sensor/alann, 11-507
SCR alarm, III-517
self-biased, changing field, I-135
switch, ITI-517
UHF movement detector, III-516
pseudorandom sequencer, ITI-301
PTC thennistor automotive temperature
indicator, II-56
pulse amplitude discriminator, III-356
pulse coincidence detector, 11-178
pulse delay, dual-edge trigger, III-147
pulse detector, missing-pulse, III-159
pulse divider, non-integer programmable,
Ill-226, Il-511
pulse extractor, square-wave, III-584
pulse generator, 11-508-511
2-ohm, Ill-231
300-V, III-521
astable multivibrator, 11-510
clock, 60Hz, 11-102
CMOS short-pulse, 111-523
delayed, 11-509
EEPROM, 5V-powered, III-99
logic, III-520
sawtooth-wave generator and, III-241
single, Il-175
very low duty-cycle, III-521
voltage-controller and, Ill-524
wide-ranging, III-522
pulse height-to-width converters, TII-119
pulse sequence detector, 11-172
pulse tone alann, 1-11
pulse train-to-sinusoid converters, III-122
pulsedialing telephone, III-610
pulse-position modulator, III-375
pulse-width-to-volate converters, III-117
pulse-width modulators (PWM)
brightness controller, III-307
control, microprocessor selected, 11-116
modulator,- III-376
motor speed control, 11-376, III-389
multiplier circuit for, III-214, 11-264
out-of-bounds detector, III-158
proportional-controller circuit, 11-21
servo amplifier, III-379
speed control/energy-recovering brake,

IU-380
very short, measurement circuit, III336

pulse/tone dialer, single-chip, III-603
pulsed infrared-diode emitter drive, IT-292
pulsers, laser diode, III-311
pump, positive input/negative output
charge, 1-418
pump controller, single chip, 11-247
push on/off electronic switch, 11-359
push-pull power supply, 400V/60W, 11-473
PUT battery chargers, III-54
PUT long duration timer, 11-675
pyrometer, optfual, 1-654
Q
Q-multiplier
audio, 11-20
transistorized, 1-566
QRP CW transmitter, III-690
QRP SWR bridge, Ill-336
quad op amp, simultaneous wavefonn
generator using, 11-259
quadrature oscillator, III-428
square-wave generator, III-585
quartz crystal oscillator, two-gate, III-136
quick-deactivating battery sensor, ITI-61
R
race-car motor/crash sowtd generator, III578
radar detector, 11-518-520
onediip, 11-519
radiation detectors, 11-512-517
alarm, II-4
micropower, 11-513
monitor, wideband, 1-535
photomultiplier output-gating circuit, 11516
pocket-sized Geiger counter, Il514
radiation-hardened 125A linear regulator,
TI-468
radio
AM/FM clock, I-543
automotive, receiver for, 11-525
clock, 1-542
FM. l-542
radio control motor speed controller, 1-576
radio control receiver/decoder, 1-574
radio controller, single SCR, ll-361
radioactive radiation, micropower detector
for, 11-513
rain warning bleeper, 11-244
RAM, non-volatile CMOS, stand-by power
supply, 11-4 77
ramp generator, Il-521-523, ill-525-527

accurate
526
integrator and, initial condition reset,
ill-527
linear, 11-270
variable reset level, ll-267
voltage-controlled, 11-523
ranging system, ultrasonic, ill-697
RC audio oscillator, lli-555 timer used as,
II-567
RC circuit, phase sequence reversal by, ll438
RC oscillator, emitter-coupled, ll-266
read-head pre-amplifier, automotive
1
circuits, lli-44
readback system, disc/tape phase modulated, 1-89

readout, rf current, 1-22
rear speaker ambience amplifier, 11-458
receiver, 11-524-526, m-528-535
50kHz FM optical transmitter, 1-361
AM radio, ill-529
AM, carrier-current circuit, lll-81
AM, integrated, III-535
analog, 1-545
car radio, capacitive diode tuning/
electronic MW /JJN switching, II-525
carrier ClllTent, 1-143
carrier system, 1-141
CMOS line, 1-546
compact IR, r-342
fiber nptic, 10 MHz, 11-205
fiber nptic, 50-Mb/s, III-181
fiber nptic, digital, III-178
fiber optic, low-cost, 100-M baud rate,
III-180
FM MPX/SCA, III-530
FM narrow-band, ill-532
FM tuner, 111-529
FM, carrier-current circuit, lli-80
TSK data, III-533
ham-band, ill-534
high sensitivity, 30nW fiber optic, 1-270
IC carrier-current, 1-146
infrared, III-274, 11-292
line-type, digital data, ill-534
line-type, low-cost, lli-532
low sensitivity, 300nW fiber optic, 1-271
monitor for, 11-526
optical, 1-364, 11-418
PLL/BC, II-526
radio control, decoder and, 1-574
RS-232 to CMOS, ill-102
single transistor carrier current, 1-145
signal-reception alarm, ID270
tracer, ID-357
ultrasonic, ill-698, IU-705
very high sensitivity, low speed 3nW
fiber optic, 1-269

zero center indicator for FM, 1-338
receiver monitor, 11-526
recorder, tape, 1-419
recorder, telephone, III--616
recording amplifier, I90
recording
automatic tape, 121
telephone, automatic, ll.s22
rectifier, Il-527-528, III-536-537
absolute value, ideal full wave, II528
averaging filter and, 1-229
diodeless, precison, ID-537
fast half wave, 1228
full-wave, precision, IU-537
half-wave, 1-230, 11-528
high impedance precision, for ac/dc
converter, 1-164
low forward-drop, III-4 71
precision full wave, 1-234
precision, 1-422
synchronous, phase detector-selector/
balanced modulator, -441
redial, electronic telephone set with, lll-
606
reference
+I- lOY, 1-696
+/-3V, 1-696
+1-SV, 1-696
0 to 20 volt power, 1-694
high stability voltage, 1-696
low power regulator, I-695
precision bipolar output, 1-698
precision dual tracking voltage, 1-698
precision low noise buffered, 1-698
precision micropower 10 V, l--697
precision reference 0 to 20 volt power,
1-699
precision square wave voltage, 1-696
precision standard cell replacement, 1699
roltage, 1-695, ill-773-775
reference clock, three phase clock from,
II-101
reference supply, low voltage adjustable, 1695
reference voltage amplifier, 1-36
reflection osdllator, crystal-controlled, m-
136
refiectometer, 1-16
register, shift, 11-366
register driver, Shift, 1-418
register, shift, 1-380
regulated de to de converter,
regulated power supply
8-arnp, D-461
12 to 14V at 3 A, II-480
+ 15V 1-A, III-462
n-125
-15V 1-A, III-463

regulated split power supplies, 1-492
regulator, J-511
0 to 22 V, 1-510
0 to 30 V, 1-510
0-lOV at 3A adjustable, 1-511
3W switching application circuit for, I492
5.0 V/l.OA, 1-500
6.0A variable output switching, 1-513
10-A, 1-510
10-A, adjustable, ill-492
15V/1A, with remote sense, 1-499
15V slow turn-on, IU-477
45 VIlA switching, l-499
100 Vrms voltage, 1-496
-15 V negative, 1-499
a<ijustable output, J:506, 1-512
battery charging, 1-117
bucking, high-voltage, III-481
constant voltage/constant current, 1-508
current and thermal protection, III-10
amp, II-474
dual-tracking, III-462
fixed pnp, zener diode to increase
voltage output of, D-484
Oyback, off-line, II-481
high stability lA, 1-502
high stability, 1-499
HV, foldback current limiting, 11-478
low voltage, 1-511
linear, low cost, low dropout, III-459
mobile voltage, l-498
multiple output switching, for use with
MPU, 1-513
negative, floating, 1-498
negative, switching, 1-498
negative, voltage, 1-499
positive, floating, l-498
positive, switching, 1-498
positive, with NPN/PNP boost, III-475
positive, with PNP boost, III-471
pre-, SCR, II-482
pre-, tracking, III-492
precision high voltage, 1-509
radiation-hardened 125A linear, D-468
remote shutdown, 1-510
short circuit protection, low voltage,-i502
single ended, 1-493
slow tum on 15 V, 1-499
switching, 3-A, III-472
switching, 5.0/6.0A 25kHz, with separate ultrastable reference, l-497
switching, 200kHz, 1-491
switching, step down, 1-493
switching, high-current inductorless, III476
777
regulator, (can't.)
switching, low-power, III-490
voltage, 11-484, 1-501
variable power supply, current source
and, Ill-490
voltage, 10V high stability, III-468
voltage, 5-V low-dropout, ill-461
voltage, ac, III-477
voltage, high-voltage, III-485
voltage, negative, III-474
voltage, PUT, 90V nns voltage, 11-479
voltage. single supply, 11-471
voltage, variable, III-491
rejection filter, 1-283
relaxation oscillator, SCR, III-430
relay, 11-529-532
10 A 25Vdc solid state, l-623
ac, optically coupled, 111-418
ac, photon coupler in, 11-412
audio operated, 1-608
capacitance, I-130
canier operated, 1-575
de latching, optically coupled, III-417
de solid-state, normally open/closed,
Ill-412
driver for, delay and controls closure
time with, 11-530
integrated solid state, 11-408
light beam operated on/off, 1-366
light isolated solid state power, 1-365
rf-actuated, 111-270
ringer, telephone, 111-606
solid-state ZVS, antiparallel SCR
output, III-416
solid-state, III-569-570, 111-569
solid-state, ac, III-570
sound actuated, 1-610
telephone, 1-631
time delayed, I-663
tone actuated, 1-576
TR circuit, 11-532
triac, contact protection, 11-531
ultra precise long time delay, 1-219
remote ac electronic thennostat, twowU., l-639
remote amplifier, 1-99
remote control
carrier, current, I-146
lamp or appliance, I-370
servo system, 1-575
transmitter/receiver, IR, 1-342
remote loudspeaker via IR link, 1-343
remote on/off switch, I-577
remote ringer, telephone, III-614
remote sensor, precision temperature
transducer, 1-649
remote telephone monitor, II-626
remote temperature sensing, 11-654
778
remote thennometer, 11-659

repeater
European-type, tone burst generator
for, III-74
fiber optic link, 1-270
telephone, III-607
repeater beeper, 1-19
reset, power-on, 11-366
resistance/continuity meters, III-538-540
cable tester, III-539
continuity tester, III-540
olunmeter, linear, 111-540
resistance controlled digital oscillator, Il426
resistance measurement, low parts count
ratiometric, 1-550
resistance meter, II-533
single chip checker in, IT-534
resistance ratio detector, II-342
resistance to voltage converter, I-161-162
resistor multiplier, 11-199
resonator oscillator, varactor tuned 10
MHz ceramic, 11-141
restorer, video de, III-723
reverb enhancement system, stereo, 1-606
reverb system, stereo, 1-602
reversing motor drive, de control signal,
II-381
rf amplifier, 11-537-549;-111-54-2-547
1 watt/2.3 GHz, 11-540
10 watt/225-400 MHz, II-548
10 dB-gain, ill-543
2-30 MHz, III-544
5-W 150-MHz, Ill-546
SW power, 11-542
6-meter kilowatt, 11-54-5
6-meter preamp, 20dB gain and low NF,
11-543
6().W 225-400 MHz, III-547
125 Watt/150 MHz, II-544
AGC, wideband adjustable, III-545
broadcast-band, ill-264, 11-546
common-gate, 450-MHz, III-544
isolation amplifier, II-547
low distortion 1.6 to 30MHz SSB driver,
II-538
meter-driver, 1-MHz, ITI-545
power amp, 1296-MHz solid-state, III542
UHF-TV preamp, III-546
rf burst generators, portable, III-73
rf current readout, I-22
rf detector, 11-500
rf genie, II-421
rf modulator, Ill-372, Ill-374, l-436
double sideband suppressed canier, 11369
rf oscillator, I-550-551, 1-572
5 MHz VFO, II-551
transmitter and, 27MHz and 49MHz, 1680

rfpower
meter, 1-16
sidetone oscillator, 1-24
switch, ID-592
wide-range meter, III-332
rf probe, Ill-498, III-502, l-523
rf signal tracer probe, audio, 1-527
rf sniffer, 11-210
rf switch, low-cost, ID-361
rfvoltmeter, 1-405, ID-766
rf-actuated relays, III-270
RGB video amplifier, lli-709
RGB-composite video signa] converter,
Ill-714
RlAA pre amp, III-38
ring counter
20kHz, Il-135
incandescent lamps, 1-301
low cost, 1-301
SCR, Ill-195
variable timing, II-134
ring detector
low line loading, 1-634
telephone, III-619, 11-623
telephone, optically interfaced, III-611
ring extender switch, remote, I-630
ring indicator, telephone auto answer, 1635
ring-around flasher, LED, ill-194

ringer
high isolation, 11-625
programmable multi-tone, 11-634

remote, plug-in, 11-627
telephone or extension phone, 1-628
tele!Done tone, 1-627
telephone, piezoelectric device, I-636
telephone, relay, III-619
tone, 11-630,-II-631
RLC oscillator, lll-423
rms-to-dc converter, 11-129, 1-167
thermal, 50-MHz, ID-117
road ice alarm, ll-57
robot
eyes for, 11-327
light-seeking, II-325
robot eyes, 11-327
rocket launcher, II-358
rotation detector, II-283
roulette, electronic, 11-276
RS-232
CMOS-to,line receiver, III-102
dataselector, automatic, ID-97
drive circuit, low-power, Ill-175
LED circuit, III~103
RS flip fiop, I-395
RTD signal conditioner

5V powered linearized platinum, 11-650
precision, linearized platinum, 11-639
rumble filter, III-192, 1-297, 111-660
S meter, III-342
safe area protection, power amplifier with,
ill-459
safety flare, 11-608
sample and hold, 111-548-553, 11-552-559,
1-590
charge compensated, 11-559
fast and precise, 11-556
filtered, III-550
high accuracy, l-590
high perfonnance, Il-557
high speed amplifier, 1-587
high speed, III-550, 1-587-588, 1-590
infinite, 11-558
inverting, III-552
JFET, 1-586
low drift, 1-586
offset adjustment for, 1-588
three-channel multiplexer with, lll-396
track-and-hold, III-552
track-and-hold, basic, III-549
version II, 11-553
X-1000, I-589
sampling circuit, hour time delay, 11-668
saturated standard cell amplifier, 11-296
sawtooth waves
oscillator modulator, III-373
pulse generator and, III-241
SCA decoder, 11-166, 11-170, I-214
SCA demodulator, III-565, III-150
scale, digital weight, 1-398
scaler, inverse, l-422
scanner, bar codes, 111-363
Schmitt trigger, ill-153, I-593
crystal oscillator, 1-181
programmable hysteresis, 1-592
TIL-compatible, 11-111
without hysteresis, 1-592
scratch filter using LM287, 1-297
SCR circuits
chaser, IH-197
crowbar, 11-496
flasher, III-197
flip flop, II-367
gas/smoke detector, III-251
preregu)ator, ll-482
proximity alarm, 111-517
radio control using, II-361
relaxation flasher, 11-230
relaxation oscillator, III-430
ring counter, III-195
tester, III-344
time delay circuit with, 11-670
triggering series, optically coupled, III411
scrambler, telephone, Il-618

scratch filter, III-189, III-660
second-audio program adapter, III-142
security a1arm, l-4
security circuits, III-3-9, III-3
security monitor, home system, 1-6
security system, vehicular, 1-5
seH-oscillating fl.yback converter, 11-128,
Ill-748
semiconductor fail-safe alarm, III-6
sense of slope tilt meter, 11-664
sensing circuit, nanoampere, 100 megohm
input impedance, 1-203
sensing control circuit, water level, 1-389
sensor (see also alarms; detectors)
0-50C, four channel temperature, 1-648
ambient light ignoring optica1, III-413
capacitive, alarm for, III-515
cryogenic .fluid level, 1-386
differentia] temperature, 1-655
hwnidity, Ill-266-267, 11-285-287
IC temperature, 1-649
isolated temperature, 1-651
light level, 1-367
light, back~biased GaAs LED, U-321
logarithmic light, I-366
magnetic current, low-power, III-341
motion, unidirectional, 11-34-6
photodiode amplifier for, U-324
predson temperature transducer with
remote, l-649
proximity, II-505, III-514-518
remote, loop transmitter for, III-70
remote temperature, 1-654
self-biased proximity, detected changing
field, l-135
simple differentia] temperature, 1-654
temperature (see also temperature
sensor), 11-645, 1-648, 1-657
temperature, III-629-631, III-629
voltage-level, III-770
zero crossing detector with temperature, I-733
sequence indicator,_ phase, I-476
sequence~ pseudorandom, III-301
sequential .flasher, 11-233
ac, 11-238
automotive tum signals, 1-109
sequential timer, III-651
series connectors, telephone, III-609
servo amplifier
400 Hz, II-386
bridge type ac, 1-458
de, 1-457
senro motor drive amplifier, 11-384

servo system
controller, III-384remote control, 1-575
shaper, sine wave, 11-561
shift register, 11-366, 1-380
driver for, 1-418
shifter
0-180 degree phase, 1-477
0~360 degree phase, 1477
single transistor phase, 1-476
ship siren, electronic, 11-576
short-circuit proof lamp driver, 11-310
shortwave converters, III -114
shortwave FET booster, I-561
shutoff, automatic, battery-powered
projects, III-61
shutter speed tester, 11-445
sidetone oscillator, rf-powered, 1-24
signa] attenuator, ana1og, microprocessorcontrolled, III101
signal combiner, III-368
signa] conditioner
5V powered linearized platinum RTD,
II-650
bridge circuit, strain gauge, 11-85
LVDT, ll-338
precision, linearized platinum RTD, 11639
thennally stabilized PIN photodiode, 11330
--signal distribution amplifier, I-39
signa] generator
high frequency, 11-150
square-wave,-III-583-585, III-583
staircase, III-586-588, III-586
two-function, III-234signal injectors, III-554-555
signal source, crystal-controlled, 11-143
signal-supply, voltage-follower amplifiers,
Ill-20
simple field strength meter, 11-275
simple metronome, 11-354
simulated inductor, 11-199
simulators, EKG, three-chip, III-350
sine-wave descrambler, 11-163
sine-wave generators, square-wave and,
tunable oscillator, III-232
sine-wave oscillator, III-556-559, Il-560570
555 used as RC audio oscillator, 11-567
adjustable, 11-568
audio, ll-562
audio, generator, III-559
audio, simple generator for, 11-564
low distortion, 11-561
one-IC audio generator, 11-569
779
sine-wave oscillator (con't.)

relaxation, modified U]T for clean audio
sinusoids, II-566
sine wave shaper, ll-561
two-tone generator, ll-570
variable, super low-distortion, III-558
Wien bridge, l-66, l-70, 11-566
Wten bridge, CMOS drip in, 11-568
Wien-bridge, low-dlstortion, thermal
stable, 111-557
Wien-bridge, single-supply, III-558
sine-wave output buffer amplifier, l-126
sine-wave to square wave converter, 1-170
sine/cosine generator, 0.1 to 10kHz, II260
sine/square wave oscillator, 1-65
single-IC auto alarm, Ill-7
single-lamp flasher, III-196
single-pulse generator, 11-175
single-supply function generator, 11-273
single-supply voltage regulator, 11-471
single-timer IC square wave tone burst,
TI-89
single-tone burst generator, 11-87
sirens, JII-560-568, Il-571, l-606
adjustable-rate programmablefrequency, 111-563
electronic, Ill-566
7400, Il-575
hee-haw, Ul-565, 11-578
high power, 11-578
linear IC, lll-564
multifunction system for, II-574
ship, electronic, 11-576
Star Trek red alert, 11-577
toy, 11-575
TTL gates in, 11-576
two-state, III-567
two-tone, III-562
varying frequency warning alarm, 11-579
wailing, III-563
yelp oscillator, III-562, 11-577
six decade range ammeter, 11-153, 11-156
sixteen-bit AID converter, 11-26
slide timer, III-448
slide-show timer, lll-444
sliding tone doorbell, II-34
slow-sweep windshieid wiper control, II-55
smart clutch, auto air conditioner, 111-46
smoke alarm, line operated photoelectric,
I-596
smoke detector, III-246-253, II-278
gas, I-332
ionization chamber, I-332-333
operated ionization type, 1-596
photoelectric, l-595
sniffer
heat, electronic, III-627
780
rf, Il-210
snooper, FM, III-680
socket debugger, coprocessor, III-104
soil moisture meter, III -208
solar-powered battery charger, 11-71
solar-triggered switch, 111-318
solenoid drivers, III-571-573
12-V latch, III-572
hold-current limiter, III-573
power-consumption limiter, 111-572
solid-state electric fence charger, II-203
solid-state high-voltage supply, remote
adjustable, III-486
solid-state relays, III-569-570, 111-569
ac, JII-570
solid-state stepping switch, 11-612
solid-state switch, line-activated, telephone, II-!-617
sound-activated circuits
decoder, III-145
relay, 1-610
switch, III-580, 11-581, III-600, Ill-601
switch, ac, 11-581
sound generators, 111-559-568, 11-585-593
allophone, III-733
autodrum, 11-591
bagpipes, electronic, III-561
birr! chirp, III-577, Il-588, 1-605
bongos, 11-587
chug-chug, III-576
funk box, 11-593
fuzz box, III-575
race-car motor/crash, III-578
sound effects, III-574-578
steam locomotive whistle, III-568, II- 589
steam train/prop plane, II-592
super, ill-564
train chttffer, II-588
tremolo circuits, III-692-695, III-692
twang-twang, 11-592
unusual fuzz, 11-590
voice circuits, III-729-734, lll-729
waa-waa circuit, 11-590
sound-level
meter, III-346
meter/monitor, telephone, III-614
sound light flash trigger, 1-481
sound modulated light source,--1-609
sound-operated circuits, III-579-580, 11580-584
color organ, 11-583
color organ, basic, 11-584
switch, III-580, IJ-581, 111-600, Ill-601
speech activity detector, telephone, 111615
two way switch, 1-610
voice-operated switch, 111-580
vox box, 11-582
sound trigger for flash unit, II-449

sources
bilateral current, 1-694-695
constant current, l-697
inverting bipolar current, I -697
noninverting bipolar current, l-695
programmable voltage, l-694
zenerless precision millivolt, I-696
source follower, photodlode, 111-419
SPDT switch, ac-static, 11-612
space war, 1-606
speaker system
FM carrier current remote, 1-140
hand-held transceivers, amplifiers for,
III-39
overload protector for, 11-16
wireless, IR, III-272
speakerphone, III-608, 11-611
speech activity detector, III-615, 11-617
speech compressor, 11-15
speech filter, 300Hz-3kHz bandpass, I295
speech network, 11-633
speed alarm, I-95
speed controller
closed-loop, 111-385
fans, automatic, Ill-382
de motor, l-454
de motor, direction control and, l-452
de variable, fiber optic, 11-206
feedback, 1-447
fixed speed, driver and, III-387
high torque motor, 1-449
load-dependent, 1-451
model trains and cars, 1-455
motor, I-450, 1-453
motor. de, reversible, driver and, III388
motor, high-efficiency, III-390
PWM, energy-recovering brake and,
III-380
radio control, 1-576
series wound motors, l-448
shunt-wound motors, l-456
switched-mode, III-384tachless, ill-386
tools and appliances, 1-446
universal motor, load dependent, 1-451
speed warning device, 1-96, 1-101
splitter, III-581-582
battery, ill-66
phase, precision, III-582
precision phase, I-477
voltage, III-738, III-743
wideband, III-582
squarer, precision, 1-615
square-wave generator, III-583-585, 11594-600
2MHz using two TTL gates, II-598

555 timer in, II-595
astable multivibrator as, II-597
CMOS 555 astable, true rail-to-rail, 11596
duty-cycle multivibrator,- III-50-percent,
Ill-584
high--current oscillator, III-585
line frequency, 11-599
low frequency TTL oscillator, 11-595
oscillator, II-597
oscillator, with frequency doubled
output, 11-596
phase tracking three-phase, Il-598
pulse extractor, III-584
quadrature-outputs oscillator, III-585
siDe-wave and, tunable oscillator, III-232
three-phase, 11-600
triangle-wave and, Ill-239
triangle-wave and, precision, III-242
triangle-wave and, programmable, III225
triangle-wave and, wide-range, III-242
square-wave tone burst generator
single timer IC in, ll-89
square-to-sine wave converters, III-118
square wavefonn multiburst generator, 1188
squelch, 11-394
AMIFM, l-547
squib firing circuits, 11-357
SSB driver
low distortion 1.6 to 30MHz, 11-538
SSB transmitter
crystal--controlled LO for, II-142
stable optocoupler, 11-409
stable unity gain buffer
good speed and high input impedance, II-6
staircase generator, III-586-588, II-601602
UA2240, Ill-587
stand-by power supply, non-volatile CMOS
RAMs, II-477
standard, precision calibration, 1-406
standard cell amplifier, saturated, 11-296
standing wave ratio (SWR)
power meter, 1-16
QRP bridge, ID-336
warning indicator, 1-22
Star Trek red alert siren, II-577
start-and-run motor circuit, III-382
state of charge indicator, lithium battery,
Il-78
state-variable filter, III-189, 11-215
steam locomotive sound effect, 11-592
steam locomotive whistle, III-568, II-589
step-up switching regulator, 6V battery,
Il-78
step up/step down de-de converters, III118

stepping motor driver, ll-376, III-390
stepping switch, solid state, 11-612
stereo amplifier, Av/200, 1-77
stereo balance circuit, 11-603-605
stereo balance meter, ll-605, l-618-619
stereo balance tester, II-604
stereo decoder
frequency division multiplex, 11-169
time division multiplex, 11-18
stereo demodulator, 11-159
FM, l-544
stereo mixer, four input, 1-55
stereo phonograph amplifer with bass tone
control, l-670
stereo power meter, III-331
stereo preamplifier, 11-43, Il-45
stereo reception indicator, III-269
stereo reverb systems, 1-602, 1-606
gain control in, ll-9
stereo TV decoder,-II-167
stimulator, constant-current, III-352
stimulus isolator, III-351
stop light, garage, ll-53
strain gauge
bridge excitation, III-71
bridge signal conditioner, II-85
instrumentation amplifier, ill-280
strobe circuits, 11-606-610
disco-, 11-610
safety Hare, II-608
simple, 11-607
tone burst generator, II-90
trip switch, sound activated, 1-483
variable strobe, Ill-589-590, Ill-589
stud finder, III-339
subhannonic frequencies, crystalstabilized IC timer for, II-151
subtractor, III-327
successive approximation AiD converter,
ll-24, D-30
summing amplifier, ill-16
video, clamping circuit and, III-710
sun tracker, 111-318
supply rails, current sensing in, 11-153
suppressed-carrier, double-sideband,
modulator, III-377
sweep generator, 10.7 MHz, 1-472
sweep
add-on triggered, 1-472
oscilloscope-triggered, III-438
switched--capacitor analog-to-digital
converters, III-23
switch, II-611-612
ac, sound activated, 11-581
ac power, photoelectric, III-319
ac switcher, high-voltage, optically
coupled, ID-408
-ac-static SPDT, 11-612
adjustable light detection, 1-362
analog, one MOSpower FET, 111-593
CMOS touch, I-137
contact, 1-136
de static, ll-367
debouncer, 111-592
delay, auto courtesy light, III-42
differential analog, 1-622
DTL-TTL controlled buffered analog, I621
FET dual-trace (oscilloscope), 11-432
Hall-effect, Ill-257
high frequency, I-622
high toggle rate, high frequency analog,
I-621
latching, double button touch, 1-138
light operated, III-314, II-320
low current touch, 1-132
on/off inverter, III-594
on/off touch, II~91
photocell memory, ac power control, 1363
photoelectric, U-321
photoelectric, syncluonous, 11-326
proximity, ID-517
push on/off, 11-359
remote on/off, 1-577
remote ring extender, 1-630
rt, low-cost, III-361
wlar-triggered, III-318
solid state stepping, II-612
sonar transducer/,lll-703
sound activated, Ill-580, ll-581, Ill~OO,
III-601
sound operated two way, 1-610
speed, 1-104
switching controller,_lll-383
temperature control, low power zero
voltage, II-640
touch, l-131, I-135-136, III-661-665, ll-692
touchomatic, 11-693
triac zero point, 11-311
triac zero voltage, I -623
two channel, !~23
ultrasonic, 1-683
video, automatic, III-727
video, general purpose, III-725
videO, high-perlormance,-III-728
video/, very high off isolation, III-719
voice-operated, III-580
zero crosSing, 1-732
zero point, 1-373
zero-voltage switching, closed contact
half-wave, 111-412
zero-voltage switching, solid-state,
optically coupled, III-410
781
switch and amplifier, voice activated, 1-608

switch mode power supply, 11-470
switched light, capacitance, 1-132
switched mode converter, + SOV push
pull, 1-494
switching circuits, III-591-594
analog switch, one-MOSpower FET, III593
debouncer, III-592
latching, SCR-replacing, III-593
on/off inverters, III-594
rf power switch, III-592
switching inverter, 500 kHz, 12 V systems, II-474
switching- power amplifier, 1-33
switching power supply, ITI-458
100-KHZ, multiple-output, III-488
50-W off-line, III-473
switching regulator
3-A, 111-4 72
200kHz, 1-491
5V/6A 25uHz, separate ultrastable
reference, 1-497
6.0A variable output, 1-513
application circuit, 3W, 1-492
high-current inductorless, III-476
low-power, ill-490
multiple output MPU, I-513
positive, 1-498
step down, 1-493
step-up, 6V__battery, II-78
switching/mixing, silent audio, 1--59
synchronous photoelectric switch, D-326
sync separator, single-supply wide-range,
111-715
synthesizer
four channel, 1-603
frequency, programmable voltagecontrolled, II-265
music, 1-599
T
tachometer, 1-100, 1-102, II-175, III-335,
340, 111-595-598
calibrated, ill-598
closed loop, feedback control of, 11-390
digital, 111-45, 11.,;1
frequency counter, 1-310
gasoline engine, 1-94
low-frequency, ID-596
minimum component, 1-405
motor !?_peed control and, II-389
motor speed control using feedback
from, 11-378
optical pick-up, III-34 7
set point, m-47
tamper proof burglar alarm, 1-8
782
tandem dimmer, II-312

tap, telephone, III-622
tape playback amplifier, 1-92
tape preamplifier, 1-90
tape-recorder circuits, I-419, III-599-601
extended-play circuit, ID-600
flat-response amplifier, III-673
interface for, II-614
playback amplifier, III-672
position indicator/controller, 11-615
sound-activated switch, III-600, III-601
telephone-to-cassette interface, 111-618
tape recording
amplifier for, 1-90
automatic, 1-21
tape starter, telephone controlled, I-632
telemetry demodulator, I-229
telephone-related circuits, 111-602-622, II616-635
amplifier for, III-621
auto answer and ring indicator for, 1-635
automatic recording device, II -622
blinker, II~9
blinking pbooe light monitor, 11-624
cassette interface, III-618
dial pulse indicator, III-613
dialed phone number vocalizer, III-731
dialer, pulse/tone, single-chip, ill-603
dual tone decoding, 11-620
duplex line amplifier, 111-616
eavesdnoppe~ ~ss, TIIT-620
frequency and volume controller, II-623
hands-free telephone, III.,;Q5
handset encoder, 111-613
handset tone dial encoder, 1-634
bold button, 111-612, ll-628
in use indicator, II-629
light for, 11-625
line interface, autopatch, I-635
line monitor, 1-628
musical hold, II-623
musical ringer for, II-619
night light, telephone controlled, ill-604
off-hook indicator, l-633
optoisolator status monitor, 1-626
parallel connection, TIIT-611
piezoelectric ringer, 1-636
plug-in remote ringer for, II-627
programmable multi-tone ringer, ll-634
pulse-dialing, 111-610
recorder, TIIT-616
redial, Ill-<106
relay, 1-631
remote monitor for, II-626
remote ringer, III-614
repeater, III.::S07
repertory dialer, line powered, l-633
ring detector, III-619, II-623
ring detector, optically interfaced,

611
m-
ringer, high isolation, 11-625

ringez relay, III-606
scrambler, 11-618
series connection, III-609
sound level meter monitor, III-614
speakerphone, III-608, 11-632
speech activity .detector, III-615, 11-617
speech network, 11-633
status monitor using optoisolator, I -626
switch, solid-state, line-activated, III617
tap, Ul-622
tape starter controlled by, I -632
tone-dialing, III-607
tone ringer for, I-628
tone ringer II, II-631
tone ringer, I-627
tone ringer, II-630
Touchtone generator, III-609
television-related circuits
audio amplifiers for, m-39
automatic tum off for, 1-577
cross-hatch generator, III-724
IF amplifier and detector using MC130/
MC1352, [_,;88
modulator for, 11-433-434, 1-439
sound IF or FM IF amplifier with
quadrature detector, 1-690
stereQ, decoder for, 11-167
transmitter, III-676
TTL oscillator interfaces data for, II-372
UHF preamplifier, III-546
temperature alann, 11-4, 11-643
adjustable threshold, IH44
temperature compensated crystal oscillator, 1-187
temperature control, III-623-628, II-636644, 1~1~3
adjustable threshold alarm for, II-644
alarm for, ll~3
circuit for, II-637
dual-timer chip, liquid level monitor and,
11~3
heater element, 11-642

heater protector, servo-sensed, III-624
heat sniffer, electronic, III-627
low cost circuit for, II -638
low power zero voltage switch,ll-640
piezoelectric fan-based, ID-627
precision, linearized platinum RTD
-proportional, III-626
single setpoint, 1-641
zero-point switching, III-624
temperature indicator
PTC thermistor for-automotive, ll-56
temperature measuring circuit, digital, 11653

temperature meter, 1-647
temperature monitor, ill-206
temperature sensitive heater control. 1640
temperature sensor, Hl-629-631, 11-645650, 1-648, l.j;57
0-50-degree C four channel, 1-648
0-63 degrees C, ID-631
5V powered linearized platinum RTD
Centigrade thermometer, 11-648
coefficient resistor, positive, 1-657
differential, 1-655
dual output over/under, 11-646
DVM interface, II-64 7
billa, IT-650
integrated circuit, 1-649
isolated, III-631, l-651
remote, 1-654
simple differential, 1-654
thermocouple amplifier with cold junction compensation, IT-649
thermocouple multiplex system, III-630
zero crossing detector, 1-733
temperature stable oscillator, 11-427
temperature to frequency converter, 1168, ll.j;5H53, l.j;56
digital measuring circuit for, 11-653
temperature to frequency transconducer,
linear, I-646
temperature transducer with remote
sensor, 1-649
temperature-compensated crystal oscillator, ill-137
temperature-to-time converters, ID-632633, [[(.j;32
ten-band graphic equalizer, active filter in,
11-684
ten-bit AID converter, 11-28
ten-bit serial output AID converter, 11-27
Tesla coils, ID-634-636
test circuit, ID-328-348, II-340
60MHz power gain, 1-489
audible slow logic pulses, TI-345
continuity for PCB, n:342
diode, U-343
frequency shift keyer tone generator, 1723
ground, 11-345
unidirectional motion sensor, 11-346
wire tracer, II-343
test probe
4-220V, Ill-499
logic, with memory, 1-525
tester
audio continuity, 1-550
crystal, 11-151
diode, 1-402
go/no-go diode, 1-401
ground, 1-580
low resistance continuity, 1-551
precision, dual limit, go/no-go, 1-157
shutter, 1-485
transistor, 1-401
TTL logic, 1-527
zener, I-400
text adder, composite-video signal, ill-716
theremins, II-654-656
digital, 11-656
electronic, Il-655
thermal flowmeter, low-rate flow, ID-203
thennally controlled ni-cad battery
clmger, II.j;8
thermally stabilized PIN photod.iode signal
conditioner, II-330
thermocouple circuits
digital thermometer using, IT-658
multiplex, temperature sensor system,
[[[.j;3Q
pre-amp using, III-283
thermometer, centigrade calibrated, 1650
thermocouple amplifier, II-14, I-654
cold junction compensation in, II-649
high stability, 1-355
thermometer, ID-637-643, II-657-662
0-50 degree F, l-656
0-100 degree C, 1-656
adapter for, ID-642
add-on for DMM digital voltmeter, ID-640
basic digital, 1-658
Centigrade, ll.j;48, 11-662
centigrade, l-655
centigrnde, calibrated, 1-650
differential, III-638, 1-652, ll.j;61
digital, 1-651
digital, temperature-reporting, ID-638
digital, thennocouple, 11-658
electronic, 111-639, 11-660
Fahrenheit, 1~658
ground referred Centigrade, 1-657
ground referred Fahrenheit, 1-656
implantable/ingestJ.ble, ill-641
Kelvin scale with zero adjust, 1-653
Kelvin with zero adjust, 11-661
Kelvin, ground referred output, 1-655
linear, ill-642
low power, 1-655
meter, trimmed ouput, 1-655
remote, 11-659
uP controlled digital, 1-650
variable offset, 1-652
thennostat
three wire electronic, 1-640
two wire remote ac electronic, 1-639

third overtone crystal oscillator, 1,186
three-channel multiplexer, sample and
hold, JII-396
three-decade logarithmic AID converter,
1-48
three-dial combination electronic Jock, 11195
three-in-one test set, ID-330
three-minute timer, III-654
three~phase clock, reference clock to, 11101
three-phase ac motor driver, II-383
three-phase power factor controller, 11-388
three-phase square wave output
generator,II-600
three-phase tester, 11-440
three-rail power supply, ID-466
threshold detectors, precision, IIIl57
tilt meter, ID-644-646, II-663-666
differential capacitance measurement
circuit, Il-665
sense of slope, 11-664
ultra-simple level, II-666
time delay, Ill.j;47.j;49, ll.j;67-670
circuit, precision solid state, 1-664
constant current charging, II-668
electronic, III-648
generator, 1-218
hour sampling circuit, Il-668
long duration, 1-220
low cost integrator to multiply 555, II669
relay, H63
relay, ultra precise long, 1-219
simple, 11-220, l-668
timing threshold and load driver, 111-648
two SCR, 11-670
time division multiplex stereo decoder, II~
168
timebase, crystal oscillator, III-133
timer, IIH50.j;55, H68, IH7H81
0.1 to 90 second, 1-663
741, 1-667
adjustable ac .2 to 10 seconds, 11-681
alarm with, 11-674
CMOS, programmable precision, ID652
circuit for, Il-675
darkroom, 1-480
electronic egg, 1-665
IC, crystal-stabilized, 11-151
long delay, PUT, 1-219
long interval RC, 1-667
long term electronic, 11-672
longtime, III-653
low power microprocessor programmable interval, 11-678
783
timer (con 't.)

oneMshot, IIIM654
photographic, 1-485
photographic darkroom enlarger, III-445
precision elapsed time/countdown, liM
680
programmable voltageMcontrolled, 11-676

PUT long duration, Il--675
sequential, IIIM651, 1-661--662
sequentiaJ UJT, IM662
simple, 1--666
slide-show. III-444
slides, photographic, III-448
solid-state, industrial applications, IM664
three-minute, III-654
thumbwheel programmable interval, 1660
triangle-wave generator, linear, IIIM222
variable duty _cyc)e output, III-240
washer, I-668
timing, sequential,-I-663
timing ciJxuit, 1-666
timing light, ignition, U-60
timing threshold and load driver, IIIM648
TMOS voltage-controlled oscillator,
balanced, IJJ-736
tone alert decoder, 1-213
tone annunciator; transfonnerl.ess, III-2728, IJJ-27
tone burst generator, 11-90, 1-604
European repeaters, III-74
_tone control, IIIM656-660, 1-677, 11-682
689
active bass and treble, with buffer, l-674
audio amplifier, 11-686
equalizer, ten-band octave, 111--658
guitar treble booster, Il-683
high level preamp and, II-688
high qu.Jity, 1-675
high-z input, hi fi, 1-676
JC preamplifier, IJJ-657, 1-673
microphone preamp with,.ll-687
microphone preamp, l-675
mixer preamp, 1-58
passive circuit, 11-689
rumble/scratch filter, 111-660
ten band graphic equalizer, active filter,
ll-684
three-band active, IJJ-658, 1-676
three channel, 1-672

Wren-bridge filter, IJJ-659
tone decoder, 1!1-143, 1-231
dual time constant, 11-166
24 percent bandwidth, 1-215
relay output, -1-213
tone detectors, 500-Hz, III-154
tone dial decoder, 1-631
tone dial encoder, I-629
784
tone dial generator, 1-629

tone dial sequence decoder, I-630
tone-dialing telephone, III-607
tone encoder, 1-67
subaudible, 1-23
two-wire, II-364
tone generator
FSK test circuit, 1-723
portable, 1-625
warbling, 11-573
tone probe, digital IC testing with, II-504
tone ringer, telephone, 11-630, II-631
totem-pole driver, bootstrapping, 111-175
touch circuit, 1-137
touch switch, 1-135-136, IJJ-661-665, U690-693
CMOS, 1-137
digital on/off, IU-663
electronic on/off, III-663
latching, double button, 1-138
low current, 1-132
momentary operation, 1-133
line-hum, III-664
negative-triggered, 111-662
on/off, 11-691
positive-triggered, III-662
touchomatic, 11-693
two-terminal, IJJ-663
touchomatic switch, Il-693
Touchtone generator, telephone, III-609
touch triggered bistable, 1-133
toxic gas detector, 11-280
toy siren, II-575
TR ciJxuit, 11-532
trncer
bug, 111-358
closed-loop, III-356
receiver, III-357
tracer probe, audio ref signal, 1-527
track-and-hold circuit, III-667
sample-and-hold circuit, 111-549, III-552
signal, IU-668
tracking AID converter, 8-bit, 111-24, 1-46
trncking ciJxuits, 111-666-668
positive/negative voltage reference, III667
preregulator, III-492
trnck-and-hold, 111-667
trnck-and-hold, signal, 111-668
train chuffer sowtd effect, 11-588
transceiver
de adapter and, hand-held, III-461
hand-held, speaker amplifiers, III-39
ultrasonic, III-702, 111-704
transducer amplifiers, III-669-673
flat-response, tape, III-673
NAB preamp, record, III-673
NAB preamp, two--pole, 111-673
photodiode amplifier, III--672

preamp, equalized, for magnetic phono
cartridges, 111-671
preamp, magnetic phono, III-673
tape playb,ck, IU-672
voltage, differential-to-single-ended, 111670
transducer, 1-86
bridge type, amplifier for, III-71, 11-84
detector for magnetic, 1-233
sonar, switch and, III-703
temperature, precision, remote sensor,
1-649
transfonnerless tone annwtciator, III-2728
transistor flasher, III-200
transistor headphone amplifier, II-43
transistor saturated nonselective frequency tripler, 11-252
transistor sorter, 1-401
transistor tester, 1-401
transistorized flashers, table of, 11-236
transmission indicator, 11-211
transmitter, IU-674-691
1-of-8 channel multiplexed transmission
system, III-395
1-2 MHz broadcast, 1-680
40 kHz ultrasonic, I-685
200kHz line carrier with on/off, 1-142
amateur radio, 80-M, 111-675
audio, carrier-current circuit, III-79
beacon, III-683
carrier current, 1-144
CW, 1-W, Ui-678
CW, 40-M, IU-684
902-Mllz, 111-686
CW, QRP, 111-690
fiber optic, III-177
FM, multiplex, III-688
FM, one-transistor, III-687
FM, (PRM) optical, 1-367
FM, snooper, III-680
FM, voice, III-678
FM, wireless microphone, III-682, III685, IU-691
haJf-duplex information transmission
link, low-cost, III-679
mfrared, JJJ-277, U-289, U-290
mfrared, digital, IU-275
integrated circuit carrier current, 1-145
JR. I-343
low-frequency, III-682
one tube, 10 W CW, 1-681
one-of-eight channel, computer circuit,
111-100
optical, 1-363
optical, FM, 50 kHz center frequency,
U-417
cw.
optical, receiver for, II-418

oscillator and, 27 and 49 MHz, l-680
receiver and, IR remote control, 1-342
remote sensors, loop-type, III-70
simple FM, l-681
television, ll-676
VHF modulator, III-684
VHF tone, III-681
treasw-e locator, lo-parts, l-409
treble booster, guitar, D-683
tremolo circuit, I-fj9, III-692-695
voltage-controlled amplifier, I-598
triac circuits
lampdimmer, III-303, D-310
relay-contact protection with, II-531
zero point switch, II-311
triac-controlled voltage doubler, III-468
triangle to sine converter, II-127
triangle/square wave oscillator, II-422
triangle-wave generators, III-234
square-wave and, 111-225, III-239
square-wave and, precision, 111-242
square-wave and, wide-range, III-242
timer, linear, III-222
trickle charger, 12 V battery, 1-117
trigger
50-MHz, III-364
camera alarm, III-444
flash, photographi, xenon flash, III-447
optical Schmitt, 1-362
oscilloscope-triggered sweep, III-438
remote flash, 1-484
SCR series, optically coupled, III-411
sound light flash, 1-482
triac, 1-421
triggered sweep, add-on, 1-472
tripler, nonselective, transistor saturation,
11-252
trouble tone alert, 11-3
TTL circuits
clock, wide-frequency, III-85
coupler, optical, ill-416
gates, siren using, 11-576
Morse code keyer, 11-25
square wave to triangle wave converter,
11-125
TTL to MOS logic converter, 11-125
tunable audio filter, II-402
tunable audio notch filter circuit, 11-399
tunable frequency oscillator, 11-425
tunable notch filter, op amp, Il-400
tuner
FM, 1-231
guitar and bass, II-362
turbo circuits, glitch free, m-186
twang-twang circuit, 11-592
twilight-triggered drcuit, D'322
twin-T notch filters, III-403
two 8-bit to 12 D/A converter, 11-180

two-channel panning circuit, 1-57
two-gate quartz oscillator, III-136
two-level multiplexer, III-392
two-meter preamp for handitalkies, 1-19
two-op amp bridge type differential
amplifier, ll-83
two-phase ac motor driver, ll-382
two-state siren, III-567
two-tone generator, 11-570
two-tone siren, III-562
two-way intercom, III-292
two-wire to four wire audio converter, 11-14
two-wire tone encoder, 11-364
two's complement, D/A conversion
system, binary, 12-bit, Dl-166
UA2240 staircase generator, III-587

UHF, wideband amplifier, high performance FETs, III-264
UHF-TV preamplifier, III-546
UJT circuits
battery chargers, III ~56
metronome, Il355
monostable cin:uit, bias voltage change
insensitive, 11-268
ultra high gain -audio amplifier, 1-87
ultra high voltage generator, 11-488
ultra high Z ac unity gain amplifier, II-7
D-7, 1-38
ultra low leokage
ultrasonics, III-696-707
arc welding inverter, 20KHz, III-700
induction heater, 120-KHz 500-W, lli704
pest-controller, III~706, 111-707
pest-repeller,l-684, TI-685, III-699
ranging system, Ul-697
receiver, Ill-698, lll-705
sonar transducer/switch, 111-703
switch, 1-683
transceiver, III-702, III-704
transmitter, I -685
undervoltage, monitor for, III-762
unidirectional motion sensor, 11-346
uninterrupt:J.ble power supply, 11462
+ 5V, III-4 77
unity gain amplifier
inverting, 1-80
inverting, wideband, 1-35
ultra high Z ac, D-7
unity gain buffer
stable, with good speed--and high input
impedance, IT-6
unity gain follower, 1-27
unipolar-to-dual supply voltage converter,
III-743
pre-.
universal active filter, 11-214

universal battery chargers, III-56, III-58
universal counter
10 MHz, D-139
40-MHz, Ill-127
universal mixer stage, III-370
universal power supply, 3-30V, III-489
universal wiper delay, 1-97
Wltuned field strength meter, 1-276
unusual fuzz sound effect, ll-590
up/down counter, extreme count freezer,
IU-125
vacuum Ouorescent display circuit, 11-185

vapor detector, ll-279
varactor tuned -10 MHz ceramic resonator
oscillator, 11-141
variable attenuator, I-52
variable-capacitance diode-sparked VCO,
ID-737
variable current source, 100 rnA to 2A, ll471
variable duty-cycle..oscillator, fixedfrequency, III-422
variable-frequency inverter, complementary output, III-297
variable-gain amplifier, voltage-controlled,
1-28-29
variable-gain and sign op amp, 11-405
variable-gain circuit, accurate null and,
m-
69
variable oscillator, IT-421
four-decade, single control for, 11-424
wide range, IT-429
variable power supplies 487-492
adjustable 10-A regulator, Ill-492
regulator!current source, III-490
switching regulator, low-power, III-490
switching, 10Q-KHz multiple-output, III488
tracking preregulator, Ill-492
universai3-30V, Ill-489
variable voltage regulator, III-491
variable sine-wave oscillator, super lowdistortion, III-558
variable shpe compressor/expander, III94
variable timed ring counter, 11-134
wrying frequency warning alann, D-579
vehicle security system, 1-5
versatile battery charger, ll-72
very low frequency generator, IT-64,
VFO, 5 MHz, D-551
VHF crystal oscillator
20-MHz, Ill-138
50-MHz, lll-140
100-MHz, Ill-139
785
VHF modulator, I-440, III-684VHF tone transmitter, III-681

video amplifier, III-708-712
75-ohm video pulse, III-711
buffer, low-distortion, III-712
color, l-34, III-724
de gain-control, III-711
FET cascade, l-691
gain block, lll-712
IF, lo')'-level video detector circuit and,
11-687, 1-689
JFET bipolar cascade, 1-692
line driving, lll-710
RGB, lll-709
summing, clamping circuit and, III-710
video circuits (see also television-related),
lll-713-728
chroma demodulator with RGB matrix,
lll-716
color amplifier, III-724
composite-video signal text adder, III716
cross-hatch generator, color TV, III-724
de restorer, ill-723
high-performance video switch, III-728
PALINTSC decoder with RGB input,
lll-717
palette, III-720
picture fixer/inverter, III-722
RGB-composite converter, III-714
signal clamp, III-726
switch/, very high off isolation, IU-719
sync separator, single-supply widerange, lll-715
video switch, automatic, III-727
video switch, general purpose, III-725
wireless camera link, Ill-71
video log amplifier, de to, 1-38
video modulator, ll-371, 11-372, 1-437
video monitors, RGB, blue box, III-99
video multiplexer, 1-of-15 cascaded, HI393
visible voltage indicator, 111-772
voice activated switch and amplifier, 1-608
voice circuits, III-729-734
ac line-voltage announcer, III-730
allophone generator, III-733
computer speech synthesizer, III-732
dialed phone number vocalizer, III-731
voice substitute, electronic, III-734
voice substitute, electronic, III-734
voice-operated switch, III-580
voltage amplifier
differential-to-single-ended, III-670
reference, 1-36
voltage control resistor, I-422
voltage-controlled amplifier, 1-31, 1-598
voltage-controlled attenuator, 11-18, III-31
786
voltage-controlled crystal oscillator, III135

voltage-controlled filter, 111-187
voltage-controlled high speed one shot, 11266
voltage-controlled ramp generator, Il-523
voltage-controlled timer, programmable,
11-676
voltage-controlled amplifier, tremolo
cin:uit or, I -598
voltage-controlled oscillator, 1-702-704
3-5 V regulated output converter, III739
10Hz to 10kHz, I-701, III-735-741
linear, 1-701
linear triangle/square wave, 11-263
logarithmic sweep, 111-738
precision, Ill-431, 1-702
simple, 1-703
supply voltage splitter, III-738
three decade, 1-703
TMOS, balanced, III-736
two decade high frequency, 1-704
variable-capacitance diode-sparked, III737
waveform generator and, III-737
voltage-controlled variable gain amplifier,
1-28-29
voltage-controller, pulse generator and,
lll-524
voltage converters, III-742-748
12-to-16 V, lll-747
de-to-de, 3-25 V, III-744
de-to-de, dual output +1-12-15 V, III746
flyback, high-efficiency, 111-744
flyback-switching, self-oscillating, III748
offline, 1.5-W, III-746
regulated 15-Vout 6-V driven, III-745
splitter, III-743
unipolar-to-dual supply, III-743
voltage detector relay, battery charger, 1176
voltage doubler, III-459
triac-controlled, III-468
voltage follower, 1-40, III-212
fast, 1-34
noninverting, 1-33
signal-supply operation, amplifiers for,
lll-20
voltage indicator
solid-state battery, 1-120
visible, l-338
voltage inverters, precision, III-298
voltage level detector, 11-172, 1-338
voltage level indicator, III-759, III-770
five step, l-337
ten step, 1-335

voltage meters/monitors/indicators, III758-772
ac voltmeter, III-765
ac voltmeter, wide-range, III-772
audio millivoltmeter, III-767, III-769
comparator and, ll-104
de voltmeter, III-763
de voltmeter, resistance, high-input, III762
DVM, 3.5-digit, full-scale 4-decade, III761
DVM, 4.5-Wgit, !II-760
FET voltmeter, III-765, III-770
frequency counter, III-768
high-input resistance voltmeter, III-768
HTS, precision, 1-122
low-voltage indicator, III-769
multiplexed common-cathode LED
ADC, lll-764
ovet/under monitor, III-762
peak program detector, III-771
rf voltmeter, III-766
visible voltage indicator, III-772
voltage freezer, III-763
voltage monitor, III-767
voltage-level, III-759
voltage-level sensor, 111-770
voltage ratio-to-frequency converter, 111116
voltage references, III-773-775

bipolar source, III-774
digitally controlled, III-775
expanded-scale analog meter, III-774
positive/negative, tracker for, III-667
voltage regulator, II-484
5-V low-dropout, III-461
lOY high stability, lll-468
ac, III-477
automotive circuits, III-48
high-voltage, lll-485
negative, III-474
projection lamp, 11-305
PUT, 90V rms voltage, 11-479
single supply, 11-4 71
variable, lll-491
voltage source, programmable, 1-694
voltage splitter, III-738
voltage-to-current converter, III-110, 11124, 1-166
voltage-to-frequency converters, 1-707,
lll-749-757
1 Hz-to-lOMHz, lll-754
1 Hz-to-30 MHz, lll-750
lHz-to-1.25 MHz, lll-755
5 Kllz-to-2MHz, III-752
10Hz to 10kHz, l-706
accurate, III-756
differential~input, III~ 750

low~cost,
high speed, I-101
lli-751
precision, IT-131
preserved input, III-753
wide-range, TII-751, IU-752
voltage-to~pulse duration converter, 11-124
voltmeter
3 1/2 <lig;t, l-712
3 1/2 digital true nns ac, 1-712
5-<tig;t, I!I-760
ic, lli-765
ac, wide-range, III-772
add-on thennometer for, 111-640
bar-graph, II-54
bargraph car, l-99
de, IU-763
de, high-input resistance, 111~762
<tig;tal, lii-4
digital, 3.5~digit, full-scale, four-decade,
I!I-761
FET, I-713, I!I-765, UI-770
high-input resistance, ITI-768
rf, lll-766
sensitive rf, l-405
wide band ac, 1-715
volume amplifier, II-46
volume control, telephone, 11-623
vox box, 11-582
Vpp generator, EPROM, 11-114
VU meter, extended range, 11-487, 1-714
low level, audio output, 1-391

speed, I-96
warning light, III-317
battery powered, Il-320
water-level sensors
detector and control, III-206
indicator, 11-244
sensing and control, IT-246
wattmeter, 1-17
wavefonn generator, 11-269, 11-272
audio, precision, III-230
four-output, III-223
precise, 11-274
VCO and, TII-737
weight scale, <tig;tal, II-398
whistle, steam locomotive, III-568, 11-589
who's-first game circuit, III~244
wide-band AGC amplifiers, III-15
wide-frequency range oscillator/amplifier,
I!-262
wide-frequency TTL clock, III-85
wide-range oscillator, III-425
wide-range peak detectors, III-152
wide-range variable oscillator, 11-429
wideband amplifiers
hybrid, 500kHz-! GHz, IU-265
instrwnentation, III-281
miniature, III-265
UHF amplifiers, high-performance
wideband signal splitter, III-582

wideband two-pole high pass filter, 11-215
Wien-bridge filter, lli-659
Wien-bridge notch filter, II-402
Wren-bridge oscillator
CMOS chip in, Il-568
low-distortion, thennally stable, III~557
low-voltage, III-432
sine wave, 11-566
single-supply, Ill-558
variable, III-424
wind powered battery charger, II~ 70
windicator, 1-330
window comparator,87, 111-90, 11-106
high-input-impedance, II-108
window detectors/comparators/
discriminators, III-776-781
FETs, Ill-264
waa~waa
circuit, 11-590
11-571
alarm using, II-572
wailing siren, III-563
wake~up call, electronic, 11-324
walkman amplifier, 11-456
warblers, III-560-568, 11-571
alarm using, 11-573
generator for, IT-572
tone generator, 11-573
warning, auto lights-on, 11-55
warning alarm, varying frequency, 11-579
warning device
high level, l-387
waiters,
III~560-568,
digital frequency window, III-777

multiple-aperture discriminator, III-781
windshield wiper circuits
control circuit for, 11-62, 1-103, 1-105
delayed-action control for, 11-55
hesitation control w:rit for, 1-105
intennittent, dynamic braking in, IT-49
slow~sweep control for, 11-55
windshield washer fluid watcher, 1-107
wire tracer, II-343
wireless speaker system, IR, III-272
write amplifiers, III-18
X
xenon flash t.~r, slave, III-447
XOR gates
complementary signals generator, III226
oscillator, III-429
up/down counter, IU-105
y
yelp oscillator, 11-577
yelping siren, III-562
Z80 clock, TI-121

zapper, 11-64
ni-cad battery, 11-66
ni-cad battery, version II, 11-68
zener diode
increasing power rating of, 11-485
variable, 1-507
zener rating, transistor increases, 1-496
zener tester, 1-400
zero crossing detector, 11-173
zero meter, suppressed, 1~715
zero point switch
temperature control, III-624
triac, 11-311
zero-voltage switching
closed contact half-wave,_ III-412
solid-state relay, antiparallel SCR
output, lli-416
solid-state, optically coupled, 111-410
787
Other Bestsellers of Related Interest

HOW 10 USE SPECIAL-PURPOSE ICs
-Delton T. Horn
.A truly excellent overview of the newest and most

useful special purpose ICs available today, this sourcebook covers practical uses for circuits ranging from voltage regulators to CPUs ... from telephone ICs to
multiplexers and demultiplexers ... from video ICs to
stereo synthesizers ... and more! Easy-to-follow explanations are supported by drawings, diagrams, and schematics. 400 pages, 392 illustrations. Book No. 2625,
$16.95 paperback only
THE LINEAR IC HANDBOOK-MichaelS. Morley
Far more than a replacement for manufacturers'
data books, The linear /C Handbook covers linear IC
offerings from_ all major manufacturers-complete with
specifications, data sheet parameters, and price information-along with technological background on linear
ICs. It gives you instant access to data on how linear ICs
are fabricated, how they work, what types are available,
and techniques for designing them. 624 pages, 366 illustrations. Book No. 2672. $49.50 hardcover only
ALARMS: 55 Electronic Projects and
Circuits-Charles D. Rakes
Make your home or business a safer place to live
and work-for a price you can afford. Almost anything
can be monitored by an electronic alarm circuit-from
detecting overheating equipment to low fluid levels,
from smoke in a room to an intruder at the window. This
book shows you the variety of alarms that are available.
There are step-by-step instructions, work-in-progress
diagrams, troubleshooting tips, and advice for building
each project. 178 pages, 150 illustrations. Book No.
2996, $13.95 paperback only
50 CMOS IC PROJECTS-Delton T. Horn
Delton T. Horn presents a general introduction to
CMOS !Cs aod technology ... provides full schematics
including working diagrams and parts Jists . . . offers
construction hints as well as suggestions for project variations and combinations. This book discusses: the basics
of digital electronics, safe handling of CMOS devices,
breadboarding, tips on experimenting with circuits, and
more. You'll find signal generator and music-making
projects, time-keeping circuits, game circuits, and a host
of other miscellaneous circuits. 224 pages, 226 illustrations. Book 2995, $16.95 paperback. $25.95 hardcover
MASTER HANDBOOK OF 1001 PRACTICAL

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS-Solid-State Edition
-Edited by Kendall Webster Sessions
Tested and proven circuits that you can put to immediate use in a full range of practical applications! You'll
find circuits ranging from battery chargers to burglar
alarms, from test equipment to voltage multipliers, from
power supplies to audio amplifiers, from repeater circuits to transceivers, transmitters, and logic circuits.
Whatever your interest or electronics speciality, the circuits you need are here, ready to be put to immediate
use. 420 pages, 632 illustrations. Book No. 2980.
HOW 10 DESIGN SOLID-STATE CIRCUITS
-2nd Edition-Mannie Horowitz and Delton T. Hom
Design and build useful electronic circuits from
scratch! The authors provide the exact data you need on
every aspect of semiconductor design, performance
characteristics, applications potential, operating reliability, and more! Four major categories of semiconductors
are examined: diodes, transistors, integrated circuits,
and thyristors. It's filled with procedures, advice, techniques, and background information-all the-hands-on
direction you need to understand and use semiconductors
in all kinds of electronic devices. 380 pages, 297 illustrations. Book No. 2975. $16.95 paperback, $24.95
hardcover
ELECTRONIC DATABOOK-4th Edition
-Rudolf F. Graf
If it's electronic, it's here-current, detailed, and
comprehensive! Use this book to broaden your electronics information base. Revised and expanded to include
all up-to-date information, this fourth edition makes any
electronic job easier and less time-consuming. You'll
find information that will aid in the design of local area
networks, computer interfacing structure, and more!
528 pages, 131 illustrations. Book No. 2958. $24.95
paperback. $34.95 hardcover
500 ELECTRONIC IC CIRCIDTS WITH

PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS-James A. Whitson
More than just an electronics book that provides cir~
cuit schematics or step-by-step projects, this complete
sourcebook provides both practical electronics circuits
AND the additional information you need about specific
components. You will be able to use this guide to
improve your IC circuit-building skills as well as
,become more familiar with some of the popular ICs. 336
pages, 600 illustrations. Book No. 2920, $24.95 paperback, $29.95 hardcover
THE ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY OF
ELECTRONICS-5th Edition
-Rufus P. Turner and Stan Gibilisco
This-completely revised and updated edition defines
more than 27,000 practical electronics terms, acronyms,
and abbreviations. Find up-to-date information on basic
electronics, computers, mathematics, electricity, communications, and state-of-the-art applications-all discussed in a nontechnical style. The author also includes
360 new definitions and 125 illustrations and diagrams.
736 pages, 650 illustrations. Book No. 3345, $26.95
paperback, $39.95 hardcover
TilE BENCHTOP ELECTRONICS REFERENCE
MANUAL-2nd Edition-Victor F. C. Veley
Praise for the first edition:
" ... a one-stop source of valuable infonnation on a
wide variety of topics . . . deserves a prominent place on
your bookshelf''
-Modem Electronics
Veley has completely updated this edition and added

new sections onmathematics and digital electronics. All
of the most common electronics topics are covered-ac,
de, circuits, communications, microwave, and morethis is the most complete reference available on the subject. 784 pages, 389 illustrations. Book No. 3414,
$29.95 paperback, $39.95 hardcover
ELECTRONICS EQUATIONS HANDBOOK
-Stephen J. Erst
Here is immediate access to equations for nearly
every imaginable application! In this book, Stephen Erst
provides an extensive compilation of formulas from his
40 years' experience in electronics. He covers 21 major
categories and more than 600 subtopics in offering the
over 800 equations. This broadbased volume includes
equations in everything from basic voltage to microwave
!-.)'stem designs. 280 pages, 219 illustrations. Book No.
3241, $16.95 paperback only
BASIC ELECTRONICS THEORY-3rd Edition

-Delton T. Hom
'~II the information needed for a basic understanding of
almost any electronic device or circuit . . ." was how
Radio-Electronics magazine described the previous edition of this now-classic sourcebook. This completely
updated and expanded edition provides a resource tool
that belongs in a prominent place on every electronics
bookshelf. Packed with illustrations, schematics,
projects, and experiments, it's a book you won't want to
miss! 544 pages, 650 illustrations. Book No. 3195,
INTERNATIONAL ENCYCWPEDIA OF
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS-Stan Gibilisco
How would you like to have the answers to just
about any IC or IC application question in one easy-touse "master" source? Now you can, with the new, aliinclusive sourcebook. This convenient, quick-reference
source provides pin-out diagrams, internal block diagrams --and schematics, characteristic curves, descriptions and applications-for foreign and domestic ICs!
1,000 pages, 4,500 illustrations. Book No. 3100$75.00
hardcover only
TROUBLESHOOfiNG AND REPAIRING
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS-2nd Edition
-Robert L. Goodman
Here arc easy-to-follow, step-by-step instructions
for troubleshooting and repairing all major brands of the
latest electronic equipment, with hundreds of block diagrams, specs, and schematics to help you do the job
right the first time. You will find expert advice and tech~
niques for working with both old and new circuitry,
including tube-type transistor, IC microprocessor, and
analog and digitaJiogic circuits. 320 pages, 236 illustrations. Book No. 3258, $18.95 paperback, $27.95 hardcover
COMPUTER TECHNICIAN'S HANDBOOK
-3rd Edition-Art Margolis
'This is a clear book, with concise and sensible language and lots of large diagrams ... use [it] to cure or
prevent problems in [your] own system ... the [section
on troubleshooting and repair] is worth the price of the
book.''
-Science Software Quanerly
More than just a how-to manual of do-it-yourself

fix-it techniques, this book offers complete instructions
on interfacing and modification that will help you get the
most out of your PC. 579 pages, 97 illustrations. Book
No. 3279, $24.95 paperback, $36.95 hardcover
ELECTRONIC CONVERSION: Symbols and

Formulas-2nd Edition
-Rufus P. Turner and Stan Gibilisco
This revised and updated edition supplies all the formulas, symbols, tables, and conversion factors commonly used in electronics. Exceptionally easy to use, the
material is organized by subject matter. Its format is
ideal and you can save time by directly accessing specific
information. Topics cover only the most-needed facts
about the most often used conversion, symbols, formulas, and tables. 280 pages, 94 illustrations. Book No.
2865, $14.95 paperback, $21.95 hardcover
TROUBLESHOOfiNG AND REPAIRING THE

NEW PERSONAL COMPUTERS-Art Margolis
This --is a treasury of time- and-money-saving tips
and techniques that shows personal computer owners
and service technicians how to troubleshoot and repair
today's new 8- and 16-bit computers (including
ffiM PC/XT/AT and compatibles, the Macintosh, the
Amiga, the Commodores, and other popular brands).
Margolis examines the symptoms, describes the problem, and indicates which chips or circuits are most likely
to be the source of the trouble. 416 pages, 351 illustrations. Book No. 2809, $19.95 paperback only
Prir:es s.bjed to Claange Without Notk;e.
Look for These and Other TAB Books at Your Local Bookstore
To Order Call Toll Free 1-800-822-8158
(in PA. AK, and Canada call 717-794-2191)
or write to TAB Books, Blue Ridge Summit, PA 17294-0840.
Till<
Chcd or
Product No.
money order lllllde payable to TAB Books
Chlu"p: my 0 VISA
Ac:cl. No.
Subtotal
0 MasterCard 0 American Express

Exp. _ __
Sipaure:
Quantiry
Price
$ ---------
Postage and Handling

($3.00 in U:S . $5.00 outside U.S.) $ - - - - - - - - Add applicable state and local
sales tax $ - - - - - - - - -
TOTAL $
Name:
TAB Books catalog free with purchase; otherwise send $1.00 in check
or money order and receive .$ J..OO credit on your next purchase.
Orders outside U.S. must pay with international money order in U.S. dollars.
Cily:
"'""" - - - - - - - - - - - - z;p, - - - -
TAB Guarantee: If for any reason you are not satisfied with the book(5)
you order, simply return it (them) within 13 days and receive a l'ull
refund.
BC

Graf - Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits - Vol 1

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Graf - Encyclopedia of Electronic Circuits - Vol 1

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

1938

2239468..,-s'li 2221161- 2451161 ~"'\.lo -"'~))~.,~, ~ u-~- '.)~- ~~

NAZIR MATNI ELECTRONICS

FAX :+963 -11-2239468

Importers I Exporters I Distributors I Retailers I Mail orders :

De/de and dc/ac Converters

Photograpby Related Circuits

Fig. 93-9: Reprinted with the pennission of National Semiconductor Corp.

Common Schematic Symbols

Blown Fuse Alarm

Freezer Meltdown Alarm

mately 1 to 2 seconds apart) for a period of one

AUTOMOTIVE BURGLAR ALARM

EXCEPT AS INDICATED, OEC1MAL

k 1000, Ml 000 000

02, 03, 04, DEPENDING ON

ICl, 2, 3- CD4011 UUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATES

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

HOME SECURITY MONITOR SYSTEM

All diodes =-1N9148

CONNECT UNUSED INPUTS

AUTO BURGLAR ALARM

DPDT key switch

About 50 turns of No. 26 wire

TAMPER-PROOF BURGLAR ALARM

EXISTING BURGLAR ALARM

LATCHING BURGLAR ALARM

MOTION-ACTIVATED MOTORCYCLE OR CAR ALARM

+12Vdc to Pin 4 of 324

If the fuse blows, the LED indicator starts to blink.

AUTO BURGLAR ALARM

TO ALLOW ENTRY AND EXIT

,----.-----o +3V TO 18V

LATCHING BURGLAR ALARM

GATED 2kHz BUZZER

r----.---o +3V TO 18V

Tube (pamted black InSide)

FREEZER MELTDOWN ALARM

Straight hand key

+gv, o---7 4011 Jlld 40fl1

with No. 28 WJre.

The circuit is not frequency sensitive. Its

reactance of L2 so as to avoid any significant

" I" I'

vate the circuit. For periods of loss of signal,

TWO-METER PREAMPLIFIER FOR HANDITALKIES

This simple, inexpensive, wideband rf

tNPU~ H.....,'IIV'...-1H ~P_,u,_T~""'"-+-Ic~

BuRST Rll. !<~GE

The signal from COR triggers U1 which

01-HEP-253 pnp transistor

PARTS LIST FOR HAM'S KEVER

This simple cpo uses the 7404 low-power

AUTOMATIC TAPE RECORDING

RELAY OPOT Rn73-213

REMOTE RF CURRENT READOUT

A suitable piloUamp is illuminated by a

Oscillator, works with2 to 12-vdc (but 9 to

Op amp with de input from SWR meter can

SUBAUDIBLE TONE ENCODER

o ~ -c P.S. OUTPUT TO INSERTION

RF-POWERED SIDETONE OSCILLATOR

-PORTABLE RADIO REPLACEMENT TYPE

AUTOMATIC TTL MORSE-CODE KEYER